St. Johns County Work Release Housing Facility

Document Sample
St. Johns County Work Release Housing Facility Powered By Docstoc
					                         Board of County Commissioners
                            St. Johns County, Florida

                                        BID NO.: 11-57

 St. Johns County Work Release Housing Facility


                               BID DOCUMENTS
                           PROJECT SPECIFICATIONS



                              St. Johns County Purchasing Department
                                          2446 Dobbs Road
                                       St. Augustine, Fl 32086
                                            (904) 209-0150


N:\01 - PROJECTS\10050 ST JOHNS COUNTY MIN SECURITY FACILITY\10050 SPECIFICATIONS\10050 - SPECIFICATION   1
010000 - NON-TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS.doc
TABLE OF CONTENTS


FRONT END BID DOCUMENTS

Notice to Bidders - Construction
Section 00100 Instruction to Bidders
Official County Bid Form with Attachments:
         Attachment A - Affidavit
         Attachment B - List of Proposed Subcontractors
          Attachment C - Certificate as to Corporate Principal
         Attachment D - Florida Trench Safety Act
         Attachment E – License/Certification List
         Bid Bond

CONTRACT FORMS AND CONDITIONS

00500 - Standard Agreement Between Owner and Contractor (SAMPLE – For Reference Only)
00600 - Public Construction Bond

PROJECT SPECIFICATIONS

033000   CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
042200   CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY
051200   STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING
052100   STEEL JOIST FRAMING
053100   STEEL DECKING
055000   METAL FABRICATIONS
064116   PLASTIC-LAMINATE-FACED ARCHITECTURAL CABINETS
072100   THERMAL INSULATION
075423   THERMOPLASTIC POLYOLEPHIN (TPO) ROOFING
076200   SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM
077200   ROOF ACCESSORIES
078413   PENETRATION FIRESTOPPING
079200   JOINT SEALANTS
083113   ACCESS DOORS AND FRAMES
084113   ALUMINUM-FRAMED ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS
087100   DOOR HARDWARE
088000   GLAZING
092216   NON-STRUCTURAL METAL FRAMING
092400   PORTLAND CEMENT PLASTERING
092900   GYPSUM BOARD
093000   TILING
096513   RESILIENT BASE AND ACCESSORIES
095519   RESILIENT TILE FLOORING
099113   EXTERIOR PAINTING
099123   INTERIOR PAINTING
099600   HIGH PERFORMANCE COATINGS
101100   VISUAL DISPLAY SURFACES
101419   DIMENSIONAL LETTER SIGNAGE
N:\01 - PROJECTS\10050 ST JOHNS COUNTY MIN SECURITY FACILITY\10050 SPECIFICATIONS\10050 - SPECIFICATION   2
010000 - NON-TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS.doc
101423   PANEL SIGNAGE
102800   TOILET, BATH AND LAUNDRY ACCESSORIES
104413   FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINETS
104416   FIRE EXTINGUISHERS

13100    LIGHTNING PROTECTION

15001    GENERAL MECHANICAL AND PLUMBING REQUIREMENTS
15140    PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS
15145    PLUMBING PIPING
15146    PLUMBING SPECIALTIES
15410    PLUMBING FIXTURES
15430    PLUMBING EQUIPMENT
15723    PACKAGED 100% OUTSIDE AIR UNITS
15735    PACKAGED ROOF TOP AIR CONDITIONING UNITS
15810    DUCTWORK & INSULATION
15820    DUCT ACCESSORIES
15850    AIR OUTLETS AND INLETS
15921    DDC CONTROLS – BACNET
15950    TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING

16050    GENERAL ELECTRICAL REQUIRMENTS
16060    GROUNDING AND BONDING
16070    HANGERS AND SUPPORTS
16075    ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION
16123    LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES
16131    CONDUIT
16138    BOXES
16140    WIRING DEVICES
16155    EQUIPMENT WIRING
16443    PANEL BOARDS
16510    INTERIOR LUMINAIRES
16520    EXTERIOR LUMINAIRES
16442    DIESEL GENERATOR, TRAILER WITH FUEL TANK, AND ACCESSORIES

280500 SECURITY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
283163 ADDRESSABLE FIRE ALARM DETECTION SYSTEM

311000   SITE CLEARING
312000   EARTHMOVING
313116   TERMITE CONTROL
323100   SECURITY GATE SYSTEM
323110   SECURITY PEDESTRIAN GATE SYSTEM




N:\01 - PROJECTS\10050 ST JOHNS COUNTY MIN SECURITY FACILITY\10050 SPECIFICATIONS\10050 - SPECIFICATION   3
010000 - NON-TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS.doc
BID NO.: 11-57
                           NOTICE TO BIDDERS – CONSTRUCTION

Notice is hereby given that sealed bids will be received until 2:00 P.M.local time on April 13, 2011,
Sharon Haluska, Contract Administrator, St. Johns County Purchasing Department, located at 2446
Dobbs Road, St. Augustine, Florida 32086 for the St. Johns County Work Release Housing Facility.
 Bids will be opened promptly after the 2:00 P.M. deadline. Note: Bids delivered or received in the
Purchasing Department after the 2:00 P.M. deadline shall not be give consideration and shall be
returned to the sender unopened.

Scope of Work:

The scope of work will include, but not be limited to, all labor materials and equipment necessary
for the construction of a 10,085 gross square foot, single story building to house St. Johns County
Work Release Inmates. The project will be constructed on the existing St. Johns County Sheriff’s
Office campus north of the existing county jail building. The project will include a low sloped TPO
membrane roof over rigid board insulation on slope steel structure supported by reinforced concrete
masonry walls and steel columns supported by cast in place concrete foundations. The exterior of the
building will include a Portland Cement Plaster (Stucco) finish over concrete masonry unit walls and
will have impact resistant glazing in aluminum storefront framing system and steel doors. The
interior will include a large open dormitory space, offices, bathrooms, storage rooms, custodial
closets, electrical rooms, fire riser room, multipurpose room, exam room and Officer’s Platform. The
interior will include painted reinforced concrete masonry walls and painted gypsum wallboard walls,
a sealed concrete floor, exposed roof structure, painted gypsum wallboard ceilings in selected rooms,
and limited tile finishes in the bathrooms. Steel doors and impact resistant glazing in aluminum
storefront framing is included on the interior as well. The mechanical work will include roof top
HVAC units and associated controls and ductwork, multiple plumbing fixtures in the bathrooms and
all associated plumbing, a fire sprinkler and fire alarm system. The electrical work includes new
electrical service to the building and within the building, electrical panels, conduit, wiring, lighting,
all devices and associated work. The project site may have the rough grading and rough building pad
in place by the start of construction since another site work project may occur prior to the start of
this project.

There will be a Non- Mandatory Pre-Bid Conference on March 18, 2011 at 10:00 a.m. local time
at the St. Johns County Purchasing Department at 2446 Dobbs Road, St. Augustine, Florida
32086. The deadline for questions for this bid shall be March 25, 2011 at 5:00 p.m. local time.

Copies of Bidding Documents may be obtained from Ebert Norman Brady Architect at 1361 13th
Avenue South, Suite 230, Jacksonville Beach, Florida, 32250 – phone 904-241-9997, facsimile 904-
241-7526, e-mail: nmatczak@enbarchitects.com, for $125.00 per set of drawings and specifications
N:\01 - PROJECTS\10050 ST JOHNS COUNTY MIN SECURITY FACILITY\10050 SPECIFICATIONS\10050 - SPECIFICATION   4
010000 - NON-TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS.doc
or $50.00 per compact disc with the drawings and specification information saved onto the CD in
PDF format. All payments made for these documents or compact disc is non-refundable. Drawings
can be shipped for an additional cost of $50.00 and compact disc can be shipped for an additional
cost of $25.00.

Any and all technical questions relative to this project shall be directed to Tom Norman of Ebert
Norman Brady Architects in writing via e-mail at tnorman@enbarchitects.com or via facsimile at
904-241-7526. Any and all procurement or bid process questions shall be directed to Sharon
Haluska in writing via e-mail at shaluska@sjcfl.us or via facsimile at (904) 209-0157. The deadline
for all questions shall be March 25, 2011. Verbal question via the telephone will not be accepted.

Additionally, document orders may be facilitated through Onvia DemandStar, Inc. These requests
will be forwarded to the party responsible for bid document distribution via email. For technical
assistance with this Website please contact Onvia Supplier Services at 1-800-711-1712. A link to
Onvia DemandStar is also available through the St. Johns County Website at
www.sjcfl.us/BCC/Purchasing/Open_Bids.aspx. Check the County’s site for download availability
and any applicable fees. Vendors registered with Onvia DemandStar.com may visit
www.demandstar.com to electronically download some documents.

Any bidder, proposer or person substantially and adversely affected by an intended decision or
by an term, condition, procedure or specification with respect to any bid, invitation, solicitation
of proposals or requests for qualifications, shall file with the Purchasing Department for St.
Johns County, a written notice of intent to protest no later than 72 hours (excluding Saturdays,
Sundays and legal holidays for employees of St. Johns County) after the posting either
electronically or by other means of the notice of intended action, not of intended award, bid
tabulation, publication by posting electronically or by other means of a procedure, specification,
term or condition which the person intends to protest, or the right to protest such matter shall be
waived. The protest procedures may be obtained from the Purchasing Department and are
included in the County’s Purchasing Manual. All of the terms and conditions of the County
Purchasing Manual are incorporated by reference and are fully binding.

St. Johns County reserves the right to accept or reject any or all bids/proposals, waive minor
formalities, and to award the bid/proposal that best serves the interests of St. Johns County. St.
Johns County also reserves the right to award the base bid and any alternate bids in any combination
that best suits the needs of the County.

BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONERS
OF ST. JOHNS COUNTY, FLORIDA
CHERYL STRICKLAND, CLERK

BY:
                 Deputy Clerk

N:\01 - PROJECTS\10050 ST JOHNS COUNTY MIN SECURITY FACILITY\10050 SPECIFICATIONS\10050 - SPECIFICATION   5
010000 - NON-TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS.doc
        FRONT END BID DOCUMENTS




N:\01 - PROJECTS\10050 ST JOHNS COUNTY MIN SECURITY FACILITY\10050 SPECIFICATIONS\10050 - SPECIFICATION   6
010000 - NON-TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS.doc
                                             SECTION 00100

                                    INSTRUCTION TO BIDDERS


OWNER:                   The Board of County Commissioners of St. Johns County, Florida

PROJECT:                 BID NO.:11-57 - St. Johns County Work Release Housing Facility

DEFINITIONS

Bidding Documents include the Advertisement/Notice to Bidders, Front End Bid Documents,
Standard Agreement, Public Construction Bond, Specifications and Plans including any Addenda
issued prior to receipt of Bids.

All definitions set forth in the General Conditions of the Contract for Construction or in other
Contract Documents are applicable to the Bidding Documents.

Addenda are written or graphic instruments issued by the Purchasing Department prior to the time
and date for receiving Bids that modify or interpret the Bidding Documents by addition, deletion,
clarification, or corrections.

Architect is an assignee of the Owner and is responsible for all field inspections (excluding code
compliance) and assurance that the Contractor is conforming to the terms of the Contract. Code
compliance is performed by the local building jurisdiction.

Base Bid is complete and properly signed proposal to do the work, or designated portion thereof, for
the sums stipulated therein supported by data called for by the Bidding Documents.

A Unit Price is an amount stated in the Bid as a price per unit of measurement for materials or
services as described in the contract documents and shall include all labor, materials, equipment and
any other item/s essential to accomplish the scope of work of the Unit Price.

A Bidder is one who submits a Bid as a prime contractor to the Owner for the work described in the
proposed Contract Documents.

BIDDER’S REPRESENTATION

Each Bidder, by marking his Bid, represents that:

        He has read and understands the Bidding and Contract Documents and his Bid is made in
        accordance herewith:
N:\01 - PROJECTS\10050 ST JOHNS COUNTY MIN SECURITY FACILITY\10050 SPECIFICATIONS\10050 - SPECIFICATION   7
010000 - NON-TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS.doc
        A. He has visited the Site and has familiarized himself with the local conditions under
           which the Work is to be performed.

        B. His Bid is based upon the materials, systems and equipment described in the Bidding
           Documents without exceptions.

BIDDING DOCUMENTS

Copies: Bidding documents may be obtained from ARC-NGI (Printers) in the number and for the
purchase sum if any as stated in the Advertisement or Invitation - Notice to Bidders.

Complete sets of Bidding Documents shall be used in preparing the Bid Proposal. St. Johns County
shall not assume any responsibility for errors or misinterpretations resulting from the use of
complete or incomplete sets of Bidding Documents.

The Owner or Architect, in making copies of the Bidding Documents available on the above terms,
do so only for the purpose of obtaining bids on the Work and do not confer a license or grant for any
other use.

INTERPRETATION OR CORRECTION OF BIDDING DOCUMENTS

Bidders shall promptly notify the Architect of any ambiguity, inconsistency, or error which they may
discover upon examination of the Bidding Documents or of the site and local conditions.

Bidders requiring clarification of interpretation of the Bidding Documents shall make a written
request to the Architect, to reach him at least 18 calendar days prior to the date for receipt of Bids.

An interpretation, correction, or change of the bidding Documents will be made by Addendum.
Interpretation, corrections, or changes of the Bidding Documents made in any other manner will not
be binding, and Bidders shall not rely upon such interpretation, corrections, and change. No change
will be made to the Bidding Documents by the Owner or his Representative seven (7) calendar days
prior to Bid receiving date, however, the Owner reserves the authority to decrease this time
depending on the necessity of such change.

SUBSTITUTIONS

The materials, products and equipment described in the Bidding Documents establish a standard of
required function, dimension, appearance and quality to be met by any proposed substitution. No
substitution will be considered unless written request for approval has been submitted by the Bidder
and has been received by the Architect at least 18 calendar days prior to the date for receipt of Bids.
Each such request shall include the name of the material or equipment for which it is to be
N:\01 - PROJECTS\10050 ST JOHNS COUNTY MIN SECURITY FACILITY\10050 SPECIFICATIONS\10050 - SPECIFICATION   8
010000 - NON-TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS.doc
substituted and a complete description of the proposed substitute, including drawings, cuts,
performance and test data any other information necessary for an evaluation. A statement setting
forth any changes in other materials, equipment or work that incorporation of the substitute would
require, shall be included. The burden of proof of the merit of the proposed substitute is upon the
proposer. The project director’s approval or disapproval of a proposed substitution shall be final.

If the Architect or Project Director approves any proposed substitution, such approval will be set
forth in an Addenda. Bidders shall not rely upon approval made in any other manner.

ADDENDA

Addenda will be distributed to all who are known by the entity responsible for distribution of the
complete set of Bidding Documents. Copies of Addenda will be made available for inspection
wherever Bidding Documents are on file for that purpose.

Each Bidder shall ascertain prior to submitting his bid that he has received all Addenda issued, and
he shall acknowledge their receipt in the space provided in the Bid Proposal Form and attach a fully
acknowledged copy of each addendum issued for the applicable bid with this bid proposal. Failure
to provide fully acknowledged copies may result in a bid proposal being deemed non-responsive.

FORM AND STYLE OF BIDS

Bids shall be submitted in TRIPLICATE (one (1) original and two (2) copies) on forms, provided
in this manual. All blanks on the Bid Form shall be filled in by typewriter or manually in ink.

Bid proposals must be placed in an envelope, sealed and placed in another envelope, plainly marked
on the outside addressed to St. Johns County Purchasing Department, with the bidder’s return
address in top left hand corner and recite: “BID NO.: 11-57 - SEALED BID FOR ST. JOHNS
COUNTY WORK RELEASE HOUSING FACILITY”. See Example Below:

ABC Company, Inc.
123 Aviles Street
St. Augustine, FL 32084

                                  St. Johns County Purchasing Department
                                  2446 Dobbs Road
                                  St. Augustine, FL 32086
                                  BID NO.: 11-57 – SEALED BID FOR ST. JOHNS COUNTY
                                                     WORK RELEASE HOUSING FACILITY

Where so indicated by the makeup of the Bid Form, sums shall be expressed in both words and
figures, and in the case of discrepancy between the two, the amount expressed in words shall govern.
N:\01 - PROJECTS\10050 ST JOHNS COUNTY MIN SECURITY FACILITY\10050 SPECIFICATIONS\10050 - SPECIFICATION   9
010000 - NON-TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS.doc
Any interlineation, alteration or erasure must be initialed by the signer of the Bid, failure to do so
may cause the Bidder’s proposal to be considered non-responsive.

Bidder shall make no stipulation on the Bid Form nor qualify his Bid in any manner, to do so will
classify the Bid as being non-responsive.

Each copy of the Bid Proposal shall include the company name, address, telephone number and legal
name of Bidder and a statement whether Bidder is sole proprietor, a partnership, a corporation or any
other legal entity. Each copy shall be signed by the person or persons legally authorized to bind the
Bidder to a contract. A Bid by a corporation shall further give the state of incorporation and have
the corporation seal affixed. A Bid submitted by an agent shall have a current Power of Attorney
attached certifying agent’s authority to bind the Bidder.

BID SECURITY

Each Bid shall be accompanied by a Bid Security in the required Bid Bond form in the amount of
5% of amount bid, pledging that the Bidder will enter into a contract with the Owner on the terms
stated in his Bid and will, if required, furnish bonds as described hereunder covering the faithful
performance of the Contract and the payment of all obligations arising thereunder. Should the
Bidder refuse to enter into such Contract or fail to furnish such bonds to the Owner, if required, the
amount of the Bid Security shall be forfeited, not as penalty, but as liquidated damages.

A Bid Security may be in the form of a Bid Bond or certified cashiers check made payable to the
Board of County Commissioners of St. Johns County.

If a Bid Bond is submitted, it shall be written in the form of the attached sample, with an acceptable
surety, and the Attorney-in-Fact who executes the bond on behalf of the surety shall affix to the
bond a certified and current copy of his Power of Attorney. Acceptable surety companies are
defined in “A Instruction to Bidders”. The Surety Company shall be licensed to do business in the
State of Florida and shall be listed by the U.S. Treasury Department.

The Owner shall have the right to retain the Bid Security of Bidders until either: (a) the Contract is
executed and bonds, if required, have been furnished, or (b) the specified time has elapsed so that
Bids may be withdrawn, or (c) all Bids have been rejected.

BID BOND INSTRUCTIONS

Prepare and submit one (1) original and two (2) copies of the required Bid Bond as shown above.

Type or print Bidder’s and Surety’s names in the same language as in the Advertisement, or
Invitation to Bid.

N:\01 - PROJECTS\10050 ST JOHNS COUNTY MIN SECURITY FACILITY\10050 SPECIFICATIONS\10050 - SPECIFICATION   10
010000 - NON-TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS.doc
The Corporate seal must be affixed. Type or print the name of the Surety on the line provided and
affix it’s corporate seal.

Attach a copy of Surety agent’s Power of Attorney, unless the Power of Attorney has been recorded
in St. Johns County. If it has been recorded, give the record book and page. If not recorded, the
copy of the Power of Attorney must have an original signature of the Secretary or Assistant
Secretary of Surety certifying the copy. The Surety’s corporate seal must be affixed.


SUBMISSION OF BIDS

All copies of the Bid, and any other documents required to be submitted with the Bid shall be
enclosed in a sealed opaque envelope.

The envelope shall be addressed as required in the “Instruction to Bidders”, and shall be identified
with the Bid Number, Project Name, the Bidder’s Name, and return address, and portion of the
project or category of work for which the Bid is submitted.

The envelope containing the above Bid Documents shall be enclosed in an outer envelope and
identified in the same manner as shown above.

Bidder shall assume full responsibility for timely delivery at location designated for receipts of Bids.
 Bids shall be deposited at the designated location prior to the time and date for receipt of Bids
indicated in the Advertisement/Notice to Bidders, or any time extension thereof made by Addendum.
 Bids received after the time and date for receipt of Bids will be returned to the sender unopened.

Oral, telephonic, telegraphic or electronic Bids are invalid and will not receive consideration.

MODIFICATION OR WITHDRAWAL OF BID

A Bid may not be modified, withdrawn or canceled by the Bidder during the stipulated time period
following the time and date designated for the receipt of Bids, and Bidder so agrees in submitting his
Bid.

Prior to time and date designated for receipt of Bids, a Bid submitted early may be modified or
withdrawn only by notice to the party receiving Bids at the place and prior to the time designated for
receipt of Bids.

Such notice shall be in writing over the signature of the Bidder. If by telephone, written
confirmation over the signature of Bidder must be mailed and postmarked on or before the date and
time set for receipt of Bids; it shall be so worded as not to reveal the amount of the original Bid.

N:\01 - PROJECTS\10050 ST JOHNS COUNTY MIN SECURITY FACILITY\10050 SPECIFICATIONS\10050 - SPECIFICATION   11
010000 - NON-TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS.doc
Withdrawn Bids may be resubmitted up to the time designated for the receipt of Bids provided that
they are then fully in conformance with these Instructions to Bidders.

Bid Security shall be in the amount of 5 percent (5%) of the Bid as modified or resubmitted.

CONSIDERATION OF BIDS

Opening of Bids: Unless stated otherwise in an Addenda to the Advertisement/Notice to Bidders, the
properly identified Bids received on time will be opened publicly as specified in the Advertisement
and a tabulation of the bid amounts of the Base Bids and major Alternates, if any, will be made
available to Bidders. The Bid Tabulation will be posted on the Purchasing Department bulletin
board for 72 hours.

Any bidder, proposer or person substantially and adversely affected by an intended decision or
by an term, condition, procedure or specification with respect to any bid, invitation, solicitation
of proposals or requests for qualifications, shall file with the Purchasing Department for St.
Johns County, a written notice of intent to protest no later than 72 hours (excluding Saturdays,
Sundays and legal holidays for employees of St. Johns County) after the posting either
electronically or by other means of the notice of intended action, not of intended award, bid
tabulation, publication by posting electronically or by other means of a procedure, specification,
term or condition which the person intends to protest, or the right to protest such matter shall be
waived. The protest procedures may be obtained from the Purchasing Department and are
included in the County’s Purchasing Manual. All of the terms and conditions of the County
Purchasing Manual are incorporated by reference and are fully binding.

Rejection of Bids: The Owner reserves the right to reject any or all Bids and in particular to reject a
Bid not accompanied by any required Bid Security or data required by the Bidding Documents or a
Bid in any way incomplete or irregular.

Acceptance of Bid (Award): The Owner shall have the right to reject any or all Bids or waive any
minor formality or irregularity in any Bid received.

The Owner shall have the right to accept alternates in any order or combination and to determine the
low Bidder on the basis of the sum of the Base Bid and/or the Alternates accepted if alternate bids
are requested in the Official County Bid Form.

It is the intent of the Owner to award a contract to the lowest responsible Bidder provided the Bid
has been submitted in accordance with the requirements of the Bidding Documents, if judged to
reasonable, and does not exceed the funds budgeted for the Project.

If the Contract is awarded, it will be awarded within sixty (60) days from the date of the Bid

N:\01 - PROJECTS\10050 ST JOHNS COUNTY MIN SECURITY FACILITY\10050 SPECIFICATIONS\10050 - SPECIFICATION   12
010000 - NON-TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS.doc
opening, or as designated in the Bid Documents.

QUALIFICATION OF CONTRACTORS

Minimum Qualifications: Bidders must be fully licensed to do business in the State of Florida,
current Certified General Contractors License, and must have successfully constructed, as a prime
contractor or subcontractor, at least five (5) projects of the type, size, and dollar value of the
construction proposed for this project, and must have been in business as a contractor for at least five
(5) years. Bidder’s must complete Attachment “E” – License/Certification List and attach a copy of
each license and certificate shown and submit the with their Bid Proposal.

Bidders to whom award of a contract is under consideration shall submit to the Architect, upon his
request, a properly executed Contractor’s Qualification Statement of A1A Document A305, unless
such a statement has been previously required and submitted as a prerequisite to the issuance of
Bidding Documents.

LIST OF SUBCONTRACTORS - (Required seven (7) calendar days after bid date, and only
by the apparent low bidder)

Each Bidder shall submit to Owner a list of Subcontractors and major materials suppliers to be used
if awarded the contract. A copy of the form, Attachment “B”, is provided in the Bidding
Documents. If no Subcontractors or major material suppliers are required, so state there on.

Upon request by the Architect, the successful Bidder shall within seven (7) days thereafter, submit
all data required to establish to the satisfaction of the Architect and Owner, the reliability and
responsibility of the proposed Subcontractors to furnish and perform the work described in the
Sections of the Specifications pertaining to such proposed Subcontractor’s respective trades.

Prior to the award of the Contract, the Architect will notify the Bidder in writing if either the Owner
or the Architect, after due investigation, has reasonable and substantial objection to any person or
organization proposed as a Subcontractor. The Bidder then may, at his option, withdraw his Bid
without forfeiture of Bid Security or submit an acceptable substitute at no increase in Bid price. If
the Bidder fails to submit an acceptable substitute within seven (7) days of the original notification,
the Owner then may, at his option, disqualify the Bidder, at no cost to the Owner.

The Owner reserves the right to disqualify any Contractor, Subcontractor, Vendor, or material
supplier due to previously documented project problems, either with performance or quality.

Subcontractors and other persons and organizations proposed by the Bidder and accepted by the
Owner and the Architect, must be used on the work for which they were proposed and accepted and
shall not be changed except with the written approval of the Owner and Architect.


N:\01 - PROJECTS\10050 ST JOHNS COUNTY MIN SECURITY FACILITY\10050 SPECIFICATIONS\10050 - SPECIFICATION   13
010000 - NON-TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS.doc
PUBLIC CONSTRUCTION BOND

Required Bonds: The Bidder shall furnish the required bond, in the form provided herein, covering
the faithful performance of the Contract and the payment of all obligations arising thereunder in full
amount of the Contract, with such acceptable sureties, secured through the Bidder’s usual sources as
may be agreeable to the parties.

SURETY BOND

Acceptable Surety Companies: To be responsible to the Owner as Surety on Bonds, Surety shall
comply with the following provisions:

Surety must be licensed to do business in Florida.

Surety must have been in business and have a record of successful continuous operations for at
least three years.

Surety shall not have exposed itself to any loss on any one risk in an amount exceeding twenty
percent of its surplus to policyholders.

Surety must have fulfilled all of its obligations on all other bonds given to the Owner.

Surety must have good underwriting, economic management, adequate reserves for undisclosed
liabilities, net resources for unusual stock and sound investment.

Time of Delivery and Form of Bonds: The Public Construction Bond form will be forwarded to the
successful Bidder with his copy of the fully executed contract. The Public Construction Bond
must be recorded after the contract is signed by all parties. The bidder will have three (3)
business days from receipt of fully executed contract to have the Public Construction Bond recorded.
 The bidder shall have the Public Construction Bond recorded at the St. Johns County Clerk of
Courts office, in St. Augustine, Florida. After the book and page number have been assigned to the
bond by the recording person, the Bidder is to obtain from the recording person a certified copy of
the recorded bond, and deliver the certified copy to the Owner’s Contract Administrator. No work
can commence until the required bond and Insurance Certificates have been delivered to the Owner.
 Upon receipt of the certified copy of the recorded bond, the Owner may issue a Notice to Proceed.

Unless specified in the Bidding Documents, the bonds shall be written in the form of those bound in
this Project Manual.

The Bidder shall require the Attorney-in-Fact who executes the required bonds on behalf of the
Surety to affix thereto a certified and current copy of his Power of Attorney authorizing his firm to
act as agent for the Surety in issuing the bonds.
N:\01 - PROJECTS\10050 ST JOHNS COUNTY MIN SECURITY FACILITY\10050 SPECIFICATIONS\10050 - SPECIFICATION   14
010000 - NON-TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS.doc
FORM OF AGREEMENT BETWEEN OWNER AND CONTRACTOR

Form to be Used: Unless otherwise provided in the Bidding Documents, the Agreement for Work
will be written on the St. Johns County Standard Fixed Price Agreement between Owner and
Contractor where the basis of payment is a Stipulated Sum.

CONTRACT TIME - LIQUIDATED DAMAGES

The following will be made a part of the Contract:

The Contractor shall have ten (10) days to return Contract originals from the time the Contractor
receives a “Notice of Award”. St. Johns County will return a “fully executed” Contract to the
Contractor no later than seven (7) days after the return of the executed Contract originals (but no
later than seventeen (17) days from the Notice of Award).

The Contractor will furnish a recorded original of the Public Construction Bond three (3) business
days after receipt of the fully executed Contract (the Public Construction Bond must be recorded
after the Contract is fully executed by all parties including the County Clerk). Upon receipt of the
recorded Public Construction Bond, the County will issue a Notice to Proceed. If the Contractor fails
to meet any of the dates and timeframes set forth in this section, or fails to execute the Contract, or
to provide a Public Construction Bond, the County may elect at it’s option to consider the Contractor
non-responsive and Contract with the next best Bidder.

“The work to be performed per under this Agreement shall be commenced within ten (10) days of
the date of the Notice to Proceed, in writing. Construction of the project shall be substantially
complete within 210 consecutive calendar days from the date of the Notice to Proceed. Final
completion shall be attained 30 consecutive calendar days from the date of substantial completion”.

         Conditions under which Liquidated Damages are Imposed:

      Should the Contractor or, in case of his default, the Surety fail to complete the work within
      the time stipulated in the contract, or within such extra time as may have been granted by the
      Owner, the Contractor or, in case of his default, the Surety shall pay to the Owner, not as a
      penalty but as liquidated damages, the amount so due as determined by the following
      schedule:
Original Contract Amount                                                    Daily Charge Per Calendar Day
      $50,000 and under . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 313.00
      Over $50,000 but less than $250,000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 580.00
      $250,000 or more but less than $500,000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 715.00
      $500,000 or more but less than $2,500,000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $1,423.00
      $2,500,000 but less than $5,000,000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
N:\01 - PROJECTS\10050 ST JOHNS COUNTY MIN SECURITY FACILITY\10050 SPECIFICATIONS\10050 - SPECIFICATION                   15
010000 - NON-TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS.doc
$2,121.00
       $5,000,000 but less than $10,000,000 . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
$3,057.00
       $10,000,000 but less than $15,000,000 . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
$3,598.00
       $15,000,000 but less than $20,000,000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
$4,544.00
       $20,000,000 and over . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $8,537.00
       ....................................                         0.00027 of any amount over $20 Million

INSURANCE

Liability Insurance, Workmen’s Compensation, and Vehicle Coverage will be required to be
retained in force during the Contract Period (See Article XIII in Standard Fixed Price Agreement
Between Owner & Contractor). An original insurance certificate, naming the St. Johns County
Board of County Commissioners as additionally insured will be provided by the Contractor, prior to
issuing “Notice to Proceed.”

TAXES

Project is subject to Federal Excise and Florida Sales Taxes, which must be included in Bidder’s
proposal.

FLORIDA TRENCH SAFETY ACT

Bidders shall complete Bid Form Attachment F, Certificate of Compliance with Florida Trench
Safety Act, in accordance with the requirements of Chapter 553, Florida Statutes. If trenching is not
required for this project, state so thereon. Contractor shall be responsible for compliance with all
trenching shoring safety requirements.

                                                  END OF SECTION




N:\01 - PROJECTS\10050 ST JOHNS COUNTY MIN SECURITY FACILITY\10050 SPECIFICATIONS\10050 - SPECIFICATION                     16
010000 - NON-TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS.doc
                    OFFICIAL COUNTY BID FORM
                       WITH ATTACHMENTS




N:\01 - PROJECTS\10050 ST JOHNS COUNTY MIN SECURITY FACILITY\10050 SPECIFICATIONS\10050 - SPECIFICATION   17
010000 - NON-TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS.doc
BID NO.: 11-57

                                  OFFICIAL COUNTY BID FORM
                                  ST. JOHNS COUNTY, FLORIDA
                                   LUMP SUM BID PROPOSAL

PROJECT:         St. Johns County Work Release Housing Facility
TO:              THE BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONERS OF ST. JOHNS COUNTY,
                               FLORIDA

DATE SUBMITTED: ________________________

                                          BID PROPOSAL OF


FULL LEGAL COMPANY NAME



               Address                                                                Telephone No.


Gentlemen: Having become familiar with site conditions of the project, and having carefully
examined the Bidding requirements, including the Advertisement, Instructions to Bidders, and
Contract Documents, including the General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, Specifications,
and Drawings entitled St. Johns County Work Release Housing Facility in St. Johns County, Florida.
  The undersigned proposes to furnish all materials, labor and equipment, supervision and all other
requirements necessary to comply with the Contract Documents for the following base bids quoted
in this Bid Proposal summarized as follows:

                                                BASE BID:

FOR: Construction of St. Johns County Work Release Housing Facility as per plans and
specifications.

                                $ ______________________________
                                  Total Lump Sum Price (Numerical)

                                                                                                          /100
                                                Dollars
                                   (Amount written or typed in words)


N:\01 - PROJECTS\10050 ST JOHNS COUNTY MIN SECURITY FACILITY\10050 SPECIFICATIONS\10050 - SPECIFICATION     18
010000 - NON-TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS.doc
Bidder will enter written (in words) and numerically by the Lump Sum Price in the space provided
above. In the event of a conflict, the written Lump Sum Price shall be considered as the Bidder
correct bid.

Time of Substantial Completion to be 210 consecutive calendar days from receipt of Notice to
Proceed from Owner.

Note: The listing order of bid items reflects a construction sequence in general terms for bidding
purposes only and is not a specific construction schedule.

        During the preparation of the Bid, the following addenda, if any, were received:

                                  No.: ___________Date Received:

                                  No.: ___________Date Received:

                                  No.: ___________Date Received:


                                      ADDITIVE ALTERNATES:

ADDITIVE ALTERNATE 1:                 Provide all equipment, materials, and labor for the
installation of four (4) additional security cameras within the facility as indicated on the
drawings. The wiring and conduit to the cameras is in the base bid.

$ ______________________________
 Total Lump Sum Price (Numerical)

                                                                                                          /100
Dollars
(Amount written or typed in words)


ADDITIVE ALTERNATE 2:                 Provide all equipment, materials, and labor for the
installation of all furniture indicated on drawing ID1.1.

$ ______________________________
 Total Lump Sum Price (Numerical)

                                                                                                          /100
Dollars
(Amount written or typed in words)
N:\01 - PROJECTS\10050 ST JOHNS COUNTY MIN SECURITY FACILITY\10050 SPECIFICATIONS\10050 - SPECIFICATION     19
010000 - NON-TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS.doc
ADDITIVE ALTERNATE 3:                Provide all equipment, materials, and labor for a new
mobile generator as indicated in the electrical drawings and specifications and as follows:
Provide new 100 KW (@0.80 P.F.), 208Y/120V, 3 Phase, 4 wire portable diesel generator,
weatherproof enclosure, 72 hour subbase tank on trailer, cabling and plug per
specifications. Provide a 350A, 3 Pole circuit breaker, rated 22KAIC, with shunt
trip. Circuit breaker shall be U.L. listed for use with transfer switch (based on short circuit
withstand rating of switch). Tank installation shall meet the requirements of Florida DEP
and NFPA 30. Refer to the contract drawings and specifications for more detailed
information.

$ ______________________________
 Total Lump Sum Price (Numerical)

                                                                                                          /100
Dollars
(Amount written or typed in words)

ADDITIVE ALTERNATE 4:               Provide all equipment, materials, and labor for a new
lightning protection system. Refer to the contract drawings and specifications for more
detailed information.

$ ______________________________
 Total Lump Sum Price (Numerical)

                                                                                                          /100
Dollars
(Amount written or typed in words)

ADDITIVE ALTERNATE 5:               Provide all equipment, materials, and labor for the
painting of the underside of the shop primed metal roof deck, the shop primed bar joists,
the exposed ceiling or joist mounted conduit and all exposed HVAC ductwork. Refer to the
contract drawings and specifications for more detailed information.

$ ______________________________
 Total Lump Sum Price (Numerical)

                                                                                                          /100
Dollars
(Amount written or typed in words)

We, the undersigned, hereby declare that no person or persons, firm or corporation, other than the
N:\01 - PROJECTS\10050 ST JOHNS COUNTY MIN SECURITY FACILITY\10050 SPECIFICATIONS\10050 - SPECIFICATION     20
010000 - NON-TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS.doc
undersigned are interested, in this proposal, as principals, and that this proposal is made without
collusion with any person, firm or corporation, and we have carefully and to our satisfaction
examined the Project Specifications and form of Contract and Public Construction Bonds, together
with the Plans.

We have made a full examination of the location of the proposed work and the sources of supply of
materials, and we hereby agree to furnish all necessary labor, and equipment and materials, fully
understanding that any quantities shown therewith are approximate only, and that we will fully
complete all requirements therein as prepared by Architect, within the same time limit specified in
the Contract Documents for the following total sum price as indicated above.

If the Undersigned is notified of the acceptance of this Bid Proposal by the Board within sixty (60)
calendar days for the time set for the opening of Bids, the Undersigned further agrees, to execute a
contract for the above work within ten (10) days after notice that his Bid has been accepted for the
above stated compensation in the form of a Contract presented by the Owner.

The Undersigned agrees, if awarded the Contract, to Substantially Complete all work within 210
consecutive calendar within ten (10) consecutive calendar days from receipt of NOTICE TO
PROCEED. Undersigned further agrees that from the compensation otherwise to be paid, the Owner
may retain the liquidated damages as provided in the Contract, which sum is agreed upon as the
proper measure of liquidated damages which the Owner will sustain each day by the failure of the
Undersigned to complete the work in the time stipulated, and this sum is not to be construed as
penalty.

The Undersigned further agrees that security in the form of a Bid Bond, certified or cashier’s check
in the amount of not less than five percent (5%) total Bid Price, payable to the Owner, accompanies
this Bid; that the amount is not to be construed as a penalty, but as liquidated damages which said
Owner will sustain by failure of the Undersigned to execute and deliver the Contract and Bond
within ten (10) days of the written notification of the Award of the Contract to him; thereupon, the
security shall become the property of the Owner, but if this Bid is not accepted within sixty (60)
days of the time set for the submission of Bids, or if the Undersigned delivers the executed Contract
and Public Construction Bond upon receipt, the Security shall be returned to the Bidder within seven
(7) working days.

CORPORATE/COMPANY

Full Legal Company Name:                                                                                  (Seal)

By:
                                                            (Name & Title typed or printed)

By:

N:\01 - PROJECTS\10050 ST JOHNS COUNTY MIN SECURITY FACILITY\10050 SPECIFICATIONS\10050 - SPECIFICATION       21
010000 - NON-TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS.doc
                                                            (Name & Title typed or printed)

Address:

Telephone No.: (        )                                          Fax No.: (       )

Email Address for Authorized Company Representative: _____________________________

Federal I.D. Tax Number:                                      DUNS #: _______________________

INDIVIDUAL

Name:
         (Signature)                       (Name typed or printed)                      (Title)

Address:

Telephone No.: (        )                                   Fax No.: ____________________________


Email Address: _______________________

Federal I.D. Tax Number:

Bid Proposal Attachments:         “Α” - Affidavit
                                  “B” - List of Proposed Subcontractors
                                  “C” - Certificate as to Corporate Principal
                                  “D” - Certificate of Compliance with Florida Trench Safety Act
                                  “E” – License/Certification List
                                  Bid Bond
                                  Fully Acknowledged Addenda Applicable to this bid

Attachments “A”, “C”, “D”, “E” and Bid Bond must be completed and attached to Bidder’s bid
proposal along with a fully acknowledged copy of each Addendum applicable to this Bid.




N:\01 - PROJECTS\10050 ST JOHNS COUNTY MIN SECURITY FACILITY\10050 SPECIFICATIONS\10050 - SPECIFICATION   22
010000 - NON-TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS.doc
Bid No.: 11-57

                                          ATTACHMENT “A”

      ST. JOHNS COUNTY, BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONERS AFFIDAVIT

TO:              ST. JOHNS COUNTY, BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONERS, ST. JOHNS
                 COUNTY, ST. AUGUSTINE, FLORIDA.

At the time the proposal is submitted, the Bidder shall attach to his Bid a sworn statement.

This sworn statement shall be an affidavit in the following form, executed by an officer of the firm,
association, or corporation submitting the proposal, and shall be sworn to before a person who is
authorized by law to administer oaths.

STATE OF FLORIDA, COUNTY OF ST. JOHNS

Before me, the Undersigned authority, personally appeared
who being duly sworn, deposes and says he is
(Title) of the firm of ________________________           Bidder submitting the attached proposal
for the services covered by the bid documents for Bid # 11-57, for the St. Johns County Work
Release Housing Facility, in St. Johns County, Florida.

The affiant further states that no more that one proposal for the above-referenced project will be
submitted from the individual, his firm or corporation under the same or different name, and that
such Bidder has no financial interest in the firm of another bidder for the same work. That he, his
firm, association or corporation has neither directly, nor indirectly entered into any agreement,
participated in any collusion, or otherwise taken any action in restraint of free competitive bidding in
connection with this firm’s Bid on the above-described project. Furthermore, neither the firm nor
any of its officers are barred from participating in public contract lettings in the State of Florida or
any other state.

                                                            Sworn and subscribed to me this               day
            (Bidder)                                        of             , 2011.

By:                                                         Notary Public:

                                                            Signature
            (Title)
                                                            Printed

                                                            My commission Expires:

BIDDER ON ALL COUNTY PROJECTS MUST EXECUTE AND ATTACH THIS AFFADAVIT TO EACH BID.
N:\01 - PROJECTS\10050 ST JOHNS COUNTY MIN SECURITY FACILITY\10050 SPECIFICATIONS\10050 - SPECIFICATION         23
010000 - NON-TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS.doc
                                                                                              Bid No.: 11-57

ONLY REQUIRED BY SUCCESSFUL BIDDER 7 DAYS AFTER NOTICE OF AWARD

                                            ATTACHMENT B

                           LIST OF PROPOSED SUBCONTRACTORS

All subcontractors and major materials suppliers are subject to approval of Owner. The following are
subcontractors and manufacturers of materials and/or equipment that are proposed to be utilized by
the Contractor in the performance of this work:
DIVISION OF WORK or                                NAME AND ADDRESS OF
DESCRIPTION/NAME OF EQUIPEMENT                     SUBCONTRACTOR or EQUIPMENT VENDOR




N:\01 - PROJECTS\10050 ST JOHNS COUNTY MIN SECURITY FACILITY\10050 SPECIFICATIONS\10050 - SPECIFICATION   24
010000 - NON-TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS.doc
                                                                                              Bid No.: 11-57

                                  ATTACHMENT C
                      CERTIFICATES AS TO CORPORATE PRINCIPAL

I,                         , certify that I am the Secretary of the Corporation named as Principal in
the attached bond; that                          who signed the said bond on behalf of the Principal,
was then                                                          of said Corporation; that I know his
signature, and his signature hereto is genuine; and that said bond was duly signed, sealed, and
attested for and in behalf of said Corporation by authority of it’s governing body.


                                                  Secretary                      Corporate Seal



(STATE OF FLORIDA
COUNTY OF ST. JOHNS)

Before me, a Notary Public duly commissioned, qualified and acting, personally appeared
                                           to me well known, who being by me first duly sworn upon
oath, says that he is the Attorney-In-Fact, for the                           and that he has been
authorized by                                                                        to execute the
foregoing bond on behalf of the surety named therein in favor of St. Johns County, Florida.

Subscribed and sworn to me this                  day of                            , 2011, A.D.




                                           NOTARY PUBLIC
                                           State of Florida-at-large

                                           My Commission Expires:



(Attach Power of Attorney to original Bid Bond and Financial Statement of Surety Company)



                                                                                              Bid No.: 11-57
N:\01 - PROJECTS\10050 ST JOHNS COUNTY MIN SECURITY FACILITY\10050 SPECIFICATIONS\10050 - SPECIFICATION   25
010000 - NON-TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS.doc
                                          ATTACHMENT “D”

                                 CERTIFICATE OF COMPLIANCE
                               WITH FLORIDA TRENCH SAFETY ACT

Bidder acknowledges that he is solely responsible for complying with the Florida Trench Safety Act (ACT)
and Occupational Safety and Health Administrations excavation safety standard 29 CFR 1926.650 (Subpart P
as amended) and the St. Johns County Trenching and Excavation Safety Program. If there is a conflict
between the ACT and the St. Johns County Trenching and Excavation Safety Program, the more stringent
requirement would apply. Bidder further acknowledges that included in the various items of the proposal and
in the Total Bid Price are costs for complying with the Florida Trench Safety Act (90-96, Laws of Florida)
effective October 1, 1990 and the Occupational Safety and Health Administrations excavation safety standard.


By:


Bidder                                             Date


Authorized Signature




                                                                                                Bid No.: 11-57

N:\01 - PROJECTS\10050 ST JOHNS COUNTY MIN SECURITY FACILITY\10050 SPECIFICATIONS\10050 - SPECIFICATION    26
010000 - NON-TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS.doc
                                           ATTACHMENT “E”

                                      License/Certification List

In the space below, the Bidder shall list all current licenses and certifications held.

The bidder shall attach a copy of each current license or certification listed below to
this form.

   License Name                    License #                   Issuing Agency                 Expiration Date




N:\01 - PROJECTS\10050 ST JOHNS COUNTY MIN SECURITY FACILITY\10050 SPECIFICATIONS\10050 - SPECIFICATION   27
010000 - NON-TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS.doc
                                                                                               BID NO.: 11-57

                                                  BID BOND

STATE OF FLORIDA
COUNTY OF ST. JOHNS


KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS,that                                                                      as
Principal, and                                                as Surety, are held and firmly bound unto St.
Johns County, Florida, in the penal sum of                           Dollars ($                   ) lawful
money of the United States, we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators, and successors, jointly
and severally, firmly by these presents.

THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATIONS IS SUCH, that whereas the Principal has submitted the
accompanying Bid, dated          , 2011.

                                                      For
                           St. Johns County Work Release Housing Facility
                                          St. Johns County, Florida


NOW THEREFORE,
(a)  If the Principal shall not withdraw said Bid within sixty (60) days after Bid Award date, and shall within
     ten (10) days after prescribed forms are presented to him for signature, enter into a written Contract
     with the County in accordance with the Bid as accepted, and give Bond with good and sufficient
     Surety or Sureties, as may be required, for the faithful performance and proper         fulfillment of such
     Contract, then the above obligations shall be void and of no effect, otherwise to remain in full force
     and virtue.

(b)     In the event of the withdrawal of said Bid within the period specified, or the failure to enter into
             such Contract and give such Bond within the time specified, if the Principal shall pay the County
        the difference between the amount specified, in said Bid and the amount for which the County may
             procure the required Work and supplies, if the latter amount be in excess of the former, then the
             above obligations shall be void and of no effect, otherwise to remain in full force and virtue.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the above bounded parties have executed this instrument under their several seals,
this                          day of                   A.D., 2011, the name and corporate seal of each
corporate party being hereto affixed and these presents duly signed by its undersigned representative,
pursuant to authority of it’s governing body.




N:\01 - PROJECTS\10050 ST JOHNS COUNTY MIN SECURITY FACILITY\10050 SPECIFICATIONS\10050 - SPECIFICATION      28
010000 - NON-TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS.doc
                                                                                               BID NO.: 11-57
WITNESSES:

        (If Sole Ownership or Partnership two (2) Witnesses required).
        (If Corporation, Secretary only will attest and affix seal).



WITNESSES:                                         PRINCIPAL:


                                                   NAME OF FIRM:



                                                   SIGNATURE OF AUTHORIZED
                                                   OFFICER (AFFIX SEAL)



                                                            TITLE


                                                            BUSINESS ADDRESS



                                                            CITY                     STATE


WITNESS:                                                    SURETY:


                                                            CORPORATE SURETY



                                                            ATTORNEY-IN-FACT (AFFIX
                                                            SEAL)

                                                            BUSINESS ADDRESS


                                                            CITY                     STATE


                                                            NAME OF LOCAL INSURANCE
                                                            AGENCY




N:\01 - PROJECTS\10050 ST JOHNS COUNTY MIN SECURITY FACILITY\10050 SPECIFICATIONS\10050 - SPECIFICATION   29
010000 - NON-TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS.doc
                                             END OF SECTION




            CONTRACT FORM AND CONDITIONS



                           (SAMPLE - For Reference Only)




N:\01 - PROJECTS\10050 ST JOHNS COUNTY MIN SECURITY FACILITY\10050 SPECIFICATIONS\10050 - SPECIFICATION   30
010000 - NON-TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS.doc
                                                                             Approved: Initial & Date
                                                                               Prepared By: ______________
                                                                               Approved By: _____________

                                        STANDARD AGREEMENT
                                             BETWEEN
                                       OWNER AND CONTRACTOR

                                                1992 EDITION

These Contract Documents should be used only after consultation with counsel. The documents are not
intended as legal advice appropriate to any specific situation, nor do they purport to address all issues which
may arise between the contracting parties. The documents should be amended or supplemented where
appropriate in order to address contractual concerns.


        This Agreement is made                                        , 2011 by and between:

         St. Johns County, 500 San Sebastian View, St. Augustine, Florida 32084 (hereafter referred
to as the “Owner”)

and                                                              hereinafter referred to as the “Contractor”)

        under seal for Construction of __________________________________hereinafter referred to
as the “Project”),

        the Owner and the Contractor hereby agreeing as follows:




N:\01 - PROJECTS\10050 ST JOHNS COUNTY MIN SECURITY FACILITY\10050 SPECIFICATIONS\10050 - SPECIFICATION     31
010000 - NON-TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS.doc
                                          ARTICLE I
                          THE CONTRACT AND THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS


1.1     The Contract

1.1.1 The Contract between the Owner and the Contractor, of which this Agreement is a part, consists of the
Contract Documents. It shall be effective on the date this Agreement is executed by the last party to execute
it.

1.2     The Contract Documents

1.2.1 The Contract Documents consist of this Agreement, the Bid Documents and Bid Forms,
Specifications, all Change Orders and Field Orders issued hereafter and executed by the parties and the
Engineers, any other amendments hereto executed by the parties hereafter, together with the following (if
any):

(Here list any additional Contract Documents such as addenda special conditions, supplemental conditions,
etc.)

Documents not enumerated in this Paragraph 1.2.1 are not Contract Documents and do not form part of this
Contract.

1.3     Entire Agreement

1.3.1 This Contract, together with the Contractor’s Public Construction Bond (if applicable) for the Project,
constitutes the entire and exclusive agreement between the Owner and the Contractor with reference to the
Project. Specifically, but without limitation, this Contract supersedes any Bid Documents not listed among the
Contract Documents described above and all prior written or oral communications, representations and
negotiations, if any, between the Owner and Contractor.

1.4     No Privity with Others

1.4.1 Nothing contained in this Contract shall create, or be interpreted to create, privity or any other
contractual agreement between the Owner and any person or entity other than the Contractor.

1.5     Intent and Interpretation

1.5.1 The intent of this Contract is to require complete, correct and timely execution of the Work. Any work
that may be required implied or inferred by the Contract Documents, or any one or more of them, as necessary
to produce the intended result shall be provided by the Contractor for the Contract Price.

1.5.2 This Contract is intended to be an integral whole and shall be interpreted as internally consistent.
What is required by any one Contract Document shall be considered as required by the Contract.


1.5.3 When a word, term or phrase is used in this Contract, it shall be interpreted or construed, first, as
defined herein; second, if not defined, according to its generally accepted meaning in the construction industry;
and third, if there is no generally accepted meaning in the construction industry, according to its common and
customary usage.
N:\01 - PROJECTS\10050 ST JOHNS COUNTY MIN SECURITY FACILITY\10050 SPECIFICATIONS\10050 - SPECIFICATION       32
010000 - NON-TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS.doc
1.5.4 The words “include,” “includes” or “including,” as used in this Contract, shall be deemed to be followed
by the phrase “without limitation.”

1.5.5 The specification herein of any act, failure, refusal, omission, event, occurrence, or condition as
constituting a material breach of this Contract shall not imply that any other, non-specified act, failure, refusal,
omission, event, occurrence, or condition shall be deemed not to constitute a material breach of this Contract.

1.5.6 Words or terms used as nouns in this Contract shall be inclusive of their singular and plural forms,
unless the context of their usage clearly requires a contrary meaning.

1.5.7 The Contractor shall have a continuing duty to read, carefully study and compare each of the Contract
Documents, the Shop Drawings and the Product Data and shall give written notice to the Engineer and the
Owner of any inconsistency, ambiguity, error or omission which the Contractor may discover with respect to
these documents before proceeding with the affected Work. The issuance, or the express or implied approval
by the Owner or the Engineer of the Contract Documents, Shop Drawings, or Product Data shall not relieve
any such approval by evidence of the Contractor’s compliance shall any such approval be evidence of the
Contractor’s compliance with this Contract. The Owner has requested the Engineer to only prepare
documents for the Project, including the Drawings and Specifications for the Project, which are accurate,
adequate, consistent, coordinated, and sufficient for construction. HOWEVER, THE OWNER MAKES NO
REPRESENTATION OR WARRANTY OF ANY NATURE WHATSOEVER TO THE CONTRACTOR
CONCERNING SUCH DOCUMENTS. By the execution hereof, the Contractor acknowledges and represents
that it has received, reviewed and carefully examined such documents, has found them to be complete,
accurate, adequate, consistent, coordinated and sufficient for construction, and that the Contractor has not,
does not, and shall not rely upon any representation or warranties by the Owner concerning such documents
as no such representation or warranties have been or are hereby made.

1.5.8 As between numbers and scaled measurements on the Drawings and in the Design, the numbers
shall govern; as between larger scale and smaller scale drawings, the larger scale shall govern.

1.5.9 Neither the organization of any of the Contract Documents into divisions, sections, paragraphs,
articles, (or other categories), nor the organization or arrangement of the Design, shall control the Contractor
in dividing the Work or in establishing the extent or Scope of Work to be performed by Subcontractors.

1.6     Ownership of Contract Documents

1.6.1 The Contract Documents, and each of them, shall remain the property of the Owner. The Contractor
shall have the right to keep one record set of the Contract Documents upon completion of the Project;
provided, however, that in no event shall Contractor use, or permit to be used, any or all of such Contract
Documents on other projects without Owner’s prior written authorization.


                                                   ARTICLE II
                                                   THE WORK

2.1    The Contractor shall perform all of the Work required, implied, or reasonably inferable from, this
Contract.

2.2      The term “Work” shall mean whatever is done by or required of the Contractor to perform and
complete its duties under this Contract, including the following: construction of the whole or a designated part
of the Project in the manner set forth in the Contract Documents; furnishing of any required Surety Bonds and
insurance; and the provision or furnishing of labor, supervision, services, materials, supplies, equipment,
N:\01 - PROJECTS\10050 ST JOHNS COUNTY MIN SECURITY FACILITY\10050 SPECIFICATIONS\10050 - SPECIFICATION          33
010000 - NON-TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS.doc
fixtures, appliances, facilities, tools, transportation, storage, power, permits and licenses required of the
Contractor, fuel, heat, light, cooling and all other utilities as required by this Contract. The Work to be
performed by the Contractor is generally described as follows:

                                                ARTICLE III
                                              CONTRACT TIME

3.1     Time and Liquidated Damages

3.1.1 The Contractor shall commence the Work within ten (10) days upon receipt of the Notice to Proceed
and shall Substantially Complete all Work within 210 consecutive calendar days. Final Completion shall be 30
consecutive             calendar           days           after           Substantial          Completion.


The number of calendar days from the date on which the Work is permitted to proceed, through the date set
forth for Final Completion, shall constitute the ”Contract Time.”


3.1.2 The Contractor shall pay the Owner the sum of $               per day for each and every calendar day of
unexcused delay in achieving Substantial Completion beyond the date set forth herein for Substantial
Completion of the Work. Any sum's due and payable hereunder by the Contractor shall be payable, not as a
penalty, but as liquidated damages representing an estimate of delay damages likely to be sustained by the
Owner, estimated at or before the time of executing this Contract. When the Owner reasonably believes that
Substantial Completion shall be inexcusably delayed the Owner shall be entitled, but not required, to withhold
from any amounts otherwise due the Contractor an amount then believed by the Owner to be adequate to
recover liquidated damages applicable to such delays. If and when the Contractor overcomes the delay in
achieving Substantial Completion, or any part thereof, for which the Owner has withheld payment, the Owner
shall promptly release to the Contractor those funds withheld, but no longer applicable, as liquidated damages.

3.2     Substantial Completion

3.2.1 “Substantial Completion” shall mean that stage in the progression of the Work when the Work is
sufficiently complete in accordance with this Contract that the Owner can enjoy beneficial use or occupancy of
the Work and can utilize the Work for its intended purpose.

3.3     Time is of the Essence

3.3.1   All limitations of time set forth in the Contract Documents are of the essence of this Contract.


                                               ARTICLE IV
                                             CONTRACT PRICE

4.1     The Contract Price

4.1.1 The Owner shall pay, and the Contractor shall accept, as full and complete payment for all the Work
required herein a __________________________________________and XX/Cents ($                    ). The sum
set forth in the Paragraph 4.1 shall constitute the Contract Price, which shall not be modified except by
Change Order as provided in this Contract.



N:\01 - PROJECTS\10050 ST JOHNS COUNTY MIN SECURITY FACILITY\10050 SPECIFICATIONS\10050 - SPECIFICATION     34
010000 - NON-TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS.doc
                                             ARTICLE V
                                   PAYMENT OF THE CONTRACT PRICE

5.1     Schedule of Values

5.1.1 Within ten (10) calendar days of the effective date hereof, the Contractor shall submit to the Owner
and to the Project Director a Schedule of Values allocating the Contract Price to the various portions of the
Work. The Contractor’s Schedule of Values shall be prepared in such form, with such detail, and supported by
such data as the Project Director or the Owner may require to substantiate its accuracy. The Contractor shall
not imbalance its Schedule of Values nor artificially inflate any element thereof. The violation of this provision
by the Contractor shall constitute a material breach of this Contract. The Schedule of Values shall be used
only as a basis for the Contractor’s Applications for Payment and shall only constitute such basis after it has
been agreed upon in writing by the Project Director and the Owner. The Owner may terminate this Contract
without liability of any kind if the Schedule of Values is not agreed upon within fifteen (15) calendar days of the
effective date hereof.

5.2     Payment Procedure

5.2.1   The Owner shall pay the Contract Price to the Contractor as provided below.

5.2.2 Progress Payments - Based upon the Contractor’s Applications for Payment submitted to the Project
Director and upon Certificates for Payment subsequently issued to the Owner by the Project Director, the
Owner shall make progress payments to the Contractor on account of the Contract Price. Retainage in the
amount of ten percent (10%) will be withheld from each progress payment until Owner has issued Final
Acceptance.

5.2.3 On or before the fifteen (15) day of each month after commencement of the Work, the Contractor shall
submit an Application for Payment for the period ending the thirtieth (30th) day of the previous month to the
Project Director in such form and manner, and with such supporting data and content, as the Project Director
may require. Therein, the Contractor may request payment for ninety percent (90%) of that portion of the
Contract Price properly incorporated in the Work less the total amount of previous payments received from the
Owner.

Such Application for Payment shall be signed by the Contractor and shall constitute the Contractor’s
representation that the Work has progressed to the level for which payment is requested that the Work has
been properly installed or performed in full accordance with this Contract, and that the Contractor knows of no
reason why payment should not be made as requested. Thereafter, the Project Director and Engineer shall
review the Application for Payment and may also review the Work at the project site or elsewhere to determine
whether the quantity and quality of the Work is as represented in the Application for Payment and is as
required by this Contract. The Project Director shall determine and certify to the Owner the amount properly
owing to the Contractor. The Owner shall make partial payments on accounts of the Contract Price within
thirty (30) days following the Project Director’s receipt of each Application for Payment. The amount of each
partial payment shall be the amount certified for payment by the Project Director less such amounts, if any,
otherwise owing by the Contractor to the Owner or which the Owner shall have the right to withhold as
authorized by this Contract. The Project Director’s certification of the Contractor’s Application for Payment
shall not preclude the Owner from the exercise of any of its rights as set forth in Paragraph 5.3 herein below.

5.2.4 The Contractor warrants that title to all Work covered by an Application shall pass to the Owner no
later than time of payment. The Contractor further warrants that upon submittal of an Application for Payment,
all Work for which payments have been received from the Owner shall be free and clear of liens, claims,
security interest or other encumbrances in favor of the Contractor or any other person or entity whatsoever.
N:\01 - PROJECTS\10050 ST JOHNS COUNTY MIN SECURITY FACILITY\10050 SPECIFICATIONS\10050 - SPECIFICATION         35
010000 - NON-TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS.doc
5.2.5 The Contractor shall promptly pay each Subcontractor out of the amount paid to the Contractor on
account of such Subcontractor’s Work, the amount to which such Subcontractor is entitled. In the event the
Owner becomes informed that the Contractor has not paid a Subcontractor as herein provided, the Owner
shall have the right, but not the duty, to issue future checks in payment to the Contractor of amounts otherwise
due hereunder naming the Contractor and such Subcontractor as joint hereunder naming the Contractor and
such Subcontractor as joint payees. Such joint check procedure, if employed by the Owner, shall create no
rights in favor of any person or entity beyond the right of the named payees to payment of the check and shall
not be deemed to commit the Owner to repeat the procedure in the future.

5.2.6 No progress payment, nor any use or occupancy of the Project by the Owner, shall be interpreted to
constitute an acceptance of any Work not in strict accordance with this Contract.

5.3     Withheld Payment

5.3.1 Owner may decline to make payment, may withhold funds and, if necessary, may demand the return
of some or all of the amounts previously paid to the Contractor, to protect the Owner from loss because of:

        a) defective Work not remedied by the Contractor and, in the opinion of the Owner, not likely to be
            remedied by the Contractor;
        b) claims of third parties against the Owner or the Owner’s property;
        c) failure by the Contractor to pay Subcontractors or others in a prompt and proper fashion;
        d) evidence that the balance of the Work cannot be completed in accordance with the Contract
        for unpaid balance of the Contract Price;
        e) evidence that the Work shall not be completed in the time required for Substantial or Final
            Completion;
        f) persistent failure to carry out the Work in accordance with the Contract;
        g) damage to the Owner or a third party to whom the Owner is, or may be, liable.

In the event that the Owner makes written demand upon the Contractor for amounts previously paid by the
Owner as contemplated in this Subparagraph 5.3.1, the Contractor shall promptly comply with such demand.

5.4     Unexcused Failure to Pay

5.4.1 If within ten (10) days after the date established herein for payment to the Contractor by the Owner,
the Owner, without cause or basis hereunder, fails to pay the Contractor any amount due and payable to the
Contractor, then the Contractor may after seven (7) additional days, written notice to the Owner and the
Project Director, and without prejudice to any other available rights or remedies it may have, stop the Work
until payment of those amounts due from the Owner have been received. Any payment not made within ten
(10) days after the date due shall bear interest at the rate of 12 percent (12%) per annum.

5.5     Substantial Completion

5.5.1 When the Contractor believes the Work is Substantially Complete, the Contractor shall submit to the
Project Director a list of items to be completed or corrected. When the Project Director on the basis of an
inspection determines that the Work is in fact Substantially Complete, he shall prepare a Certificate of
Substantial Completion which shall establish the date of Substantial Completion, shall state the responsibilities
of the Owner and the Contractor for Project security, maintenance, heat, utilities, damage to the Work, and
insurance, and shall fix the time within which the Contractor shall complete the items listed therein.
Guarantees required by the Contract shall commence on the date of Substantial Completion of the Work. The
Certificate of Substantial Completion shall be submitted to the Owner and the Contractor for their written
acceptance of the responsibilities assigned to them in such certificate.
N:\01 - PROJECTS\10050 ST JOHNS COUNTY MIN SECURITY FACILITY\10050 SPECIFICATIONS\10050 - SPECIFICATION       36
010000 - NON-TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS.doc
Until Final Completion and acceptance of the Work by the Owner, the Owner shall pay the Contractor an
amount equal to ninety percent (90%) of the Contract price. Ten Percent (10%) of the Contract Price shall be
retained until Final Completion, acceptance of the Work by the Owner and Final Payment to the Contractor.

5.6     Final Completion and Final Payment

5.6.1 When all the Work is finally complete and the Contractor is ready for a Final Inspection, it shall notify
the Owner and the Project Director thereof in writing. Thereupon, the Project Director shall make Final
Inspection of the Work and, if the Work is complete in full accordance with this Contract and this Contract has
been fully performed, the Project Director shall promptly issue a Final Certificate for Payment and if required to
repeat its Final Inspection of the Work, the Contractor shall bear the cost of such repetition of the Work, the
Contractor shall bear the cost of such repeat Final Inspection(s) which cost may be deducted by the Owner
and all other Authorities having jurisdiction under Florida Laws or regulations.

5.6.1.1 If the Contractor fails to achieve Final Completion within the time fixed therefore by the Engineer in its
Certificate of Substantial Completion, the Contractor shall pay the Owner liquidated damages at the sum
shown in Paragraph 3.1.2. per day for each and every calendar day of unexcused delay in achieving Final
Completion beyond the date set forth herein for Final Completion of the Work. Any sum’s due and payable
hereunder by the Contractor shall be payable, not as penalty, but as liquidated damages representing an
estimate of delay damages likely to be sustained by the Owner, estimated at or before the time of executing
the Contract. When the Owner reasonably believes that Final Completion shall be inexcusably delayed, the
Owner shall be entitled, but not required, to withhold from any amounts otherwise due the Contractor an
amount then believed by the Owner to be adequate to recover liquidated damages applicable to such delays.
If and when the Contractor overcomes the delay in achieving Final Completion, or any part thereof, for which
the Owner has withheld payment, the Owner shall promptly release to the Contractor those funds withheld, but
no longer applicable, as liquidated damages.

5.6.2 The Contractor shall not be entitled to Final Payment unless and until it submits to the Project Director
its affidavit that all payrolls, invoices for materials and equipment, and other liabilities connected with the Work
for which the Owner, or the Owner’s property might be responsible, have been fully paid or otherwise satisfied;
releases and waivers of claims and lien from all Subcontractors of the Contractor and of any and all other
parties required by the Project Director or the Owner; consent of Surety, if any, to Final Payment. If any third
party fails or refuses to provide a release of claim or waiver of a lien as required by Owner the Contractor shall
furnish a bond satisfactory to the Owner to discharge any such lien or indemnify the Owner from liability.

5.6.3 The Owner shall make Final Payment of all sums, due the Contractor within thirty (30) days of the
Project Director’s execution of a Final Certificate for Payment.

5.6.4. Acceptance of Final Payment shall constitute a waiver of all claims against the Owner by the
Contractor except for those claims previously made in writing against the Owner by the Contractor, pending at
the time of Final Payment, and identified in writing by the Contractor as unsettled at the time of its request for
Final Payment.

                                                  ARTICLE VI
                                                  THE OWNER

6.1     Information, Services and Things Required from Owner

6.1.1 The Owner shall furnish to the Contractor, at the time of executing this Contract, any and all written
and tangible material in its possession concerning conditions below ground at the site of the Project. Such
written and tangible material is furnished to the Contractor only in order to make complete disclosure of such
N:\01 - PROJECTS\10050 ST JOHNS COUNTY MIN SECURITY FACILITY\10050 SPECIFICATIONS\10050 - SPECIFICATION         37
010000 - NON-TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS.doc
material and for no other purpose. By furnishing such material, the Owner does not represent, warrant, or
guarantee its accuracy either in whole, in part, implicitly, or at all, and shall have no liability therefore. The
Owner shall also furnish surveys, legal limitations and utility locations (if known), and a legal description of the
Project site. Copies may be provided instead of originals.

6.1.2 Excluding permits and fees normally the responsibility of the Contractor, the Owner shall obtain all
approvals, easements, and the like required for construction.

6.1.3 The Owner shall furnish the Contractor, free of charge, 5 copies of the Contract Documents for
execution of the Work. The Contractor shall be charged, and shall pay the Owner $25.00 per additional set of
Contract Documents which it may require.

6.2     Right to Stop Work

6.2.1 If the Contractor persistently fails or refuses to perform the Work in accordance with this Contract, the
Owner may order the Contractor to stop the Work, or any described portion thereof, until the cause for
stoppage has been corrected, no longer exists, or the Owner orders that Work be resumed. In such event, the
Contractor shall immediately obey such order.

6.3     Owner’s Right to Perform Work

6.3.1 If the Contractor’s Work is stopped by the Owner under Paragraph 6.2, and the Contractor fails within
seven (7) days of such stoppage to provide adequate assurance to the Owner that the cause of such stoppage
shall be eliminated or corrected, the Owner may, without prejudice to any other rights or remedies the Owner
may have against the Contractor, proceed to carry out the subject Work.

In such a situation, an appropriate Change Order shall be issued deducting from the Contract Price the cost of
correcting the subject deficiencies, and compensation for the Owner’s additional services and expenses
necessitated thereby, if any. If the unpaid portion of the Contract Price is insufficient to cover the amount due
the Owner, the Contractor shall pay the difference to the Owner.

                                                 ARTICLE VII
                                              THE CONTRACTOR

7.1      The Contractor is again reminded of its continuing duty set forth in Subparagraph 1.5.7. The
Contractor shall perform no part of the Work at any time without adequate Contract Documents or, as
appropriate, approved Shop Drawings, Product Data or Samples for such portion of the Work. If the
Contractor performs any of the Work where Contractor knows or should know such work involves a recognized
error, inconsistency or omission in the Contract Documents without such notice to the Project Director and the
Owner, the Contractor shall bear responsibility for such performance and shall bear the cost of correction.

7.2     The Contractor shall perform the Work strictly in accordance with this Contract.

7.3      The Contractor shall supervise and direct the Work using the Contractor’s best skill, effort and
attention. The Contractor shall be responsible to the Owner for any and all acts or omissions of the
Contractor, its employees and other engaged in the Work on behalf of the Contractor.

7.4.    Warranty

7.4.1 The Contractor warrants to the Owner that all labor furnished to progress the Work under this Contract
shall be competent to perform the tasks undertaken, that the product of such labor shall yield only first-class
results, that materials and equipment furnished shall be of good quality, free from faults and defects and in
N:\01 - PROJECTS\10050 ST JOHNS COUNTY MIN SECURITY FACILITY\10050 SPECIFICATIONS\10050 - SPECIFICATION          38
010000 - NON-TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS.doc
strict conformance with this Contract. This warranty shall survive termination of this Contract and shall not be
affected by Final Payment hereunder. All Work not conforming to these requirements may be considered
defective.

7.5    Contractor shall obtain and pay for all permits, fees and licenses necessary and ordinary for the Work.
The Contractor shall comply with all lawful requirements applicable to the Work and shall give and maintain
any and all notices required by applicable law pertaining to the Work.

7.6     Supervision

7.6.1 The Contractor shall employ and maintain at the Project site only competent supervisory personnel.
Absent written instruction from the Contractor to the contrary, the superintendent shall be deemed the
Contractor's authorized representative at the site and shall be authorized to receive and accept any and all
communications from the Owner or Assignees.

7.6.2   Key supervisory personnel assigned by the Contractor to this Project are as follows:

Name                                                Function

_____________________________                       ______________________________________


_____________________________                        ______________________________________


____________________________                        ______________________________________

So long as the individuals named above remain actively employed or retained by the Contractor, they shall
perform the functions indicated next to their names unless the Owner agrees to the contrary in writing. In the
event one or more individuals not listed above subsequently assume one or more of those functions listed
above, the Contractor shall be bound by the provisions of this Subparagraph 7.6.2 as though such individuals
have been listed above.

7.7      The Contractor, prior to commencing the Work, shall submit to the Project Director for his information,
the Contractor’s schedule for completing the Work. The Contractor’s schedule shall be revised no less
frequently than monthly (unless the parties otherwise agree in writing) and shall be revised to reflect conditions
encountered from time to time and shall be related to the entire Project. Each sum revision shall be furnished
to the Project Director. Failure by the Contractor to strictly comply with the provisions of this Paragraph 7.7
shall constitute a material breach of this Contract.

7.8     The Contractor shall continuously maintain at the site, for the benefit of the Project Director, one
record copy of this Contract marked to record on a current basis changes, selections and modifications made
during construction. Additionally, the Contractor shall maintain at the site for the Project Director

the approved Product Data, Samples and other similar required submittals. Upon Final Completion of the
Work, all of these record documents shall be delivered to the Owner.

7.9     Product Data and Samples

7.9.1 Product Data, Samples and other submittals from the Contractor do not constitute Contract
Documents. Their purpose is merely to demonstrate the manner in which the Contractor intends to implement
the Work in conformance with the information received from the Contract Documents. All Product Data,
N:\01 - PROJECTS\10050 ST JOHNS COUNTY MIN SECURITY FACILITY\10050 SPECIFICATIONS\10050 - SPECIFICATION        39
010000 - NON-TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS.doc
Samples and other submittals shall belong to the Owner and shall be delivered, or returned to Owner, as
applicable, prior to Submittals shall belong to Owner and shall be delivered, or returned to Owner, as
applicable, prior to Substantial Completion.

7.10    Cleaning the Site and the Project

7.10.1 The Contractor shall keep the site reasonably clean during performance of the Work. Upon Final
Completion of the Work, the Contractor shall clean the site and the Project and remove all waste, together with
all of the Contractor’s property therefrom.

7.11    Access to Work

7.11.1 The Owner and the Project Director shall have access to the Work at all times from commencement of
the Work through Final Completion. The Contractor shall take whatever steps necessary to provide access
when requested.

7.12    Indemnity


7.12.1 To the fullest extent permitted by law, the Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless the Owner,
employees and officials from, and against, any, and all, administrative/legal/equitable liability, claims,
damages, losses and expenses, including attorneys’ fees, arising out of or resulting from performance of the
work, noted in either the Scope of Work, or the Contract Documents, that are referenced and considered a
part of this Contract. It is specifically noted that such liability, claims, damages, loss or expense includes any
of those referenced instances attributable to bodily injury, sickness, disease, or death, or to injury to, or
destruction of, personal and/or real property, including the loss of use resulting therefrom, when those
referenced instances are caused in whole or in part by negligent acts or omissions of the Contractor, a
Subcontractor, or anyone directly, or indirectly employed by them, or anyone for whose acts the Contractor or
Subcontractor may be liable, regardless of whether or not such liability, claim, damage, loss or expense is
caused in part by a party indemnified hereunder.

7.12.2 In claims against any person or entity indemnified under this Paragraph 7.12 by an employee of the
Contractor, a Subcontractor, any one directly or indirectly employed by them or anyone for whose acts they
may be liable, the indemnification obligation under this Paragraph 7.12 shall not be limited by a limitation on
amount or type of damages, compensation or benefits payable by or for the Contractor or a Subcontractor
under workers’ compensation acts, disability benefits acts or other employee benefit acts.

7.12.2 In claims against any person or entity indemnified under this Paragraph 7.12 by an employee of the
Contractor, a Subcontractor, any one directly or indirectly employed by them or anyone for whose acts they
may be liable, the indemnification obligation under this Paragraph 7.12 shall not be limited by a limitation on
amount or type of damages, compensation or benefits payable by or for the Contractor or a Subcontractor
under workers’ compensation acts, disability benefits acts or other employee benefit acts.

7.13    Safety

7.13.1 The Contractor shall be responsible for supervising all safety precautions, including initiating and
maintaining such programs in connection with the performance of the Contract and for adequate maintenance
of traffic.

7.13.2 The Contractor shall designate a member of the on site construction team whose duty shall be the
prevention of accidents. Unless notified otherwise in writing by the Contractor to the Owner and the Engineer,
this person shall be the Contractor’s Superintendent.
N:\01 - PROJECTS\10050 ST JOHNS COUNTY MIN SECURITY FACILITY\10050 SPECIFICATIONS\10050 - SPECIFICATION        40
010000 - NON-TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS.doc
                                             ARTICLE VIII
                                       CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION

8.1     Project Director

8.1.1 The Project Director, unless otherwise directed by the Owner shall perform those duties and discharge
those responsibilities allocated to the Project Director as set forth in this Contract. The Project Director shall
be the Owner's representative from the effective date of this Contract until Final Payment
has been made. The Project Director shall be authorized to act on behalf of the Owner only to the extent
provided in this Contract.

8.1.2 The Owner and the Contractor shall communicate with each other in the first instance through the
Project Director.

8.1.3 The Project Director shall be the initial interpreter of the requirements of the drawings and
specifications and the judge of the performance there under by the Contractor. The Project Director shall
render written or graphic interpretations necessary for the proper execution or progress of the Work with
reasonable promptness on request of the Contractor.

8.1.4 The Project Director shall review the Contractor’s Applications for Payment and shall certify to the
Owner for payment to the Contractor, those amounts then due to the Contractor as provided in this Contract.

8.1.5 The Project Director shall have authority to reject Work, which is defective or does not conform to the
requirements of this Contract. If the Project Director deems it necessary or advisable, the Project Director
shall authority to require additional inspection or testing of the Work for compliance with Contract requirements
at Contractor’s expense.

8.1.6 The Project Director shall review and approve, or take other appropriate action as necessary,
concerning the Contractor’s submittals including Product Data and Samples. Such review, approval or other
action shall be for the sole purpose of determining conformance with the design concept and information given
through the Contract Documents.

8.1.7 The Project Director shall prepare Change Orders and may authorize minor changes in the Work by
field order as provided elsewhere herein.

8.1.8 The Project Director shall, upon written request from the Contractor, conduct inspections to determine
the date of Substantial Completion and the date of Final Completion, shall receive and forward to the Owner
for the Owner’s review and records, written warranties and related documents required by this Contract and
shall issue a Final Certificate for Payment upon compliance with the requirements of this Contract.

8.1.9 The Project Director’s decision in matters relating to aesthetic effect shall be final if consistent with the
intent of this Contract.

8.2     Claims by the Contractor

8.2.1 All Contractor claims shall be initiated by written notice and claim to the Project Director. Such written
notice and claims must be furnished within seven (7) days after occurrence of the event, or the first
appearance of the condition, giving rise to the claim.


N:\01 - PROJECTS\10050 ST JOHNS COUNTY MIN SECURITY FACILITY\10050 SPECIFICATIONS\10050 - SPECIFICATION         41
010000 - NON-TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS.doc
8.2.2 Pending final resolution of any claim of the Contractor, the Contractor shall diligently proceed with
performance of this Contract and the Owner shall continue to make payments to the Contractor in accordance
with this Contract. The resolution of any claim under this Paragraph 8.2 shall be reflected by a Change Order
executed by the Project Director and the Contractor.

8.2.3 Claims for Concealed and Unknown Conditions - Should concealed and unknown conditions
encountered in the performance of the Work (a) below the surface of the ground or (b) in an existing structure
be at variance with the conditions indicated by this Contract, or should unknown conditions of an usual nature
differing materially from those ordinarily encountered in the area and generally recognized as inherent in Work
of the character provided for in this Contract, be encountered, wherein the Contract Documents or Standard
Construction industry practices have not placed the responsibility of discovering such concealed and unknown
conditions upon the Contractor prior to the Contractor submitting his Bid for the Work, the Contract Price shall
be equitably adjusted by Change Order upon the written notice and claim by either party made within seven
(7) days after the first observance of the condition. As a condition precedent to the Owner having any liability
to the Contractor for concealed or unknown conditions, the Contract must give the Project Director written
notice of, and an opportunity to observe, the condition prior to disturbing it. The failure by the Contractor to
make the written notice and claim as provided in this Subparagraph shall constitute a waiver by the Contractor
of any claim arising out of or relating to such concealed or unknown condition.

8.2.4 Claims for Additional Costs - If the Contractor wishes to make a claim for an increase in the Contract
Price, as a condition precedent to any liability of the Owner therefore, the Contractor shall give the Project
Director written notice of such claim within seven (7) days after the occurrence of the event, or the first
appearance of the condition, giving arise to such claim. Such notice shall be given by the Contractor before
proceeding to execute any additional or changed Work. The failure by the Contractor to give such notice prior
to executing the Work shall constitute a waiver of any claim for additional compensation.

8.2.4.1 In connection with any claim by the Contractor against the Owner for compensation in excess of the
Contract Price, any liability of the Owner for the Contractor’s costs shall be strictly limited to direct costs
incurred by the Contractor and shall in no event include indirect costs or consequential damages of the
Contractor.

The Owner shall not be liable to the Contractor for claims of third parties, including Subcontractors, unless and
until liability of the Contractor has been established therefore in a court of competent jurisdiction.

8.2.5 Claims for Additional Time - If the Contractor is delayed in progressing any task which at the time of
the delay is then critical or which during the delay becomes critical, as the sole result of any act or neglect to
act by the Owner or someone acting in the Owner’s behalf, or by changes ordered in the Work, unusual delay
in transportation, unusually adverse weather conditions not reasonably anticipated, fire or any causes beyond
the Contractor’s control, then the date for achieving Substantial Completion of the Work shall be extended
upon the written notice and claim of the Contractor to the Project Director, for such reasonable time as the
Project Director may determine.

Any notice and claims for an extension of time by the Contractor shall be made not more than seven (7) days
after the occurrence of the event or the first appearance of the condition giving the rise to the claim and shall
set forth in detail the Contractor’s basis for requiring additional time in which to complete the Project. In the
event the delay to the Contractor is continuing one, only one notice and claim for additional time shall be
necessary. If the Contractor fails to make such claim for an extension shall be waived. This paragraph shall
not be deemed to waive any damages for delay that are covered by insurance.

8.2.5.1 Delays and Extensions of Time - An extension of Contract Time shall not be given due to weather
conditions unless such weather conditions more severe than average have caused a delay. In requesting
extension of time for weather conditions; Contractor shall present complete records and such requests shall
N:\01 - PROJECTS\10050 ST JOHNS COUNTY MIN SECURITY FACILITY\10050 SPECIFICATIONS\10050 - SPECIFICATION        42
010000 - NON-TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS.doc
document how weather conditions delayed progress of Work.

8.3     Field Orders

8.3.1 The Project Director shall have authority to order minor changes in the Work not involving a change in
the Contract Price or in Contract Time and not inconsistent with the intent of the Contract. Such changes shall
be effected by field order and shall be binding upon the Contractor. The Contractor shall carry out such field
orders promptly.

                                               ARTICLE IX
                                            SUBCONTRACTORS

9.1     Definition

9.1.1   A Subcontractor is an entity, which has a direct Contract with the Contractor to perform a portion of the
Work.

9.2     Award of Subcontracts

9.2.1 Upon execution of the Contract, the Contractor shall furnish the Project Director, in writing, the names
of persons or entities proposed by the Contractor to act as a Subcontractor on the Project (See Attachment B
attached to this agreement). The Project Director shall promptly reply to the Contractor, in writing, stating any
objections the Project Director may have to such proposed Subcontractor. The Contractor shall not enter into
a Subcontract with a proposed Subcontractor with reference to whom the Project Director has made a timely
objection.

9.2.2 All subcontracts shall afford the Contractor rights against the Subcontractor, which correspond to
those rights afforded to the Owner by Subparagraph 12.2.1 below.


                                               ARTICLE X
                                          CHANGES IN THE WORK

10.1    Changes Permitted

10.1.1 Changes in the Work within the general scope of this Contract, consisting of additions, deletions,
revisions, or any combination thereof, may be ordered without invalidating this Contract, by Change Order or
by Field Order.

10.1.2 Changes in the Work shall be performed under applicable provisions of this Contract and the
Contractor shall proceed promptly with such changes.

10.2    Change Order Defined

10.2.1 Change Order shall mean a written order to the Contractor executed by the Project Director, issued
after execution of this Contract, authorizing and directing a change in the Work or an adjustment in the
Contract Price or the Contract Time, or any combination thereof. Only the Change Order may change the
Contract Price and the Contract Time.

10.3    Changes in the Contract Price

10.3.1 Any change in the Contract Price resulting from a Change Order shall be determined as follows: (a) by
N:\01 - PROJECTS\10050 ST JOHNS COUNTY MIN SECURITY FACILITY\10050 SPECIFICATIONS\10050 - SPECIFICATION       43
010000 - NON-TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS.doc
mutual agreement between the Owner and the Contractor as evidenced by (1) the change in the Contract
Price being set forth in the Change Order, (2) such change in the Contract Price, together with any conditions
or requirements related thereto, being initialed by both parties and (3) the Contractor’s execution of the
Change Order, or (b) if no mutual agreement occurs between the Owner and the Contractor, then, as provided
in Subparagraph 10.3.2 below.

10.3.2 If no mutual agreement occurs between the Owner and the Contractor as contemplated in
Subparagraph 10.3.1 above, the change in the Contract Price, if any, shall than be determined by the Project
Director on the basis of the reasonable expenditures or savings of those performing, deleting or revising the
Work attributable to the change, including, in the case of an increase or decrease in the Contract Price, a
reasonable allowance for direct job site overhead and profit. In such case, the Contractor shall present, in
such form and with such content as the Owner or the Project Director requires, an itemized accounting of such
expenditures or savings shall be limited to the following: reasonable costs of materials, supplies, or equipment
including delivery costs, reasonable costs of labor, including social security, old age and unemployment
insurance, fringe benefits required by a pre-existing agreement or by custom, and workers’ compensation
insurance, reasonable costs of premiums for all Bonds and insurance, permit fees, and sales, use or other
taxes related to the Work and paid by the Contractor, and reasonable costs of directly attributable to the
change. In no event shall any expenditure or savings associated with the Contractor’s home office or other
non-jobsite overhead expenses be included in any change in the Contract Price. Pending final determination
of reasonable expenditures or savings to the Owner, payments on account shall be made to the Contractor on
the Owner’s Certificate of Payment.

10.3.3 If Unit Prices are provided in the Contract, and if the quantities contemplated are so changed in
proposed Change Order that application of such Unit Prices to the quantities of Work proposed shall cause
substantial inequity to the Owner or to the Contractor, that applicable Unit Prices shall be equitable adjusted.

10.4    Minor Changes

10.4.1 The Project Director shall have authority to order minor changes in the Work not involving a change in
the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Time and not inconsistent with the intent of this Contract.
Such minor changes shall be made by written Field Order, and shall be binding upon the Owner and the
Contractor. The Contractor shall promptly carry out such written Field Orders.

10.5    Effect of Executed Change Order

10.5.1 The execution of a Change Order by the Contractor shall constitute conclusive evidence of the
Contractor’s agreement to the ordered changes in the Work, this Contract as thus amended, the Contract
Price and the Contract Time. The Contractor, by executing the Change Order, waives and forever releases
any claim against the Owner for additional time or compensation for matters relating to or arising out or
resulting from the Work included within or affected by the executed Change Order.

10.6    Notice to Surety; Consent

10.6.1 The Contractor shall notify and obtain the timely consent and approval of the Contractor’s surety with
reference to all Change Orders if such notice, consent or approval is required by the Contractor’s surety or by
law. The Contractor’s warranty to the Owner that the surety has been notified of and consents to, such
Change Order and the surety shall be conclusively deemed to have been notified of such Change Order and
to have expressly consented thereto.

                                           ARTICLE XI
                                UNCOVERING AND CORRECTING WORK

N:\01 - PROJECTS\10050 ST JOHNS COUNTY MIN SECURITY FACILITY\10050 SPECIFICATIONS\10050 - SPECIFICATION      44
010000 - NON-TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS.doc
11.1    Uncovering Work

11.1.1 If any of the Work is covered contrary to the Project Director’s request or to any provision of this
Contract, it shall, if required by the Project Director, be uncovered for the Project Director’s inspection and
shall be properly replaced at the Contractor’s expense without change in the Contract Time.

11.1.2 If any of the Work is covered in a manner not described in Subparagraph 11.1.1 above, it shall, if
required by the by the Project Director or Owner, be uncovered for the Project Director’s inspection. If such
Work conforms strictly to this Contract, costs of uncovering and proper replacement shall by Change Order be
charged to the Owner. If such Work does not strictly conform to this Contract, the Contractor shall pay the
costs of uncovering and proper replacement.

11.2    Correcting Work

11.2.1 The Contractor shall immediately proceed to correct Work rejected by the Project Director as defective
or failing to conform to this Contract. The Contractor shall pay all costs and expenses associated with
correcting such rejected Work, including any additional testing and inspections, and reimbursement to the
Owner for the Project Director’s services and expenses made necessary thereby.

11.2.2 If within one (1) year after Substantial Completion of the Work, if any of the Work is found to be
defective or not in accordance with this Contract, the Contractor shall correct it within seven (7) days at the
Contractor’s expense upon receipt of written notice from the Owner. This obligation shall survive Final
Payment by the Owner and termination of this Contract. With respect to Work first performed and completed
after Substantial Completion, this one (1) year obligation to specifically correct defective and nonconforming
Work shall be extended by the period of time which elapses between Substantial Completion and completion
of the subject Work.

11.2.3 Nothing contained in this Paragraph 11.2 shall establish any period of limitation with respect to other
obligations, which the Contractor has under this Contract. Establishment of the one (1) year time period in
Subparagraph 11.2.2 relates only to the duty of the Contractor to specifically correct the Work, and has no
relationship to the time which the obligation to comply with the Contract Documents may be sought to be
enforced.

11.3    Owner May Accept Defective or Nonconforming Work

11.3.1 If the Owner chooses to accept defective or nonconforming Work, the Owner may do so. In such
events, the Contract Price shall be reduced by the greater of (a) the reasonable cost of removing and
correcting the defective or nonconforming Work, and (b) the difference between the fair market value of the
Project had it not been constructed in such manner as to include defective or nonconforming Work. If the
remaining portion of the unpaid Contract Price, if any, is insufficient to compensate the Owner for its
acceptance or defective or nonconforming Work, the Contractor shall, upon written demand from the Owner,
pay the Owner such remaining compensation for accepting defective or nonconforming Work.


                                             ARTICLE XII
                                        CONTRACT TERMINATION

12.1    Termination by the Contractor

12.1.1 If the Work is stopped for a period of ninety (90) days by an order of any court or as a result of an act
of the Government, through no fault of the Contractor or any person or entity working directly or indirectly for
the Contractor, the Contractor may, upon ten (10) days written notice to the Owner, terminate performance
N:\01 - PROJECTS\10050 ST JOHNS COUNTY MIN SECURITY FACILITY\10050 SPECIFICATIONS\10050 - SPECIFICATION      45
010000 - NON-TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS.doc
under this Contract and recover from the Owner payment for the actual reasonable expenditures of the
Contractor (as limited in Subparagraph 10.3.2 above) for all Work executed and for materials, equipment,
tools, construction equipment and machinery actually purchased or rented solely for the Work, less any
salvage value of any such items.

12.1.2 If the Owner shall persistently or repeatedly fail to perform any material obligation to the Contractor for
a period of fifteen (15) days after receiving written notice from the Contractor of its intent to terminate if such
failure is not substantially corrected within fifteen (15) days, the Contractor may terminate performance under
this Contract by written notice to the Project Director. In such event, the Contractor shall be entitled to recover
from the Owner as though the Owner had terminated the Contractor’s performance under this Contract for
convenience pursuant to Subparagraph 12.2.1 hereunder.

12.2         Termination by the Owner

12.2.1       For Convenience

12.2.1.1The Owner may for any reason whatsoever terminate performance under this Contract by the
Contractor for convenience. The Owner shall give written notice of such termination to the Contractor
specifying when termination becomes effective.

12.2.1.2The Contractor shall incur no further obligations in connection with the Work and the Contractor shall
stop Work when such termination becomes effective. The Contractor shall also terminate outstanding orders
and subcontracts. The Contractor shall settle liabilities and claims arising out of the termination of
subcontracts and orders. The Owner may direct the Contractor to assign the Contractor’s right, title and
interest under terminated orders or subcontracts to the Owner or its designee.

12.2.1.3The Contractor shall transfer title and deliver to the Owner such completed or partially completed
Work and materials, equipment, parts, fixtures, information and Contract rights as the Contractor has.

12.2.1.4   (a)   The Contractor shall submit a termination claim to the Project Director specifying the amounts
                 due because of the termination for convenience together with costs, pricing or other data
                 required by the Project Director. If the Contractor fails to file a termination claim within one
                 (1) year from the effective date of termination, the Owner shall pay the Contractor, an amount
                 derived in accordance with subparagraph (c) below.

           (b)   The Owner and the Contractor may agree to compensation, if any, due to the Contractor
                 hereunder.

           (c)   Absent agreement to the amount due to the Contractor, the Owner shall pay the
                 Contractor the following amounts;

           (d)   Contract prices for labor, materials, equipment, and other services accepted under this
                 Contract;

           (e)   Reasonable costs incurred in preparing to perform and in performing a portion of the Work
                 prior to termination and not included in (d) or (e), and in terminating the Contractor’s
                 performance, plus a fair and reasonable allowance for overhead and profit thereon (such
                 profit shall not include anticipated profit or consequential damages); provided, however, that if
                 it appears that the Contractor would have not profited or would have sustained a loss if the
                 entire Contract had been completed, no profit shall be allowed or included and the amount of
                 compensation shall be reduced to reflect the anticipated rate of loss, if any;

N:\01 - PROJECTS\10050 ST JOHNS COUNTY MIN SECURITY FACILITY\10050 SPECIFICATIONS\10050 - SPECIFICATION         46
010000 - NON-TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS.doc
          (f)    Reasonable costs of settling and paying claims arising out of the termination of Subcontracts
                 or orders pursuant to Subparagraph 12.2.1.2 of this Paragraph. These costs shall not include
                 amounts paid in accordance with other provisions hereof.

The total sum to be paid the Contractor under this Subparagraph 12.2.1 shall not exceed the total Contract
Price, as properly adjusted, reduced by the amount of payments otherwise made, and shall in no event include
duplication of payment.

12.2.2           For Cause

12.2.2.1If the Contractor persistently or repeatedly refuses or fails to prosecute the Work in a timely manner,
supply enough properly skilled Workers, supervisory personnel or proper equipment or materials, or if it fails to
make prompt payment to Subcontractors, or for materials or labor, or persistently disregards laws, ordinances,
rules, regulations or orders of any public authority having jurisdiction, or otherwise is guilty of a substantial
violation of a material provision of this Contract, then the Owner may, by written notice to the Contractor,
without prejudice to any other right or remedy, terminate the employment of the Contractor and take
possession of the site and of all materials, equipment, tools, construction equipment and machinery thereon
owned by the Contractor and may finish the Work by whatever methods it may deem expedient. In such case,
the Contractor shall not be entitled to receive any further payment until the Work is finished.

12.2.2.2.        If the unpaid balance of the Contract Price less any liquidated damages due under this
Contract, exceeds the cost of finishing the Work, including compensation for the Project Director’s additional
services and expenses made necessary thereby, such exceed the unpaid balance, the Contractor shall pay
the difference to the Owner. This obligation for payment shall survive the termination of the Contract.

12.2.2.3In the event the employment of the Contractor is terminated by the Owner for cause pursuant to
Subparagraph 12.2.2 and it is subsequently determined by a Court of competent jurisdiction that such
termination was without cause, such termination shall thereupon be deemed a Termination for Convenience
under Subparagraph 12.2.1 and the provisions of Subparagraph 12.2.1 shall apply.

                                                 ARTICLE XIII
                                                 INSURANCE

13.1     Contractor’s Insurance:

13.1.1 The successful Bidder shall indemnify and hold the Owner harmless against all loss, damage, or
expense by reason of injury to person or damage to property arising out of the use of or activities on any said
premises by the successful Bidder, its agents, representatives, Contractors, Subcontractors, or employees.
Prior to commencement of services under this Contract the successful Bidder's insurance coverage shall
comply with the following insurance requirements:

Insurance Requirements - Minor Contract for Service
The contract price will not exceed $25,000 and there are no unusual hazards present.

Insurance Requirements

    a) Workers’ compensation – to meet statutory limits in compliance with the Workers Compensation
       Law of Florida. This policy must include Employer Liability with a limit of $100,000 for each
       accident, $500,000 disease policy limit and $100,000 disease each employee limit.
    b) Commercial general liability – coverage shall provide minimum limits of liability of $500,000 per
       occurrence, $1,000,000 Aggregate, for bodily injury and property damage. This shall include
       coverage for:
N:\01 - PROJECTS\10050 ST JOHNS COUNTY MIN SECURITY FACILITY\10050 SPECIFICATIONS\10050 - SPECIFICATION       47
010000 - NON-TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS.doc
          a. Premises/operations
          b. Products/complete operations
          c. Contractual liability
          d. Independent contractors
    c) Business auto liability – coverage shall provide minimum limits of liability of $100,000 per
       occurrence, $300,000 aggregate for bodily injury and property damage. This shall include
       coverage for:
          a. Owned autos
          b. Hired autos
          c. Non-owed autos

Special Requirements

    a) Prior to execution of a contract, a certificate of insurance will be provided that shall provide for the
       following:
             a. St. Johns County will be named as additional insured on both the commercial
                 general liability and business auto liability policies.
             b. St. Johns County will be given thirty (30) days notice prior to cancellation or modification
                 of any stipulated insurance.
    b) It is the responsibility of the contractor to insure that all subcontractors comply with all insurance
       requirements.
    c) It should be remembered that these are minimum requirements which are subject to modification
       in response to high hazard operations.

In the event of unusual circumstances, the County Administrator of his designee may adjust these
insurance requirements.

Insurance Requirements - Standard Contract for Service
The contract price will not exceed $500,000 and there are no unusual hazards present.

Insurance Requirements

    a) Workers’ compensation – to meet statutory limits in compliance with the Workers Compensation
       Law of Florida. This policy must include Employer Liability with a limit of $100,000 for each
       accident, $500,000 disease policy limit and $100,000 disease each employee limit.
    b) Commercial general liability – coverage shall provide minimum limits of liability of $1,000,000 per
       occurrence, $2,000,000 Aggregate, for bodily injury and property damage. This shall include
       coverage for:
           a. Premises/operations
           b. Products/complete operations
           c. Contractual liability
           d. Independent contractors
    c) Business auto liability – coverage shall provide minimum limits of liability of $100,000 per
       occurrence, $300,000 aggregate for bodily injury and property damage. This shall include
       coverage for:
           a. Owned autos
           b. Hired autos
           c. Non-owed autos

Special Requirements


N:\01 - PROJECTS\10050 ST JOHNS COUNTY MIN SECURITY FACILITY\10050 SPECIFICATIONS\10050 - SPECIFICATION      48
010000 - NON-TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS.doc
    a) Prior to execution of a contract, a certificate of insurance will be provided that shall provide for the
       following:
             a. St. Johns County will be named as additional insured on both the commercial
                 general liability and business auto liability policies.
             b. St. Johns County will be given thirty (30) days notice prior to cancellation or modification
                 of any stipulated insurance.
    b) It is the responsibility of the contractor to insure that all subcontractors comply with all insurance
       requirements.
    c) It should be remembered that these are minimum requirements which are subject to modification
       in response to high hazard operations.

In the event of unusual circumstances, the County Administrator of his designee may adjust these
insurance requirements.

Insurance Requirements - Major Contract for Service
The contract price exceeds $500,000 or where unusual hazards exist.

Insurance Requirements

    a) Workers’ compensation – to meet statutory limits in compliance with the Workers Compensation
       Law of Florida. This policy must include Employer Liability with a limit of $100,000 for each
       accident, $500,000 disease policy limit and $100,000 disease each employee limit.
    b) Commercial general liability – coverage shall provide minimum limits of liability of $1,000,000 per
       occurrence, $2,000,000 Aggregate, for bodily injury and property damage. This shall include
       coverage for:
            a. Premises/operations
            b. Products/complete operations
            c. Contractual liability
            d. Independent contractors
    c) Business auto liability – coverage shall provide minimum limits of liability of $1,000,000 per
       occurrence, $2,000,000 aggregate for bodily injury and property damage. This shall include
       coverage for:
            a. Owned autos
            b. Hired autos
            c. Non-owed autos
    d) Umbrella or Excess Liability Insurance covering workers compensation, commercial general
       liability and business auto liability with minimum limits of liability of $1,000,000.

Special Requirements

    a) Prior to execution of a contract, a certificate of insurance will be provided that shall provide for the
       following:
             a. St. Johns County will be named as additional insured on the commercial general
                 liability, business auto liability and umbrella or excess liability policies.
             b. St. Johns County will be given thirty (30) days notice prior to cancellation or modification
                 of any stipulated insurance.
    b) It is the responsibility of the contractor to insure that all subcontractors comply with all insurance
       requirements.
    c) It should be remembered that these are minimum requirements which are subject to modification
       in response to high hazard operations.

In the event of unusual circumstances, the County Administrator of his designee may adjust these
N:\01 - PROJECTS\10050 ST JOHNS COUNTY MIN SECURITY FACILITY\10050 SPECIFICATIONS\10050 - SPECIFICATION      49
010000 - NON-TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS.doc
insurance requirements.

Insurance Requirements - Major Construction Contracts
The contract price exceeds $1,000,000 or where unusual hazards exist.

Insurance Requirements

    a) Workers’ compensation – to meet statutory limits in compliance with the Workers Compensation
       Law of Florida. This policy must include Employer Liability with a limit of $100,000 for each
       accident, $500,000 disease policy limit and $100,000 disease each employee limit.
       Longshoreman’s insurance, if applicable, must meet statutory limits.
    b) Commercial general liability – coverage shall provide minimum limits of liability of $1,000,000 per
       occurrence, $2,000,000 Aggregate, for bodily injury and property damage. This shall include
       coverage for:
            a. Premises/operations
            b. Products/complete operations
            c. Contractual liability
            d. Independent contractors
            e. Broad form property damage
            f. X, C, U and personal injury with employment exclusion deleted
    c) Business auto liability – coverage shall provide minimum limits of liability of $1,000,000 per
       occurrence, $2,000,000 aggregate for bodily injury and property damage. This shall include
       coverage for:
            a. Owned autos
            b. Hired autos
            c. Non-owed autos
    d) Umbrella or Excess Liability Insurance covering workers compensation, commercial general
       liability and business auto liability with minimum limits of liability of $3,000,000.

Builder Risk Insurance

Builders Risk insurance will be provided by the prime contractor(s) involved in the construction of a new
building or the improvement, alteration or renovation of an existing structure. This coverage should be
considered an automatic and mandatory requirement on projects involving new construction or major
additions to existing structures.

    a) Builders risk - shall be “all risk” with limits equal to 100% of the completed value of the
       structure(s), building(s) or addition(s).
    b) Waiver of occupancy endorsement – enables the county to occupy the facility under
       construction/renovation during such activity.
    c) Machinery/equipment endorsement – when the contract calls for the installation of machinery or
       equipment, the policy must be endorsed to provide coverage during transit and installation.
    d) Deductible – the maximum deductible allowable under this coverage is $25,000 per claim.

Special Requirements

    a) Prior to execution of a contract, a certificate of insurance will be provided that shall provide for the
       following:


        Insurance Requirements - Major Construction Contracts, continued

N:\01 - PROJECTS\10050 ST JOHNS COUNTY MIN SECURITY FACILITY\10050 SPECIFICATIONS\10050 - SPECIFICATION      50
010000 - NON-TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS.doc
             a. St. Johns County will be named as additional insured on the commercial general
                 liability, business auto liability, umbrella or excess liability and the builder’s risk
                 policies.
             b. St. Johns County will be given thirty (30) days notice prior to cancellation or modification
                 of any stipulated insurance.
    b) It is the responsibility of the contractor to insure that all subcontractors comply with all insurance
       requirements.

    c) It should be remembered that these are minimum requirements which are subject to modification
       in response to high hazard operations.


                                                ARTICLE XIV
                                              MISCELLANEOUS

14.1    GOVERNING LAW

14.1.1 The Contract shall be governed by the law of the place where the Project is located. Venue for any
administrative and/or legal action arising under this Agreement shall be St. Johns County, Florida.

14.2    Successors and Assigns

14.2.1 The Owner and Contractor bind themselves, their successors, assigns and legal representatives to the
other party hereto and to successors, assigns and legal representatives of such other party in

respect to covenants, agreements and obligations contained in this Contract. The Contractor shall not assign
this Contract without written consent of the Owner.

14.3    Surety Bonds

14.3.1 The Contractor shall furnish a separate Public Construction Bond to the Owner. Such Bonds shall set
forth a penal sum in an amount not less than the Contract Price. The Bond furnished by the Contractor shall
incorporate by reference the terms of this Contract as fully as though they were set forth verbatim in such
Bonds. The Public Construction Bond shall provide that in the event the Contract Price is adjusted by Change
Order executed by the Contractor. The Public Construction Bond furnished by the Contractor shall be in form
suitable to the Owner and shall be executed by a Surety, or Sureties, reasonably suitable to the Owner.

14.4.   Safety of Persons and Property

14.4.1 When existing utility lines shown on the Drawings are to be removed or relocated, the Contractor shall
notify the Engineer in ample time for taking measures for prevention of the interruption of any required
services prior to the beginning of operations. In the event that the Contractor damages any existing utility lines
not shown on the Drawings, the location of which is not known to the Contractor, report thereof shall be made
immediately to the Engineer.

14.4.2 Locations of existing utility lines shown on the Drawings are based on the best information available to
the Engineer, but shall not be considered exact either as to location or number of such lines.

14.4.3 Contractor shall protect utility lines constructed under terms of the agreement and those discovered or
shown on Drawings to be existing. Damage occurring to utility lines due to Contractor’s operations shall be
repaired at no cost to the Owner.

N:\01 - PROJECTS\10050 ST JOHNS COUNTY MIN SECURITY FACILITY\10050 SPECIFICATIONS\10050 - SPECIFICATION        51
010000 - NON-TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS.doc
                                                    ARTICLE XV
                                           EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY

        15.1     Contractor’s Employment Opportunity

        15.1.1 The Contractor and all Subcontractors shall not discriminate against any employee or applicant for
        employment because of race, religion, color, sex, national origin or age.

        The Contractor shall take affirmative action to insure that applicants are employed, and that employees are
        treated during employment without regard to their race, religion, color, sex, national origin or age. Such action
        shall include, but not be limited to, the following: employment, upgrading, demotion or transfer, recruitment or
        recruitment advertisement, layoff or termination, rates of pay or other forms of compensation, and selection for
        training, including apprenticeship. The Contractor agrees to post in conspicuous places, available to
        employees and applicants for employment, notices setting forth the policies of non-discrimination.


        15.1.2 The Contractor and all Subcontractors shall, in all solicitations or advertisements for employees placed
        by them or on their behalf, state that all qualified applicants shall receive consideration for employment without
        regard to race, religion, color, sex, national origin or age.

                                                    ARTICLE XVI
                                          APPRENTICESHIP LAW REQUIREMENTS

        16.1     Apprenticeship Law (Chapter 446, Florida Statutes)

        16.1.1 The Contractor shall make a diligent effort to hire for Performance of the Contract a number of
        apprentices in each occupation which bears to the average number of journeyman in that occupation to be
        employed in the performance of the Contract, the ratio of at least one (1) apprentice or trainee to every five (5)
        journeymen.

        16.1.2 The Contractor shall, when feasible and except when the number of apprentices or trainees to be
        hired is fewer than four (4), assure that twenty-five (25) percent of such apprentices or trainees are in their first
        year of training. Feasibility here involves a consideration of the availability of training opportunities for first
        year apprentices or trainees, the hazardous nature of the Work for beginning workers, and excessive
        unemployment of apprentices or trainees in their second or subsequent years of training.

        16.1.3 The Contractor, during the performance of the Contract, shall make diligent efforts to employ the
        number of apprentices or trainees necessary to meet requirements of Subparagraphs a. and b. However, on-
        the-job training programs shall only be established in non-apprenticable trades or occupations to meet the
        requirements                            of                           this                          section.

16.1.4 The Contractor agrees to return records of employment, by trade, of the number of apprentices or trainees by first year
of training, and the number of journeymen and the wages paid, and hours of work, of such persons on a form as prescribed by
the Bureau of Apprenticeship of the Division of Labor at three (3) month intervals. Submission of duplicate copies of forms
submitted to the United States Department of Labor shall be sufficient compliance with the provisions of the section.

16.1.5 The Contractor agrees to supply the Bureau of Apprenticeship of the Division of Labor, at three (3) months intervals, a
statement describing steps taken toward making diligent effort and containing a breakdown by craft or hours worked and wages
paid for first year apprentices or trainees, other apprentices or trainees and journeymen.

16.1.6 The Contractor agrees to insert in any Subcontract under this Contract the requirements contained in this section. “The
term Contractor” as used in such clauses and any Subcontract shall mean the Subcontractor.
        N:\01 - PROJECTS\10050 ST JOHNS COUNTY MIN SECURITY FACILITY\10050 SPECIFICATIONS\10050 - SPECIFICATION          52
        010000 - NON-TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS.doc
16.1.7 Anything herein to the Contrary notwithstanding, Contractor agrees to comply with all of the provisions of Florida
Statutes 446 and all regulations prescribed by the Bureau of Apprenticeship of the Division of Labor.

                                             ARTICLE XVII
                                          ACCESS TO RECORDS

17.1    Access To Records (Chapter 119, Florida Statues

The access to, disclosure, non-disclosure, or exemption of records, data, documents, and/or materials associated with this
Agreement/Contract shall be subject to the applicable provisions of the Florida Public Records Law (Chapter 119, Florida
Statutes). Access to such public records may not be blocked, thwarted, or hindered by placing the public records in the
possession of a third party, or an unaffiliated party.


                                            ARTICLE XVIII
                                          REVIEW OF RECORDS

18.1    Review of Records

As a conditions of entering into this Agreement/Contract, and to ensure compliance, especially as it relates to any
applicable law, rule, or regulation, the (insert name of other party) authorizes the County to examine, review, inspect,
and/or audit the books and records, in order to determine whether compliance has been achieved with respect to the
terms, conditions, provisions, rights, and responsibilities noted in this Agreement. It is specifically noted that (insert name
of party) is under no duty to provide access to documentation not related to this Agreement, and/or is otherwise protected
by County, State, or Federal law.




                                                              53
Rev 1 103009
Contract No.: ____________________________________________________



Owner                                          Contractor
St. Johns County                 (Seal)        ____________________________
                                                                   (Seal)

(Typed Name)                                   (Typed Name)

By:                                            By___________________________

Signature                                      Signature




Joe Burch, Purchasing Director                 _____________________________

Printed Name & Title                                  Printed Name & Title


                                               ______________________________

Date of Execution                              Date of Execution



Cheryl Strickland, Clerk of Courts

By:
   Deputy Clerk



Date of Execution


Legally Sufficient:


___________________________
Deputy County Attorney


Date: _______________________



                                                 54
Rev 1 103009
                                    PUBLIC CONSTRUCTION BOND

                                                                                          Bond No. ______________


BY THIS BOND, We, _____________________________________________________ (Contractor; address; phone) as
Principal and ____________________________________ (Surety Co.; address; phone) a Corporation, as Surety are
bound to ST. JOHNS COUNTY, FLORIDA, herein called Owner, in the sum of $__________                       , for
payment of which we bind ourselves, our heirs, personal representatives, successors, and assigns, jointly and
severally.

THE CONDITION OF THIS BOND is that if Principal:

1.      Performs the contract dated,                    , 2011, between Principal and Owner for construction of
        ____________________________________________ (Project, address, and brief description of work) the contract
        being made a part of this bond by reference, and the times and in the manner prescribed in the contract;
        and

2.      Promptly makes payment to all claimants, as defined in Section 255.05(1), Florida Statutes, supplying
        Principal with labor, materials, or supplies, used directly or indirectly by Principal in the prosecution of the
        work provided for in the contract; and

3.      Promptly pays Owner all losses, damages, expenses, costs and attorney's fees, including appellate
        proceedings, that Owner sustains because of a default by Principal under the contract; and

4.      Performs the guarantee of all work and materials furnished under the contract for the time specified in the
        contract, then this bond is void; otherwise it remains in full force.

Any action instituted by a claimant under this bond for payment must be in accordance with the notice and time
limitation provisions in Section 255.05(2), Florida Statutes.

Any changes in or under the contract documents and compliance or noncompliance with any formalities connected
with the contract or the changes does not affect Surety’s obligation under this bond.


DATED ON ______________, _______.




                                                          55
Rev 1 103009
ATTEST:
                            Principal

                            By:                             _
(Principal) Secretary

(SEAL)

                            _____________________________

Witness as to Principal     Address


Address



ATTEST:

                            _____________________________


                            (Surety)
(SEAL)

                            By:
_________________________          Witness to Surety
      Attorney-in-Fact

                            _____________________________
Address                     Address




                              56
Rev 1 103009
ST. JOHNS COUNTY WORK RELEASE HOUSING FACILITY                                      ST. JOHNS COUNTY, FLORIDA
ST. JOHNS COUNTY                                                                          ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050


SECTION 033000 - CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE


PART 1 - GENERAL


1.1        SUMMARY

      A.   Section includes cast-in-place concrete, including formwork, reinforcement, concrete materials, mixture
           design, placement procedures, and finishes.


1.2        ACTION SUBMITTALS

      A.   Product Data: For each type of product indicated.

      B.   Design Mixtures: For each concrete mixture.

      C.   Steel Reinforcement Shop Drawings: Placing drawings that detail fabrication, bending, and placement.


1.3        INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS

      A.   Welding certificates.

      B.   Material certificates.

      C.   Material test reports.

      D.   Floor surface flatness and levelness measurements.


1.4        QUALITY ASSURANCE

      A.   Manufacturer Qualifications: A firm experienced in manufacturing ready-mixed concrete products and that
           complies with ASTM C 94/C 94M requirements for production facilities and equipment.

           1.     Manufacturer certified according to NRMCA's "Certification of Ready Mixed Concrete Production
                  Facilities."

      B.   Testing Agency Qualifications: An independent agency, qualified according to ASTM C 1077 and
           ASTM E 329 for testing indicated.

      C.   Welding Qualifications: Qualify procedures and personnel according to AWS D1.4/D 1.4M, "Structural
           Welding Code - Reinforcing Steel."

      D.   ACI Publications: Comply with the following unless modified by requirements in the Contract Documents:

           1.     ACI 301, "Specifications for Structural Concrete," Sections 1 through 5.
           2.     ACI 117, "Specifications for Tolerances for Concrete Construction and Materials."



CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE                                                                                  033000 - 1
ST. JOHNS COUNTY WORK RELEASE HOUSING FACILITY                                        ST. JOHNS COUNTY, FLORIDA
ST. JOHNS COUNTY                                                                            ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050

      E.   Concrete Testing Service: Engage a qualified independent testing agency to perform material evaluation
           tests and to design concrete mixtures.

      F.   Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site.


PART 2 - PRODUCTS


2.1        FORM-FACING MATERIALS

      A.   Smooth-Formed Finished Concrete: Form-facing panels that will provide continuous, true, and smooth
           concrete surfaces. Furnish in largest practicable sizes to minimize number of joints.

      B.   Rough-Formed Finished Concrete: Plywood, lumber, metal, or another approved material. Provide
           lumber dressed on at least two edges and one side for tight fit.


2.2        STEEL REINFORCEMENT

      A.   Recycled Content of Steel Products: Postconsumer recycled content plus one-half of preconsumer
           recycled content not less than 60 percent.

      B.   Reinforcing Bars: ASTM A 615/A 615M, Grade 60, deformed.

      C.   Plain-Steel Welded Wire Reinforcement: ASTM A 185/A 185M, plain, fabricated from as-drawn steel wire
           into flat sheets.

      D.   Galvanized-Steel Welded Wire Reinforcement: ASTM A 185/A 185M, plain, fabricated from galvanized-
           steel wire into flat sheets.

      E.   Bar Supports: Bolsters, chairs, spacers, and other devices for spacing, supporting, and fastening
           reinforcing bars and welded wire reinforcement in place. Manufacture bar supports from steel wire,
           plastic, or precast concrete according to CRSI's "Manual of Standard Practice.


2.3        CONCRETE MATERIALS

      A.   Cementitious Material: Use the following cementitious materials, of the same type, brand, and source,
           throughout Project:

           1.     Portland Cement: ASTM C 150, Type I,.

                  a.     Fly Ash: ASTM C 618, Class F.
                  b.     Ground Granulated Blast-Furnace Slag: ASTM C 989, Grade 100 or 120.

      B.   Normal-Weight Aggregates: ASTM C 33, graded.

           1.     Maximum Coarse-Aggregate Size: As indicated.
           2.     Fine Aggregate: Free of materials with deleterious reactivity to alkali in cement.

      C.   Water: ASTM C 94/C 94M and potable.


CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE                                                                                  033000 - 2
ST. JOHNS COUNTY WORK RELEASE HOUSING FACILITY                                       ST. JOHNS COUNTY, FLORIDA
ST. JOHNS COUNTY                                                                           ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050

2.4        ADMIXTURES

      A.   Air-Entraining Admixture: ASTM C 260.

      B.   Chemical Admixtures: Provide admixtures certified by manufacturer to be compatible with other
           admixtures and that will not contribute water-soluble chloride ions exceeding those permitted in hardened
           concrete. Do not use calcium chloride or admixtures containing calcium chloride.

           1.     Water-Reducing Admixture: ASTM C 494/C 494M, Type A.
           2.     Retarding Admixture: ASTM C 494/C 494M, Type B.
           3.     Water-Reducing and Retarding Admixture: ASTM C 494/C 494M, Type D.
           4.     High-Range, Water-Reducing Admixture: ASTM C 494/C 494M, Type F.
           5.     High-Range, Water-Reducing and Retarding Admixture: ASTM C 494/C 494M, Type G.
           6.     Plasticizing and Retarding Admixture: ASTM C 1017/C 1017M, Type II.


2.5        WATERSTOPS

      A.   Flexible Rubber Waterstops: CE CRD-C 513, for embedding in concrete to prevent passage of fluids
           through joints. Factory fabricate corners, intersections, and directional changes.


2.6        VAPOR RETARDERS

      A.   Sheet Vapor Retarder: ASTM E 1745, Class A, B, or C. Include manufacturer's recommended adhesive
           or pressure-sensitive tape.


2.7        LIQUID FLOOR TREATMENTS

      A.   VOC Content: Liquid floor treatments shall have a VOC content of 200 g/L or less when calculated
           according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24).

      B.   Penetrating Liquid Floor Treatment: Clear, chemically reactive, waterborne solution of inorganic silicate or
           siliconate materials and proprietary components; odorless; that penetrates, hardens, and densifies
           concrete surfaces.

      C.   Products: Provide Conspec by Dayton Superior; Intraseal or approved equivalent. Product must include a
           minimum 10 year warranty.


2.8        CURING MATERIALS

      A.   Evaporation Retarder: Waterborne, monomolecular film forming, manufactured for application to fresh
           concrete.

      B.   Absorptive Cover: AASHTO M 182, Class 2, burlap cloth made from jute or kenaf, weighing
           approximately 9 oz./sq. yd. when dry.

      C.   Moisture-Retaining Cover: ASTM C 171, polyethylene film or white burlap-polyethylene sheet.

      D.   Water: Potable.


CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE                                                                                      033000 - 3
ST. JOHNS COUNTY WORK RELEASE HOUSING FACILITY                                     ST. JOHNS COUNTY, FLORIDA
ST. JOHNS COUNTY                                                                         ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050

      E.   Clear, Waterborne, Membrane-Forming Curing Compound: ASTM C 309, Type 1, Class B, dissipating.


2.9        RELATED MATERIALS

      A.   Expansion- and Isolation-Joint-Filler Strips:     ASTM D 1751, asphalt-saturated cellulosic fiber or
           ASTM D 1752, cork or self-expanding cork.

      B.   Semi-rigid Joint Filler: Two-component, semi-rigid, 100 percent solids, epoxy resin with a Type A shore
           durometer hardness of 85 or greater per ASTM D 2240.

           1.     Products: Provide MM-80/MM-80P semi-rigid epoxy joint filler by Metzger/McGuire Co. or approved
                  equivalent. Color to be selected by Architect.


2.10       CONCRETE MIXTURES

      A.   Prepare design mixtures for each type and strength of concrete, proportioned on the basis of laboratory
           trial mixture or field test data, or both, according to ACI 301.

      B.   Cementitious Materials: Use fly ash, pozzolan, ground granulated blast-furnace slag, and silica fume as
           needed to reduce the total amount of portland cement, which would otherwise be used, by not less than
           40 percent.

      C.   Admixtures: Use admixtures according to manufacturer's written instructions.

           1.     Use water-reducing high-range water-reducing or plasticizing admixture in concrete, as required,
                  for placement and workability.
           2.     Use water-reducing and retarding admixture when required by high temperatures, low humidity, or
                  other adverse placement conditions.

      D.   Proportion normal-weight concrete mixture as follows:

           1.     Minimum Compressive Strength: As indicated.
           2.     Slump Limit: 4 inches, plus or minus 1 inch (8 inches for concrete with verified slump of 2 to 4
                  inches before adding high-range water-reducing admixture or plasticizing admixture).
           3.     Air Content: 2.5 to 4.5 percent, at point of delivery.
           4.     Air Content: Do not allow air content of trowel-finished floors to exceed 3 percent.


2.11       FABRICATING REINFORCEMENT

      A.   Fabricate steel reinforcement according to CRSI's "Manual of Standard Practice."


2.12       CONCRETE MIXING

      A.   Ready-Mixed Concrete: Measure, batch, mix, and deliver concrete according to ASTM C 94/C 94M and
           ASTM C 1116/C 1116M, and furnish batch ticket information.




CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE                                                                                 033000 - 4
ST. JOHNS COUNTY WORK RELEASE HOUSING FACILITY                                        ST. JOHNS COUNTY, FLORIDA
ST. JOHNS COUNTY                                                                            ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050

           1.     When air temperature is between 85 and 90 deg F, reduce mixing and delivery time from 1-1/2
                  hours to 75 minutes; when air temperature is above 90 deg F, reduce mixing and delivery time to
                  60 minutes.


PART 3 - EXECUTION


3.1        FORMWORK

      A.   Design, erect, shore, brace, and maintain formwork, according to ACI 301, to support vertical, lateral,
           static, and dynamic loads, and construction loads that might be applied, until structure can support such
           loads.

      B.   Construct formwork so concrete members and structures are of size, shape, alignment, elevation, and
           position indicated, within tolerance limits of ACI 117.


3.2        EMBEDDED ITEMS

      A.   Place and secure anchorage devices and other embedded items required for adjoining work that is
           attached to or supported by cast-in-place concrete. Use setting drawings, templates, diagrams,
           instructions, and directions furnished with items to be embedded.


3.3        VAPOR RETARDERS

      A.   Sheet Vapor Retarders: Place, protect, and repair sheet vapor retarder according to ASTM E 1643 and
           manufacturer's written instructions.

           1.     Lap joints 6 inches and seal with manufacturer's recommended tape.


3.4        STEEL REINFORCEMENT

      A.   General: Comply with CRSI's "Manual of Standard Practice" for placing reinforcement.

           1.     Do not cut or puncture vapor retarder. Repair damage and reseal vapor retarder before placing
                  concrete.


3.5        JOINTS

      A.   General: Construct joints true to line with faces perpendicular to surface plane of concrete.

      B.   Construction Joints: Install so strength and appearance of concrete are not impaired, at locations
           indicated and as approved by Architect.

      C.   Contraction Joints in Slabs-on-Grade: Form weakened-plane contraction joints, sectioning concrete into
           areas as indicated. Construct contraction joints as follows:




CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE                                                                                     033000 - 5
ST. JOHNS COUNTY WORK RELEASE HOUSING FACILITY                                         ST. JOHNS COUNTY, FLORIDA
ST. JOHNS COUNTY                                                                             ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050

           1.     Sawed Joints: Form contraction joints with power saws equipped with shatterproof abrasive or
                  diamond-rimmed blades. Cut 1/8-inch- wide joints into concrete when cutting action will not tear,
                  abrade, or otherwise damage surface and before concrete develops random contraction cracks.

      D.   Isolation Joints in Slabs-on-Grade: After removing formwork, install joint-filler strips at slab junctions with
           vertical surfaces, such as column pedestals, foundation walls, grade beams, and other locations, as
           indicated.

      E.   Waterstops: Install in construction joints and at other joints indicated according to manufacturer's written
           instructions.


3.6        CONCRETE PLACEMENT

      A.   Before placing concrete, verify that installation of formwork, reinforcement, and embedded items is
           complete and that required inspections have been performed.

      B.   Deposit concrete continuously in one layer or in horizontal layers of such thickness that no new concrete
           will be placed on concrete that has hardened enough to cause seams or planes of weakness. If a section
           cannot be placed continuously, provide construction joints as indicated. Deposit concrete to avoid
           segregation.

           1.     Consolidate placed concrete with mechanical vibrating equipment according to ACI 301.

      C.   Cold-Weather Placement: Comply with ACI 306.1.

      D.   Hot-Weather Placement: Comply with ACI 301.


3.7        FINISHING FORMED SURFACES

      A.   Rough-Formed Finish: As-cast concrete texture imparted by form-facing material with tie holes and
           defects repaired and patched. Remove fins and other projections that exceed specified limits on formed-
           surface irregularities.

           1.     Apply to concrete surfaces not exposed to public view.

      B.   Smooth-Formed Finish: As-cast concrete texture imparted by form-facing material, arranged in an orderly
           and symmetrical manner with a minimum of seams. Repair and patch tie holes and defects. Remove fins
           and other projections that exceed specified limits on formed-surface irregularities.

           1.     Apply to concrete surfaces exposed to public view or to be covered with a coating or covering
                  material applied directly to concrete.

      C.   Related Unformed Surfaces: At tops of walls, horizontal offsets, and similar unformed surfaces adjacent
           to formed surfaces, strike off smooth and finish with a texture matching adjacent formed surfaces.
           Continue final surface treatment of formed surfaces uniformly across adjacent unformed surfaces unless
           otherwise indicated.




CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE                                                                                        033000 - 6
ST. JOHNS COUNTY WORK RELEASE HOUSING FACILITY                                       ST. JOHNS COUNTY, FLORIDA
ST. JOHNS COUNTY                                                                           ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050

3.8        FINISHING FLOORS AND SLABS

      A.   General: Comply with ACI 302.1R recommendations for screeding, restraightening, and finishing
           operations for concrete surfaces. Do not wet concrete surfaces.

      B.   Scratch Finish: While still plastic, texture concrete surface that has been screeded and bull-floated or
           darbied. Use stiff brushes, brooms, or rakes to produce a profile amplitude of 1/4 inch in one direction.

      C.   Float Finish: Consolidate surface with power-driven floats or by hand floating if area is small or
           inaccessible to power driven floats. Restraighten, cut down high spots, and fill low spots. Repeat float
           passes and restraightening until surface is left with a uniform, smooth, granular texture.

      D.   Trowel Finish: After applying float finish, apply first troweling and consolidate concrete by hand or power-
           driven trowel. Continue troweling passes and restraighten until surface is free of trowel marks and uniform
           in texture and appearance. Grind smooth any surface defects that would telegraph through applied
           coatings or floor coverings.

           1.     Finish and measure surface so gap at any point between concrete surface and an unleveled,
                  freestanding, 10-ft.- long straightedge resting on two high spots and placed anywhere on the
                  surface does not exceed 3/16 inch.

      E.   Broom Finish: Apply a broom finish to exterior concrete platforms, steps, ramps, and elsewhere as
           indicated.


3.9        CONCRETE PROTECTING AND CURING

      A.   General: Protect freshly placed concrete from premature drying and excessive cold or hot temperatures.
           Comply with ACI 306.1 for cold-weather protection and ACI 301 for hot-weather protection during curing.

      B.   Evaporation Retarder: Apply evaporation retarder to unformed concrete surfaces if hot, dry, or windy
           conditions cause moisture loss approaching 0.2 lb/sq. ft. x h before and during finishing operations. Apply
           according to manufacturer's written instructions after placing, screeding, and bull floating or darbying
           concrete, but before float finishing.

      C.   Cure concrete according to ACI 308.1, by one or a combination of the following methods:

           1.     Moisture Curing: Keep surfaces continuously moist for not less than seven days.
           2.     Moisture-Retaining-Cover Curing: Cover concrete surfaces with moisture-retaining cover for curing
                  concrete, placed in widest practicable width, with sides and ends lapped at least 12 inches, and
                  sealed by waterproof tape or adhesive. Cure for not less than seven days. Immediately repair any
                  holes or tears during curing period using cover material and waterproof tape.
           3.     Curing Compound: Apply uniformly in continuous operation by power spray or roller according to
                  manufacturer's written instructions. Recoat areas subjected to heavy rainfall within three hours
                  after initial application. Maintain continuity of coating and repair damage during curing period.

                  a.     Removal: After curing period has elapsed, remove curing compound without damaging
                         concrete surfaces by method recommended by curing compound manufacturer.

           4.     Curing and Sealing Compound: Apply uniformly to floors and slabs indicated in a continuous
                  operation by power spray or roller according to manufacturer's written instructions. Recoat areas



CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE                                                                                      033000 - 7
ST. JOHNS COUNTY WORK RELEASE HOUSING FACILITY                                           ST. JOHNS COUNTY, FLORIDA
ST. JOHNS COUNTY                                                                               ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050

               subjected to heavy rainfall within three hours after initial application. Repeat process 24 hours later
               and apply a second coat. Maintain continuity of coating and repair damage during curing period.


3.10    LIQUID FLOOR TREATMENTS

   A.   Penetrating Liquid Floor Treatment: Prepare, apply, and finish penetrating liquid floor treatment according
        to manufacturer's written instructions.

        1.     Remove curing compounds, sealers, oil, dirt, laitance, and other contaminants and complete
               surface repairs.
        2.     Do not apply to concrete that is less than seven days old.
        3.     Do not apply when the air or surface temperatures are less than 40°F.
        4.     Apply liquid onto surface to the point of rejection, scrubbing into surface until a gel forms; rewet;
               and repeat brooming or scrubbing. Rinse with water; remove excess material until surface is dry.
               Apply a second coat in a similar manner if surface is rough or porous. Do not let treated surfaces
               dry during application or coats.
        5.     Puddles of liquid floor hardener shall be squeegeed out to prevent white residue from appearing on
               the surface. If residue appears, remove per manufacturer’s instructions.
        6.     Maintenance cleaning of the floor should be accomplished with the use of a mechanical scrubber.


3.11    JOINT FILLING

   A.   Prepare, clean, and install joint filler according to manufacturer's written instructions. Products and
        installation shall be in compliance or exceed the joint filling criteria established in ACI 302 and ACI 360.

        1.     Defer joint filling as long as possible to allow for maximum slab shrinkage and joint widening. As a
               minimum, joint filling shall not occur until concrete has aged at least six months and the facility is
               under permanent temperature control.

   B.   Remove dirt, debris, saw cuttings, curing compounds, and sealers from joints; leave contact faces of joint
        clean and dry.

   C.   Install semi-rigid joint filler full depth in saw-cut joints at interior, exposed areas. Overfill joint and trim joint
        filler flush with top of joint after hardening. The use of a compressible foam backer rod is strictly
        prohibited. Significant deficiencies in workmanship, including less than proper filler depth, inadequate joint
        cleaning, concave filler profile, etc. shall require removal and replacement.


3.12    CONCRETE SURFACE REPAIRS

   A.   Defective Concrete: Repair and patch defective areas when approved by Architect. Remove and replace
        concrete that cannot be repaired and patched to Architect's approval.


3.13    FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

   A.   Testing and Inspecting: Owner will engage a qualified testing and inspecting agency to perform field tests
        and inspections and prepare test reports.

   B.   Testing agency shall report inspection results promptly in writing to Contractor and Architect.


CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE                                                                                            033000 - 8
ST. JOHNS COUNTY WORK RELEASE HOUSING FACILITY                                ST. JOHNS COUNTY, FLORIDA
ST. JOHNS COUNTY                                                                    ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050

  C.    Remove and replace work that does not comply with specified requirements.

  D.    Additional inspecting at Contractor’s expense, will be performed to determine compliance of corrected
        work with specified requirements.


END OF SECTION 033000




CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE                                                                            033000 - 9
ST. JOHNS COUNTY WORK RELEASE HOUSING FACILITY                                      ST. JOHNS COUNTY, FLORIDA
ST. JOHNS COUNTY                                                                          ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050


SECTION 042200 - CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY


PART 1 - GENERAL


1.1        SUMMARY

      A.   Section Includes:

           1.     Concrete masonry units (CMU's).
           2.     Steel reinforcing bars.
           3.     Masonry-cell insulation.


1.2        ACTION SUBMITTALS

      A.   Product Data: For each type of product indicated.

      B.   Shop Drawings: For reinforcing steel. Detail bending and placement of unit masonry reinforcing bars.
           Comply with ACI 315, "Details and Detailing of Concrete Reinforcement."


1.3        INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS

      A.   Material Certificates: For each type and size of product indicated. For masonry units include data on
           material properties and material test reports substantiating compliance with requirements.

      B.   Mix Designs: For each type of mortar and grout. Include description of type and proportions of
           ingredients.

           1.     Include test reports for mortar mixes required to comply with property specification. Test according
                  to ASTM C 109/C 109M for compressive strength, ASTM C 1506 for water retention, and
                  ASTM C 91 for air content.
           2.     Include test reports, according to ASTM C 1019, for grout mixes required to comply with
                  compressive strength requirement.


1.4        QUALITY ASSURANCE

      A.   Masonry Standard: Comply with ACI 530.1/ASCE 6/TMS 602 unless modified by requirements in the
           Contract Documents.


1.5        PROJECT CONDITIONS

      A.   Cold-Weather Requirements: Do not use frozen materials or materials mixed or coated with ice or frost.
           Do not build on frozen substrates. Remove and replace unit masonry damaged by frost or by freezing
           conditions.        Comply     with   cold-weather   construction    requirements    contained       in
           ACI 530.1/ASCE 6/TMS 602.



CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY                                                                                      042200 - 1
ST. JOHNS COUNTY WORK RELEASE HOUSING FACILITY                                       ST. JOHNS COUNTY, FLORIDA
ST. JOHNS COUNTY                                                                           ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050

      B.   Hot-Weather Requirements:        Comply with hot-weather construction requirements contained in
           ACI 530.1/ASCE 6/TMS 602.


PART 2 - PRODUCTS


2.1        MASONRY UNITS, GENERAL

      A.   Defective Units: Referenced masonry unit standards may allow a certain percentage of units to contain
           chips, cracks, or other defects exceeding limits stated in the standard. Do not use units where such
           defects will be exposed in the completed Work.

      B.   Fire-Resistance Ratings: Where indicated, provide units that comply with requirements for fire-resistance
           ratings indicated as determined by testing according to ASTM E 119, by equivalent masonry thickness, or
           by other means, as acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.


2.2        CONCRETE MASONRY UNITS

      A.   Shapes: Provide shapes indicated and for lintels, corners, jambs, sashes, movement joints, headers,
           bonding, and other special conditions.

      B.   CMUs: ASTM C 90.

           1.     Unit Compressive Strength: As indicated.
           2.     Density Classification: Normal weight.
           3.     Provide bullnosed corner units for external corners of the interior CMU walls.


2.3        CONCRETE AND MASONRY LINTELS

      A.   General: Provide one of the following:

      B.   Concrete Lintels: ASTM C 1623, matching CMUs in color, texture, and density classification; and with
           reinforcing bars indicated. Provide lintels with net-area compressive strength not less than CMUs.

      C.   Concrete Lintels: Precast or formed-in-place concrete lintels complying with requirements in
           Section 033000 "Cast-in-Place Concrete," and with reinforcing bars indicated.

      D.   Masonry Lintels: Prefabricated or built-in-place masonry lintels made from bond beam CMUs with
           reinforcing bars placed as indicated and filled with coarse grout.


2.4        MORTAR AND GROUT MATERIALS

      A.   Regional Materials: Aggregate for mortar and grout, cement, and lime shall be extracted, harvested, or
           recovered, as well as manufactured, within 500 miles of Project site.

      B.   Portland Cement: ASTM C 150, Type I or II, except Type III may be used for cold-weather construction.
           Provide natural color or white cement as required to produce mortar color indicated.



CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY                                                                                    042200 - 2
ST. JOHNS COUNTY WORK RELEASE HOUSING FACILITY                                        ST. JOHNS COUNTY, FLORIDA
ST. JOHNS COUNTY                                                                            ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050

      C.   Hydrated Lime: ASTM C 207, Type S.

      D.   Portland Cement-Lime Mix: Packaged blend of portland cement and hydrated lime containing no other
           ingredients.

      E.   Mortar Cement: ASTM C 1329.

           1.     Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated
                  into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:

                  a.     Lafarge North America Inc.; Lafarge Mortar Cement or Magnolia Superbond Mortar
                         Cement.

      F.   Aggregate for Mortar: ASTM C 144.

           1.     For joints less than 1/4 inch thick, use aggregate graded with 100 percent passing the No. 16
                  sieve.

      G.   Aggregate for Grout: ASTM C 404.

      H.   Water: Potable.


2.5        REINFORCEMENT

      A.   Uncoated Steel Reinforcing Bars: ASTM A 615/A 615M or ASTM A 996/A 996M, Grade 60.

      B.   Masonry Joint Reinforcement, General: ASTM A 951/A 951M.

           1.     Interior Walls: Hot-dip galvanized, carbon steel.
           2.     Exterior Walls: Hot-dip galvanized, carbon steel.
           3.     Wire Size for Side Rods: 0.148-inch diameter.
           4.     Wire Size for Cross Rods: 0.148-inch diameter.
           5.     Spacing of Cross Rods, Tabs, and Cross Ties: Not more than 16 inches o.c.
           6.     Provide in lengths of not less than 10 feet, with prefabricated corner and tee units.


2.6        TIES AND ANCHORS

      A.   Materials: Provide ties and anchors specified in this article that are made from materials that comply with
           the following unless otherwise indicated.

           1.     Hot-Dip Galvanized, Carbon-Steel Wire: ASTM A 82/A 82M; with ASTM A 153/A 153M, Class B-2
                  coating.

      B.   Anchor Bolts: Headed steel bolts complying with ASTM A 307, Grade A; with ASTM A 563 hex nuts and,
           where indicated, flat washers; hot-dip galvanized to comply with ASTM A 153/A 153M, Class C; of
           dimensions indicated.

           1.     Elastomeric Thermoplastic Flashing:       Composite flashing product consisting of a polyester-
                  reinforced ethylene interpolymer alloy.



CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY                                                                                      042200 - 3
ST. JOHNS COUNTY WORK RELEASE HOUSING FACILITY                                        ST. JOHNS COUNTY, FLORIDA
ST. JOHNS COUNTY                                                                            ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050

2.7        MISCELLANEOUS MASONRY ACCESSORIES

      A.   Compressible Filler: Premolded filler strips complying with ASTM D 1056, Grade 2A1; compressible up to
           35 percent; formulated from neoprene urethane or PVC.

      B.   Preformed Control-Joint Gaskets: Made from styrene-butadiene-rubber compound, complying with
           ASTM D 2000, Designation M2AA-805 or PVC, complying with ASTM D 2287, Type PVC-65406 and
           designed to fit standard sash block and to maintain lateral stability in masonry wall; size and configuration
           as indicated.

      C.   Bond-Breaker Strips: Asphalt-saturated, organic roofing felt complying with ASTM D 226, Type I (No. 15
           asphalt felt).


2.8        MORTAR AND GROUT MIXES

      A.   General: Do not use admixtures, including pigments, air-entraining agents, accelerators, retarders, water-
           repellent agents, antifreeze compounds, or other admixtures unless otherwise indicated.

           1.     Do not use calcium chloride in mortar or grout.
           2.     Use portland cement-lime or mortar cement mortar unless otherwise indicated.

      B.   Preblended, Dry Mortar Mix: Furnish dry mortar ingredients in form of a preblended mix. Measure
           quantities by weight to ensure accurate proportions, and thoroughly blend ingredients before delivering to
           Project site.

      C.   Mortar for Unit Masonry: Comply with ASTM C 270, Proportion Specification. Provide the following types
           of mortar for applications stated unless another type is indicated.

           1.     For masonry below grade or in contact with earth, use Type S.
           2.     For reinforced masonry, use Type N.
           3.     For exterior, above-grade, load-bearing and non-load-bearing walls and parapet walls; for interior
                  load-bearing walls; for interior non-load-bearing partitions; and for other applications where another
                  type is not indicated, use Type N.

      D.   Grout for Unit Masonry: Comply with ASTM C 476.

           1.     Use grout of type indicated or, if not otherwise indicated, of type (fine or coarse) that will comply
                  with Table 1.15.1 in ACI 530.1/ASCE 6/TMS 602 for dimensions of grout spaces and pour height.
           2.     Proportion grout in accordance with ASTM C 476, Table 1 or paragraph 4.2.2 for specified 28-day
                  compressive strength indicated, but not less than 2000 psi.
           3.     Provide grout with a slump of 8 to 11 inches as measured according to ASTM C 143/C 143M.


PART 3 - EXECUTION


3.1        TOLERANCES

      A.   Dimensions and Locations of Elements:




CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY                                                                                        042200 - 4
ST. JOHNS COUNTY WORK RELEASE HOUSING FACILITY                                           ST. JOHNS COUNTY, FLORIDA
ST. JOHNS COUNTY                                                                               ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050

           1.        For dimensions in cross section or elevation do not vary by more than plus 1/2 inch or minus 1/4
                     inch.
           2.        For location of elements in plan do not vary from that indicated by more than plus or minus 1/2
                     inch.
           3.        For location of elements in elevation do not vary from that indicated by more than plus or minus 1/4
                     inch in a story height or 1/2 inch total.

      B.   Lines and Levels:

           1.        For bed joints and top surfaces of bearing walls do not vary from level by more than 1/4 inch in 10
                     feet, or 1/2 inch maximum.
           2.        For conspicuous horizontal lines, such as lintels, sills, parapets, and reveals, do not vary from level
                     by more than 1/8 inch in 10 feet, 1/4 inch in 20 feet, or 1/2 inch maximum.
           3.        For vertical lines and surfaces do not vary from plumb by more than 1/4 inch in 10 feet, 3/8 inch in
                     20 feet, or 1/2 inch maximum.
           4.        For conspicuous vertical lines, such as external corners, door jambs, reveals, and expansion and
                     control joints, do not vary from plumb by more than 1/8 inch in 10 feet, 1/4 inch in 20 feet, or 1/2
                     inch maximum.
           5.        For lines and surfaces do not vary from straight by more than 1/4 inch in 10 feet, 3/8 inch in 20
                     feet, or 1/2 inch maximum.

      C.   Joints:

           1.        For bed joints, do not vary from thickness indicated by more than plus or minus 1/8 inch, with a
                     maximum thickness limited to 1/2 inch.
           2.        For head and collar joints, do not vary from thickness indicated by more than plus 3/8 inch or minus
                     1/4 inch.
           3.        For exposed head joints, do not vary from thickness indicated by more than plus or minus 1/8 inch.


3.2        LAYING MASONRY WALLS

      A.   Lay out walls in advance for accurate spacing of surface bond patterns with uniform joint thicknesses and
           for accurate location of openings, movement-type joints, returns, and offsets. Avoid using less-than-half-
           size units, particularly at corners, jambs, and, where possible, at other locations.

      B.   Use full-size units without cutting if possible. If cutting is required to provide a continuous pattern or to fit
           adjoining construction, cut units with motor-driven saws; provide clean, sharp, unchipped edges. Allow
           units to dry before laying unless wetting of units is specified. Install cut units with cut surfaces and, where
           possible, cut edges concealed.

      C.   Bond Pattern for Exposed Masonry: Unless otherwise indicated, lay exposed masonry in running bond;
           do not use units with less than nominal 4-inch horizontal face dimensions at corners or jambs.

      D.   Built-in Work: As construction progresses, build in items specified in this and other Sections. Fill in solidly
           with masonry around built-in items.

      E.   Fill space between steel frames and masonry solidly with mortar unless otherwise indicated.

      F.   Where built-in items are to be embedded in cores of hollow masonry units, place a layer of metal lath, wire
           mesh, or plastic mesh in the joint below and rod mortar or grout into core.



CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY                                                                                           042200 - 5
ST. JOHNS COUNTY WORK RELEASE HOUSING FACILITY                                        ST. JOHNS COUNTY, FLORIDA
ST. JOHNS COUNTY                                                                            ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050

      G.   Fill cores in hollow CMUs with grout 24 inches under bearing plates, beams, lintels, posts, and similar
           items unless otherwise indicated.


3.3        MORTAR BEDDING AND JOINTING

      A.   Lay hollow CMUs as follows:

           1.     With face shells fully bedded in mortar and with head joints of depth equal to bed joints.
           2.     With webs fully bedded in mortar in all courses of piers, columns, and pilasters.
           3.     With webs fully bedded in mortar in grouted masonry, including starting course on footings.
           4.     With entire units, including areas under cells, fully bedded in mortar at starting course on footings
                  where cells are not grouted.

      B.   Lay solid masonry units with completely filled bed and head joints; butter ends with sufficient mortar to fill
           head joints and shove into place. Do not deeply furrow bed joints or slush head joints.

      C.   Tool exposed joints slightly concave when thumbprint hard, using a jointer larger than joint thickness
           unless otherwise indicated.

      D.   Cut joints flush for masonry walls to receive plaster or other direct-applied finishes (other than paint)
           unless otherwise indicated.


3.4        REINFORCED UNIT MASONRY INSTALLATION

      A.   Temporary Formwork and Shores: Construct formwork and shores as needed to support reinforced
           masonry elements during construction.

           1.     Construct formwork to provide shape, line, and dimensions of completed masonry as indicated.
                  Make forms sufficiently tight to prevent leakage of mortar and grout. Brace, tie, and support forms
                  to maintain position and shape during construction and curing of reinforced masonry.
           2.     Do not remove forms and shores until reinforced masonry members have hardened sufficiently to
                  carry their own weight and other loads that may be placed on them during construction.

      B.   Placing Reinforcement: Comply with requirements in ACI 530.1/ASCE 6/TMS 602.

      C.   Grouting: Do not place grout until entire height of masonry to be grouted has attained enough strength to
           resist grout pressure.

           1.     Comply with requirements in ACI 530.1/ASCE 6/TMS 602 for cleanouts and for grout placement,
                  including minimum grout space and maximum pour height.


3.5        REPAIRING, POINTING, AND CLEANING

      A.   In-Progress Cleaning: Clean unit masonry as work progresses by dry brushing to remove mortar fins and
           smears before tooling joints.

      B.   Final Cleaning: After mortar is thoroughly set and cured, clean exposed masonry as follows:




CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY                                                                                         042200 - 6
ST. JOHNS COUNTY WORK RELEASE HOUSING FACILITY                                ST. JOHNS COUNTY, FLORIDA
ST. JOHNS COUNTY                                                                    ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050

           1.    Test cleaning methods on sample wall panel; leave one-half of panel uncleaned for comparison
                 purposes.
           2.    Clean concrete masonry by cleaning method indicated in NCMA TEK 8-2A applicable to type of
                 stain on exposed surfaces.


3.6        MASONRY WASTE DISPOSAL

      A.   Excess Masonry Waste: Remove excess clean masonry waste that cannot be used as fill, as described
           above, and other masonry waste, and legally dispose of off Owner's property.


END OF SECTION 042200




CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY                                                                              042200 - 7
ST. JOHNS COUNTY WORK RELEASE HOUSING FACILITY                                          ST. JOHNS COUNTY, FLORIDA
ST. JOHNS COUNTY                                                                              ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050


SECTION 051200 - STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING


PART 1 - GENERAL


1.1        SUMMARY

      A.   Section includes structural steel and grout.


1.2        DEFINITIONS

      A.   Structural Steel: Elements of structural-steel frame, as classified by AISC 303, "Code of Standard
           Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges."


1.3        PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS

      A.   Connections: Provide details of simple shear connections required by the Contract Documents to be
           selected or completed by structural-steel fabricator to withstand loads indicated and comply with other
           information and restrictions indicated.


1.4        ACTION SUBMITTALS

      A.   Product Data: For each type of product indicated.

      B.   Shop Drawings: Show fabrication of structural-steel components.


1.5        INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS

      A.   Qualification Data: For qualified Installer fabricator and testing agency.

      B.   Welding certificates.

      C.   Source quality-control reports.


1.6        QUALITY ASSURANCE

      A.   Fabricator Qualifications: A qualified fabricator that participates in the AISC Quality Certification Program.

      B.   Installer Qualifications: A qualified installer who participates in the AISC Quality Certification Program.

      C.   Welding Qualifications: Qualify procedures and personnel according to AWS D1.1/D1.1M, "Structural
           Welding Code - Steel."

      D.   Comply with applicable provisions of the following specifications and documents:




STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING                                                                                       051200 - 1
ST. JOHNS COUNTY WORK RELEASE HOUSING FACILITY                                      ST. JOHNS COUNTY, FLORIDA
ST. JOHNS COUNTY                                                                          ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050

           1.     AISC 303.
           2.     AISC 360.
           3.     RCSC's "Specification for Structural Joints Using ASTM A 325 or A 490 Bolts."


PART 2 - PRODUCTS


2.1        STRUCTURAL-STEEL MATERIALS

      A.   Recycled Content of Steel Products: Postconsumer recycled content plus one-half of preconsumer
           recycled content not less than 25 percent.

      B.   W-Shapes: ASTM A 992/A 992M.

      C.   Channels: ASTM A 572/A 572M, Grade 50.

      D.   Angles, Plates and Bars: ASTM A 36/A 36M.

      E.   Cold-Formed Hollow Structural Sections: ASTM A 500, Grade B, structural tubing.

      F.   Steel Pipe: ASTM A 500, Grade B .

      G.   Welding Electrodes: Comply with AWS requirements.


2.2        BOLTS, CONNECTORS, AND ANCHORS

      A.   High-Strength Bolts, Nuts, and Washers: ASTM A 325, Type 1, heavy-hex steel structural bolts;
           ASTM A 563, Grade C, heavy-hex carbon-steel nuts; and ASTM F 436, Type 1, hardened carbon-steel
           washers; all with plain finish.

      B.   Shear Connectors: ASTM A 108, Grades 1015 through 1020, headed-stud type, cold-finished carbon
           steel; AWS D1.1/D1.1M, Type B.

      C.   Headed Anchor Rods: ASTM F 1554, Grade 36, straight.

           1.     Finish: Plain.

      D.   Threaded Rods: ASTM A 36/A 36M.

           1.     Finish: Plain.


2.3        PRIMER

      A.   Primer: Fabricator's standard lead- and chromate-free, nonasphaltic, rust-inhibiting primer complying with
           MPI#79 and compatible with topcoat.

           1.     Color: Light Gray




STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING                                                                                  051200 - 2
ST. JOHNS COUNTY WORK RELEASE HOUSING FACILITY                                        ST. JOHNS COUNTY, FLORIDA
ST. JOHNS COUNTY                                                                            ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050

2.4        GROUT

      A.   Nonmetallic, Shrinkage-Resistant Grout: ASTM C 1107, factory-packaged, nonmetallic aggregate grout,
           noncorrosive and nonstaining, mixed with water to consistency suitable for application and a 30-minute
           working time.


2.5        FABRICATION

      A.   Structural Steel: Fabricate and assemble in shop to greatest extent possible. Fabricate according to
           AISC's "Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges" and AISC 360.

      B.   Shear Connectors: Prepare steel surfaces as recommended by manufacturer of shear connectors. Use
           automatic end welding of headed-stud shear connectors according to AWS D1.1/D1.1M and
           manufacturer's written instructions.


2.6        SHOP CONNECTIONS

      A.   High-Strength Bolts: Shop install high-strength bolts according to RCSC's "Specification for Structural
           Joints Using ASTM A 325 or A 490 Bolts" for type of bolt and type of joint specified.

           1.     Joint Type: Snug tightened.

      B.   Weld Connections: Comply with AWS D1.1/D1.1M for tolerances, appearances, welding procedure
           specifications, weld quality, and methods used in correcting welding work.


2.7        SHOP PRIMING

      A.   Shop prime steel surfaces except the following:

           1.     Surfaces embedded in concrete or mortar. Extend priming of partially embedded members to a
                  depth of 2 inches.
           2.     Surfaces to be field welded.
           3.     Surfaces to receive sprayed fire-resistive materials (applied fireproofing).
           4.     Galvanized surfaces.

      B.   Surface Preparation: Clean surfaces to be painted. Remove loose rust and mill scale and spatter, slag, or
           flux deposits. Prepare surfaces according to the following specifications and standards:
           1.     SSPC-SP 3, "Power Tool Cleaning."

      C.   Priming: Immediately after surface preparation, apply primer according to manufacturer's written
           instructions and at rate recommended by SSPC to provide a minimum dry film thickness of 1.5 mils. Use
           priming methods that result in full coverage of joints, corners, edges, and exposed surfaces.


2.8        SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL

      A.   Perform shop tests and inspections and prepare test reports as required.




STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING                                                                                 051200 - 3
ST. JOHNS COUNTY WORK RELEASE HOUSING FACILITY                                       ST. JOHNS COUNTY, FLORIDA
ST. JOHNS COUNTY                                                                           ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050

      B.   Correct deficiencies in Work that test reports and inspections indicate does not comply with the Contract
           Documents.

      C.   Bolted Connections: Shop-bolted connections will be inspected according to RCSC's "Specification for
           Structural Joints Using ASTM A 325 or A 490 Bolts."

      D.   Welded Connections: In addition to visual inspection, shop-welded connections will be tested and
           inspected according to AWS D1.1/D1.1M.


PART 3 - EXECUTION


3.1        EXAMINATION

      A.   Verify, with steel Erector present, elevations of concrete- and masonry-bearing surfaces and locations of
           anchor rods, bearing plates, and other embedments for compliance with requirements.

      B.   Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.


3.2        ERECTION

      A.   All work shall comply with Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) Safety and Health
           Standards for the Construction Industry, 29 CFR 1926 Subpart R – Steel Erection.

      B.   Set structural steel accurately in locations and to elevations indicated and according to AISC 303 and
           AISC 360.

      C.   Base and Bearing Plates: Clean concrete- and masonry-bearing surfaces of bond-reducing materials, and
           roughen surfaces prior to setting plates. Clean bottom surface of plates.

           1.     Set plates for structural members on wedges, shims, or setting nuts as required.
           2.      Snug-tighten anchor rods after supported members have been positioned and plumbed. Do not
                  remove wedges or shims.
           3.     Promptly pack grout solidly between bearing surfaces and plates so no voids remain. Neatly finish
                  exposed surfaces; protect grout and allow to cure. Comply with manufacturer's written installation
                  instructions for shrinkage-resistant grouts.

      D.   Maintain erection tolerances of structural steel within AISC's "Code of Standard Practice for Steel
           Buildings and Bridges."


3.3        FIELD CONNECTIONS

      A.   High-Strength Bolts: Install high-strength bolts according to RCSC's "Specification for Structural Joints
           Using ASTM A 325 or A 490 Bolts" for type of bolt and type of joint specified.

           1.     Joint Type: Snug tightened.

      B.   Weld Connections: Comply with AWS D1.1/D1.1M for tolerances, appearances, welding procedure
           specifications, weld quality, and methods used in correcting welding work.


STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING                                                                                 051200 - 4
ST. JOHNS COUNTY WORK RELEASE HOUSING FACILITY                                        ST. JOHNS COUNTY, FLORIDA
ST. JOHNS COUNTY                                                                            ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050

           1.     Comply with AISC 303 and AISC 360 for bearing, alignment, adequacy of temporary connections,
                  and removal of paint on surfaces adjacent to field welds.


3.4        FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

      A.   Testing Agency: Contractor shall engage a qualified independent testing and inspecting agency to inspect
           field welds.

      B.   Bolted Connections: Bolted connections will be tested and inspected according to RCSC's "Specification
           for Structural Joints Using ASTM A 325 or A 490 Bolts."

      C.   Welded Connections: Field welds will be visually inspected according to AWS D1.1/D1.1M.

           1.     In addition to visual inspection, field welds will be tested and inspected according to
                  AWS D1.1/D1.1M.

      D.   Testing agency shall report inspection results promptly in writing to Contractor and Architect.

      E.   Remove and replace work that does not comply with specified requirements.

      F.   Additional inspecting at Contractor’s expense, will be performed to determine compliance of corrected
           work with specified requirements.


3.5        REPAIRS AND PROTECTION

      A.   Repair damaged galvanized coatings on galvanized items with galvanized repair paint according to ASTM
           A 780 and manufacturer’s written instructions.

      B.   Touchup Painting: After installation, promptly clean, prepare, and prime or reprime field connections, rust
           spots, welding burn marks, and abraded surfaces of prime-painted members, connections, and
           accessories. Clean and prepare surfaces by SSPC-SP 2 hand-tool cleaning or SSPC-SP 3 power-tool
           cleaning. Apply a compatible primer of same type and color as shop primer used on adjacent surfaces.


END OF SECTION 051200




STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING                                                                                     051200 - 5
ST. JOHNS COUNTY WORK RELEASE HOUSING FACILITY                                       ST. JOHNS COUNTY, FLORIDA
ST. JOHNS COUNTY                                                                           ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050


SECTION 052100 - STEEL JOIST FRAMING


PART 1 - GENERAL


1.1        SUMMARY

      A.   Section Includes:

           1.     K-series steel joists.
           2.     Joist accessories.


1.2        ACTION SUBMITTALS

      A.   Product Data: For each type of joist, accessory, and product.

      B.   Shop Drawings:

           1.     Include layout, designation, number, type, location, and spacing of joists.
           2.     Include joining and anchorage details, bracing, bridging, and joist accessories; splice and
                  connection locations and details; and attachments to other construction.


1.3        INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS

      A.   Welding certificates.

      B.   Manufacturer certificates.

      C.   Mill Certificates: For each type of bolt.


1.4        QUALITY ASSURANCE

      A.   Manufacturer Qualifications: A manufacturer certified by SJI to manufacture joists complying with
           applicable standard specifications and load tables in SJI's "Specifications."

           1.     Manufacturer's responsibilities include providing professional engineering services for designing
                  special joists to comply with performance requirements.

      B.   Welding Qualifications: Qualify field-welding procedures and personnel according to AWS D1.1/D1.1M,
           "Structural Welding Code - Steel."


1.5        DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

      A.   Deliver, store, and handle joists as recommended in SJI's "Specifications."

      B.   Protect joists from corrosion, deformation, and other damage during delivery, storage, and handling.


STEEL JOIST FRAMING                                                                                        052100 - 1
ST. JOHNS COUNTY WORK RELEASE HOUSING FACILITY                                      ST. JOHNS COUNTY, FLORIDA
ST. JOHNS COUNTY                                                                          ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050

PART 2 - PRODUCTS


2.1        PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS

      A.   Recycled Content of Steel Products: Postconsumer recycled content plus one-half of preconsumer
           recycled content not less than 25 percent.


2.2        K-SERIES STEEL JOISTS

      A.   Manufacture steel joists of type indicated according to "Standard Specifications for Open Web Steel
           Joists, K-Series" in SJI's "Specifications," with steel-angle top- and bottom-chord members, underslung
           ends, and parallel top chord.


2.3        PRIMERS

      A.   Low-Emitting Materials: Paints and coatings shall comply with the testing and product requirements of the
           California Department of Health Services' "Standard Practice for the Testing of Volatile Organic Emissions
           from Various Sources Using Small-Scale Environmental Chambers."

      B.   Primer: SSPC-Paint 15, or manufacturer's standard shop primer complying with performance
           requirements in SSPC-Paint 15.

           1.     Color: Light Gray


2.4        JOIST ACCESSORIES

      A.   Bridging: Provide bridging anchors and number of rows of horizontal and diagonal bridging of material,
           size, and type required by SJI's "Specifications" for type of joist, chord size, spacing, and span. Furnish
           additional erection bridging if required for stability.

      B.   Furnish ceiling extensions, either extended bottom-chord elements or a separate extension unit of enough
           strength to support ceiling construction. Extend ends to within 1/2 inch of finished wall surface unless
           otherwise indicated.

      C.   Carbon-Steel Bolts and Threaded Fasteners: ASTM A 307, Grade A, carbon-steel, hex-head bolts and
           threaded fasteners; carbon-steel nuts; and flat, unhardened steel washers.

      D.   High-Strength Bolts, Nuts, and Washers: ASTM A 325, Type 1, heavy hex steel structural bolts;
           ASTM A 563 heavy hex carbon-steel nuts; and ASTM F 436 hardened carbon-steel washers.

      E.   Furnish miscellaneous accessories including splice plates and bolts required by joist manufacturer to
           complete joist assembly.


2.5        CLEANING AND SHOP PAINTING

      A.   Clean and remove loose scale, heavy rust, and other foreign materials from fabricated joists and
           accessories by hand-tool ceaning, SSPC-SP 2.


STEEL JOIST FRAMING                                                                                        052100 - 2
ST. JOHNS COUNTY WORK RELEASE HOUSING FACILITY                                            ST. JOHNS COUNTY, FLORIDA
ST. JOHNS COUNTY                                                                                ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050

      B.   Immediately after surface preparation, apply primer according to manufacturer's written instructions and at
           rate recommended by SSPC to provide a minimum dry film thickness of 1.5 mils. Use priming methods
           that result in full coverage of joints, corners, edges, and exposed surfaces.


PART 3 - EXECUTION


3.1        EXAMINATION

      A.   Verify elevations of concrete, steel, and masonry bearing surfaces and locations of anchor rods, bearing
           plates, and other embedments for compliance with requirements.

      B.   Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.


3.2        INSTALLATION

      A.   All work shall comply with Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) Safety and Health
           Standards for the Construction Industry, 29 CFR 1926 Subpart R – Steel Erection.

      B.   Do not install joists until supporting construction is in place and secured.

      C.   Install joists and accessories plumb, square, and true to line; securely fasten to supporting construction
           according to SJI's "Specifications," joist manufacturer's written recommendations, and requirements in this
           Section.

           1.     Before installation, splice joists delivered to Project site in more than one piece.
           2.     Space, adjust, and align joists accurately in location before permanently fastening.
           3.     Install temporary bracing and erection bridging, connections, and anchors to ensure that joists are
                  stabilized during construction.
           4.     Delay welding bottom-chord extensions until dead loads have been applied.

      D.   Field weld joists to supporting steel bearing plates and framework. Coordinate welding sequence and
           procedure with placement of joists. Comply with AWS requirements and procedures for welding,
           appearance and quality of welds, and methods used in correcting welding work.

      E.   Bolt joists to supporting steel framework using carbon-steel bolts.

      F.   Install and connect bridging concurrently with joist erection, before construction loads are applied. Anchor
           ends of bridging lines at top and bottom chords if terminating at walls or beams.


3.3        FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

      A.   Testing Agency: The contractor will engage a qualified independent testing and inspecting agency to
           inspect field welds and bolted connections and to perform field tests and inspections and prepare test and
           inspection reports.

      B.   Testing agency shall report inspection results promptly in writing to Contractor and Architect.

      C.   Remove and replace work that does not comply with specified requirements.


STEEL JOIST FRAMING                                                                                          052100 - 3
ST. JOHNS COUNTY WORK RELEASE HOUSING FACILITY                                      ST. JOHNS COUNTY, FLORIDA
ST. JOHNS COUNTY                                                                          ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050

      D.   Additional inspecting at Contractor’s expense, will be performed to determine compliance of corrected
           work with specified requirements.


3.4        REPAIRS AND PROTECTION

      A.   Touchup Painting: After installation, promptly clean, prepare, and prime or reprime field connections, rust
           spots, welding burn marks, and abraded surfaces of prime-painted members, connections, and
           accessories. Clean and prepare surfaces by SSPC-SP 2 hand-tool cleaning. Apply a compatible primer of
           same type and color as shop primer used on adjacent surfaces.


END OF SECTION 052100




STEEL JOIST FRAMING                                                                                        052100 - 4
ST. JOHNS COUNTY WORK RELEASE HOUSING FACILITY                                      ST. JOHNS COUNTY, FLORIDA
ST. JOHNS COUNTY                                                                          ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050


SECTION 053100 - STEEL DECKING


PART 1 - GENERAL


1.1        SUMMARY

      A.   Section Includes:

           1.     Roof deck.


1.2        ACTION SUBMITTALS

      A.   Product Data: For each type of deck, accessory, and product indicated.

      B.   Shop Drawings:

           1.     Include layout and types of deck panels, anchorage details, reinforcing channels, pans, cut deck
                  openings, special jointing, accessories, and attachments to other construction.


1.3        INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS

      A.   Welding certificates.

      B.   Product certificates.

      C.   Evaluation reports.

      D.   Field quality-control reports.


1.4        QUALITY ASSURANCE

      A.   Testing Agency Qualifications: Qualified according to ASTM E 329 for testing indicated.

      B.   Welding Qualifications: Qualify procedures and personnel according to AWS D1.3, "Structural Welding
           Code - Sheet Steel."


1.5        DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

      A.   Protect steel deck from corrosion, deformation, and other damage during delivery, storage, and handling.

      B.   Stack steel deck on platforms or pallets and slope to provide drainage. Protect with a waterproof covering
           and ventilate to avoid condensation.




STEEL DECKING                                                                                             053100 - 1
ST. JOHNS COUNTY WORK RELEASE HOUSING FACILITY                                      ST. JOHNS COUNTY, FLORIDA
ST. JOHNS COUNTY                                                                          ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050

PART 2 - PRODUCTS


2.1        PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS

      A.   AISI Specifications: Comply with calculated structural characteristics of steel deck according to AISI's
           "North American Specification for the Design of Cold-Formed Steel Structural Members."

      B.   Recycled Content of Steel Products: Postconsumer recycled content plus one-half of preconsumer
           recycled content not less than 25 percent.


2.2        ROOF DECK

      A.   Roof Deck: Fabricate panels, without top-flange stiffening grooves, to comply with "SDI Specifications and
           Commentary for Steel Roof Deck," in SDI Publication No. 31, and with the following:

           1.     Prime-Painted Steel Sheet: ASTM A 1008/A 1008M, Structural Steel (SS), Grade 33 minimum,
                  shop primed with manufacturer's standard baked-on, rust-inhibitive primer.

                  a.     Color: Light Gray

           2.     Deck Profile, Depth, and Design Uncoated-Steel Thickness: As indicated.


2.3        ACCESSORIES

      A.   General: Provide manufacturer's standard accessory materials for deck that comply with requirements
           indicated.

      B.   Side-Lap Fasteners: Corrosion-resistant, hexagonal washer head; self-drilling, carbon-steel screws,
           No. 10 minimum diameter.

      C.   Welding Electrodes: AWS E 6022, minimum 5/8-inch effective diameter.

      D.   Flexible Closure Strips: Vulcanized, closed-cell, synthetic rubber.

      E.   Miscellaneous Sheet Metal Deck Accessories: Steel sheet, minimum yield strength of 33,000 psi, not less
           than 0.0359-inch design uncoated thickness, of same material and finish as deck; of profile indicated or
           required for application.

      F.   Repair Paint: Manufacturer's standard rust-inhibitive primer of same color as primer.


PART 3 - EXECUTION


3.1        INSTALLATION, GENERAL

      A.   All work shall comply with Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) Safety and Health
           Standards for the Construction Industry, 29 CFR 1926 Subpart R – Steel Erection.



STEEL DECKING                                                                                             053100 - 2
ST. JOHNS COUNTY WORK RELEASE HOUSING FACILITY                                        ST. JOHNS COUNTY, FLORIDA
ST. JOHNS COUNTY                                                                            ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050

      B.   Install deck panels and accessories according to applicable specifications and commentary in SDI
           Publication No. 31, manufacturer's written instructions, and requirements in this Section.

      C.   Place deck panels on supporting frame and adjust to final position with ends accurately aligned and
           bearing on supporting frame before being permanently fastened. Do not stretch or contract side-lap
           interlocks.

      D.   Place deck panels flat and square and fasten to supporting frame without warp or deflection.

      E.   Cut and neatly fit deck panels and accessories around openings and other work projecting through or
           adjacent to deck.

      F.   Provide additional reinforcement and closure pieces at openings as required for strength, continuity of
           deck, and support of other work.

      G.   Comply with AWS requirements and procedures for manual shielded metal arc welding, appearance and
           quality of welds, and methods used for correcting welding work.

      H.   Miscellaneous Roof-Deck Accessories: Install ridge and valley plates, finish strips, end closures, and
           reinforcing channels according to deck manufacturer's written instructions. Weld or mechanically fasten to
           substrate to provide a complete deck installation.

           1.     Weld cover plates at changes in direction of roof-deck panels unless otherwise indicated.


3.2        FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

      A.   Testing Agency: The contractor shall engage a qualified testing agency to perform tests and inspections.

      B.   Field welds will be subject to inspection.

      C.   Testing agency will report inspection results promptly and in writing to Contractor and Architect.

      D.   Remove and replace work that does not comply with specified requirements.

      E.   Additional inspecting, at Contractor's expense, will be performed to determine compliance of corrected
           work with specified requirements.


3.3        PROTECTION

      A.   Repair Painting: Wire brush and clean rust spots, welds, burn marks, and abraded areas on bottom
           surface of prime-painted deck immediately after installation, and apply repair paint.


END OF SECTION 053100




STEEL DECKING                                                                                                   053100 - 3
ST. JOHNS COUNTY WORK RELEASE HOUSING FACILITY                                       ST. JOHNS COUNTY, FLORIDA
ST. JOHNS COUNTY                                                                           ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050


SECTION 055000 - METAL FABRICATIONS


PART 1 - GENERAL


1.1        SUMMARY

      A.   Section Includes:
           1.     Metal ladders.
           2.     Metal bollards.


1.2        PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS

      A.   Delegated Design: Design ladders, including comprehensive engineering analysis by a qualified
           professional engineer, using performance requirements and design criteria indicated.

      B.   Thermal Movements: Allow for thermal movements from ambient and surface temperature changes
           acting on exterior metal fabrications by preventing buckling, opening of joints, overstressing of
           components, failure of connections, and other detrimental effects.

           1.     Temperature Change: 120 deg F (67 deg C), ambient; 180 deg F (100 deg C), material surfaces.


1.3        ACTION SUBMITTALS

      A.   Shop Drawings: Show fabrication and installation details for metal fabrications.

           1.     Include plans, elevations, sections, and details of metal fabrications and their connections. Show
                  anchorage and accessory items.

      B.   Delegated-Design Submittal: For installed products indicated to comply with performance requirements
           and design criteria, including analysis data signed and sealed by the qualified professional engineer
           responsible for their preparation.


PART 2 - PRODUCTS


2.1        METALS, GENERAL

      A.   Metal Surfaces, General: Provide materials with smooth, flat surfaces without blemishes.


2.2        FERROUS METALS

      A.   Steel Plates, Shapes, and Bars: ASTM A 36/A 36M.




METAL FABRICATIONS                                                                                       055000 - 1
ST. JOHNS COUNTY WORK RELEASE HOUSING FACILITY                                    ST. JOHNS COUNTY, FLORIDA
ST. JOHNS COUNTY                                                                        ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050

2.3        FASTENERS

      A.   Cast-in-Place Anchors in Concrete: Either threaded type or wedge type unless otherwise indicated;
           galvanized ferrous castings, either ASTM A 47/A 47M malleable iron or ASTM A 27/A 27M cast steel.
           Provide bolts, washers, and shims as needed, all hot-dip galvanized per ASTM F 2329.

      B.   Post-Installed Anchors: Torque-controlled expansion anchors or chemical anchors.

           1.     Material for Interior Locations: Carbon-steel components zinc plated to comply with ASTM B 633
                  or ASTM F 1941 (ASTM F 1941M), Class Fe/Zn 5, unless otherwise indicated.


2.4        MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS

      A.   Universal Shop Primer: Fast-curing, lead- and chromate-free, universal modified-alkyd primer complying
           with MPI#79 and compatible with topcoat.

      B.   Epoxy Zinc-Rich Primer: Complying with MPI#20 and compatible with topcoat.

      C.   Galvanizing Repair Paint: High-zinc-dust-content paint complying with SSPC-Paint 20 and compatible
           with paints specified to be used over it.

      D.   Bituminous Paint: Cold-applied asphalt emulsion complying with ASTM D 1187.

      E.   Nonshrink, Nonmetallic Grout: Factory-packaged, nonstaining, noncorrosive, nongaseous grout
           complying with ASTM C 1107. Provide grout specifically recommended by manufacturer for interior and
           exterior applications.

      F.   Concrete: Comply with requirements in Section 033000 "Cast-in-Place Concrete" for normal-weight, air-
           entrained, concrete with a minimum 28-day compressive strength of 3000 psi (20 MPa).


2.5        FABRICATION, GENERAL

      A.   Shop Assembly: Preassemble items in the shop to greatest extent possible. Use connections that
           maintain structural value of joined pieces.

      B.   Cut, drill, and punch metals cleanly and accurately. Remove burrs and ease edges. Remove sharp or
           rough areas on exposed surfaces.

      C.   Weld corners and seams continuously to comply with the following:

           1.     Use materials and methods that minimize distortion and develop strength and corrosion resistance
                  of base metals.
           2.     Obtain fusion without undercut or overlap.
           3.     Remove welding flux immediately.
           4.     At exposed connections, finish exposed welds and surfaces smooth and blended.

      D.   Form exposed connections with hairline joints, flush and smooth, using concealed fasteners or welds
           where possible. Locate joints where least conspicuous.




METAL FABRICATIONS                                                                                     055000 - 2
ST. JOHNS COUNTY WORK RELEASE HOUSING FACILITY                                       ST. JOHNS COUNTY, FLORIDA
ST. JOHNS COUNTY                                                                           ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050

      E.   Fabricate seams and other connections that will be exposed to weather in a manner to exclude water.
           Provide weep holes where water may accumulate.

      F.   Where units are indicated to be cast into concrete or built into masonry, equip with integrally welded steel
           strap anchors not less than 24 inches (600 mm) o.c.


2.6        MISCELLANEOUS FRAMING AND SUPPORTS

      A.   General: Provide steel framing and supports not specified in other Sections as needed to complete the
           Work.

      B.   Fabricate units from steel shapes, plates, and bars of welded construction unless otherwise indicated.
           Fabricate to sizes, shapes, and profiles indicated and as necessary to receive adjacent construction.


2.7        METAL LADDERS

      A.   General:

           1.     Comply with ANSI A14.3 unless otherwise indicated.

      B.   Steel Ladders:

           1.     Space siderails 18 inches (457 mm) apart unless otherwise indicated.
           2.     Siderails: Continuous, 3/8-by-2-1/2-inch (9.5-by-64-mm) steel flat bars, with eased edges.
           3.     Rungs: 3/4-inch- (19-mm-) diameter steel bars.
           4.     Fit rungs in centerline of siderails; plug-weld and grind smooth on outer rail faces.
           5.     Provide nonslip abrasive surfaces on top of each rung.
           6.     Prime ladders, including brackets and fasteners, with zinc-rich primer.


2.8        MISCELLANEOUS STEEL TRIM

      A.   Unless otherwise indicated, fabricate units from steel shapes, plates, and bars of profiles shown with
           continuously welded joints and smooth exposed edges. Miter corners and use concealed field splices
           where possible.

      B.   Provide cutouts, fittings, and anchorages as needed to coordinate assembly and installation with other
           work.

      C.   Prime exterior miscellaneous steel trim with zinc-rich primer.


2.9        METAL BOLLARDS

      A.   Fabricate metal bollards from Schedule 40 steel pipe.

      B.   Prime bollards with zinc-rich primer.




METAL FABRICATIONS                                                                                          055000 - 3
ST. JOHNS COUNTY WORK RELEASE HOUSING FACILITY                                      ST. JOHNS COUNTY, FLORIDA
ST. JOHNS COUNTY                                                                          ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050

2.10       STEEL WELD PLATES AND ANGLES

      A.   Provide steel weld plates and angles not specified in other Sections, for items supported from concrete
           construction as needed to complete the Work. Provide each unit with no fewer than two integrally welded
           steel strap anchors for embedding in concrete.


2.11       FINISHES, GENERAL

      A.   Comply with NAAMM's "Metal Finishes Manual for Architectural and Metal Products" for recommendations
           for applying and designating finishes.

      B.   Finish metal fabrications after assembly.


2.12       STEEL AND IRON FINISHES

      A.   Galvanizing: Hot-dip galvanize items as indicated to comply with ASTM A 153/A 153M for steel and iron
           hardware and with ASTM A 123/A 123M for other steel and iron products.

      B.   Shop prime iron and steel items not indicated to be galvanized unless they are to be embedded in
           concrete, sprayed-on fireproofing, or masonry, or unless otherwise indicated.

           1.     Shop prime with zinc-rich primer.

      C.   Preparation for Shop Priming: Prepare surfaces to comply with requirements indicated below:

           1.     Exterior Items: SSPC-SP 6/NACE No. 3, "Commercial Blast Cleaning."
           2.     Items Indicated to Receive Zinc-Rich Primer: SSPC-SP 6/NACE No. 3, "Commercial Blast
                  Cleaning."
           3.     Items Indicated to Receive Primers Specified in Section 099600 "High-Performance Coatings":
                  SSPC-SP 6/NACE No. 3, "Commercial Blast Cleaning."
           4.     Other Items: SSPC-SP 3, "Power Tool Cleaning."

      D.   Shop Priming: Apply shop primer to comply with SSPC-PA 1, "Paint Application Specification No. 1:
           Shop, Field, and Maintenance Painting of Steel," for shop painting.


PART 3 - EXECUTION


3.1        INSTALLATION, GENERAL

      A.   Cutting, Fitting, and Placement: Perform cutting, drilling, and fitting required for installing metal
           fabrications. Set metal fabrications accurately in location, alignment, and elevation; with edges and
           surfaces level, plumb, true, and free of rack; and measured from established lines and levels.

      B.   Fit exposed connections accurately together to form hairline joints. Weld connections that are not to be
           left as exposed joints but cannot be shop welded because of shipping size limitations. Do not weld, cut, or
           abrade surfaces of exterior units that have been hot-dip galvanized after fabrication and are for bolted or
           screwed field connections.



METAL FABRICATIONS                                                                                         055000 - 4
ST. JOHNS COUNTY WORK RELEASE HOUSING FACILITY                                        ST. JOHNS COUNTY, FLORIDA
ST. JOHNS COUNTY                                                                            ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050

      C.   Field Welding: Comply with the following requirements:

           1.     Use materials and methods that minimize distortion and develop strength and corrosion resistance
                  of base metals.
           2.     Obtain fusion without undercut or overlap.
           3.     Remove welding flux immediately.
           4.     At exposed connections, finish exposed welds and surfaces smooth and blended.

      D.   Fastening to In-Place Construction: Provide anchorage devices and fasteners where metal fabrications
           are required to be fastened to in-place construction.

      E.   Provide temporary bracing or anchors in formwork for items that are to be built into concrete, masonry, or
           similar construction.


3.2        INSTALLING METAL BOLLARDS

      A.   Fill metal-capped bollards solidly with concrete and allow concrete to cure seven days before installing.

      B.   Anchor bollards in place with concrete footings. Place concrete and vibrate or tamp for consolidation.
           Support and brace bollards in position until concrete has cured.

      C.   Fill bollards solidly with concrete, mounding top surface to shed water.


3.3        ADJUSTING AND CLEANING

      A.   Touchup Painting: Immediately after erection, clean field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas.
           Paint uncoated and abraded areas with the same material as used for shop painting to comply with SSPC-
           PA 1 for touching up shop-painted surfaces.

      B.   Galvanized Surfaces: Clean field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas and repair galvanizing to
           comply with ASTM A 780.


END OF SECTION 055000




METAL FABRICATIONS                                                                                          055000 - 5
ST. JOHNS COUNTY WORK RELEASE HOUSING FACILITY                                          ST. JOHNS COUNTY, FLORIDA
ST. JOHNS COUNTY                                                                              ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050


SECTION 064116 - PLASTIC-LAMINATE-FACED ARCHITECTURAL CABINETS


PART 1 - GENERAL


1.1        SUMMARY

      A.   Section Includes:

           1.     Plastic-laminate-faced architectural cabinets.
           2.     Wood furring, blocking, shims, and hanging strips for installing plastic-laminate-faced architectural
                  cabinets unless concealed within other construction before cabinet installation.


1.2        ACTION SUBMITTALS

      A.   Product Data: For each type of product.

      B.   Shop Drawings: Show location of each item, dimensioned plans and elevations, large-scale details,
           attachment devices, and other components.


1.3        QUALITY ASSURANCE

      A.   Fabricator Qualifications: Certified participant in AWI's Quality Certification Program

      B.   Installer Qualifications: Certified participant in AWI's Quality Certification Program.


1.4        FIELD CONDITIONS

      A.   Environmental Limitations: Do not deliver or install cabinets until building is enclosed, wet work is
           complete, and HVAC system is operating and maintaining temperature and relative humidity at occupancy
           levels during the remainder of the construction period.


PART 2 - PRODUCTS


2.1        PLASTIC-LAMINATE-FACED ARCHITECTURAL CABINETS

      A.   Quality Standard: Unless otherwise indicated, comply with the "Architectural Woodwork Standards" for
           grades of architectural plastic-laminate cabinets indicated for construction, finishes, installation, and other
           requirements.

      B.   Grade: Custom.

      C.   Regional Materials: Plastic-laminate cabinets shall be manufactured within 500 miles (800 km) of Project
           site.



PLASTIC-LAMINATE-FACED ARCHITECTURAL CABINETS                                                                 064116 - 1
ST. JOHNS COUNTY WORK RELEASE HOUSING FACILITY                                        ST. JOHNS COUNTY, FLORIDA
ST. JOHNS COUNTY                                                                            ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050

      D.   Type of Construction: Frameless.

      E.   Cabinet, Door, and Drawer Front Interface Style: Flush overlay.

      F.   Reveal Dimension: 1/2 inch (13 mm).

      G.   High-Pressure Decorative Laminate: NEMA LD 3, grades as indicated or if not indicated, as required by
           woodwork quality standard.

           1.     Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering
                  products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
                  a.     Formica Corporation.
                  b.     Lamin-Art, Inc.
                  c.     Panolam Industries International, Inc.
                  d.     Wilsonart International; Div. of Premark International, Inc.

      H.   Laminate Cladding for Exposed Surfaces:

           1.     Horizontal Surfaces: Grade HGS.
           2.     Postformed Surfaces: Grade HGP.
           3.     Vertical Surfaces: Grade HGS.
           4.     Pattern Direction: Vertically for drawer fronts, doors, and fixed panels.

      I.   Materials for Semiexposed Surfaces:

           1.     Surfaces Other Than Drawer Bodies: Thermoset decorative panels.
           2.     Drawer Sides and Backs: Solid-hardwood lumber.
           3.     Drawer Bottoms: Hardwood plywood.

      J.   Dust Panels: 1/4-inch (6.4-mm) plywood or tempered hardboard above compartments and drawers
           unless located directly under tops.

      K.   Colors, Patterns, and Finishes: Provide materials and products that result in colors and textures of
           exposed laminate surfaces complying with the following requirements:

           1.     As indicated by laminate manufacturer's designations.
           2.     Match Architect's sample.
           3.     As selected by Architect from laminate manufacturer's full range in the following categories:

                  a.     Solid colors, gloss or matte finish.
                  b.     Wood grains, gloss or matte finish.
                  c.     Patterns, gloss or matte finish.


2.2        WOOD MATERIALS

      A.   Wood Products: Provide materials that comply with requirements of referenced quality standard for each
           type of woodwork and quality grade specified unless otherwise indicated.

           1.     Wood Moisture Content: 5 to 10 percent.




PLASTIC-LAMINATE-FACED ARCHITECTURAL CABINETS                                                               064116 - 2
ST. JOHNS COUNTY WORK RELEASE HOUSING FACILITY                                    ST. JOHNS COUNTY, FLORIDA
ST. JOHNS COUNTY                                                                        ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050

      B.   Composite Wood and Agrifiber Products: Provide materials that comply with requirements of referenced
           quality standard for each type of woodwork and quality grade specified unless otherwise indicated.
           1.      Medium-Density Fiberboard: ANSI A208.2, Grade 130, made with binder containing no urea
                   formaldehyde.
           2.      Thermoset Decorative Panels: Particleboard or medium-density fiberboard finished with thermally
                   fused, melamine-impregnated decorative paper and complying with requirements of NEMA LD 3,
                   Grade VGL, for test methods 3.3, 3.4, 3.6, 3.8, and 3.10.


2.3        CABINET HARDWARE AND ACCESSORIES

      A.   General: Provide cabinet hardware and accessory materials associated with architectural cabinets except
           for items specified in Section 087111 "Door Hardware (Descriptive Specification)."

      B.   Butt Hinges: 2-3/4-inch (70-mm), five-knuckle steel hinges made from 0.095-inch- (2.4-mm-) thick metal,
           and as follows:

           1.    Semiconcealed Hinges for Flush Doors: BHMA A156.9, B01361.
           2.    Semiconcealed Hinges for Overlay Doors: BHMA A156.9, B01521.

      C.   Wire Pulls: Back mounted, solid metal 5 inches (127 mm) long, 2-1/2 inches (63.5 mm) deep, and 5/16
           inch (8 mm) in diameter.

      D.   Catches: Magnetic catches, BHMA A156.9, B03141.

      E.   Adjustable Shelf Standards and Supports: BHMA A156.9, B04071; with shelf rests, B04081.

      F.   Shelf Rests: BHMA A156.9, B04013; metal, two-pin type with shelf hold-down clip.

      G.   Drawer Slides: BHMA A156.9.

           1.    Grade 1 and Grade 2: Side mounted and extending under bottom edge of drawer; full-extension
                 type; epoxy-coated steel with polymer rollers.
           2.    Grade 1HD-100 and Grade 1HD-200: Side mounted; full-extension type; zinc-plated-steel ball-
                 bearing slides.
           3.    For drawers not more than 3 inches (75 mm) high and not more than 24 inches (600 mm) wide,
                 provide Grade 2.
           4.    For drawers more than 3 inches (75 mm) high but not more than 6 inches (150 mm) high and not
                 more than 24 inches (600 mm) wide, provide Grade 1HD-100.
           5.    For drawers more than 6 inches (150 mm) high or more than 24 inches (600 mm) wide, provide
                 Grade 1HD-100.
           6.    For computer keyboard shelves, provide Grade 1HD-100.

      H.   Door Locks: BHMA A156.11, E07121.

      I.   Drawer Locks: BHMA A156.11, E07041.

      J.   Door and Drawer Silencers: BHMA A156.16, L03011.

      K.   Exposed Hardware Finishes: For exposed hardware, provide finish that complies with BHMA A156.18 for
           BHMA finish number indicated.



PLASTIC-LAMINATE-FACED ARCHITECTURAL CABINETS                                                          064116 - 3
ST. JOHNS COUNTY WORK RELEASE HOUSING FACILITY                                         ST. JOHNS COUNTY, FLORIDA
ST. JOHNS COUNTY                                                                             ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050

           1.     Satin Chromium Plated: BHMA 626 for brass or bronze base; BHMA 652 for steel base.
           2.     Satin Stainless Steel: BHMA 630.


2.4        MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS

      A.   Furring, Blocking, Shims, and Hanging Strips: Softwood or hardwood lumber, kiln dried to less than 15
           percent moisture content.

      B.   Anchors: Select material, type, size, and finish required for each substrate for secure anchorage. Provide
           metal expansion sleeves or expansion bolts for post-installed anchors. Use nonferrous-metal or hot-dip
           galvanized anchors and inserts at inside face of exterior walls and at floors.

      C.   Adhesives: Do not use adhesives that contain urea formaldehyde.


2.5        FABRICATION

      A.   Complete fabrication, including assembly and hardware application, to maximum extent possible before
           shipment to Project site. Disassemble components only as necessary for shipment and installation.
           Where necessary for fitting at site, provide ample allowance for scribing, trimming, and fitting.

      B.   Shop-cut openings to maximum extent possible to receive hardware, appliances, electrical work, and
           similar items. Locate openings accurately and use templates or roughing-in diagrams to produce
           accurately sized and shaped openings. Sand edges of cutouts to remove splinters and burrs.


PART 3 - EXECUTION


3.1        PREPARATION

      A.   Before installation, condition cabinets to average prevailing humidity conditions in installation areas.


3.2        INSTALLATION

      A.   Grade: Install cabinets to comply with same grade as item to be installed.

      B.   Install cabinets level, plumb, true, and straight. Shim as required with concealed shims. Install level and
           plumb to a tolerance of 1/8 inch in 96 inches (3 mm in 2400 mm).

      C.   Scribe and cut cabinets to fit adjoining work, refinish cut surfaces, and repair damaged finish at cuts.

      D.   Anchor cabinets to anchors or blocking built in or directly attached to substrates. Secure with
           countersunk, concealed fasteners and blind nailing. Use fine finishing nails or finishing screws for
           exposed fastening, countersunk and filled flush with woodwork.

      E.   Cabinets: Install without distortion so doors and drawers fit openings properly and are accurately aligned.
           Adjust hardware to center doors and drawers in openings and to provide unencumbered operation.
           Complete installation of hardware and accessory items as indicated.



PLASTIC-LAMINATE-FACED ARCHITECTURAL CABINETS                                                                  064116 - 4
ST. JOHNS COUNTY WORK RELEASE HOUSING FACILITY                                ST. JOHNS COUNTY, FLORIDA
ST. JOHNS COUNTY                                                                    ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050

        1.   Install cabinets with no more than 1/8 inch in 96-inch (3 mm in 2400-mm) sag, bow, or other
             variation from a straight line.
        2.   Fasten wall cabinets through back, near top and bottom, and at ends not more than 16 inches (400
             mm) o.c. with No. 10 wafer-head screws sized for not less than 1-1/2-inch (38-mm) penetration into
             wood framing, blocking, or hanging strips or No. 10 wafer-head sheet metal screws through metal
             backing or metal framing behind wall finish.


END OF SECTION 064116




PLASTIC-LAMINATE-FACED ARCHITECTURAL CABINETS                                                       064116 - 5
ST. JOHNS COUNTY WORK RELEASE HOUSING FACILITY                                    ST. JOHNS COUNTY, FLORIDA
ST. JOHNS COUNTY                                                                        ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050


SECTION 072100 - THERMAL INSULATION


PART 1 - GENERAL


1.1        SUMMARY

      A.   Section Includes:
           1.     Foamed-In-Place Masonry Wall Insulation.


1.2        RELATED SECTIONS

      A.   Roof Insulation: Refer to Specification Section 075400 Thermoplastic Polyolephin Roofing


1.3        SUBMITTALS

      A.   Product Data: For each type of product indicated.

      B.   Product test reports.

      C.   Research/evaluation reports.


PART 2 - PRODUCTS


2.1        FOAMED-IN-PLACE MASONRY WALL INSULATION

      A.   Two component thermal insulation produced by combining a plastic (amino-plast) resin and catalyst
           foaming agent surfactant which, when properly ratioed and mixed together with compressed air produce a
           cold-setting foam insulation in the hollow cores of hollow concrete unit masonry walls.
           1.     Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide “Core-Fill 500” Foam
                  Insulation as manufactured by Tailor Chemical Products, P.O. Drawer 4186, Hickory, N.C. 28663
                  (1-800-627-1687) or comparable product:

           2.     Fire Resistance Ratings: ASTM E-119 – Four (4) hour fire resistance wall rating for 8 inch and 12
                  inch concrete masonry units when used in standard two (2) hour rated concrete masonry units.

           3.     Surface Burning characteristics: ASTM E-84 – Maximum flame spread, smoke developed and fuel
                  contributed of 0, 5 and 0 respectively.

           4.     Combustion Characteristics: ASTM E-136 – Non-combustible, Class A Building Material.

           5.     Thermal Values: ASTM C-177 - “R” Value of 4.91/inch at 32 degrees F mean.

           6.     Sound Abatement: ASTM E90-90 – Minimum Sound Transmission Class (STC) rating of 53 and a
                  minimum Outdoor Indoor Transmission Class (OITC) rating of 44 for and 8 inch wall assembly.



THERMAL INSULATION                                                                                       072100 - 1
ST. JOHNS COUNTY WORK RELEASE HOUSING FACILITY                                        ST. JOHNS COUNTY, FLORIDA
ST. JOHNS COUNTY                                                                            ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050

2.2        PERIMETER FIRE-CONTAINMENT SYSTEMS

      A.   Where indicated for gaps between the perimeter edge of fire-resistance-rated floor assemblies and non-
           fire-resistance-rated exterior curtain walls, provide a perimeter fire-containment system with the fire-test-
           response characteristics indicated, as determined by testing identical systems per UBC Standard 26-9 and
           UL 2079 by UL or another testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.
           Materials shall be identified with appropriate markings of applicable testing and inspecting agency.


PART 3 - EXECUTION


3.1        INSTALLATION, GENERAL

      A.   Comply with insulation manufacturer's written instructions applicable to products and applications
           indicated.

      B.   Install insulation that is undamaged, dry, and unsoiled and that has not been left exposed to ice, rain, or
           snow at any time.

      C.   Extend insulation to envelop entire area to be insulated. Fit tightly around obstructions and fill voids with
           insulation. Remove projections that interfere with placement.

      D.   Provide sizes to fit applications indicated and selected from manufacturer's standard thicknesses, widths,
           and lengths. Apply single layer of insulation units to produce thickness indicated unless multiple layers
           are otherwise shown or required to make up total thickness.


3.2        INSTALLATION OF FOAMED-IN-PLACE INSULATION

      A.   General: Install foamed-in-place insulation from interior, or as specified, prior to installation of interior
           finish work and after all masonry and structural concrete work is in place; comply with manufacturer’s
           instructions.

      B.   Installation: Fill all open cells and voids in hollow concrete masonry walls where shown on drawings. The
           foam insulation shall be pressure injected through a series of 5/8” to 7/8” diameter holes drilled into every
           vertical column of cell blocks (8 inches on center) beginning at an approximate height of four (4) feet
           above finished floor. Repeat this procedure at an approximate height of ten (10) feet above the first
           horizontal row of holes (or as needed) until the void is completely filled. Patch holes with mortar and score
           to resemble the existing adjacent surfaces.


END OF SECTION 072100




THERMAL INSULATION                                                                                           072100 - 2
ST. JOHNS COUNTY WORK RELEASE HOUSING FACILITY                                     ST. JOHNS COUNTY, FLORIDA
ST. JOHNS COUNTY                                                                         ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050


SECTION 075423 - THERMOPLASTIC POLYOLEFIN (TPO) ROOFING


PART 1 - GENERAL


1.1        SUMMARY

      A.   Section Includes:
           1.     Mechanically fastened TPO membrane roofing system.


1.2        REFERENCES

      A.   ASTM C 1289 – Standard Specification for Faced Rigid Cellular Polyisocyanurate Thermal Insulation
           Board; 2004.

      B.   FM 1-28 – Design Wind Loads; Factory Mutual System; 2002.

      C.   FM 1-29 Roof Deck Securement and Above Deck Roof Components; Factory Mutual System; 2005.

      D.   FM 4470 – Approval Standard – Class I Roof Covers; 1986.

      E.   SPRI ES-1 – Wind Design Standard for Edge Systems Used with Low Slope Roofing Systems; 2003.
           (ANSI/SPRI ES-1)


1.3        SUBMITTALS

      A.   Product Data: For each type of product indicated including roof membrane, roof insulation, flashing and
           sheet metal.

      B.   Shop Drawings: For roofing system. Include plans, elevations, sections, details, and attachments to other
           Work.

           1.     Base flashings, cants, and membrane terminations.
           2.     Tapered insulation, including slopes.
           3.     Crickets, saddles, and tapered edge strips, including slopes.

      C.   Manufacturer Certificates: Signed by roofing manufacturer certifying that roofing system complies with
           requirements specified in "Performance Requirements" Article.

           1.     Submit evidence of compliance with performance requirements.

      D.   Research/evaluation reports including Miami-Dade County Notice of Acceptance.

      E.   Pre-installation Notice: Copy to show that manufacturer’s required Pre Installation Notice (PIN) has been
           accepted and approved by the manufacturer.

      F.   Field quality-control reports.



THERMOPLASTIC POLYOLEFIN (TPO) ROOFING                                                                 075423 - 1
ST. JOHNS COUNTY WORK RELEASE HOUSING FACILITY                                      ST. JOHNS COUNTY, FLORIDA
ST. JOHNS COUNTY                                                                          ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050

      G.   Installer Certificates: Signed by roofing system manufacturer certifying that Installer is approved,
           authorized, or licensed by manufacturer to install roofing system.

      H.   Qualification Data: For Installer and manufacturer.

      I.   Product Test Reports: Based on evaluation of comprehensive tests performed by manufacturer and
           witnessed by a qualified testing agency, for components of roofing system.

      J.   Research/Evaluation Reports: For components of roofing system.

      K.   Maintenance Data: For roofing system to include in maintenance manuals.

      L.   Warranties: Special warranties specified in this Section.

      M.   Inspection Report:    Copy of roofing system manufacturer's inspection report of completed roofing
           installation.


1.4        PERFORMANCE REQUIRMENTS

      A.   General: Provide installed roofing membrane and base flashings that remain watertight; do not permit the
           passage of water; and resist specified uplift pressures, thermally induced movement, and exposure to
           weather without failure.

      B.   Material Compatibility: Provide roofing materials that are compatible with one another under conditions of
           service and application required, as demonstrated by roofing manufacturer based on testing and field
           experience.

      C.   Underwriters Laboratories: Provide an Underwriters Laboratories Class A accepted roofing system without
           additional requirements for gravel or coatings.

      D.   Local Regulations: Conform to regulations of public agencies, including the Florida Building Code and any
           specific requirements of the city and/or state of jurisdiction.

      E.   Manufacturer Requirements: Ensure that the primary roofing materials manufacturer provides direct
           trained company personnel to attend necessary job meetings, perform periodic inspections as necessary,
           and conducts a final inspection upon successful completion of the project.


1.5        QUALITY ASSURANCE

      A.   Installer Qualifications: A qualified firm that is approved, authorized, or licensed by roofing system
           manufacturer to install manufacturer's product and that is eligible to receive manufacturer's warranty.
           Installer shall have a minimum of five (5) years experience in successfully installing the same roofing
           materials.

      B.   Source Limitations: Obtain components including roof insulation, fasteners for membrane roofing system
           from same manufacturer as membrane roofing or approved by membrane roofing manufacturer.

      C.   Exterior Fire-Test Exposure: ASTM E 108, Class A; for application and roof slopes indicated, as
           determined by testing identical membrane roofing materials by a qualified testing agency. Materials shall
           be identified with appropriate markings of applicable testing agency.


THERMOPLASTIC POLYOLEFIN (TPO) ROOFING                                                                  075423 - 2
ST. JOHNS COUNTY WORK RELEASE HOUSING FACILITY                                          ST. JOHNS COUNTY, FLORIDA
ST. JOHNS COUNTY                                                                              ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050

      D.   Scope of Work: The work to be performed under this specification shall include but is not limited to the
           following: Attend necessary job meetings and furnish competent and full time supervision, experienced
           roof mechanics, all materials, tools, and equipment necessary to complete, in an acceptable manner, the
           roof installation in accordance with this specification. Comply with the latest written application instructions
           of the manufacturer of the primary roofing products.

      E.   Local Regulations: Conform to regulations of public agencies, including any specific requirements of the
           city and/or state of jurisdiction.

      F.   Manufacturer’s Requirements: Ensure that the primary roofing materials manufacturer provides direct
           trained company personnel to attend necessary job meetings, perform periodic inspections as necessary,
           and conducts a final inspection upon successful completion of the project.

      G.   Source Limitations: Obtain components for roofing system approved by roofing system manufacturer.

      H.   Fire-Test-Response Characteristics: Provide roofing materials with the fire-test-response characteristics
           indicated as determined by testing identical products per test method below by UL another testing and
           inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. Materials shall be identified with
           appropriate markings of applicable testing and inspecting agency.
           1.      Fire-Resistance Ratings: ASTM E 119, for fire-resistance-rated roof assemblies of which roofing
                   system is a part.
           2.      Underwriters Laboratories Class A acceptance of the proposed roofing system (including mopping
                   asphalt or cold adhesive) without additional requirements for gravel or coatings.

      I.   Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site. Review methods and procedures related
           to roofing system including, but not limited to, the following:

           1.     Meet with Owner, Architect, Owner's insurer if applicable, testing and inspecting agency
                  representative, roofing Installer, roofing system manufacturer's representative, deck Installer, and
                  installers whose work interfaces with or affects roofing including installers of roof accessories and
                  roof-mounted equipment.
           2.     Review methods and procedures related to roofing installation, including manufacturer's written
                  instructions.
           3.     Review and finalize construction schedule and verify availability of materials, Installer's personnel,
                  equipment, and facilities needed to make progress and avoid delays.
           4.     Examine deck substrate conditions and finishes for compliance with requirements, including
                  flatness and fastening.
           5.     Review structural loading limitations of roof deck during and after roofing.
           6.     Review base flashings, special roofing details, roof drainage, roof penetrations, equipment curbs,
                  and condition of other construction that will affect roofing system.
           7.     Review governing regulations and requirements for insurance and certificates if applicable.
           8.     Review temporary protection requirements for roofing system during and after installation.
           9.     Review roof observation and repair procedures after roofing installation.


1.6        DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING

      A.   Deliver roofing materials to Project site in original containers with seals unbroken and labeled with
           manufacturer's name, product brand name and type, date of manufacture, and directions for storage.




THERMOPLASTIC POLYOLEFIN (TPO) ROOFING                                                                       075423 - 3
ST. JOHNS COUNTY WORK RELEASE HOUSING FACILITY                                          ST. JOHNS COUNTY, FLORIDA
ST. JOHNS COUNTY                                                                              ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050

      B.   Store liquid materials in their original undamaged containers in a clean, dry, protected location and within
           the temperature range required by roofing system manufacturer. Protect stored liquid material from direct
           sunlight, moisture, soiling, and other sources. Comply with insulation manufacturer's written instructions
           for handling, storing, and protecting during installation.

           1.     Discard and legally dispose of liquid material that cannot be applied within its stated shelf life.

      C.   Storage: Store materials out of direct exposure to the elements. Store roll goods on a clean, flat and dry
           surface. All material stored on the roof overnight shall be stored on pallets. Rolls of roofing must be
           stored on ends. Store materials on the roof in a manner so as to preclude overloading of deck and
           building structure. Protect materials such as solvents, adhesives and asphalt cutback products away from
           open flames, sparks or excessive heat. Cover all material using a breathable cover. Polyethylene or
           other non-breathable plastic coverings are not acceptable.

      D.   Handling: Handle all materials in such a manner as to preclude damage and contamination with moisture
           or foreign matter. Handle rolled goods to prevent damage to edges or ends.

      E.   Damaged Material: Any materials that are found to be damaged or stored in any manner other than stated
           above will be automatically rejected, removed and replaced at the Contractor’s expense.

      F.   Keep combustible materials away from ignition sources.


1.7        PROJECT CONDITIONS

      A.   Requirements Prior to Job Start

           1.     Notification: Give a minimum of 5 days notice to the Owner and manufacturer prior to commencing
                  any work and notify both parties on a daily basis of any change in work schedule.
           2.     Permits: Obtain all permits required by local agencies and pay all fees which may be required for
                  the performance of the work.
           3.     Safety: Familiarize every member of the application crew with all safety regulations recommended
                  by OSHA, NRCA and other industry or local government groups.

      B.   Environmental Requirements

           1.     Weather Limitations: Do not apply roofing materials during precipitation or in the event there is a
                  probability of precipitation during application. Take adequate precautions to ensure that materials,
                  applied roofing, and building interiors are protected from possible moisture damage or
                  contamination. Proceed with installation only when existing and forecasted weather conditions
                  permit roofing system to be installed according to manufacturer's written instructions and warranty
                  requirements.

           2.     Adhesives Temperature Restrictions: Apply adhesive in temperatures acceptable to the roofing
                  manufacturer. If temperatures are below the manufacturer’s optimal application temperature,
                  prepare adhesive in accordance with manufacturer’s written instructions as necessary for
                  application.

      C.   Protection Requirements




THERMOPLASTIC POLYOLEFIN (TPO) ROOFING                                                                        075423 - 4
ST. JOHNS COUNTY WORK RELEASE HOUSING FACILITY                                      ST. JOHNS COUNTY, FLORIDA
ST. JOHNS COUNTY                                                                          ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050

           1.     Membrane Protection: Provide protection against staining and mechanical damage for newly
                  applied roofing and adjacent surfaces throughout this project.
           2.     Torch Safety: Crew members handling torches shall be trained by an Authorized Certified Roofing
                  Torch Applicator (CERTA) Trainer, be certified according to CERTA torch safety guidelines as
                  published by the National Roofing Contractor’s Association (NCRA), and comply with torch safety
                  practices as required by the contractor’s insurance carrier. Designate one person on each crew to
                  perform a daily fire watch. The designated crew member shall watch for fires or smoldering
                  materials on all areas of roof construction activity, and for the minimum period required by CERTA
                  guidelines after roofing material application has been suspended for the day.
           3.     Limited Access: Prevent access by the public to materials, tools and equipment during the course
                  of the project.
           4.     Debris Removal: Remove all debris daily from the project site and take to a legal dumping area
                  authorized to receive such materials.
           5.     Site Condition: Complete, to the owner’s satisfaction, all job site clean-up including building
                  interior, exterior and landscaping where affected by the construction.


1.8        WARRANTY

      A.   Comply with all warranty procedures required by manufacturer, including notifications, scheduling and
           inspections.

      B.   Special Warranty: Manufacturer's standard or customized form, without monetary limitation, in which
           manufacturer agrees to repair or replace components of membrane roofing system that fail in materials or
           workmanship within specified warranty period.

           1.     Warranty Period: 25 years from date of Substantial Completion.

           2.     Scope of Coverage: Repair leaks in the roofing system caused by ordinary wear and tear of the
                  elements, manufacturing defect in roofing materials, defective workmanship used in the installation
                  of these materials and damage due to winds up to 55 mph.


PART 2 - PRODUCTS


2.1        TPO MEMBRANE ROOFING

      A.   Fabric-Reinforced Thermoplastic Polyolefin Sheet: ASTM D 6878, internally fabric or scrim reinforced,
           uniform, flexible TPO sheet.

           1.     Basis-of-Design Roofing System Product: The specified roofing system is based on Firestone
                  Building Products Co. Carmel, IN. (www.firestonebpco.com). Roofing systems manufactured by
                  others are acceptable provided the roofing system is completely equivalent in materials and
                  warranty conditions and the manufacturer meets the following qualifications:

                  a.     Specializing in manufacturing the roofing system to be provided.
                  b.     Minimum ten years of experience manufacturing the roofing system to be provided.
                  c.     ISO 9002 Certified.




THERMOPLASTIC POLYOLEFIN (TPO) ROOFING                                                                  075423 - 5
ST. JOHNS COUNTY WORK RELEASE HOUSING FACILITY                                      ST. JOHNS COUNTY, FLORIDA
ST. JOHNS COUNTY                                                                          ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050

           2.     Basis-of-Design Metal Roofing Edging Product: The specified metal roofing edging products shall
                  be the same as the roofing manufacturer:

                  a.     Metal roof edging products by other manufacturers are not acceptable.
                  b.     Field or shop fabricated metal roof edgings are not acceptable.


2.2        ROOFING SYSTEM DESCRIPTION

      A.   ROOFING SYSTEM:
           1.   Project Type: New Construction.
           2.   Membrane: Thermoplastic Olefin (TPO).
           3.   Thickness: As specified elsewhere.
           4.   Membrane Attachment: Mechanically attached.
           5.   Comply with applicable local building code requirements.
           6.   Provide assembly having Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (UL) Class A Fire Hazard Classification.
           7.   Provide assembly complying with Factory Mutual Corporation (FM) Roof Assembly Classification,
                FM DS 1-28 and 1-29, and meeting minimum requirements of FM 1-120 wind uplift rating.

      B.   INSULATION:
           1.   Total R-Value: Minimum 19.
           2.   Board Thickness: 3.1 inches; use multiple layers as necessary, stagger joints in adjacent layers.
           3.   Top Layer: Polyisocyanurate foam board, non-composite.
           4.   Attachment: Mechanical fastening.

      C.   CRICKETS:
           1.   Tapered insulation of the same type as specified for the top layer; slope as indicated


2.3        TPO MEMBRANE MATERIALS

      A.   Membrane: Flexible, heat weldable sheet composed of thermoplastic polyolefin polymer and ethylene
           propylene rubber; complying with ASTM D 6878, with polyester weft inserted reinforcement and the
           following additional characteristics:
           1.      Thickness: 0.060 inch (1.52 mm) plus/minus 10 percent, with coating thickness over reinforcement
                   of 0.024 inch (0.61 mm) plus/minus 10 percent.
           2.      Sheet Width: Provide sheets of width necessary to accommodate batten spacing required by
                   manufacturer for project conditions.
           3.      Puncture Resistance: 265 lbf (1174 N), minimum, when tested in accordance with FTM 101C
                   Method 2031.
           4.      Solar Reflectance: 0.79, minimum, when tested in accordance with ASTM C 1549.
           5.      Color: White.
           6.      Basis-of-Design Product: ULTRPLY TPO by Firestone.

      B.   Membrane Fasteners: Type and size as required by roof membrane manufacturer for roofing system and
           warranty to be provided; use only fasteners furnished by roof membrane manufacturer.

      C.   Curb and Parapet Flashing: Same material as membrane, with encapsulated edge which eliminates need
           for seam sealing the flashing-to-roof splice; precut to 18 inches (457 mm) wide.




THERMOPLASTIC POLYOLEFIN (TPO) ROOFING                                                                   075423 - 6
ST. JOHNS COUNTY WORK RELEASE HOUSING FACILITY                                      ST. JOHNS COUNTY, FLORIDA
ST. JOHNS COUNTY                                                                          ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050

      D.   Formable flashing: Non-reinforced, flexible, heat weldable sheet, composed of thermoplastic polyolefin
           polymer and ethylene propylene rubber.
           1.    Thickness: 0.060 inch (1.52 mm) plus/minus 10 percent.
           2.    Tensile Strength: 1550 psi (10.7 MPa), minimum, when tested in accordance with ASTM D 638
                 after heat aging.
           3.    Elongation at Break: 650 percent, minimum, when tested in accordance with ASTM D 638 after
                 heat aging.
           4.    Tearing Strength: 12 lbf (53 N), minimum, when tested in accordance with ASTM D 1004 after heat
                 aging.
           5.    Color: White.
           6.    Basis-of-Design: ULTRAPLY TPO Flashing by Firestone.

      E.   Bonding Adhesive: Neoprene and SBR rubber blend, formulated for compatibility with the membrane and
           other substrate materials, including masonry, wood and insulation facings.
           1.     Basis-of-Design: Bonding Adhesive by Firestone.

      F.   Pourable Sealer: Two-part polyurethane, two-color for reliable mixing.
           1.    Basis-of-Design: Pourable Sealer by Firestone.

      G.   Seam Plates: Steel with barbs and Galvalume coating; corrosion-resistance complying with FM 4470

      H.   Termination Bars: Aluminum bars with integral caulk ledge; 1.3 inches (33 mm) wide by 0.10 inch (2.5
           mm) thick.
           1.    Basis-of-Design: Firestone Termination Bar by Firestone.

      I.   Cut Edge Sealant: Synthetic rubber-based, for use where membrane reinforcement is exposed.
           1.    Basis-of-Design: ULTRAPLY TPO General Purpose Edge Sealant by Firestone.

      J.   General Purpose Sealant: EPDM-based, one part, white general purpose sealant.
           1.    Basis-of-Design: ULTRAPLY TPO General Purpose Sealant by Firestone.

      K.   Coated Metal Flashing and Edgings: Galvanized steel with roofing manufacturer’s bonded TPO coating.
           1.    Basis-of-Design: ULTRAPLY TPO Coated Metal by Firestone.

      L.   Molded Flashing Accessories: Unreinforced TPO membrane pre-molded to suit a variety of flashing
           details, including pipe boots, inside corners, outside corners, etc.
           1.      Basis-of-Design: ULTRAPLY TPO Small and Large Pipe Flashing by Firestone.

      M.   Water Block Seal: Butyl rubber sealant for use between two surfaces, not exposed.
           1.    Basis-of-Design: Water Block Seal by Firestone.

      N.   Roof Walkway Pads: Non-reinforced TPO walkway pads, 0.130 inch (3 mm) by 30 inches (760 mm) by 40
           feet (12.19 m) long with patterned traffic bearing surface.
           1.      Basis-of-Design: ULTRAPLY TPO Walkway Pads by Firestone.


2.4        ROOF INSULATION AND COVER BOARDS

      A.   Polyisocyanurate Board Insulation: Closed cell polyisocyanurate foam with black glass reinforced mat
           laminated to faces, complying with ASTM C 1289 Type II Class 1, with the following additional
           characteristics:



THERMOPLASTIC POLYOLEFIN (TPO) ROOFING                                                               075423 - 7
ST. JOHNS COUNTY WORK RELEASE HOUSING FACILITY                                      ST. JOHNS COUNTY, FLORIDA
ST. JOHNS COUNTY                                                                          ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050

           1.     Thickness: As indicated elsewhere.
           2.     Size: 48 inches (1220 mm) by 96 inches (2440 mm), nominal.
           3.     R-Value (LTTR): 2.0 inch (51 mm) Thickness: 12.1 minimum.
           4.     Compressive Strength: 20 psi (138 kPa) when tested in accordance with ASTM C 1289.

      B.   Insulation Fasteners: Type and size as required by roof membrane manufacturer for roofing system and
           warranty to be provided; use only fasteners furnished by roof membrane manufacturer.

      C.   Tapered Insulation: Provide factory-tapered insulation boards fabricated to slope of 1/4 inch per 12 inches
           (1:48) where indicated on the drawings.

      D.   Provide preformed saddles, crickets, tapered edge strips, and other insulation shapes where indicated for
           sloping to drain. Fabricate to slopes indicated.


2.5        METAL ACCESSORIES

      A.   Metal Roof Edging and Fascia: Metal Roof Edging and Fascia: Continuous metal edge member serving as
           termination of roof membrane and retainer for metal fascia; watertight with no exposed fasteners; mounted
           to roof edge nailer. Refer to specification section 076200 Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim.


2.6        SUBSTRATE BOARDS

      A.   Substrate Board: ASTM C 1177/C 1177M, glass-mat, water-resistant gypsum substrate, 1/2 inch (13 mm)
           thick.

      B.   Fasteners: Factory-coated steel fasteners and metal or plastic plates complying with corrosion-resistance
           provisions in FM Approvals 4470, designed for fastening substrate board to roof deck.


PART 3 - EXECUTION


3.1        GENERAL

      A.   Install roofing, insulation, flashings, and accessories in accordance with roofing manufacturer’s published
           instructions and recommendations for the specified roofing system. Where manufacturer provides no
           instructions or recommendations, follow good roofing practices and industry standards. Comply with
           federal, state, and local regulations.

      B.   Perform work using competent and properly equipped personnel.

      C.   Temporary closures, which ensure that moisture does not damage any completed section of the new
           roofing system, are the responsibility of the applicator. Completion of flashings, terminations, and
           temporary closures shall be completed as required to provide a watertight condition.

      D.   Install roofing membrane only when surfaces are clean, dry, smooth and free of snow or ice; do not apply
           roofing membrane during inclement weather or when ambient conditions will not allow proper application;
           consult manufacturer for recommended procedures during cold weather. Do not work with sealants and
           adhesives when material temperature is outside the range of 60 to 80 degrees F.



THERMOPLASTIC POLYOLEFIN (TPO) ROOFING                                                                   075423 - 8
ST. JOHNS COUNTY WORK RELEASE HOUSING FACILITY                                         ST. JOHNS COUNTY, FLORIDA
ST. JOHNS COUNTY                                                                             ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050

      E.   Protect adjacent construction, property, vehicles, and persons from damage related to roofing work; repair
           or restore damage caused by roofing work.

      F.   Keep materials in their original containers as labeled by the manufacturer, until they are ready for use.

      G.   Consult membrane manufacturer’s instructions, container labels, and Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS)
           for specific safety instructions. Keep all adhesives, sealants, primers and cleaning materials away from all
           sources of ignition.


3.2        EXAMINATION

      A.   Verify that surfaces and site conditions are ready to receive work. Correct defects in the substrate before
           commencing with roofing work.

      B.   Examine roof substrate to verify that it is properly sloped to drains.

      C.   Verify that the specifications and drawing details are workable and not in conflict with the roofing
           manufacturer’s recommendations and instructions; start of work constitutes acceptance of project
           conditions and requirements.


3.3        PREPARATION

      A.   Prior to proceeding, prepare roof surface so that it is clean, dry, and smooth, and free of sharp edges, fins,
           roughened surfaces, loose or foreign materials, oil, grease and other materials that may damage the
           membrane.

      B.   Fill all surface voids in the immediate substrate that are greater than ¼ inch (6 mm) wide with fill material
           acceptable insulation to membrane manufacturer.


3.4        SUBSTRATE BOARD

      A.   Install substrate board with long joints in continuous straight lines, perpendicular to roof slopes with end
           joints staggered between rows. Tightly butt substrate boards together.

           1.     Fasten substrate board to top flanges of steel deck to resist uplift pressure at corners, perimeter,
                  and field of roof according to membrane roofing system manufacturers' written instructions.


3.5        INSULATION INSTALLATION

      A.   Coordinate installing membrane roofing system components so insulation is not exposed to precipitation
           or left exposed at the end of the workday.

      B.   Comply with membrane roofing system and insulation manufacturer's written instructions for installing roof
           insulation.

      C.   Install tapered insulation under area of roofing to conform to slopes indicated.

      D.   Install roof insulation in courses parallel to roof edges.


THERMOPLASTIC POLYOLEFIN (TPO) ROOFING                                                                      075423 - 9
ST. JOHNS COUNTY WORK RELEASE HOUSING FACILITY                                        ST. JOHNS COUNTY, FLORIDA
ST. JOHNS COUNTY                                                                            ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050

      E.   Install insulation under area of roofing to achieve required thickness. Where overall insulation thickness is
           2.7 inches (68 mm) or greater, install two or more layers with joints of each succeeding layer staggered
           from joints of previous layer a minimum of 6 inches (150 mm) in each direction.

      F.   Mechanically Fastened Insulation: Install each layer of insulation and secure insulation to deck using
           mechanical fasteners specifically designed and sized for fastening specified board-type roof insulation to
           deck type.

           1.     Fasten insulation to resist uplift pressure at corners, perimeter, and field of roof.
           2.     Using specified fasteners and insulation plates engage fasteners through insulation into deck to
                  depth and in pattern required by Factory Mutual for FM Class specified in PART 2 and membrane
                  manufacturer, whichever is more stringent.
           3.     Neatly and tightly fit insulation to all penetrations, projections, and nailers, with gaps not greater
                  than ¼ inch (6 mm). Fill gaps greater than ¼ inch (6 mm) with acceptable insulation. Do not leave
                  the roofing membrane unsupported over a space greater than ¼ inch (6 mm).


3.6        MECHANICALLY FASTENED SINGLE-PLY MEMBRANE ROOFING INSTALLATION

      A.   Mechanically fasten membrane roofing over area to receive roofing and install according to roofing system
           manufacturer's written instructions.

      B.   Accurately align membrane roofing and maintain uniform side and end laps of minimum dimensions
           required by manufacturer. Stagger end laps.

      C.   Mechanically fasten or adhere membrane roofing securely at terminations, penetrations, and perimeter of
           roofing.

      D.   Apply membrane roofing with side laps shingled with slope of roof deck where possible. Apply membrane
           roofing so that field and flashing splices are installed to shed water.

      E.   Beginning at low point of roof, place membrane without stretching over substrate and allow to relax at
           least 30 minutes before attachment or splicing; in colder weather allow for longer relax time.

      F.   Install membrane without wrinkles and without gaps or fishmouths in seams; bond and test seams and
           laps in accordance with membrane manufacturer’s instructions and details.

      G.   Install membrane mechanically attached to substrate using fasteners and edge securement as specified
           and as required by membrane manufacturers.

      H.   Mechanical Attachment: Install fasteners in the seams, covered by membrane.

           1.     Lay out fasteners in compliance with FM Class specified in PART 2, as recommended by
                  membrane manufacturer, and as indicated, whichever is most stringent.

           2.     Properly engage fasteners in the deck with head flush with the countersunk portion of seam plate.

      I.   Edge Securement: Secure membrane at all locations where membrane terminates or goes through an
           angle change greater than 2 in 12 inches (1:6) using mechanically fastened reinforced perimeter fastening
           strips, plates, or metal edging as indicated or as recommended by roofing manufacturer.




THERMOPLASTIC POLYOLEFIN (TPO) ROOFING                                                                    075423 - 10
ST. JOHNS COUNTY WORK RELEASE HOUSING FACILITY                                      ST. JOHNS COUNTY, FLORIDA
ST. JOHNS COUNTY                                                                          ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050

3.7        FLASHING AND ACCESSORIES INSTALLATION

      A.   Install flashings, including laps, splices, joints, bonding adhesive, and attachment, as required by
           membrane manufacturer’s recommendations and details.


3.8        FINISHING AND WALKWAY INSTALLATION

      A.   Install walkways at access points to the roof, around rooftop equipment that may require maintenance,
           and where indicated on the drawings.

      B.   Walkway Pads: Adhere to the roofing membrane, spacing each pad at a minimum of 1.0 inch (25 mm) and
           maximum of 3.0 inches (75 mm) from each other to allow for drainage.


3.9        FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

      A.   Inspection by Manufacturer: Provide final inspection of the roofing system by a Technical Representative
           employed by roofing system manufacturer specifically to inspect installation for warranty purposes.

      B.   Perform all corrections necessary for issuance of warranty.

      C.   Repair or remove and replace components of membrane roofing system where inspections indicate that
           they do not comply with specified requirements.


3.10       CLEANING

      A.   Clean all contaminants generated by roofing work from building and surrounding areas, including bitumen,
           adhesives, sealants, and coatings.

      B.   Remove leftover materials, trash, debris, equipment from project site and surrounding areas.


3.11       PROTECTION

      A.   Where construction traffic must continue over finished roof membrane, provide durable protection and
           replace or repair damaged roofing to original condition.


END OF SECTION 075423




THERMOPLASTIC POLYOLEFIN (TPO) ROOFING                                                                    075423 - 11
ST. JOHNS COUNTY WORK RELEASE HOUSING FACILITY                                     ST. JOHNS COUNTY, FLORIDA
ST. JOHNS COUNTY                                                                         ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050


SECTION 076200 - SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM


PART 1 - GENERAL


1.1        SUMMARY

      A.   Section Includes:

           1.     Manufactured reglets and counterflashing.
           2.     Formed roof drainage sheet metal fabrications.
           3.     Formed low-slope roof sheet metal fabrications.


1.2        SUBMITTALS

      A.   Product Data: For each type of product indicated.

      B.   Shop Drawings: Show installation layouts of sheet metal flashing and trim, including plans, elevations,
           expansion-joint locations, and keyed details. Distinguish between shop- and field-assembled work.

           1.     Include details for forming, joining, supporting, and securing sheet metal flashing and trim,
                  including pattern of seams, termination points, fixed points, expansion joints, expansion-joint
                  covers, edge conditions, special conditions, and connections to adjoining work.

      C.   Samples: For each exposed product and for each finish specified.

      D.   Maintenance data.

      E.   Warranty: Sample of special warranty.


1.3        QUALITY ASSURANCE

      A.   Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim Standard: Comply with SMACNA's "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual"
           unless more stringent requirements are specified or shown on Drawings.

      B.   Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site.


1.4        WARRANTY

      A.   Special Warranty on Finishes: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair finish
           or replace sheet metal flashing and trim that shows evidence of deterioration of factory-applied finishes
           within 20 years from date of Substantial Completion.




SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM                                                                          076200 - 1
ST. JOHNS COUNTY WORK RELEASE HOUSING FACILITY                                      ST. JOHNS COUNTY, FLORIDA
ST. JOHNS COUNTY                                                                          ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050

PART 2 - PRODUCTS


2.1        SHEET METALS

      A.   General: Protect mechanical and other finishes on exposed surfaces from damage by applying a
           strippable, temporary protective film before shipping.

      B.   Aluminum Sheet: ASTM B 209 (ASTM B 209M), alloy as standard with manufacturer for finish required,
           with temper as required to suit forming operations and performance required.

           1.     As-Milled Finish: One-side bright mill finish.

      C.   Metallic-Coated Steel Sheet: Restricted flatness steel sheet, metallic coated by the hot-dip process and
           prepainted by the coil-coating process to comply with ASTM A 755/A 755M.

           1.     Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) Steel Sheet: ASTM A 653/A 653M, G90 (Z275) coating designation;
                  structural quality.
           2.     Aluminum-Zinc Alloy-Coated Steel Sheet: ASTM A 792/A 792M, Class AZ50 coating designation,
                  Grade 40 (Class AZM150 coating designation, Grade 275); structural quality.
           3.     Exposed Coil-Coated Finish:
                  a.      Three-Coat Fluoropolymer: AAMA 621. Fluoropolymer finish containing not less than 70
                          percent PVDF resin by weight in both color coat and clear topcoat.

           4.     Color: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range.


2.2        MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS

      A.   General: Provide materials and types of fasteners, solder, welding rods, protective coatings, separators,
           sealants, and other miscellaneous items as required for complete sheet metal flashing and trim installation
           and recommended by manufacturer of primary sheet metal or manufactured item unless otherwise
           indicated.

      B.   Fasteners: Wood screws, annular threaded nails, self-tapping screws, self-locking rivets and bolts, and
           other suitable fasteners designed to withstand design loads and recommended by manufacturer of primary
           sheet metal or manufactured item.

           1.     General: Blind fasteners or self-drilling screws, gasketed, with hex-washer head.

                  a.      Exposed Fasteners: Heads matching color of sheet metal using plastic caps or factory-
                          applied coating.
                  b.      Blind Fasteners: High-strength aluminum or stainless-steel rivets suitable for metal being
                          fastened.
                  c.      Spikes and Ferrules: Same material as gutter; with spike with ferrule matching internal
                          gutter width.
           2.     Fasteners for Aluminum Sheet: Aluminum or Series 300 stainless steel.
           3.     Fasteners for Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) or Aluminum-Zinc Alloy-Coated Steel Sheet: Series 300
                  stainless steel.




SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM                                                                            076200 - 2
ST. JOHNS COUNTY WORK RELEASE HOUSING FACILITY                                      ST. JOHNS COUNTY, FLORIDA
ST. JOHNS COUNTY                                                                          ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050

      C.   Sealant Tape: Pressure-sensitive, 100 percent solids, gray polyisobutylene compound sealant tape with
           release-paper backing. Provide permanently elastic, nonsag, nontoxic, nonstaining tape 1/2 inch (13 mm)
           wide and 1/8 inch (3 mm) thick.

      D.   Elastomeric Sealant: ASTM C 920, elastomeric polymer sealant; low modulus; of type, grade, class, and
           use classifications required to seal joints in sheet metal flashing and trim and remain watertight.

      E.   Butyl Sealant: ASTM C 1311, single-component, solvent-release butyl rubber sealant; polyisobutylene
           plasticized; heavy bodied for hooked-type expansion joints with limited movement.

      F.   Epoxy Seam Sealer: Two-part, noncorrosive, aluminum seam-cementing compound, recommended by
           aluminum manufacturer for exterior nonmoving joints, including riveted joints.

      G.   Bituminous Coating: Cold-applied asphalt emulsion complying with ASTM D 1187.


2.3        FABRICATION, GENERAL

      A.   General: Custom fabricate sheet metal flashing and trim to comply with recommendations in SMACNA's
           "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual" that apply to design, dimensions, geometry, metal thickness, and other
           characteristics of item indicated. Fabricate items at the shop to greatest extent possible.

           1.     Obtain field measurements for accurate fit before shop fabrication.
           2.     Form sheet metal flashing and trim without excessive oil canning, buckling, and tool marks and true
                  to line and levels indicated, with exposed edges folded back to form hems.
           3.     Conceal fasteners and expansion provisions where possible. Exposed fasteners are not allowed
                  on faces exposed to view.

      B.   Sealed Joints: Form nonexpansion but movable joints in metal to accommodate elastomeric sealant.

      C.   Expansion Provisions: Where lapped expansion provisions cannot be used, form expansion joints of
           intermeshing hooked flanges, not less than 1 inch (25 mm) deep, filled with butyl sealant concealed within
           joints.

      D.   Fabricate cleats and attachment devices from same material as accessory being anchored or from
           compatible, noncorrosive metal.

      E.   Seams: Fabricate nonmoving seams with flat-lock seams. Form seams and seal with elastomeric sealant
           unless otherwise recommended by sealant manufacturer for intended use. Rivet joints where necessary
           for strength.

      F.   Seams for Aluminum: Fabricate nonmoving seams with flat-lock seams. Form seams and seal with
           epoxy seam sealer. Rivet joints where necessary for strength.


2.4        ROOF DRAINAGE SHEET METAL FABRICATIONS
           1.   Hanging Gutters: Fabricate to cross section indicated, complete with end pieces, outlet tubes, and
                other accessories as required. Fabricate in minimum 96-inch- (2400-mm-) long sections. Furnish
                flat-stock gutter spacers and gutter brackets fabricated from same metal as gutters, of size
                recommended by SMACNA but not less than twice the gutter thickness. Fabricate expansion




SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM                                                                           076200 - 3
ST. JOHNS COUNTY WORK RELEASE HOUSING FACILITY                                        ST. JOHNS COUNTY, FLORIDA
ST. JOHNS COUNTY                                                                            ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050

                  joints, expansion-joint covers, gutter bead reinforcing bars, and gutter accessories from same
                  metal as gutters. Fabricate from the following materials:
                  a.      Aluminum-Zinc Alloy-Coated Steel: 0.022 inch (0.56 mm) thick formed steel with a Kynar
                          500 finish. Color to be selected by Architect from manufacturer’s full range of color options.
                          Concealed joint splice plates to match fascia finish. Protect gutters with factory installed
                          protective plastic film.

      B.   Downspouts: Fabricate round and rectangular downspouts complete with mitered elbows. Furnish with
           metal hangers, from same material as downspouts, and anchors.

           1.     Hanger Style: Per SMACNA Sixth Edition Figure 1-35F for rectangular downspouts.
           2.     Fabricate from the following materials:
                  a.     Aluminum-Zinc Alloy-Coated Steel: 0.022 inch (0.56 mm) thick formed steel with a Kynar
                         500 finish. Color to be selected by Architect from manufacturer’s full range of color options.
                         Concealed joint splice plates to match fascia finish. Protect downspouts with factory
                         installed protective plastic film.


2.5        LOW-SLOPE ROOF SHEET METAL FABRICATIONS

      A.   Metal Roof Edging and Fascia: Metal Roof Edging and Fascia: Continuous metal edge member serving as
           termination of roof membrane and retainer for metal fascia; watertight with no exposed fasteners; mounted
           to roof edge nailer.

      B.   Metal Roof Edging and Fascia Wind Performance:
           1.     Membrane Pull-Off Resistance: 100 lbs/ft (1460 N/m), minimum, when tested in accordance with
                  ANSI/SPRI ES-1 Test Method RE-1, current edition.
           2.     Fascia Pull-Off Resistance: At least the minimum required when tested in accordance with
                  ANSI/SPRI ES-1 Test Method RE-2, current edition.
           3.     Provide products listed in current Factory Mutual Research Corporation Approval Guide with at
                  least FM 1-270 rating.

      C.   Metal Roof Edging and Description:
           1.     Two-piece; extruded aluminum T-shaped edge member securing top and bottom edges of flat-
                  faced formed metal fascia.
           2.     Basis-of-Design: Firestone AnchorGard.
           3.     Fascia Face Height: Refer to drawings.
           4.     Edge Member Height Above Nailer: 1-1/4 inches (31 mm).
           5.     Fascia Material and Finish: 0.040 inch (1.0 mm) thick formed aluminum with a Kynar 500 finish.
                  Color to be selected by Architect from manufacturer’s full range of color options. Concealed joint
                  splice plates to match fascia finish. Protect fascia with factory installed protective plastic film.
           6.     Fascia Standard Lengths: 144 inches (3650 mm).

      D.   Roof-Edge Flashing (Gravel Stop) and Fascia Cap: Fabricate in minimum 96-inch- (2400-mm-) long, but
           not exceeding 10-foot- (3-m-) long, sections. Furnish with 6-inch- (150-mm-) wide, joint cover plates.
           Fabricate with TPO coating and from the following materials:
           1.     Aluminum-Zinc Alloy-Coated Steel: 0.028 inch (0.71 mm) thick formed aluminum with a Kynar 500
                  finish. Color to be selected by Architect from manufacturer’s full range of color options. Protect
                  fascia with factory installed protective plastic film.

      E.   Base Flashing: Fabricate from the following materials:



SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM                                                                              076200 - 4
ST. JOHNS COUNTY WORK RELEASE HOUSING FACILITY                                        ST. JOHNS COUNTY, FLORIDA
ST. JOHNS COUNTY                                                                            ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050

           1.     Aluminum-Zinc Alloy-Coated Steel: 0.028 inch (0.71 mm) thick.

      F.   Counterflashing and Flashing Receivers: Fabricate from the following materials:
           1.    Aluminum: 0.032 inch (0.81 mm) thick.

      G.   Roof-Penetration Flashing: Fabricate with TPO coating and from the following materials:
           1.    Aluminum-Zinc Alloy-Coated Steel: 0.028 inch (0.71 mm) thick.


PART 3 - EXECUTION


3.1        INSTALLATION, GENERAL

      A.   General: Anchor sheet metal flashing and trim and other components of the Work securely in place, with
           provisions for thermal and structural movement so that completed sheet metal flashing and trim shall not
           rattle, leak, or loosen, and shall remain watertight. Use fasteners, solder, welding rods, protective
           coatings, separators, sealants, and other miscellaneous items as required to complete sheet metal
           flashing and trim system.

           1.     Install sheet metal flashing and trim true to line and levels indicated. Provide uniform, neat seams
                  with minimum exposure of solder, welds, and sealant.
           2.     Install sheet metal flashing and trim to fit substrates and to result in watertight performance. Verify
                  shapes and dimensions of surfaces to be covered before fabricating sheet metal.
           3.     Space cleats not more than 12 inches (300 mm) apart. Anchor each cleat with two fasteners.
                  Bend tabs over fasteners.
           4.     Install exposed sheet metal flashing and trim without excessive oil canning, buckling, and tool
                  marks.
           5.     Install sealant tape where indicated.
           6.     Torch cutting of sheet metal flashing and trim is not permitted.

      B.   Metal Protection: Where dissimilar metals will contact each other or corrosive substrates, protect against
           galvanic action by painting contact surfaces with bituminous coating or by other permanent separation as
           recommended by SMACNA.

           1.     Coat back side of uncoated aluminum and stainless-steel sheet metal flashing and trim with
                  bituminous coating where flashing and trim will contact wood, ferrous metal, or cementitious
                  construction.
           2.     Underlayment: Where installing metal flashing directly on cementitious or wood substrates, install
                  a course of felt underlayment and cover with a slip sheet or install a course of polyethylene sheet.

      C.   Expansion Provisions: Provide for thermal expansion of exposed flashing and trim. Space movement
           joints at a maximum of 10 feet (3 m) with no joints allowed within 24 inches (600 mm) of corner or
           intersection. Where lapped expansion provisions cannot be used or would not be sufficiently watertight,
           form expansion joints of intermeshing hooked flanges, not less than 1 inch (25 mm) deep, filled with
           sealant concealed within joints.

      D.   Fastener Sizes: Use fasteners of sizes that will penetrate wood not less than 1-1/4 inches (32 mm) for
           nails and not less than 3/4 inch (19 mm) for wood screws and metal decking not less than recommended
           by fastener manufacturer to achieve maximum pull-out resistance.




SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM                                                                               076200 - 5
ST. JOHNS COUNTY WORK RELEASE HOUSING FACILITY                                        ST. JOHNS COUNTY, FLORIDA
ST. JOHNS COUNTY                                                                            ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050

      E.   Seal joints as shown and as required for watertight construction.

      F.   Rivets: Rivet joints in uncoated aluminum where indicated and where necessary for strength.


3.2        ROOF DRAINAGE SYSTEM INSTALLATION

      A.   General: Install sheet metal roof drainage items to produce complete roof drainage system according to
           SMACNA recommendations and as indicated. Coordinate installation of roof perimeter flashing with
           installation of roof drainage system.

      B.   Hanging Gutters: Join sections with riveted and soldered joints or with lapped joints sealed with sealant.
           Provide for thermal expansion. Attach gutters at eave or fascia to firmly anchored gutter brackets spaced
           not more than 36 inches (900 mm) apart. Provide end closures and seal watertight with sealant. Slope to
           downspouts.

           1.     Install gutter with expansion joints at locations indicated, but not exceeding, 50 feet (15.24 m)
                  apart. Install expansion-joint caps.

      C.   Downspouts: Join sections with 1-1/2-inch (38-mm) telescoping joints. Provide hangers with fasteners
           designed to hold downspouts securely to walls. Locate hangers at top and bottom and at approximately
           60 inches (1500 mm) o.c. in between.

      D.   Expansion-Joint Covers: Install expansion-joint covers at locations and of configuration indicated. Lap
           joints a minimum of 4 inches (100 mm) in direction of water flow.


3.3        ROOF FLASHING INSTALLATION

      A.   General: Install sheet metal flashing and trim to comply with performance requirements, sheet metal
           manufacturer's written installation instructions, and SMACNA's "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual."
           Provide concealed fasteners where possible, set units true to line, and level as indicated. Install work with
           laps, joints, and seams that will be permanently watertight and weather resistant.

      B.   Roof Edge Flashing: Anchor to resist uplift and outward forces according to recommendations in
           SMACNA's "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual" and as indicated. Interlock bottom edge of roof edge
           flashing with continuous cleat anchored to substrate at staggered 3-inch (75-mm) centers.

      C.   Pipe or Post Counterflashing: Install counterflashing umbrella with close-fitting collar with top edge flared
           for elastomeric sealant, extending a minimum of 4 inches (100 mm) over base flashing. Install stainless-
           steel draw band and tighten.

      D.   Counterflashing: Coordinate installation of counterflashing with installation of base flashing. Insert
           counterflashing in reglets or receivers and fit tightly to base flashing. Extend counterflashing 4 inches (100
           mm) over base flashing. Lap counterflashing joints a minimum of 4 inches (100 mm) and bed with
           sealant.

      E.   Roof-Penetration Flashing: Coordinate installation of roof-penetration flashing with installation of roofing
           and other items penetrating roof. Seal with elastomeric or butyl sealant and clamp flashing to pipes that
           penetrate roof.




SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM                                                                               076200 - 6
ST. JOHNS COUNTY WORK RELEASE HOUSING FACILITY                                     ST. JOHNS COUNTY, FLORIDA
ST. JOHNS COUNTY                                                                         ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050

3.4        CLEANING AND PROTECTION

      A.   Clean exposed metal surfaces of substances that interfere with uniform oxidation and weathering.

      B.   Remove temporary protective coverings and strippable films as sheet metal flashing and trim are installed
           unless otherwise indicated in manufacturer's written installation instructions.


END OF SECTION 076200




SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM                                                                          076200 - 7
ST. JOHNS COUNTY WORK RELEASE HOUSING FACILITY                                     ST. JOHNS COUNTY, FLORIDA
ST. JOHNS COUNTY                                                                         ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050


SECTION 077200 - ROOF ACCESSORIES


PART 1 - GENERAL


1.1        SUMMARY

      A.   Section Includes:

           1.     Roof curbs.
           2.     Equipment supports.
           3.     Roof hatches.


1.2        ACTION SUBMITTALS

      A.   Product Data: For each type of roof accessory indicated.

      B.   Shop Drawings: For roof accessories.

      C.   Samples: For each exposed product and for each color and texture specified.


1.3        INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS

      A.   Coordination Drawings: Roof plans, drawn to scale, and coordinating penetrations and roof-mounted
           items.

      B.   Warranty: Sample of special warranty.


1.4        CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS

      A.   Operation and maintenance data.


PART 2 - PRODUCTS


2.1        METAL MATERIALS

      A.   Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) Steel Sheet: ASTM A 653/A 653M, G90 (Z275) coating designation.

           1.     Mill-Phosphatized Finish: Manufacturer's standard for field painting.
           2.     Factory Prime Coating: Where field painting is indicated, apply pretreatment and white or light-
                  colored, factory-applied, baked-on epoxy primer coat, with a minimum dry film thickness of 0.2 mil
                  (0.005 mm).
           3.     Exposed Coil-Coated Finish: Two-coat fluoropolymer finish; AAMA 621; system consisting of
                  primer and fluoropolymer color topcoat containing not less than 70 percent PVDF resin by weight.



ROOF ACCESSORIES                                                                                         077200 - 1
ST. JOHNS COUNTY WORK RELEASE HOUSING FACILITY                                        ST. JOHNS COUNTY, FLORIDA
ST. JOHNS COUNTY                                                                            ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050

           4.     Baked-Enamel or Powder-Coat Finish: Manufacturer's standard two-coat, baked-on finish
                  consisting of prime coat and thermosetting topcoat, with a minimum dry film thickness of 1 mil
                  (0.025 mm) for topcoat.

      B.   Aluminum-Zinc Alloy-Coated Steel Sheet: ASTM A 792/A 792M, AZ50 (AZM150) coated.

           1.     Factory Prime Coating: Where field painting is indicated, apply pretreatment and white or light-
                  colored, factory-applied, baked-on epoxy primer coat, with a minimum dry film thickness of 0.2 mil
                  (0.005 mm).
           2.     Exposed Coil-Coated Finish: Two-coat fluoropolymer finish; AAMA 621; system consisting of
                  primer and fluoropolymer color topcoat containing not less than 70 percent PVDF resin by weight
           3.     Baked-Enamel or Powder-Coat Finish: Manufacturer's standard two-coat, baked-on finish
                  consisting of prime coat and thermosetting topcoat, with a minimum dry film thickness of 1 mil
                  (0.025 mm) for topcoat.

      C.   Steel Shapes: ASTM A 36/A 36M, hot-dip galvanized according to ASTM A 123/A 123M unless otherwise
           indicated.


2.2        MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS

      A.   General: Provide materials and types of fasteners, protective coatings, sealants, and other miscellaneous
           items required by manufacturer for a complete installation.

      B.   Security Grilles: 3/4-inch (19-mm) diameter, ASTM A 1011/A 1011M steel bars spaced 6 inches (150 mm)
           o.c. in one direction and 12 inches (300 mm) o.c. in the other; factory finished with manufacturer's or
           fabricator's standard, universal shop primer compatible with substrate and field-applied finish paint system
           indicated.

      C.   Fasteners: Roof accessory manufacturer's recommended fasteners suitable for application and metals
           being fastened. Match finish of exposed fasteners with finish of material being fastened. Provide
           nonremovable fastener heads to exterior exposed fasteners.

      D.   Sealants: As recommended by roof accessory manufacturer for installation indicated.


2.3        ROOF CURBS

      A.   Roof Curbs: Internally reinforced roof-curb units with integral spring-type vibration isolators and capable of
           supporting superimposed live and dead loads, including equipment loads and other construction indicated
           on Drawings; with welded or mechanically fastened and sealed corner joints, and integrally formed deck-
           mounting flange at perimeter bottom.

           1.     Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering
                  products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:

                  a.     AES Industries, Inc.
                  b.     Curbs Plus, Inc.
                  c.     Custom Solution Roof and Metal Products.
                  d.     Greenheck Fan Corporation.
                  e.     LM Curbs.



ROOF ACCESSORIES                                                                                             077200 - 2
ST. JOHNS COUNTY WORK RELEASE HOUSING FACILITY                                      ST. JOHNS COUNTY, FLORIDA
ST. JOHNS COUNTY                                                                          ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050

                  f.       Metallic Products Corp.
                  g.       Milcor Inc.; Commercial Products Group of Hart & Cooley, Inc.
                  h.       Pate Company (The).
                  i.       Roof Products, Inc.
                  j.       Safe Air of Illinois.
                  k.       Thybar Corporation.
                  l.       Vent Products Co., Inc.

      B.   Material: Zinc-coated (galvanized) or Aluminum-zinc alloy-coated steel sheet,[0.052 inch (1.32 mm) thick.

           1.     Finish: Mill phosphatized.

      C.   Construction:

           1.     Insulation: Factory insulated with 1-1/2-inch- (38-mm-) thick cellulosic-fiber board insulation.
           2.     Liner: Same material as curb, of manufacturer's standard thickness and finish.
           3.     On ribbed or fluted metal roofs, form deck-mounting flange at perimeter bottom to conform to roof
                  profile.
           4.     Fabricate curbs to minimum height of 12 inches (300 mm) unless otherwise indicated.
           5.     Top Surface: Level around perimeter with roof slope accommodated by sloping the deck-mounting
                  flange.
           6.     Sloping Roofs: Where roof slope exceeds 1:48, fabricate curb with perimeter curb height tapered
                  to accommodate roof slope so that top surface of perimeter curb is level. Equip unit with water
                  diverter or cricket on side that obstructs water flow.
           7.     Security Grille: Provide where indicated.


2.4        EQUIPMENT SUPPORTS

      A.   Equipment Supports: Internally reinforced metal equipment supports capable of supporting superimposed
           live and dead loads, including equipment loads and other construction indicated on Drawings; with welded
           or mechanically fastened and sealed corner joints, and integrally formed deck-mounting flange at
           perimeter bottom.

           1.     Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering
                  products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:

                  a.       AES Industries, Inc.
                  b.       Curbs Plus, Inc.
                  c.       Custom Solution Roof and Metal Products.
                  d.       Greenheck Fan Corporation.
                  e.       LM Curbs.
                  f.       Milcor Inc.; Commercial Products Group of Hart & Cooley, Inc.
                  g.       Pate Company (The).
                  h.       Roof Products, Inc.
                  i.       Thybar Corporation.
                  j.       Vent Products Co., Inc.

      B.   Material: Zinc-coated (galvanized) or Aluminum-zinc alloy-coated steel sheet, 0.052 inch (1.32 mm) thick.

           1.     Finish: Mill phosphatized.



ROOF ACCESSORIES                                                                                          077200 - 3
ST. JOHNS COUNTY WORK RELEASE HOUSING FACILITY                                          ST. JOHNS COUNTY, FLORIDA
ST. JOHNS COUNTY                                                                              ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050

      C.   Construction:

           1.     Insulation: Factory insulated with 1-1/2-inch- (38-mm-) thick cellulosic-fiber board insulation.
           2.     Liner: Same material as equipment support, of manufacturer's standard thickness and finish.
           3.     Metal Counterflashing: Manufacturer's standard, removable, fabricated of same metal and finish
                  as equipment support.
           4.     On ribbed or fluted metal roofs, form deck-mounting flange at perimeter bottom to conform to roof
                  profile.
           5.     Fabricate equipment supports to minimum height of 12 inches (300 mm) unless otherwise
                  indicated.
           6.     Security Grille: Provide where indicated.


2.5        ROOF HATCH

      A.   Roof Hatches: Metal roof-hatch units with lids and insulated double-walled curbs, welded or mechanically
           fastened and sealed corner joints, continuous lid-to-curb counterflashing and weathertight perimeter
           gasketing, and integrally formed deck-mounting flange at perimeter bottom.

           1.     Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering
                  products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:

                  a.       AES Industries, Inc.
                  b.       Babcock-Davis.
                  c.       Bilco Company (The).
                  d.       Bristolite Skylights.
                  e.       Custom Solution Roof and Metal Products.
                  f.       Dur-Red Products.
                  g.       Hi Pro International, Inc.
                  h.       J. L. Industries, Inc.
                  i.       Metallic Products Corp.
                  j.       Milcor Inc.; Commercial Products Group of Hart & Cooley, Inc.
                  k.       Naturalite Skylight Systems; Vistawall Group (The).
                  l.       Nystrom.
                  m.       O'Keeffe's Inc.
                  n.       Pate Company (The).
                  o.       Precision Ladders, LLC.

      B.   Type and Size: Single-leaf lid, 30 by 54 inches (750 by 1370 mm).

      C.   Loads: Minimum 40-lbf/sq. ft. (1.9-kPa) external live load and 20-lbf/sq. ft. (0.95-kPa) internal uplift load.

      D.   Hatch Material: Zinc-coated (galvanized) or Aluminum-zinc alloy-coated] steel sheet, 0.079 inch (2.01
           mm) thick.

           1.     Finish: Two-coat fluoropolymer or baked enamel or powder coat.
           2.     Color: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range.

      E.   Construction:

           1.     Insulation: Polyisocyanurate board.



ROOF ACCESSORIES                                                                                                077200 - 4
ST. JOHNS COUNTY WORK RELEASE HOUSING FACILITY                                        ST. JOHNS COUNTY, FLORIDA
ST. JOHNS COUNTY                                                                            ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050

           2.     Hatch Lid: Opaque, insulated, and double walled, with manufacturer's standard metal liner of same
                  material and finish as outer metal lid.
           3.     Curb Liner: Manufacturer's standard, of same material and finish as metal curb.
           4.     Fabricate curbs to minimum height of 12 inches (300 mm) unless otherwise indicated.

      F.   Hardware: Galvanized-steel spring latch with turn handles, butt- or pintle-type hinge system, and padlock
           hasps inside and outside.

      G.   Safety Railing System: Roof-hatch manufacturer's standard system including rails, clamps, fasteners,
           safety barrier at railing opening, and accessories required for a complete installation; attached to roof
           hatch and complying with 29 CFR 1910.23 requirements and authorities having jurisdiction.

      H.   Ladder-Assist Post: Roof-hatch manufacturer's standard device for attachment to roof-access ladder.
           Post locks in place on full extension; release mechanism returns post to closed position.


PART 3 - EXECUTION


3.1        INSTALLATION

      A.   General: Verify dimensions of roof openings for roof accessories. Install roof accessories according to
           manufacturer's written instructions.

           1.     Install roof accessories level, plumb, true to line and elevation, and without warping, jogs in
                  alignment, excessive oil canning, buckling, or tool marks.
           2.     Anchor roof accessories securely in place so they are capable of resisting indicated loads.
           3.     Use fasteners, separators, sealants, and other miscellaneous items as required to complete
                  installation of roof accessories and fit them to substrates.
           4.     Install roof accessories to resist exposure to weather without failing, rattling, leaking, or loosening
                  of fasteners and seals.

      B.   Metal Protection: Protect metals against galvanic action by separating dissimilar metals from contact with
           each other or with corrosive substrates by painting contact surfaces with bituminous coating or by other
           permanent separation as recommended by manufacturer.

           1.     Coat concealed side of uncoated aluminum roof accessories with bituminous coating where in
                  contact with wood, ferrous metal, or cementitious construction.
           2.     Underlayment: Where installing roof accessories directly on cementitious or wood substrates,
                  install a course of felt underlayment and cover with a slip sheet, or install a course of polyethylene
                  sheet.

      C.   Seal joints with sealant as required by roof accessory manufacturer.


3.2        REPAIR AND CLEANING

      A.   Galvanized Surfaces: Clean field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas and repair galvanizing
           according to ASTM A 780.




ROOF ACCESSORIES                                                                                             077200 - 5
ST. JOHNS COUNTY WORK RELEASE HOUSING FACILITY                            ST. JOHNS COUNTY, FLORIDA
ST. JOHNS COUNTY                                                                ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050

  B.    Replace roof accessories that have been damaged or that cannot be successfully repaired by finish
        touchup or similar minor repair procedures.


END OF SECTION 077200




ROOF ACCESSORIES                                                                               077200 - 6
ST. JOHNS COUNTY WORK RELEASE HOUSING FACILITY                                          ST. JOHNS COUNTY, FLORIDA
ST. JOHNS COUNTY                                                                              ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050


SECTION 078413 - PENETRATION FIRESTOPPING


PART 1 - GENERAL


1.1        SUMMARY

      A.   Section Includes:

           1.     Penetrations in fire-resistance-rated walls.
           2.     Penetrations in horizontal assemblies.
           3.     Penetrations in smoke barriers.


1.2        ACTION SUBMITTALS

      A.   Product Data: For each type of product indicated.

      B.   Product Schedule: For each penetration firestopping system. Include location and design designation of
           qualified testing and inspecting agency.

           1.     Where Project conditions require modification to a qualified testing and inspecting agency's
                  illustration for a particular penetration firestopping condition, submit illustration, with modifications
                  marked, approved by penetration firestopping manufacturer's fire-protection engineer as an
                  engineering judgment or equivalent fire-resistance-rated assembly.


1.3        INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS

      A.   Installer Certificates: From Installer indicating penetration firestopping has been installed in compliance
           with requirements and manufacturer's written recommendations.

      B.   Product test reports.


1.4        QUALITY ASSURANCE

      A.   Installer Qualifications: A firm that has been approved by FM Global according to FM Global 4991,
           "Approval of Firestop Contractors," or been evaluated by UL and found to comply with its "Qualified
           Firestop Contractor Program Requirements."

      B.   Fire-Test-Response Characteristics:        Penetration firestopping shall comply with the following
           requirements:

           1.     Penetration firestopping tests are performed by a qualified testing agency acceptable to authorities
                  having jurisdiction.
           2.     Penetration firestopping is identical to those tested per testing standard referenced in "Penetration
                  Firestopping" Article. Provide rated systems bearing marking of qualified testing and inspection
                  agency.



PENETRATION FIRESTOPPING                                                                                       078413 - 1
ST. JOHNS COUNTY WORK RELEASE HOUSING FACILITY                                       ST. JOHNS COUNTY, FLORIDA
ST. JOHNS COUNTY                                                                           ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050

PART 2 - PRODUCTS


2.1        MANUFACTURERS

      A.   Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that
           may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:

           1.     A/D Fire Protection Systems Inc.
           2.     Grace Construction Products.
           3.     Hilti, Inc.
           4.     Johns Manville.
           5.     Nelson Firestop Products.
           6.     NUCO Inc.
           7.     Passive Fire Protection Partners.
           8.     RectorSeal Corporation.
           9.     Specified Technologies Inc.
           10.    3M Fire Protection Products.
           11.    Tremco, Inc.; Tremco Fire Protection Systems Group.
           12.    USG Corporation.


2.2        PENETRATION FIRESTOPPING

      A.   Provide penetration firestopping that is produced and installed to resist spread of fire according to
           requirements indicated, resist passage of smoke and other gases, and maintain original fire-resistance
           rating of construction penetrated. Penetration firestopping systems shall be compatible with one another,
           with the substrates forming openings, and with penetrating items if any.

      B.   Penetrations in Fire-Resistance-Rated Walls: Ratings determined per ASTM E 814 or UL 1479, based on
           testing at a positive pressure differential of 0.01-inch wg (2.49 Pa).

           1.     F-Rating: Not less than the fire-resistance rating of constructions penetrated.

      C.   Penetrations in Horizontal Assemblies: Ratings determined per ASTM E 814 or UL 1479, based on
           testing at a positive pressure differential of 0.01-inch wg (2.49 Pa).

           1.     F-Rating: At least 1 hour, but not less than the fire-resistance rating of constructions penetrated.
           2.     T-Rating: At least 1 hour, but not less than the fire-resistance rating of constructions penetrated
                  except for floor penetrations within the cavity of a wall.

      D.   Penetrations in Smoke Barriers: Provide penetration firestopping with ratings determined per UL 1479.

           1.     L-Rating: Not exceeding 5.0 cfm/sq. ft. (0.025 cu. m/s per sq. m) of penetration opening at 0.30-
                  inch wg (74.7 Pa) at both ambient and elevated temperatures.

      E.   Exposed Penetration Firestopping: Provide products with flame-spread and smoke-developed indexes of
           less than 25 and 450, respectively, as determined per ASTM E 84.

      F.   VOC Content: Penetration firestopping sealants and sealant primers shall comply with the following limits
           for VOC content when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24):



PENETRATION FIRESTOPPING                                                                                   078413 - 2
ST. JOHNS COUNTY WORK RELEASE HOUSING FACILITY                                          ST. JOHNS COUNTY, FLORIDA
ST. JOHNS COUNTY                                                                              ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050

           1.     Sealants: 250 g/L.
           2.     Sealant Primers for Nonporous Substrates: 250 g/L.
           3.     Sealant Primers for Porous Substrates: 775 g/L.

      G.   Low-Emitting Materials: Penetration firestopping sealants and sealant primers shall comply with the
           testing and product requirements of the California Department of Health Services' "Standard Practice for
           the Testing of Volatile Organic Emissions from Various Sources Using Small-Scale Environmental
           Chambers."

      H.   Accessories: Provide components for each penetration firestopping system that are needed to install fill
           materials and to maintain ratings required. Use only those components specified by penetration
           firestopping manufacturer and approved by qualified testing and inspecting agency for firestopping
           indicated.


PART 3 - EXECUTION


3.1        INSTALLATION

      A.   Examine substrates and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for opening
           configurations, penetrating items, substrates, and other conditions affecting performance of the Work.

      B.   Install penetration firestopping to comply with manufacturer's written installation instructions and published
           drawings for products and applications indicated.

      C.   Install forming materials and other accessories of types required to support fill materials during their
           application and in the position needed to produce cross-sectional shapes and depths required to achieve
           fire ratings indicated.

           1.     After installing fill materials and allowing them to fully cure, remove combustible forming materials
                  and other accessories not indicated as permanent components of firestopping.

      D.   Install fill materials for firestopping by proven techniques to produce the following results:

           1.     Fill voids and cavities formed by openings, forming materials, accessories, and penetrating items
                  as required to achieve fire-resistance ratings indicated.
           2.     Apply materials so they contact and adhere to substrates formed by openings and penetrating
                  items.
           3.     For fill materials that will remain exposed after completing the Work, finish to produce smooth,
                  uniform surfaces that are flush with adjoining finishes.


3.2        IDENTIFICATION

      A.   Identify penetration firestopping with preprinted metal or plastic labels. Attach labels permanently to
           surfaces adjacent to and within 6 inches (150 mm) of firestopping edge so labels will be visible to anyone
           seeking to remove penetrating items or firestopping. Use mechanical fasteners or self-adhering-type
           labels with adhesives capable of permanently bonding labels to surfaces on which labels are placed.
           Include the following information on labels:




PENETRATION FIRESTOPPING                                                                                      078413 - 3
ST. JOHNS COUNTY WORK RELEASE HOUSING FACILITY                                       ST. JOHNS COUNTY, FLORIDA
ST. JOHNS COUNTY                                                                           ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050

           1.     The words "Warning - Penetration Firestopping - Do Not Disturb. Notify Building Management of
                  Any Damage."
           2.     Contractor's name, address, and phone number.
           3.     Designation of applicable testing and inspecting agency.
           4.     Date of installation.
           5.     Manufacturer's name.
           6.     Installer's name.


3.3        PENETRATION FIRESTOPPING SCHEDULE

      A.   Rated Systems: Provide through-penetration firestop systems with the following ratings determined per
           UL 1479:

           1.     F-Rated Systems: Provide through-penetration firestop systems with F-ratings indicated, but not
                  less than that equaling or exceeding fire-resistance rating of constructions penetrated.
           2.     T-Rated Systems: For the following conditions, provide through-penetration firestop systems with
                  T-ratings indicated, as well as F-ratings, where systems protect penetrating items exposed to
                  potential contact with adjacent materials in occupiable floor areas:

                  a.     Penetrations located outside wall cavities.
                  b.     Penetrations located outside fire-resistance-rated shaft enclosures.

           3.     L-Rated Systems: Where through-penetration firestop systems are indicated in smoke barriers,
                  provide through-penetration firestop systems with L-ratings indicated of not more than 3.0 cfm/sq. ft
                  (0.01524cu. m/s x sq. m) at both ambient temperatures and 400 deg F (204 deg C).

      B.   For through-penetration firestop systems exposed to view, traffic, moisture, and physical damage, provide
           products that, after curing, do not deteriorate when exposed to these conditions both during and after
           construction.

           1.     For piping penetrations for plumbing and wet-pipe sprinkler systems, provide moisture-resistant
                  through-penetration firestop systems.
           2.     For floor penetrations with annular spaces exceeding 4 inches (100 mm) in width and exposed to
                  possible loading and traffic, provide firestop systems capable of supporting floor loads involved,
                  either by installing floor plates or by other means.
           3.     For penetrations involving insulated piping, provide through-penetration firestop systems not
                  requiring removal of insulation.

      C.   For through-penetration firestop systems exposed to view, provide products with flame-spread and smoke-
           developed indexes of less than 25 and 450, respectively, as determined per ASTM E 84.

      D.   Compatibility: Provide through-penetration firestop systems that are compatible with one another; with the
           substrates forming openings; and with the items, if any, penetrating through-penetration firestop systems,
           under conditions of service and application, as demonstrated by through-penetration firestop system
           manufacturer based on testing and field experience.

      E.   Accessories: Provide components for each through-penetration firestop system that are needed to install
           fill materials and to comply with Part 1 "Performance Requirements" Article. Use only components
           specified by through-penetration firestop system manufacturer and approved by qualified testing and




PENETRATION FIRESTOPPING                                                                                    078413 - 4
ST. JOHNS COUNTY WORK RELEASE HOUSING FACILITY                                       ST. JOHNS COUNTY, FLORIDA
ST. JOHNS COUNTY                                                                           ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050

           inspecting agency for firestop systems indicated. Accessories include, but are not limited to, the following
           items:

           1.     Permanent forming/damming/backing materials, including the following:

                  a.     Slag-/rock-wool-fiber insulation.
                  b.     Sealants used in combination with other forming/damming/backing materials to prevent
                         leakage of fill materials in liquid state.
                  c.     Fire-rated form board.
                  d.     Fillers for sealants.

           2.     Temporary forming materials.
           3.     Substrate primers.
           4.     Collars.
           5.     Steel sleeves.


3.4        FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

      A.   Where deficiencies are found, repair or replace through-penetration firestop systems so they comply with
           requirements.

      B.   Proceed with enclosing through-penetration firestop systems with other construction only after inspection
           reports are issued and firestop installations comply with requirements.


3.5        CLEANING AND PROTECTING

      A.   Clean off excess fill materials adjacent to openings as Work progresses by methods and with cleaning
           materials that are approved in writing by through-penetration firestop system manufacturers and that do
           not damage materials in which openings occur.

      B.   Provide final protection and maintain conditions during and after installation that ensure that through-
           penetration firestop systems are without damage or deterioration at time of Substantial Completion. If,
           despite such protection, damage or deterioration occurs, cut out and remove damaged or deteriorated
           through-penetration firestop systems immediately and install new materials to produce systems complying
           with specified requirements.


END OF SECTION 078413




PENETRATION FIRESTOPPING                                                                                    078413 - 5
ST. JOHNS COUNTY WORK RELEASE HOUSING FACILITY                                         ST. JOHNS COUNTY, FLORIDA
ST. JOHNS COUNTY                                                                             ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050


SECTION 079200 - JOINT SEALANTS


GENERAL


1.1        RELATED DOCUMENTS

      A.   Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions, apply
           to this Section.


1.2        SUMMARY

      A.   This Section includes joint sealants for the applications indicated in the Joint-Sealant Schedule at the end
           of Part 3.

      B.   Related Sections include the following:
           1.     Division 4 Section "Unit Masonry Assemblies" for masonry control and expansion joint fillers and
                  gaskets.
           2.     Division 9 Section "Gypsum Board Assemblies" for sealing perimeter joints of gypsum board
                  partitions to reduce sound transmission.


1.3        QUALITY ASSURANCE

      A.   Installer Qualifications: Manufacturer's authorized Installer who is approved or licensed for installation of
           elastomeric sealants required for this Project.


1.4        PROJECT CONDITIONS

      A.   Do not proceed with installation of joint sealants under the following conditions:

           1.     When ambient and substrate temperature conditions are outside limits permitted by joint-sealant
                  manufacturer or are below 40 deg F (5 deg C).
           2.     When joint substrates are wet.
           3.     Where joint widths are less than those allowed by joint-sealant manufacturer for applications
                  indicated.
           4.     Contaminants capable of interfering with adhesion have not yet been removed from joint
                  substrates.


PRODUCTS


1.5        MANUFACTURERS

      A.   Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the products listed in other the joint
           sealant schedule.



JOINT SEALANTS                                                                                               079200 - 1
ST. JOHNS COUNTY WORK RELEASE HOUSING FACILITY                                         ST. JOHNS COUNTY, FLORIDA
ST. JOHNS COUNTY                                                                             ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050

1.6        MATERIALS, GENERAL

      A.   Compatibility: Provide joint sealants, backings, and other related materials that are compatible with one
           another and with joint substrates under conditions of service and application, as demonstrated by sealant
           manufacturer, based on testing and field experience.

      B.   Colors of Exposed Joint Sealants: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range.


1.7        ELASTOMERIC JOINT SEALANTS

      A.   Elastomeric Sealants: Comply with ASTM C 920 and other requirements indicated for each liquid-applied
           chemically curing sealant specified, including those referencing ASTM C 920 classifications for type,
           grade, class, and uses related to exposure and joint substrates.

      B.   Stain-Test-Response Characteristics: Where elastomeric sealants are specified to be nonstaining to
           porous substrates, provide products that have undergone testing according to ASTM C 1248 and have not
           stained porous joint substrates indicated for Project.


2.1        JOINT-SEALANT BACKING

      A.   General: Provide sealant backings of material and type that are nonstaining; are compatible with joint
           substrates, sealants, primers, and other joint fillers; and are approved for applications indicated by sealant
           manufacturer based on field experience and laboratory testing.

      B.   Cylindrical Sealant Backings: ASTM C 1330, Type C (closed-cell material with a surface skin) or any of
           the preceding types, as approved in writing by joint-sealant manufacturer for joint application indicated,
           and of size and density to control sealant depth and otherwise contribute to producing optimum sealant
           performance:

      C.   Bond-Breaker Tape: Polyethylene tape or other plastic tape recommended by sealant manufacturer for
           preventing sealant from adhering to rigid, inflexible joint-filler materials or joint surfaces at back of joint
           where such adhesion would result in sealant failure. Provide self-adhesive tape where applicable.


2.2        MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS

      A.   Primer: Material recommended by joint-sealant manufacturer where required for adhesion of sealant to
           joint substrates indicated, as determined from preconstruction joint-sealant-substrate tests and field tests.

      B.   Cleaners for Nonporous Surfaces: Chemical cleaners acceptable to manufacturers of sealants and
           sealant backing materials, free of oily residues or other substances capable of staining or harming joint
           substrates and adjacent nonporous surfaces in any way, and formulated to promote optimum adhesion of
           sealants to joint substrates.


2.3        MATERIALS, GENERAL

      A.   Compatibility: Provide joint sealants, backings, and other related materials that are compatible with one
           another and with joint substrates under conditions of service and application, as demonstrated by sealant
           manufacturer, based on testing and field experience.


JOINT SEALANTS                                                                                                079200 - 2
ST. JOHNS COUNTY WORK RELEASE HOUSING FACILITY                                        ST. JOHNS COUNTY, FLORIDA
ST. JOHNS COUNTY                                                                            ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050

2.4        MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS

      A.   Primer: Material recommended by joint-sealant manufacturer where required for adhesion of sealant to
           joint substrates indicated.

      B.   Cleaners for Nonporous Surfaces: Chemical cleaners acceptable to manufacturers of sealants and
           sealant backing materials, free of oily residues or other substances capable of staining or harming joint
           substrates and adjacent nonporous surfaces in any way, and formulated to promote optimum adhesion of
           sealants to joint substrates.

      C.   Masking Tape: Nonstaining, nonabsorbent material compatible with joint sealants and surfaces adjacent
           to joints.


EXECUTION


2.5        EXAMINATION

      A.   Examine joints indicated to receive joint sealants, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements
           for joint configuration, installation tolerances, and other conditions affecting joint-sealant performance.

      B.   Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.


2.6        PREPARATION

      A.   Surface Cleaning of Joints: Clean out joints immediately before installing joint sealants to comply with
           joint-sealant manufacturer's written instructions and the following requirements:

           1.     Remove all foreign material from joint substrates that could interfere with adhesion of joint sealant,
                  including dust, paints (except for permanent, protective coatings tested and approved for sealant
                  adhesion and compatibility by sealant manufacturer), old joint sealants, oil, grease, waterproofing,
                  water repellents, water, surface dirt, and frost.
           2.     Clean porous joint substrate surfaces by brushing, grinding, blast cleaning, mechanical abrading,
                  or a combination of these methods to produce a clean, sound substrate capable of developing
                  optimum bond with joint sealants. Remove loose particles remaining after cleaning operations
                  above by vacuuming or blowing out joints with oil-free compressed air. Porous joint substrates
                  include the following:

                  a.     Concrete.
                  b.     Masonry.
                  c.     Unglazed surfaces of ceramic tile.

           3.     Remove laitance and form-release agents from concrete.
           4.     Clean nonporous surfaces with chemical cleaners or other means that do not stain, harm
                  substrates, or leave residues capable of interfering with adhesion of joint sealants. Nonporous joint
                  substrates include the following:

                  a.     Metal.
                  b.     Glass.



JOINT SEALANTS                                                                                               079200 - 3
ST. JOHNS COUNTY WORK RELEASE HOUSING FACILITY                                        ST. JOHNS COUNTY, FLORIDA
ST. JOHNS COUNTY                                                                            ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050

                  c.     Porcelain enamel.
                  d.     Glazed surfaces of ceramic tile.

      B.   Joint Priming: Prime joint substrates, where recommended in writing by joint-sealant manufacturer, based
           on prior experience. Apply primer to comply with joint-sealant manufacturer's written instructions. Confine
           primers to areas of joint-sealant bond; do not allow spillage or migration onto adjoining surfaces.

      C.   Masking Tape: Use masking tape where required to prevent contact of sealant with adjoining surfaces
           that otherwise would be permanently stained or damaged by such contact or by cleaning methods
           required to remove sealant smears. Remove tape immediately after tooling without disturbing joint seal.


2.7        INSTALLATION OF JOINT SEALANTS

      A.   General: Comply with joint-sealant manufacturer's written installation instructions for products and
           applications indicated, unless more stringent requirements apply.

      B.   Sealant Installation Standard: Comply with recommendations in ASTM C 1193 for use of joint sealants as
           applicable to materials, applications, and conditions indicated.

      C.   Acoustical Sealant Application Standard: Comply with recommendations in ASTM C 919 for use of joint
           sealants in acoustical applications as applicable to materials, applications, and conditions indicated.

      D.   Install sealant backings of type indicated to support sealants during application and at position required to
           produce cross-sectional shapes and depths of installed sealants relative to joint widths that allow optimum
           sealant movement capability.

           1.     Do not leave gaps between ends of sealant backings.
           2.     Do not stretch, twist, puncture, or tear sealant backings.
           3.     Remove absorbent sealant backings that have become wet before sealant application and replace
                  them with dry materials.

      E.   Install bond-breaker tape behind sealants where sealant backings are not used between sealants and
           backs of joints.

      F.   Install sealants using proven techniques that comply with the following and at the same time backings are
           installed:

           1.     Place sealants so they directly contact and fully wet joint substrates.
           2.     Completely fill recesses in each joint configuration.
           3.     Produce uniform, cross-sectional shapes and depths relative to joint widths that allow optimum
                  sealant movement capability.

      G.   Tooling of Nonsag Sealants: Immediately after sealant application and before skinning or curing begins,
           tool sealants according to requirements specified below to form smooth, uniform beads of configuration
           indicated; to eliminate air pockets; and to ensure contact and adhesion of sealant with sides of joint.

           1.     Remove excess sealant from surfaces adjacent to joints.
           2.     Use tooling agents that are approved in writing by sealant manufacturer and that do not discolor
                  sealants or adjacent surfaces.
           3.     Provide concave joint configuration per Figure 5A in ASTM C 1193, unless otherwise indicated.



JOINT SEALANTS                                                                                               079200 - 4
ST. JOHNS COUNTY WORK RELEASE HOUSING FACILITY                                          ST. JOHNS COUNTY, FLORIDA
ST. JOHNS COUNTY                                                                              ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050

                  a.     Use masking tape to protect surfaces adjacent to recessed tooled joints.

      H.   Installation of Preformed Tapes: Install according to manufacturer's written instructions.


2.8        CLEANING

      A.   Clean off excess sealant or sealant smears adjacent to joints as the Work progresses by methods and
           with cleaning materials approved in writing by manufacturers of joint sealants and of products in which
           joints occur.


2.9        PROTECTION

      A.   Protect joint sealants during and after curing period from contact with contaminating substances and from
           damage resulting from construction operations or other causes so sealants are without deterioration or
           damage at time of Substantial Completion. If, despite such protection, damage or deterioration occurs, cut
           out and remove damaged or deteriorated joint sealants immediately so installations with repaired areas
           are indistinguishable from original work.


2.10       JOINT-SEALANT SCHEDULE

      A.   Joint-Sealant Application JS-1: Exterior horizontal nontraffic and traffic isolation and contraction joints in
           cast-in-place concrete slabs.

           1.     Joint Sealant: Product - Vulkem 245, Two-Part Pourable Polyurethane Sealant.
           2.     Joint-Sealant Color: Match adjacent surface color.

      B.   Joint-Sealant Application JS-2: Exterior vertical control and expansion joints in unit masonry.

           1.     Joint Sealant: Product – Dymeric 240, Epoxidized Polyurethane Sealant.
           2.     Joint-Sealant Color: Match masonry mortar color.

      C.   Joint-Sealant Application JS-3: Exterior butt joints between metal panels.

           1.     Joint Sealant: Product – Vulkem 116, One-Part High Performance Elastomer weatherproofing
                  sealant.
           2.     Joint-Sealant Color: Match intersecting metal color.

      D.   Joint-Sealant Application JS-4: Exterior vertical joints between different materials listed above.

           1.     Joint Sealant: Product - Dymeric 240, Epoxidized Polyurethane Sealant.
           2.     Joint-Sealant Color: Match masonry color.

      E.   Joint-Sealant Application JS-5: Exterior perimeter joints between masonry and frames of doors windows
           and louvers.

           1.     Joint Sealant: Product - Vulkem 116, One-Part High Performance Elastomer weatherproofing
                  sealant.
           2.     Joint-Sealant Color: Match masonry color.



JOINT SEALANTS                                                                                                  079200 - 5
ST. JOHNS COUNTY WORK RELEASE HOUSING FACILITY                                      ST. JOHNS COUNTY, FLORIDA
ST. JOHNS COUNTY                                                                          ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050

  F.    Joint-Sealant Application JS-6: Exterior control and expansion joints in ceilings and other overhead
        surfaces.

        1.     Joint Sealant: Product - Dymeric 240, Epoxidized Polyurethane Sealant.
        2.     Joint-Sealant Color: Match ceiling color.

  G.    Joint-Sealant Application JS-7: Vertical control and expansion joints on exposed interior surfaces of
        exterior walls.

        1.     Joint Sealant: Product - Dymeric 240, Epoxidized Polyurethane Sealant.
        2.     Joint-Sealant Color: Match ceiling color.

  H.    Joint-Sealant Application JS-8: Interior perimeter joints of exterior openings.

        1.     Joint Sealant: Product – Pecora AC-20 FTR, Fire and Temperature Rated Acoustical and
               Insulation Sealant.
        2.     Joint-Sealant Color: Match metal color.

  I.    Joint-Sealant Application JS-9: Interior ceramic tile expansion, control, contraction, and isolation joints in
        horizontal traffic surfaces.

        1.     Joint Sealant: Product - Vulkem 245, Two-Part Pourable Polyurethane Sealant.
        2.     Joint-Sealant Color: Match grout color.

  J.    Joint-Sealant Application JS-10: Interior joints between plumbing fixtures and adjoining walls, floors, and
        counters.

        1.     Joint Sealant: Product – Dow Corning, 786 Silicone Sealant
        2.     Joint-Sealant Color: White.

  K.    Joint-Sealant Application JS-11: Vertical joints on exposed surfaces of interior unit masonry and concrete
        walls and partitions.

        1.     Joint Sealant: Product – Pecora AC-20 FTR, Fire and Temperature Rated Acoustical and
               Insulation Sealant.
        2.     Joint-Sealant Color: White.

  L.    Joint-Sealant Application JS-12: Perimeter joints between interior wall surfaces and frames of interior
        doors, and windows.

        1.     Joint Sealant: Product – Pecora AC-20 FTR, Fire and Temperature Rated Acoustical and
               Insulation Sealant.
        2.     Joint-Sealant Color: Match window frame and door frame color.


END OF SECTION 079200




JOINT SEALANTS                                                                                             079200 - 6
ST. JOHNS COUNTY WORK RELEASE HOUSING FACILITY                                             ST. JOHNS COUNTY, FLORIDA
ST. JOHNS COUNTY                                                                                 ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050


SECTION 081113 - HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES


PART 1 - GENERAL


1.1        SUMMARY

      A.   Section includes hollow-metal work.


1.2        DEFINITIONS

      A.   Minimum Thickness: Minimum thickness of base metal without coatings according to NAAMM-HMMA 803
           or SDI A250.8.


1.3        ACTION SUBMITTALS

      A.   Product Data: For each type of product.

      B.   Shop Drawings: Include elevations, door edge details, frame profiles, metal thicknesses, preparations for
           hardware, and other details.

      C.   Samples for Initial Selection: For units with factory-applied color finishes.

      D.   Samples for Verification: For each type of exposed finish required.

      E.   Schedule: Prepared by or under the supervision of supplier, using same reference numbers for details
           and openings as those on Drawings.


1.4        INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS

      A.   Product test reports.


PART 2 - PRODUCTS


2.1        MANUFACTURERS

      A.   Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by the following:

           1.     Ceco Door Products; an Assa Abloy Group company.
           2.     Curries Company; an Assa Abloy Group company.
           3.     Steelcraft; an Ingersoll-Rand company.




HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES                                                                                081113 - 1
ST. JOHNS COUNTY WORK RELEASE HOUSING FACILITY                                          ST. JOHNS COUNTY, FLORIDA
ST. JOHNS COUNTY                                                                              ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050

2.2        REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS

      A.   Fire-Rated Assemblies: Complying with NFPA 80 and listed and labeled by a qualified testing agency
           acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction for fire-protection ratings and temperature-rise limits indicated,
           based on testing at positive pressure according to NFPA 252 or UL 10C.

           1.     Smoke- and Draft-Control Assemblies: Provide an assembly with gaskets listed and labeled for
                  smoke and draft control by a qualified testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction,
                  based on testing according to UL 1784 and installed in compliance with NFPA 105.

      B.   Fire-Rated, Borrowed-Light Assemblies: Complying with NFPA 80 and listed and labeled by a testing and
           inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction for fire-protection ratings indicated, based
           on testing according to NFPA 257 or UL 9.


2.3        INTERIOR DOORS AND FRAMES

      A.   Extra-Heavy-Duty Doors and Frames: SDI A250.8, Level 4.

           1.     Physical Performance: Level A according to SDI A250.4.
           2.     Doors:

                  a.      Type: As indicated in the Door and Frame Schedule.
                  b.      Thickness: 1-3/4 inches (44.5 mm).
                  c.      Face: Metallic-coated, G90 steel sheet, minimum thickness of 0.067 inch (1.3 mm).
                  d.      Edge Construction: Model 2, Seamless.
                  e.      Core: Polyurethane.

           3.     Frames:

                  a.      Materials: Metallic-coated, G90 steel sheet, minimum thickness of 0.067 inch (1.3 mm).
                  b.      Construction: Full profile welded.

           4.     Exposed Finish: Factory baked primer.


2.4        EXTERIOR HOLLOW-METAL DOORS AND FRAMES

      A.   Extra-Heavy-Duty Doors and Frames: SDI A250.8, Level 4.

           1.     Physical Performance: Level A according to SDI A250.4.
           2.     Doors:

                  a.      Type: As indicated in the Door and Frame Schedule.
                  b.      Thickness: 1-3/4 inches (44.5 mm).
                  c.      Face: Metallic-coated steel sheet, minimum thickness of 0.067 inch (1.3 mm), with
                          minimum G90 coating.
                  d.      Edge Construction: Model 2, Seamless.
                  e.      Core: Polyurethane.

           3.     Thermal-Rated Doors: Provide doors fabricated with thermal-resistance value (R-value) of not less
                  than R: 14.5 when tested according to ASTM C 1363.


HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES                                                                                  081113 - 2
ST. JOHNS COUNTY WORK RELEASE HOUSING FACILITY                                   ST. JOHNS COUNTY, FLORIDA
ST. JOHNS COUNTY                                                                       ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050

           4.    Frames:

                 a.     Materials: Metallic-coated steel sheet, minimum thickness of 0.067 inch (1.3 mm), with
                        minimum G90 coating.
                 b.     Construction: Full profile welded.

           5.    Exposed Finish: Factory baked primer.


2.5        FRAME ANCHORS

      A.   Jamb Anchors:

           1.    Masonry Type: Adjustable strap-and-stirrup or T-shaped anchors to suit frame size, not less than
                 0.042 inch (1.0 mm) thick, with corrugated or perforated straps not less than 2 inches (51 mm)
                 wide by 10 inches (254 mm) long; or wire anchors not less than 0.177 inch (4.5 mm) thick.
           2.    Stud-Wall Type: Designed to engage stud, welded to back of frames; not less than 0.042 inch (1.0
                 mm) thick.

      B.   Floor Anchors: Formed from same material as frames, minimum thickness of 0.042 inch (1.0 mm), and as
           follows:

           1.    Monolithic Concrete Slabs: Clip-type anchors, with two holes to receive fasteners.
           2.    Separate Topping Concrete Slabs: Adjustable-type anchors with extension clips, allowing not less
                 than 2-inch (51-mm) height adjustment. Terminate bottom of frames at finish floor surface.


2.6        MATERIALS

      A.   Recycled Content of Steel Products: Postconsumer recycled content plus one-half of preconsumer
           recycled content not less than 25 percent.

      B.   Cold-Rolled Steel Sheet: ASTM A 1008/A 1008M, Commercial Steel (CS), Type B; suitable for exposed
           applications.

      C.   Hot-Rolled Steel Sheet: ASTM A 1011/A 1011M, Commercial Steel (CS), Type B; free of scale, pitting, or
           surface defects; pickled and oiled.

      D.   Metallic-Coated Steel Sheet: ASTM A 653/A 653M, Commercial Steel (CS), Type B.

      E.   Frame Anchors: ASTM A 879/A 879M, Commercial Steel (CS), 04Z (12G) coating designation; mill
           phosphatized.

           1.    For anchors built into exterior walls, steel sheet complying with ASTM A 1008/A 1008M or
                 ASTM A 1011/A 1011M, hot-dip galvanized according to ASTM A 153/A 153M, Class B.

      F.   Inserts, Bolts, and Fasteners: Hot-dip galvanized according to ASTM A 153/A 153M.

      G.   Power-Actuated Fasteners in Concrete: From corrosion-resistant materials.

      H.   Grout: ASTM C 476, except with a maximum slump of 4 inches (102 mm), as measured according to
           ASTM C 143/C 143M.


HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES                                                                         081113 - 3
ST. JOHNS COUNTY WORK RELEASE HOUSING FACILITY                                      ST. JOHNS COUNTY, FLORIDA
ST. JOHNS COUNTY                                                                          ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050

      I.   Mineral-Fiber Insulation: ASTM C 665, Type I (blankets without membrane facing).

      J.   Glazing: Section 088000 "Glazing."

      K.   Bituminous Coating: Cold-applied asphalt mastic, compounded for 15-mil (0.4-mm) dry film thickness per
           coat.


2.7        FABRICATION

      A.   Fabricate hollow-metal work to be rigid and free of defects, warp, or buckle. Accurately form metal to
           required sizes and profiles, with minimum radius for metal thickness. Where practical, fit and assemble
           units in manufacturer's plant. To ensure proper assembly at Project site, clearly identify work that cannot
           be permanently factory assembled before shipment.

      B.   Hollow-Metal Doors:

           1.     Exterior Doors: Provide weep-hole openings in bottoms of exterior doors to permit moisture to
                  escape. Seal joints in top edges of doors against water penetration.
           2.     Astragals: Provide overlapping astragal on one leaf of pairs of doors where required by NFPA 80
                  for fire-performance rating or where indicated.

      C.   Hollow-Metal Frames: Where frames are fabricated in sections due to shipping or handling limitations,
           provide alignment plates or angles at each joint, fabricated of same thickness metal as frames.

           1.     Sidelight and Transom Bar Frames: Provide closed tubular members with no visible face seams
                  or joints, fabricated from same material as door frame. Fasten members at crossings and to jambs
                  by butt welding.
           2.     Provide countersunk, flat- or oval-head exposed screws and bolts for exposed fasteners unless
                  otherwise indicated.
           3.     Grout Guards: Weld guards to frame at back of hardware mortises in frames to be grouted.
           4.     Floor Anchors: Weld anchors to bottoms of jambs with at least four spot welds per anchor;
                  however, for slip-on drywall frames, provide anchor clips or countersunk holes at bottoms of jambs.
           5.     Jamb Anchors: Provide number and spacing of anchors as follows:

                  a.     Masonry Type: Locate anchors not more than 16 inches (406 mm) from top and bottom of
                         frame. Space anchors not more than 32 inches (813 mm) o.c., to match coursing, and as
                         follows:

                         1)      Two anchors per jamb up to 60 inches (1524 mm) high.
                         2)      Three anchors per jamb from 60 to 90 inches (1524 to 2286 mm) high.
                         3)      Four anchors per jamb from 90 to 120 inches (2286 to 3048 mm) high.
                         4)      Four anchors per jamb plus one additional anchor per jamb for each 24 inches (610
                                 mm) or fraction thereof above 120 inches (3048 mm) high.

                  b.     Stud-Wall Type: Locate anchors not more than 18 inches (457 mm) from top and bottom of
                         frame. Space anchors not more than 32 inches (813 mm) o.c. and as follows:

                         1)      Three anchors per jamb up to 60 inches (1524 mm) high.
                         2)      Four anchors per jamb from 60 to 90 inches (1524 to 2286 mm) high.
                         3)      Five anchors per jamb from 90 to 96 inches (2286 to 2438 mm) high.



HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES                                                                              081113 - 4
ST. JOHNS COUNTY WORK RELEASE HOUSING FACILITY                                        ST. JOHNS COUNTY, FLORIDA
ST. JOHNS COUNTY                                                                            ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050

                         4)     Five anchors per jamb plus one additional anchor per jamb for each 24 inches (610
                                mm) or fraction thereof above 96 inches (2438 mm) high.

                  c.     Compression Type: Not less than two anchors in each frame.
                  d.     Postinstalled Expansion Type: Locate anchors not more than 6 inches (152 mm) from top
                         and bottom of frame. Space anchors not more than 26 inches (660 mm) o.c.

           6.     Door Silencers: Except on weather-stripped frames, drill stops to receive door silencers.

                  a.     Single-Door Frames: Drill stop in strike jamb to receive three door silencers.
                  b.     Double-Door Frames: Drill stop in head jamb to receive two door silencers.

      D.   Hardware Preparation: Factory prepare hollow-metal work to receive templated mortised hardware;
           include cutouts, reinforcement, mortising, drilling, and tapping according to SDI A250.6, the Door
           Hardware Schedule, and templates.

           1.     Reinforce doors and frames to receive nontemplated, mortised, and surface-mounted door
                  hardware.
           2.     Comply with applicable requirements in SDI A250.6 and BHMA A156.115 for preparation of hollow-
                  metal work for hardware.
           3.     Factory install all required UL listed conduit for electro mechanical hardware and security devices
                  as required. Refer to security drawing sheets for additional information.

      E.   Stops and Moldings: Provide stops and moldings around glazed lites and louvers where indicated. Form
           corners of stops and moldings with butted or mitered hairline joints.

           1.     Single Glazed Lites: Provide fixed stops and moldings welded on secure side of hollow-metal
                  work.
           2.     Multiple Glazed Lites: Provide fixed and removable stops and moldings so that each glazed lite is
                  capable of being removed independently.
           3.     Provide fixed frame moldings on outside of exterior and on secure side of interior doors and
                  frames.
           4.     Provide loose stops and moldings on inside of hollow-metal work.
           5.     Coordinate rabbet width between fixed and removable stops with glazing and installation types
                  indicated.


2.8        STEEL FINISHES

      A.   Prime Finish: Clean, pretreat, and apply manufacturer's standard primer.

           1.     Factory baked on primer: SDI A250.10.


2.9        ACCESSORIES

      A.   Louvers: Provide sightproof louvers for interior doors, where indicated, which comply with SDI 111C, with
           blades or baffles formed of 0.020-inch- (0.5-mm-) thick, cold-rolled steel sheet set into 0.032-inch- (0.8-
           mm-) thick steel frame.




HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES                                                                                 081113 - 5
ST. JOHNS COUNTY WORK RELEASE HOUSING FACILITY                                     ST. JOHNS COUNTY, FLORIDA
ST. JOHNS COUNTY                                                                         ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050

           1.    Fire-Rated Automatic Louvers: Movable blades closed by actuating fusible link, and listed and
                 labeled for use in fire-rated door assemblies of type and fire-resistance rating indicated.

      B.   Mullions and Transom Bars: Join to adjacent members by welding or rigid mechanical anchors.

      C.   Grout Guards: Formed from same material as frames, not less than 0.016 inch (0.4 mm) thick.


PART 3 - EXECUTION


3.1        INSTALLATION

      A.   Hollow-Metal Frames: Install hollow-metal frames of size and profile indicated. Comply with SDI A250.11
           or NAAMM-HMMA 840 as required by standards specified.

           1.    Set frames accurately in position; plumbed, aligned, and braced securely until permanent anchors
                 are set. After wall construction is complete, remove temporary braces, leaving surfaces smooth
                 and undamaged.

                 a.     At fire-rated openings, install frames according to NFPA 80.
                 b.     Where frames are fabricated in sections because of shipping or handling limitations, field
                        splice at approved locations by welding face joint continuously; grind, fill, dress, and make
                        splice smooth, flush, and invisible on exposed faces.
                 c.     Install frames with removable stops located on secure side of opening.
                 d.     Install door silencers in frames before grouting.
                 e.     Remove temporary braces necessary for installation only after frames have been properly
                        set and secured.
                 f.     Check plumb, square, and twist of frames as walls are constructed. Shim as necessary to
                        comply with installation tolerances.
                 g.     Field apply bituminous coating to backs of frames that will be filled with grout containing
                        antifreezing agents.

           2.    Floor Anchors: Provide floor anchors for each jamb and mullion that extends to floor, and secure
                 with postinstalled expansion anchors.

                 a.     Floor anchors may be set with power-actuated fasteners instead of postinstalled expansion
                        anchors if so indicated and approved on Shop Drawings.

           3.    Metal-Stud Partitions: Solidly pack mineral-fiber insulation inside frames.
           4.    Masonry Walls: Coordinate installation of frames to allow for solidly filling space between frames
                 and masonry with grout.
           5.    Concrete Walls: Solidly fill space between frames and concrete with mineral-fiber insulation.
           6.    In-Place Concrete or Masonry Construction: Secure frames in place with postinstalled expansion
                 anchors. Countersink anchors, and fill and make smooth, flush, and invisible on exposed faces.
           7.    In-Place Metal or Wood-Stud Partitions: Secure slip-on drywall frames in place according to
                 manufacturer's written instructions.
           8.    Installation Tolerances: Adjust hollow-metal door frames for squareness, alignment, twist, and
                 plumb to the following tolerances:




HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES                                                                             081113 - 6
ST. JOHNS COUNTY WORK RELEASE HOUSING FACILITY                                     ST. JOHNS COUNTY, FLORIDA
ST. JOHNS COUNTY                                                                         ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050

                  a.     Squareness: Plus or minus 1/16 inch (1.6 mm), measured at door rabbet on a line 90
                         degrees from jamb perpendicular to frame head.
                  b.     Alignment: Plus or minus 1/16 inch (1.6 mm), measured at jambs on a horizontal line
                         parallel to plane of wall.
                  c.     Twist: Plus or minus 1/16 inch (1.6 mm), measured at opposite face corners of jambs on
                         parallel lines, and perpendicular to plane of wall.
                  d.     Plumbness: Plus or minus 1/16 inch (1.6 mm), measured at jambs at floor.

      B.   Hollow-Metal Doors: Fit hollow-metal doors accurately in frames, within clearances specified below. Shim
           as necessary.

           1.     Non-Fire-Rated Steel Doors:

                  a.     Between Door and Frame Jambs and Head: 1/8 inch (3.2 mm) plus or minus 1/32 inch (0.8
                         mm).
                  b.     Between Edges of Pairs of Doors: 1/8 inch (3.2 mm) to 1/4 inch (6.3 mm) plus or minus
                         1/32 inch (0.8 mm).
                  c.     At Bottom of Door: [3/4 inch (19.1 mm)] [5/8 inch (15.8 mm)] plus or minus 1/32 inch (0.8
                         mm).
                  d.     Between Door Face and Stop: 1/16 inch (1.6 mm) to 1/8 inch (3.2 mm) plus or minus 1/32
                         inch (0.8 mm).

           2.     Fire-Rated Doors: Install doors with clearances according to NFPA 80.
           3.     Smoke-Control Doors: Install doors and gaskets according to NFPA 105.

      C.   Glazing: Comply with installation requirements in Section 088000 "Glazing" and with hollow-metal
           manufacturer's written instructions.

           1.     Secure stops with countersunk flat- or oval-head machine screws spaced uniformly not more than
                  9 inches (230 mm) o.c. and not more than 2 inches (51 mm) o.c. from each corner.


3.2        ADJUSTING AND CLEANING

      A.   Final Adjustments: Check and readjust operating hardware items immediately before final inspection.
           Leave work in complete and proper operating condition. Remove and replace defective work, including
           hollow-metal work that is warped, bowed, or otherwise unacceptable.

      B.   Remove grout and other bonding material from hollow-metal work immediately after installation.

      C.   Prime-Coat Touchup: Immediately after erection, sand smooth rusted or damaged areas of prime coat
           and apply touchup of compatible air-drying, rust-inhibitive primer.

      D.   Metallic-Coated Surface Touchup: Clean abraded areas and repair with galvanizing repair paint according
           to manufacturer's written instructions.

      E.   Touchup Painting: Cleaning and touchup painting of abraded areas of paint are specified in painting
           Sections.


END OF SECTION 081113



HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES                                                                               081113 - 7
ST. JOHNS COUNTY WORK RELEASE HOUSING FACILITY                                      ST. JOHNS COUNTY, FLORIDA
ST. JOHNS COUNTY                                                                          ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050


SECTION 083113 - ACCESS DOORS AND FRAMES


PART 1 - GENERAL


1.1        SUMMARY

      A.   Section Includes:

           1.     Access doors and frames for walls and ceilings.


1.2        ACTION SUBMITTALS

      A.   Product Data: For each type of product.

      B.   Shop Drawings: Include plans, elevations, sections, details, and attachments to other work.


PART 2 - PRODUCTS


2.1        ACCESS DOORS AND FRAMES FOR WALLS AND CEILINGS

      A.   Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that
           may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:

           1.     Access Panel Solutions.
           2.     Acudor Products, Inc.
           3.     Alfab, Inc.
           4.     Babcock-Davis.
           5.     Cendrex Inc.
           6.     Elmdor/Stoneman Manufacturing Co.; Div. of Acorn Engineering Co.
           7.     Jensen Industries; Div. of Broan-Nutone, LLC.
           8.     J. L. Industries, Inc.; Div. of Activar Construction Products Group.
           9.     Karp Associates, Inc.
           10.    Larsen's Manufacturing Company.
           11.    Maxam Metal Products Limited.
           12.    Metropolitan Door Industries Corp.
           13.    MIFAB, Inc.
           14.    Milcor Inc.
           15.    Nystrom, Inc.
           16.    Williams Bros. Corporation of America (The).

      B.   Source Limitations:   Obtain each type of access door and frame from single source from single
           manufacturer.

      C.   Flush Access Doors with Concealed Flanges:
           1.     Assembly Description: Fabricate door to fit flush to frame. Provide frame with gypsum board
                  beads for concealed flange installation.


ACCESS DOORS AND FRAMES                                                                                  083113 - 1
ST. JOHNS COUNTY WORK RELEASE HOUSING FACILITY                                     ST. JOHNS COUNTY, FLORIDA
ST. JOHNS COUNTY                                                                         ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050

           2.     Locations: Wall.
           3.     Door Size: 16 inches by 16 inches.
           4.     Uncoated Steel Sheet for Door: Nominal 0.060 inch (1.52 mm), 16 gage.

                  a.     Finish: Factory finish.

           5.     Frame Material: Same material and thickness as door.
           6.     Hinges: Manufacturer's standard.
           7.     Hardware: Lock.

      D.   Hardware:
           1.    Lock: Cylinder.

                  a.     Lock Preparation: Prepare door panel to accept cylinder specified in Section 087100 "Door
                         Hardware."


2.2        MATERIALS

      A.   Steel Sheet: Uncoated or electrolytic zinc coated, ASTM A 879/A 879M, with cold-rolled steel sheet
           substrate complying with ASTM A 1008/A 1008M, Commercial Steel (CS), exposed.

      B.   Frame Anchors: Same type as door face.

      C.   Inserts, Bolts, and Anchor Fasteners: Hot-dip galvanized steel according to ASTM A 153/A 153M or
           ASTM F 2329.


2.3        FABRICATION

      A.   General: Provide access door and frame assemblies manufactured as integral units ready for installation.

      B.   Metal Surfaces: For metal surfaces exposed to view in the completed Work, provide materials with
           smooth, flat surfaces without blemishes. Do not use materials with exposed pitting, seam marks, roller
           marks, rolled trade names, or roughness.

      C.   Doors and Frames: Grind exposed welds smooth and flush with adjacent surfaces. Furnish attachment
           devices and fasteners of type required to secure access doors to types of supports indicated.

      D.   Recessed Access Doors: Form face of panel to provide recess for application of applied finish. Reinforce
           panel as required to prevent buckling.

           1.     For recessed doors with plaster infill, provide self-furring expanded metal lath attached to door
                  panel.

      E.   Latching Mechanisms: Furnish number required to hold doors in flush, smooth plane when closed.

           1.     For cylinder locks, furnish two keys per lock and key all locks alike.
           2.     For recessed panel doors, provide access sleeves for each locking device. Furnish plastic
                  grommets and install in holes cut through finish.




ACCESS DOORS AND FRAMES                                                                                  083113 - 2
ST. JOHNS COUNTY WORK RELEASE HOUSING FACILITY                                          ST. JOHNS COUNTY, FLORIDA
ST. JOHNS COUNTY                                                                              ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050

      F.   Extruded Aluminum: After fabrication, apply manufacturer's standard protective coating on aluminum that
           will come in contact with concrete.


2.4        FINISHES

      A.   Comply with NAAMM's "Metal Finishes Manual for Architectural and Metal Products" for recommendations
           for applying and designating finishes.

      B.   Protect mechanical finishes on exposed surfaces from damage by applying a strippable, temporary
           protective covering before shipping.

      C.   Appearance of Finished Work: Noticeable variations in same piece are not acceptable. Variations in
           appearance of adjoining components are acceptable if they are within the range of approved Samples and
           are assembled or installed to minimize contrast.

      D.   Aluminum Finishes:

           1.     Mill finish.
           2.     Clear Anodic Finish: AAMA 611, AA-M12C22A41, Class I, 0.018 mm or thicker.


PART 3 - EXECUTION


3.1        INSTALLATION

      A.   Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for installing access doors and frames.

      B.   Install doors flush with adjacent finish surfaces or recessed to receive finish material.


3.2        ADJUSTING

      A.   Adjust doors and hardware, after installation, for proper operation.

      B.   Remove and replace doors and frames that are warped, bowed, or otherwise damaged.


END OF SECTION 083113




ACCESS DOORS AND FRAMES                                                                                   083113 - 3
ST. JOHNS COUNTY WORK RELEASE HOUSING FACILITY                                      ST. JOHNS COUNTY, FLORIDA
ST. JOHNS COUNTY                                                                          ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050


SECTION 084113 - ALUMINUM-FRAMED ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS


PART 1 - GENERAL


1.1        SUMMARY

      A.   Section Includes:

           1.     Exterior and interior storefront framing.
           2.     Storefront framing for punched openings.


1.2        PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS

      A.   General Performance: Aluminum-framed systems shall withstand the effects of the following performance
           requirements without exceeding performance criteria or failure due to defective manufacture, fabrication,
           installation, or other defects in construction:

           1.     Movements of supporting structure indicated on Drawings including, but not limited to, story drift
                  and deflection from uniformly distributed and concentrated live loads.
           2.     Dimensional tolerances of building frame and other adjacent construction.
           3.     Failure includes the following:

                  a.     Deflection exceeding specified limits.
                  b.     Thermal stresses transferring to building structure.
                  c.     Framing members transferring stresses, including those caused by thermal and structural
                         movements to glazing.
                  d.     Noise or vibration created by wind and by thermal and structural movements.
                  e.     Loosening or weakening of fasteners, attachments, and other components.
                  f.     Failure of operating units.

      B.   Delegated Design: Design aluminum-framed systems, including comprehensive engineering analysis by a
           qualified professional engineer, using performance requirements and design criteria indicated.

      C.   Wind Loads: As indicated on Drawings.

      D.   Deflection of Framing Members:

           1.     Deflection Normal to Wall Plane: Limited to edge of glass in a direction perpendicular to glass
                  plane shall not exceed L/175 of the glass edge length for each individual glazing lite or an amount
                  that restricts edge deflection of individual glazing lites to 3/4 inch (19 mm), whichever is less.
           2.     Deflection Parallel to Glazing Plane: Limited to L/360 of clear span or 1/8 inch (3.2 mm),
                  whichever is smaller.

      E.   Structural-Test Performance: Provide aluminum-framed systems tested according to ASTM E 330 as
           follows:




ALUMINUM-FRAMED ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS                                                                 084113 - 1
ST. JOHNS COUNTY WORK RELEASE HOUSING FACILITY                                      ST. JOHNS COUNTY, FLORIDA
ST. JOHNS COUNTY                                                                          ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050

           1.     When tested at 150 percent of positive and negative wind-load design pressures, systems,
                  including anchorage, do not evidence material failures, structural distress, and permanent
                  deformation of main framing members exceeding 0.2 percent of span.
           2.     Test Durations: 10 seconds.

      F.   Air Infiltration: Provide aluminum-framed systems with maximum air leakage through fixed glazing and
           framing areas of 0.06 cfm/sq. ft. (0.03 L/s per sq. m) of fixed wall area when tested according to
           ASTM E 283 at a minimum static-air-pressure difference of 1.57 lbf/sq. ft. (75 Pa).

      G.   Water Penetration under Static Pressure: Provide aluminum-framed systems that do not evidence water
           penetration through fixed glazing and framing areas when tested according to ASTM E 331 at a minimum
           static-air-pressure difference of 20 percent of positive wind-load design pressure, but not less than 6.24
           lbf/sq. ft. (300 Pa).


1.3        ACTION SUBMITTALS

      A.   Product Data: For each type of product indicated.

      B.   Shop Drawings: For aluminum-framed systems.            Include plans, elevations, sections, details, and
           attachments to other work.

           1.     Include details of provisions for system expansion and contraction and for drainage of moisture in
                  the system to the exterior.


1.4        INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS

      A.   Product test reports.

      B.   Warranties: Sample of special warranties.


1.5        CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS

      A.   Maintenance data.


1.6        QUALITY ASSURANCE

      A.   Installer Qualifications: Manufacturer's authorized representative who is trained and approved for
           installation of units required for this Project.

      B.   Testing Agency Qualifications: Qualified according to ASTM E 699 for testing indicated.

      C.   Engineering Responsibility: Prepare data for aluminum-framed systems, including Shop Drawings, based
           on testing and engineering analysis of manufacturer's standard units in systems similar to those indicated
           for this Project.

      D.   Product Options: Information on Drawings and in Specifications establishes requirements for systems'
           aesthetic effects and performance characteristics. Aesthetic effects are indicated by dimensions,
           arrangements, alignment, and profiles of components and assemblies as they relate to sightlines, to one


ALUMINUM-FRAMED ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS                                                                 084113 - 2
ST. JOHNS COUNTY WORK RELEASE HOUSING FACILITY                                       ST. JOHNS COUNTY, FLORIDA
ST. JOHNS COUNTY                                                                           ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050

           another, and to adjoining construction. Performance characteristics are indicated by criteria subject to
           verification by one or more methods including preconstruction testing, field testing, and in-service
           performance.

      E.   Source Limitations for Aluminum-Framed Systems: Obtain from single source from single manufacturer.

      F.   Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site.


1.7        WARRANTY

      A.   Special Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair or replace
           components of aluminum-framed systems that do not comply with requirements or that fail in materials or
           workmanship within specified warranty period.

           1.     Warranty Period: Two years from date of Substantial Completion.

      B.   Special Finish Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair or replace
           components on which finishes do not comply with requirements or that fail in materials or workmanship
           within specified warranty period. Warranty does not include normal weathering.

           1.     Warranty Period: Five years from date of Substantial Completion.


PART 2 - PRODUCTS


2.1        MANUFACTURERS

      A.   Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide Kawneer IR 500 and 501
           Large Missile Impact Storefront Framing System or comparable product by one of the following:
           1.     EFCO Corporation.
           2.     Kawneer North America; an Alcoa company.
           3.     United States Aluminum.
           4.     Vistawall Architectural Products; The Vistawall Group; a Bluescope Steel company.
           5.     YKK AP America Inc.


2.2        MATERIALS

      A.   Aluminum: Alloy and temper recommended by manufacturer for type of use and finish indicated.

           1.     Sheet and Plate: ASTM B 209 (ASTM B 209M).
           2.     Extruded Bars, Rods, Profiles, and Tubes: ASTM B 221 (ASTM B 221M).
           3.     Extruded Structural Pipe and Tubes: ASTM B 429.
           4.     Structural Profiles: ASTM B 308/B 308M.
           5.     Welding Rods and Bare Electrodes: AWS A5.10/A5.10M.




ALUMINUM-FRAMED ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS                                                               084113 - 3
ST. JOHNS COUNTY WORK RELEASE HOUSING FACILITY                                      ST. JOHNS COUNTY, FLORIDA
ST. JOHNS COUNTY                                                                          ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050

2.3        FRAMING SYSTEMS

      A.   Framing Members: Manufacturer's standard extruded-aluminum framing members of thickness required
           and reinforced as required to support imposed loads.

           1.     Construction: Impact resistant, nonthermal.
           2.     Glazing System: Retained mechanically with gaskets on four sides.
           3.     Glazing Plane: Center.

      B.   Brackets and Reinforcements: Manufacturer's standard high-strength aluminum with nonstaining,
           nonferrous shims for aligning system components.

      C.   Fasteners and Accessories: Manufacturer's standard corrosion-resistant, nonstaining, nonbleeding
           fasteners and accessories compatible with adjacent materials.

           1.     Use self-locking devices where fasteners are subject to loosening or turning out from thermal and
                  structural movements, wind loads, or vibration.
           2.     Reinforce members as required to receive fastener threads.
           3.     Use exposed fasteners with countersunk Phillips screw heads, fabricated from stainless steel.

      D.   Concrete and Masonry Inserts: Hot-dip galvanized cast-iron, malleable-iron, or steel inserts, complying
           with ASTM A 123/A 123M or ASTM A 153/A 153M.

      E.   Concealed Flashing: Manufacturer's standard corrosion-resistant, nonstaining, nonbleeding flashing
           compatible with adjacent materials.

      F.   Framing System Gaskets and Sealants: Manufacturer's standard, recommended by manufacturer for joint
           type.


2.4        GLAZING SYSTEMS

      A.   Glazing: As specified in Section 088000 "Glazing."

      B.   Glazing Gaskets: Manufacturer's standard compression types; replaceable, molded or extruded, of profile
           and hardness required to maintain watertight seal.

      C.   Spacers and Setting Blocks: Manufacturer's standard elastomeric type.


2.5        ACCESSORY MATERIALS

      A.   Bituminous Paint: Cold-applied, asphalt-mastic paint complying with SSPC-Paint 12 requirements except
           containing no asbestos; formulated for 30-mil (0.762-mm) thickness per coat.


2.6        FABRICATION

      A.   Form or extrude aluminum shapes before finishing.

      B.   Weld in concealed locations to greatest extent possible to minimize distortion or discoloration of finish.
           Remove weld spatter and welding oxides from exposed surfaces by descaling or grinding.


ALUMINUM-FRAMED ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS                                                                 084113 - 4
ST. JOHNS COUNTY WORK RELEASE HOUSING FACILITY                                     ST. JOHNS COUNTY, FLORIDA
ST. JOHNS COUNTY                                                                         ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050

      C.   Framing Members, General:        Fabricate components that, when assembled, have the following
           characteristics:

           1.     Profiles that are sharp, straight, and free of defects or deformations.
           2.     Accurately fitted joints with ends coped or mitered.
           3.     Means to drain water passing joints, condensation within framing members, and moisture migrating
                  within the system to exterior.
           4.     Physical and thermal isolation of glazing from framing members.
           5.     Accommodations for thermal and mechanical movements of glazing and framing to maintain
                  required glazing edge clearances.
           6.     Provisions for field replacement of glazing from interior.
           7.     Fasteners, anchors, and connection devices that are concealed from view to greatest extent
                  possible.

      D.   Mechanically Glazed Framing Members: Fabricate for flush glazing without projecting stops.

      E.   After fabrication, clearly mark components to identify their locations in Project according to Shop
           Drawings.


2.7        ALUMINUM FINISHES

      A.   Clear Anodic Finish: AAMA 611, AA-M12C22A41, Class I, 0.018 mm or thicker.


PART 3 - EXECUTION


3.1        INSTALLATION

      A.   General:

           1.     Comply with manufacturer's written instructions.
           2.     Do not install damaged components.
           3.     Fit joints to produce hairline joints free of burrs and distortion.
           4.     Rigidly secure nonmovement joints.
           5.     Install anchors with separators and isolators to prevent metal corrosion and electrolytic
                  deterioration.
           6.     Seal joints watertight unless otherwise indicated.

      B.   Metal Protection:

           1.     Where aluminum will contact dissimilar metals, protect against galvanic action by painting contact
                  surfaces with primer or applying sealant or tape, or by installing nonconductive spacers as
                  recommended by manufacturer for this purpose.
           2.     Where aluminum will contact concrete or masonry, protect against corrosion by painting contact
                  surfaces with bituminous paint.

      C.   Install components to drain water passing joints, condensation occurring within framing members, and
           moisture migrating within the system to exterior.




ALUMINUM-FRAMED ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS                                                                084113 - 5
ST. JOHNS COUNTY WORK RELEASE HOUSING FACILITY                               ST. JOHNS COUNTY, FLORIDA
ST. JOHNS COUNTY                                                                   ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050

  D.    Set continuous sill members and flashing in full sealant bed as specified in Section 079200 "Joint
        Sealants" to produce weathertight installation.

  E.    Install components plumb and true in alignment with established lines and grades, and without warp or
        rack.

  F.    Install glazing as specified in Section 088000 "Glazing."


END OF SECTION 084113




ALUMINUM-FRAMED ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS                                                         084113 - 6
ST. JOHNS COUNTY WORK RELEASE HOUSING FACILITY                                   ST. JOHNS COUNTY, FLORIDA
ST. JOHNS COUNTY                                                                       ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050

PART 1- GENERAL

1.1 WORK INCLUDES

      A.            Finish Hardware
                    Electro-mechanical Hardware
                    Aluminum Door Hardware
                    Thresholds
                    Weather-stripping


1.2 RELATED WORK

      A.            Section: 06 20 00:   Finish Carpentry
                    Section: 08 11 00:   Steel Doors and Frames
                    Section: 08 11 16:   Aluminum Flush Doors and Frames
                    Section: 08 14 00:   Flush Wood Doors
                    Division: 26         Electrical
                    Division: 28         Electronic Safety and Security
                    Security Drawings:   SC Series Sheets


1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE

      A.            STANDARDS: Manufacturers and model numbers listed are to establish a standard of
                    quality. Similar items by approved manufacturers, unless otherwise noted, that are equal
                    in design, finish and quality will be considered upon prior approval of the architect and
                    provided required data and physical samples are submitted at least ten (10) days prior to
                    date of bid. Products listed as “No Substitute” are specified as such to match existing or
                    by the Owners request.

      B.            SUPPLIER QUALIFICATIONS: Hardware supplier must be engaged regularly in contract-
                    ing work and be staffed to expedite work, the firm shall have been furnishing hardware on
                    similar projects in the geographic area for not less than five years. The supplier must
                    have in his employ a certified Architectural Hardware Consultant (AHC) to detail submit-
                    tals and application of all hardware items.

      C.            INSTALLER QUALIFICATIONS: Hardware for the project shall be installed by factory au-
                    thorized personnel who have successfully completed factory training courses and shall be
                    certified for the installation of locksets, door closers and exit devices. Prior to installation
                    the installer shall inspect all door frames for proper plum and square condition. General
                    Contractor shall be notified of frames found out of square, plum or unsuitable for door in-
                    stallation at the installation meeting.

     D.             FIELD INSPECTION: Inspection of existing doors, frames and hardware is required to
                    evaluate compliance with the Americans with Disabilities Act, (ADA) the operation of the
                    door hardware and the compatibility of new hardware with existing doors and frames. A
                    written report detailing any deficiencies or incompatibility shall be forwarded to the Archi-
                    tect ten (10) business days prior to bid of project. Doors noted as existing and that are
                    scheduled to receive new hardware should be inspected closely for the installation of the



DOOR HARDWARE                                                                                            087100 - 1
ST. JOHNS COUNTY WORK RELEASE HOUSING FACILITY                                 ST. JOHNS COUNTY, FLORIDA
ST. JOHNS COUNTY                                                                     ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050

                   specified hardware. Include all costs of door and frame modifications required within this
                   section and the results of the Field Inspection report.

     E.            ELECTRONIC/ELECTRIC HARDWARE: It shall be the responsibility of supplier to coor-
                   dinate with the approved manufacturer and the electrical contractor / security / fire sys-
                   tems contractor all electronic / electrical finish hardware items covered within this section
                   via factory wiring diagram showing point to point connections, riser diagram and system
                   schematic. Factory wiring diagrams shall be furnished with hardware submittals
                   (See 1.6). Refer to Security wiring diagrams for coordination of electro-mechanical
                   hardware with access control and life safety systems. Door Hardware submittals
                   will not be reviewed without factory wiring diagrams.


     F.            PREINSTALLATION CONFERENCE FOR MECHANICAL HARDWARE: Conduct confer-
                   ence at Project site to comply with requirements in Division 1 Section “Project Meeting.”
                   Review methods and procedures related to mechanical door hardware, including but not
                   limited to the following:

                   1. Review and finalize construction schedule and verify availability of materials, installer’s
                   personnel, equipment and facilities needed to make progress an avoid delays.

                   2. Present General Contractor with a written report of the condition of door frames in
                   terms of squareness and any other condition that may impede the installation and opera-
                   tion of the doors and hardware.

                   3. Review installer’s responsibilities for testing, inspecting and adjusting doors and hard-
                   ware in accordance with Part 3 EXECUTION.


     G.            PREINSTALLTION CONFERENCE FOR ELECTRIFIED HARDWARE: Conduct confer-
                   ence prior to electrical Rough-in for electro-mechanical hardware components. Required
                   attendance: St John’s County Construction Project Manager, Architect, Door Hardware /
                   Security Consultant, BAS System Integrator, Security Integrator, Electrical Contractor,
                   Door Hardware Supplier and Automatic Door Supplier. Review methods and procedures
                   related to electrified door hardware including, but not limited to the following:

                   1. Discuss electrical rough-in requirements and other preparatory work to be performed by
                   other trades.

                   2. Review sequence of operation for each type of electrical door hardware.

                   3. Review and finalize construction schedule and verify availability of materials, installer’s
                   personnel, equipment and facilities needed to make progress an avoid delays.

                   4. Review installer’s responsibilities for testing, inspecting and adjusting doors and hard-
                   ware in accordance with Part 3 EXECUTION.


      H.           FLORIDA WIND AND IMPACT REQUIREMENTS: All hardware shall meet or exceed re-
                   quirements for Wind Pressure and Impact ratings. Furnish copies of Notice of Acceptance
                   and Florida Product Approval Reference Numbers as required by the Architect.


DOOR HARDWARE                                                                                          087100 - 2
ST. JOHNS COUNTY WORK RELEASE HOUSING FACILITY                                   ST. JOHNS COUNTY, FLORIDA
ST. JOHNS COUNTY                                                                       ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050

      I.             COORDINATION: It is the responsibility of the door hardware supplier and door hardware
                     installer to coordinate all aspects of security door hardware voltages, wiring, door and
                     frame raceways, and electro mechanical hardware installation with the Electrical and Se-
                     curity contractors. Door hardware supplier shall review the Security Drawings for the pro-
                     ject for familiarization with the security requirements prior to submitting a proposal for the
                     work.


1.4 REFERENCES

      A.             ANSI/BHMA designations where used in schedules to describe hardware items or to de-
                     fine quality or function are derived from the following standards and requirements speci-
                     fied elsewhere in this section.

                     1.   Butts and Hinges:                    ANSI A156.1              (Formerly BHMA 101)
                     2.   Locks and Lock Trim:                 ANSI A156.2                       (BHMA 601)
                     3.   Exit Devices:                        ANSI A156.3                       (BHMA 701)
                     4.   Door Closers:                        ANSI A156.4                       (BHMA 301)
                     5.   Auxiliary Locks:                     ANSI A156.5                       (BHMA 501)
                     6.   Architectural Door Trim:             ANSI A156.6                     (BHMA 1001)
                     7.   Template Hinge Dimensions:           ANSI A156.7
                     8.   Overhead Holders:                    ANSI A156.8                       (BHMA 311)
                     9.   Interconnected Locks & Latches:      ANSI A156.12                      (BHMA 311)
                    10.   Mortise Locks & Latches:             ANSI A156.14                      (BHMA 401)
                    11.   Sliding & Folding Door Hardware:     ANSI A156.14                      (BHMA 401)
                    12.   Closer Holder Release Devices:       ANSI A156.16                     (BHMA 1201)
                    13.   Self Closing Hinges & Pivots:        ANSI A156.17                     (BHMA 1101)
                    14.   Materials and Finishes:              ANSI A156.18                     (BHMA 1301)


      B.     Door and Hardware Institute Standards used:

                     1. Keying Terminology / Systems and Nomenclature – 1989
                     2. Installation Guide for Doors and Hardware – 1994
                     3. Wood Door Hardware Standards – 1996
                     4. Abbreviations and Symbols – 1983
                     5. Sequence and Format for the Hardware Schedule - 1996




1.5 SUBMITTALS

      A.             GENERAL REQUIREMENTS: Submit manufacturer’s product data for each item of
                     hardware. Include whatever information may be necessary to show compliance with re-
                     quirements, and instructions for installation and maintenance of operating parts and ex-
                     posed finishes.




DOOR HARDWARE                                                                                           087100 - 3
ST. JOHNS COUNTY WORK RELEASE HOUSING FACILITY                                ST. JOHNS COUNTY, FLORIDA
ST. JOHNS COUNTY                                                                    ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050

      B.           SCHEDULES: Submit six (6) copies of the finish hardware schedule in vertical format
                   complying with DHI publication: “Sequence and Format for the Hardware Schedule”. In-
                   clude a description of each electrified door hardware function, including product’s location,
                   narrative of sequence of operation and integration with other building control systems.
                   Submittals without required wiring diagrams will be returned without review.

      C.           SAMPLES: At the request of the architect, submit samples of products for approval of
                   design, finish, etc.

      D.           TEMPLATES: Whenever required, furnish templates to the necessary fabricators of other
                   related work, which is to receive finish hardware, such as door and steel door frames.

      E.           CATALOG CUTS: Submit six (6) copies of catalog cuts of all products listed in the finish
                   hardware schedule.

      F.           KEYING SCHEDULE: The specific keying requirements are noted elsewhere in this
                   schedule. If these requirements are not noted then, it is the supplier’s responsibility to
                   submit a keying schedule based on the format listed in the DHI manual: Keying Proce-
                   dures, Systems and Nomenclature for the approval of the Architect.

1.6 DELIVERY STORAGE AND HANDLING

      A.           MARKING & PACKAGING: Hardware shall be delivered to the project site, or as other-
                   wise required, in manufacturer’s original packages, numbered and labeled to identify each
                   opening for which it is intended and to correspond to item numbers on the approved
                   hardware schedule.

      B.           Storage and protection of the materials is the responsibility of the General Contractor.
                   The General Contractor shall provide clean, dry, locked storage room with shelves for
                   sorting and protection of items.



1.7 WARRANTIES

      A.           All door closers shall have a ten (10) year warranty against defects in material and work-
                   manship from the date of occupancy of the project.

      B.           All other products shall have a one (1) year warranty against defects in the material and
                   workmanship from the date of occupancy of the project.

      C.           Exit hardware shall be warranted for a period of three (3) years against defects material
                   and workmanship.




DOOR HARDWARE                                                                                         087100 - 4
ST. JOHNS COUNTY WORK RELEASE HOUSING FACILITY                                ST. JOHNS COUNTY, FLORIDA
ST. JOHNS COUNTY                                                                    ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 ACCEPTABLE PRODUCTS

      A.            Products:                  Specified Manufacturers:            Acceptable Manufacturers:

                    HINGES                     McKINNEY                           HAGAR
                    FLUSH BOLT                 ROCKWOOD                           McKINNEY, TRIMCO
                    CYLINDERS                  FOLGER ADAMS                       NO SUBSTITUTION
                    STANDARD LOCKS             FOLGER ADAMS                       CORBIN RUSSWIN
                    DETENTION LOCKS            FOLGER ADAMS                       SOUTHERN STEEL
                    STANDARD CLOSERS           SARGENT                            CORBIN RUSSWIN
                    DETENTION CLOSERS          NORTON                             NO SUBSTITUTION
                    KICK PLATES                ROCKWOOD                           McKINNEY, TRIMCO
                    DOOR STOPS                 FOLGER ADAMS                       McKINNEY, TRIMCO
                    THRESHOLDS                 PEMKO                              McKINNEY, NAT. GUARD
                    W / S SETS                 PEMKO                              McKINNEY, NAT. GUARD
                    DOOR BOTTOMS               PEMKO                              McKINNEY, NAT. GUARD
                    SMOKE SEALS                PEMKO                              McKINNEY, NAT. GUARD
                    DOOR CONTACTS              FOLGER ADAMS                       SOUTHERN STEEL


      B.            To the greatest extent possible, obtain materials from one manufacturer. Manufacturers
                    listed above are intended to insure quality and design of the project. Other manufacturers
                    submitted may be acceptable, provided they are equal or exceed standard of quality pro-
                    posed for this project.


2.2 MATERIALS

      A.            SCREWS & FASTENERS: All screws and fasteners required for the hardware items are
                    listed in the individual hardware sets. Any omission of these items should be reflected in
                    the schedule submitted for approval.

                    NOTE: SCREWS FOR ALL HARDWARE ITEMS SHALL BE: SECURITY TORX TYPE.

      B.            HINGES: Where hinges are specified unless otherwise noted they shall be of types and
                    sizes as required by ANSI A156.1. SIZE HINGES ACCORDING TO APPROVED
                    MANUFACTURERS RECOMMENDATIONS. Provide stainless steel continuous hinges
                    as listed in the hardware sets.

      C.            FLUSH BOLTS: Provide Manual and automatic flush bolts as noted in the hardware sets.
                    All flush bolts are required to meet ANSI A156.3.

      E.            LOCKSETS & CYLINDERS: Provide lock sets and cylinders as noted in hardware sets.
                    Lock sets shall meet ANSI A156.13, Grade One operational, Grade One security, UL
                    listed, Series 1000. Cylinders shall be Mogul to match existing.

      G.            LOCK TRIM: The design criteria selected for the lockset is as noted in the hardware sets.
                    This is the acceptable design selected by the owner and intended for this project.



DOOR HARDWARE                                                                                       087100 - 5
ST. JOHNS COUNTY WORK RELEASE HOUSING FACILITY                               ST. JOHNS COUNTY, FLORIDA
ST. JOHNS COUNTY                                                                   ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050

       H.          EXIT DEVICES: Provide the series and type of exit devices as noted in the hardware
                   sets. Exit devices are required to meet ANSI A156.3 Grade One. All exit devices and
                   electrically controlled exit devices shall be of one manufacturer.

       I.          DOOR CLOSERS: Provide the series and type of door closers as noted in the hardware
                   sets. These door closers are required to meet ANSI A156.4 Grade One. All closers and
                   power actuated closers shall be of one manufacturer. Provide all door closers from the
                   same manufacturer. Supply drop plates and fillers as required for all door and frame con-
                   ditions. All door closers shall be fully adjustable and comply with the Americans with Dis-
                   abilities Act (ADA).

                   NOTE:
                      1. SUPPLY DROP PLATES AND TRANSOM BRACKETS AS REQUIRED FOR
                         EXISTING CONDITIONS AND FULL GLASS DOORS.

       J.          PUSH, PULL & KICK PLATE: Provide the type and size of these plates as noted in the
                   hardware sets. These items are intended for the use and accessibility as protection of the
                   openings indicated in the hardware schedule.

       K.          DOOR STOPS & HOLDERS: Provide the types as noted in the hardware sets. Any vari-
                   ation in the jobsite conditions could change the type as specified.

       L.          THRESHOLD & WEATHER-STRIPPING: Provide the types as noted in the hardware
                   sets. All exterior openings and interior fire rated openings shall have the necessary items
                   to meet the local building code standards. Provide stainless steel screws at all locations.
                   All thresholds and door bottoms shall comply with the Americans with Disabilities Act
                   (ADA).

       M.          SILENCERS: Provide the type required to accommodate the hollow metal frames and
                   wood frames fabricated for the project. Stick on / adhesive silencers are not permitted.

       N.          ELECTRICAL PRODUCTS: To assure proper integration, ALL ELECTRICAL
                   PRODUCTS TO BE PRODUCED BY THE SAME MANUFACTURER.


2.3 FINISHES

       A.          Provide the finishes as specified in the hardware schedule. Otherwise, provide matching
                   finishes for the hardware items at each door opening to the greatest extent possible. Re-
                   fer to the ANSI A156.18 for the identification of these finishes.


2.4 KEYING

       A.          Hardware supplier shall interview the designated representative of the owner to determine
                   exact keying requirements. The hardware supplier shall submit a key schedule based on
                   the instructions received from the owner’s representative in DHI format for the approval of
                   the owner and Architect prior to factory order.

       B.          Key to existing St. Johns County Sheriff’s Office, Mogul Key System at the direction of the
                   designated representative of the Corrections Division.


DOOR HARDWARE                                                                                       087100 - 6
ST. JOHNS COUNTY WORK RELEASE HOUSING FACILITY                                 ST. JOHNS COUNTY, FLORIDA
ST. JOHNS COUNTY                                                                     ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050


       C.           Each key shall be marked and identified as directed by the Architect / Owner using the
                    mechanical impact method of transferring the numerical impression to the key bow.
                    Characters shall be consistent and uniform in their placement, alignment and depth of im-
                    pression. Mark each key “DO NOT DUPLICATE”.

       D.           Provide 4 factory cut change keys per lock, 2 Grand Master Keys and 2 master keys per
                    group. All factory cut and blank keys shall be restricted for use in the geographic area and
                    be of nickel silver. Ship all permanent factory cut keys, key blanks and cylinders direct via
                    registered US Mail to: the designated owners representative of: St. Johns County Sheriff’s
                    Office.

       E.           Provide the General Contractor with manufacturer’s standard keyed alike construction
                    core system for use during construction. Install new factory keyed cores at the direction of
                    the owner.


2.5 KEY CONTROL

       A.           Provide a key control system including envelopes, labels tags, with self locking key clips,
                    receipt forms, three-way visible card index, temporary markers and standard metal cabi-
                    net. Provide all of this material from one manufacturer and per that manufacturer’s sys-
                    tem standard. Provide a system with the capacity for 150% of the number of cylinders
                    and locksets required for the project.



PART 3 –EXECUTION


3.1 INSPECTION

       A.           After installation has been completed, the hardware supplier shall have a qualified Archi-
                    tectural Hardware Consultant (AHC); check the job to determine the proper application of
                    hardware according to the approved hardware schedule and keying schedule. Also,
                    check the operation and adjustment of all hardware items.


3.2 INSTALLATION

       A.           Refer to the DHI manual publication for Recommended Locations for Builders Hardware,
                    and ADA REQUIREMENTS for instruction. Install all hardware in compliance with manu-
                    facturer’s instruction and recommendations. Drill and countersink all items which are not
                    factory prepared for fasteners. Cut and fit all thresholds and weather-stripping to profile of
                    door frames. Set thresholds in accordance with the application condition.

       B.           Use only fasteners supplied with hardware and approved by the manufacturer. Drill and
                    tap doors and frames as required prior to installation of hardware. Self drilling screws are
                    not acceptable. USE ONLY TORX SECURITY SCREWS.




DOOR HARDWARE                                                                                          087100 - 7
ST. JOHNS COUNTY WORK RELEASE HOUSING FACILITY                                 ST. JOHNS COUNTY, FLORIDA
ST. JOHNS COUNTY                                                                     ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050


3.3 ADJUSTING & CLEANING

      A.            At final completion all hardware shall be left clean and free from disfigurement. The con-
                    tractor shall make a final adjustment to all door closers and other items of hardware.
                    Where hardware is found defective, repair or replace or otherwise correct as directed.

      B.            At the completion of the project and / or during the closeout phase of the project the sup-
                    plier will review with the designated owner’s representative the proper service and ad-
                    justment of all hardware items.

      C.            At the completion of the project and / or during the close out phase of the project the sup-
                    plier will perform a final adjustment to all door closers furnished in this section to insure
                    that all fire rated doors close and latch and that all door closer opening and closing pres-
                    sure are in compliance with ADA.



3.4 OPERATIONS, MAINTENANCE AND TRAINING

      A.            At completion of the project, provide the owner with a manual containing the following in-
                    formation:

                        1. Final (as built) copy of hardware schedule.
                        2. Final copy of keying schedule.
                        3. Final copy of all system schematics and wiring diagrams.
                        4. Copy of product data sheets as submitted including all Warranty data.
                        5. Parts list for Locksets, Door Closers and Exit Devices.
                        6. Copy of installation instructions for each type of hardware used.
                        7. Name, address and phone number of each manufacturer and local representa-
                           tive.
                        8. Complete set of any specialized tools and bits.
                        9. 25 each type torx screws.

      B.            At the completion of the project the supplier shall engage a factory authorized service rep-
                    resentative to train the Owner’s maintenance personnel to adjust, operate and maintain
                    door hardware and electronic cylinder / lock systems provided in this section


3.5 PROTECTION

      A.            The general contractor is responsible for the proper protection of all items of hardware un-
                    til the owner accepts the job as complete.




DOOR HARDWARE                                                                                          087100 - 8
ST. JOHNS COUNTY WORK RELEASE HOUSING FACILITY                                 ST. JOHNS COUNTY, FLORIDA
ST. JOHNS COUNTY                                                                     ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050


3.6 HARDWARE SCHEDULE

Hardware Sets:


    QTY              DESCRIPTION       MODEL               SIZE        OPTION           FINISH

    HARDWARE SET 1

    1 EA             CONTINUOUS        MCK25HD             LAR         SER 8            628
                     HINGE
    1 EA             ELECTRIC          D9349               LT           24VDC           630
                     LOCKSET
    1 EA             ELECTRO           QC 300 / 400
                     LYNX CABLE
    1 EA             CLOSER            7970                            DBFE             689
    1 EA             POWER             BPS 24-6                                         -
                     SUPPLY
    1 EA             BATTERY           B 24-5                                           -
    2 EA             KICK PLATE        K1050               12X 2 LDW   B4E              630
    1 EA             THRESHOLD         2001 AV             LAR                          AL
    1 EA             DOOR              315 CN              LAR                          AL
                     BOTTOM
    1 EA             W/S SET           303 AS              LAR                          AL
    1 EA             RAINDRIP          346A                                             AL
    1 EA             DOOR STOP         467                                              -
    1 EA             DPS               ASSW-105A                                        630

   Notes:
            1. Power Supply for electric lock
            2. Integration with access controls required



    HARDWARE SET 2

    4 EA             HINGES            T4A3386             4.5 X 4.5   NRP              630
    1 EA             LOCKSET           D9372               LT                           630
    1 EA             CLOSER            7970                            DBFI TB          689
    1 EA             KICK PLATE        K1050               12X 2 LDW   B4E              630
    1 EA             DOOR STOP         467                                              -


    HARDWARE SET 3

    4 EA             HINGES            T4A3386             4.5 X 4.5   NRP              630
    1 EA             LOCKSET           D9305               LT                           630
    1 EA             CLOSER            7970                            DBFI             689
    1 EA             KICK PLATE        K1050               12X 2 LDW   B4E              630
    1 EA             DOOR STOP         467                                              -




DOOR HARDWARE                                                                                    087100 - 9
ST. JOHNS COUNTY WORK RELEASE HOUSING FACILITY                ST. JOHNS COUNTY, FLORIDA
ST. JOHNS COUNTY                                                    ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050

   HARDWARE SET 4

   4 EA         HINGES        T4A3386      4.5 X 4.5   NRP SSF         630
   1 EA         LOCKSET       D9307        LT                          630
   1 EA         CLOSER        7970                     DBFI            689
   1 EA         KICK PLATE    K1050        12X 2 LDW   B4E             630
   1 EA         THRESHOLD     271          LAR                         AL
   1 EA         DOOR          430CRL       LAR                         AL
                BOTTOM
   1 EA         SOUND SEAL    332CR        LAR                         AL
   1 EA         DOOR STOP     467                                      -


   HARDWARE SET 5

   4 EA         HINGES        T4A3386      4.5 X 4.5   NRP             630
   1 EA         LOCKSET       D9307        LT                          630
   1 EA         CLOSER        1431 PSH                 DBFE TB         689
   1 EA         KICK PLATE    K1050        12X 2 LDW   B4E             630
   1 EA         THRESHOLD     2001 AV      LAR                         AL
   1 EA         DOR BOTTOM    315 CN       LAR                         AL
   1 EA         W/S SET       303 AS       LAR                         AL
   1 EA         RAINDRIP      346A                                     AL
   1 EA         DOOR STOP     467                                      -
   1 EA         DPS           ASSW-105A                                630


   HARDWARE SET 6

   8 EA         HINGES        T4A3386      4.5 X 4.5   NRP             630
   1 EA         LOCKSET       D9307        LT                          630
   1 EA         CLOSER        7970                     DBFE            689
   1 EA         FLUSHBOLTS    1845
   1 EA         KICK PLATE    K1050        12X 2 LDW   B4E             630
   1 EA         THRESHOLD     2001 AV      LAR                         AL
   1 EA         DOOR          315 CN       LAR                         AL
                BOTTOM
   1 EA         W/S SET       303 AS       LAR                         AL
   1 EA         RAINDRIP      346A                                     AL
   1 EA         DOOR STOP     467                                      -
   1 EA         DPS           ASSW-105A                                630


   HARDWARE SET 7

   4 EA         HINGES        T4A3386      4.5 X 4.5   NRP SSF         630
   1 EA         LOCKSET       D9363        LT                          630
   1 EA         CLOSER        7970                     DBFI            689
   1 EA         KICK PLATE    K1050        12X 2 LDW   B4E             630
   1 EA         DOOR STOP     467                                      -
   1 EA         DPS           ASSW-105A                                630




DOOR HARDWARE                                                                  087100 - 10
ST. JOHNS COUNTY WORK RELEASE HOUSING FACILITY                                      ST. JOHNS COUNTY, FLORIDA
ST. JOHNS COUNTY                                                                          ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050

   HARDWARE SET 8

   4 EA             HINGES             T4A3386            4.5 X 4.5           NRP            630
   1 EA             LOCKSET            D9363              LT                                 630
   1 EA             CLOSER             1431 PSH                               DBFE TB        689
   1 EA             KICK PLATE         K1050              12X 2 LDW           B4E            630
   1 EA             THRESHOLD          2001 AV            LAR                                AL
   1 EA             DOR BOTTOM         315 CN             LAR                                AL
   1 EA             W/S SET            303 AS             LAR                                AL
   1 EA             RAINDRIP           346A                                                  AL
   1 EA             DOOR STOP          467                                                   -
   1 EA             DPS                ASSW-105A                                             630



   HARDWARE SET 9

   2 EA             POWER              BPS 12-6                                              -
                    SUPPLY
   2 EA             BATTERY            B 12-5                                                -

  Notes:
           1. Power Supplies for access control
           2. Install in Comm closet with power supplies for electric locks




END OF SECTION 08 71 00




DOOR HARDWARE                                                                                        087100 - 11
ST. JOHNS COUNTY WORK RELEASE HOUSING FACILITY                                      ST. JOHNS COUNTY, FLORIDA
ST. JOHNS COUNTY                                                                          ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050


SECTION 088000 - GLAZING


PART 1 - GENERAL


1.1        SUMMARY

      A.   Section includes glazing for the following products and applications, including those specified in other
           Sections where glazing requirements are specified by reference to this Section:

           1.     Windows.
           2.     Storefront framing.
           3.     Interior Windows.


1.2        PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS

      A.   Delegated Design: Design glass, including comprehensive engineering analysis according to the Florida
           Building Code Current Edition by a qualified professional engineer, using the following design criteria:

           1.     Design Wind Pressures: As indicated on Drawings.
           2.     Vertical Glazing: For glass surfaces sloped 15 degrees or less from vertical, design glass to resist
                  design wind pressure based on glass type factors for short-duration load.
           3.     Differential Shading: Design glass to resist thermal stresses induced by differential shading within
                  individual glass lites.


1.3        PRECONSTRUCTION TESTING

      A.   Preconstruction Adhesion and Compatibility Testing: Test each glazing material type, tape sealant,
           gasket, glazing accessory, and glass-framing member for adhesion to and compatibility with elastomeric
           glazing sealants.

           1.     Testing will not be required if data are submitted based on previous testing of current sealant
                  products and glazing materials matching those submitted.


1.4        SUBMITTALS

      A.   Product Data: For each glass product and glazing material indicated.

      B.   Glazing Schedule: List glass types and thicknesses for each size opening and location. Use same
           designations indicated on Drawings.

      C.   Delegated-Design Submittal: For glass indicated to comply with performance requirements and design
           criteria, including analysis data signed and sealed by the qualified professional engineer responsible for
           their preparation.

      D.   Preconstruction adhesion and compatibility test report.



GLAZING                                                                                                    088000 - 1
ST. JOHNS COUNTY WORK RELEASE HOUSING FACILITY                                        ST. JOHNS COUNTY, FLORIDA
ST. JOHNS COUNTY                                                                            ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050

1.5        QUALITY ASSURANCE

      A.   Glazing Publications: Comply with published recommendations of glass product manufacturers and
           organizations below, unless more stringent requirements are indicated. Refer to these publications for
           glazing terms not otherwise defined in this Section or in referenced standards.

           1.     GANA Publications: GANA's "Laminated Glazing Reference Manual" and GANA's "Glazing
                  Manual."
           2.     IGMA Publication for Insulating Glass: SIGMA TM-3000, "North American Glazing Guidelines for
                  Sealed Insulating Glass Units for Commercial and Residential Use."

      B.   Safety Glazing Labeling: Where safety glazing labeling is indicated, permanently mark glazing with
           certification label of the SGCC or another certification agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction
           or the manufacturer. Label shall indicate manufacturer's name, type of glass, thickness, and safety
           glazing standard with which glass complies.

      C.   Insulating-Glass Certification Program: Permanently marked either on spacers or on at least one
           component lite of units with appropriate certification label of IGCC.


1.6        WARRANTY

      A.   Manufacturer's Special Warranty for Coated-Glass Products: Manufacturer's standard form in which
           coated-glass manufacturer agrees to replace coated-glass units that deteriorate within specified warranty
           period. Deterioration of coated glass is defined as defects developed from normal use that are not
           attributed to glass breakage or to maintaining and cleaning coated glass contrary to manufacturer's written
           instructions. Defects include peeling, cracking, and other indications of deterioration in coating.

           1.     Warranty Period: 10 years from date of Substantial Completion.

      B.   Manufacturer's Special Warranty on Laminated Glass: Manufacturer's standard form in which laminated-
           glass manufacturer agrees to replace laminated-glass units that deteriorate within specified warranty
           period. Deterioration of laminated glass is defined as defects developed from normal use that are not
           attributed to glass breakage or to maintaining and cleaning laminated glass contrary to manufacturer's
           written instructions. Defects include edge separation, delamination materially obstructing vision through
           glass, and blemishes exceeding those allowed by referenced laminated-glass standard.

           1.     Warranty Period: Five years from date of Substantial Completion.

      C.   Manufacturer's Special Warranty on Insulating Glass: Manufacturer's standard form in which insulating-
           glass manufacturer agrees to replace insulating-glass units that deteriorate within specified warranty
           period. Deterioration of insulating glass is defined as failure of hermetic seal under normal use that is not
           attributed to glass breakage or to maintaining and cleaning insulating glass contrary to manufacturer's
           written instructions. Evidence of failure is the obstruction of vision by dust, moisture, or film on interior
           surfaces of glass.

           1.     Warranty Period: 10 years from date of Substantial Completion.




GLAZING                                                                                                      088000 - 2
ST. JOHNS COUNTY WORK RELEASE HOUSING FACILITY                                         ST. JOHNS COUNTY, FLORIDA
ST. JOHNS COUNTY                                                                             ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050

PART 2 - PRODUCTS


2.1          GLASS PRODUCTS, GENERAL

      A.     Thickness: Where glass thickness is indicated, it is a minimum. Provide glass lites in thicknesses as
             needed to comply with requirements indicated.

      B.     Strength: Where float glass is indicated, provide annealed float glass, Kind HS heat-treated float glass, or
             Kind FT heat-treated float glass as needed to comply with "Performance Requirements" Article. Where
             heat-strengthened glass is indicated, provide Kind HS heat-treated float glass or Kind FT heat-treated float
             glass as needed to comply with "Performance Requirements" Article. Where fully tempered glass is
             indicated, provide Kind FT heat-treated float glass.

      C.     Windborne-Debris-Impact Resistance: Provide exterior glazing that passes enhanced-protection testing
             requirements of SSTD 12, ASTM E 1886 and ASTM E1996, ANSI/DASMA 115 (for garage doors and
             rolling doors) or Miami-Dade TAS 201, 202 and 203 or AAMA 506.

      Test specimens shall be no smaller in width and length than glazing indicated for use on the Project and shall be
      installed in same manner as glazing indicated for use on the Project.
              1.     Large-Missile Test: For all glazing, regardless of height above grade.

      D.     Thermal and Optical Performance Properties: Provide glass with performance properties specified, as
             indicated in manufacturer's published test data, based on procedures indicated below:

             1.     U-Factors: Center-of-glazing values, according to NFRC 100 and based on LBL's WINDOW 5.2
                    computer program, expressed as Btu/sq. ft. x h x deg F (W/sq. m x K).
             2.     Solar Heat-Gain Coefficient and Visible Transmittance: Center-of-glazing values, according to
                    NFRC 200 and based on LBL's WINDOW 5.2 computer program.
             3.     Visible Reflectance: Center-of-glazing values, according to NFRC 300.


2.2          GLASS PRODUCTS

      A.     Float Glass: ASTM C 1036, Type I, Quality-Q3, Class I (clear) unless otherwise indicated.

      B.     Heat-Treated Float Glass: ASTM C 1048; Type I; Quality-Q3; Class I (clear) unless otherwise indicated;
             of kind and condition indicated.


2.3          LAMINATED GLASS

      A.     Windborne-Debris-Impact-Resistant Laminated Glass: ASTM C 1172, and complying with testing
             requirements in 16 CFR 1201 for Category II materials, with "Windborne-Debris-Impact Resistance"
             Paragraph in "Glass Products, General" Article, and with other requirements specified. Use materials that
             have a proven record of no tendency to bubble, discolor, or lose physical and mechanical properties after
             fabrication and installation.
             1.      Exterior Glazing Construction: Laminate glass with the following to comply with interlayer
                     manufacturer's written recommendations:

                    a.     Polyvinyl butyral interlayer.



GLAZING                                                                                                       088000 - 3
ST. JOHNS COUNTY WORK RELEASE HOUSING FACILITY                                     ST. JOHNS COUNTY, FLORIDA
ST. JOHNS COUNTY                                                                         ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050

           2.    Interlayer Thickness: Provide thickness not less than that indicated and as needed to comply with
                 requirements.
           3.    Interlayer Color: Clear unless otherwise indicated.

           4.    Interior Glazing Construction: Laminate glass with the following to comply with interlayer
                 manufacturer's written recommendations:

                 a.     Polycarbonate interlayer.

           5.    Interlayer Thickness: Provide thickness not less than that indicated and as needed to comply with
                 requirements.
           6.    Interlayer Color: Clear unless otherwise indicated.


2.4        INSULATING GLASS

      A.   Insulating-Glass Units: Factory-assembled units consisting of sealed lites of glass separated by a
           dehydrated interspace, qualified according to ASTM E 2190, and complying with other requirements
           specified.

           1.    Sealing System: Dual seal.
           2.    Spacer: Manufacturer's standard spacer material and construction.


2.5        GLAZING GASKETS

      A.   Dense Compression Gaskets: Molded or extruded gaskets of profile and hardness required to maintain
           watertight seal, made from one of the following:

           1.    Neoprene complying with ASTM C 864.
           2.    EPDM complying with ASTM C 864.
           3.    Silicone complying with ASTM C 1115.
           4.    Thermoplastic polyolefin rubber complying with ASTM C 1115.

      B.   Soft Compression Gaskets: Extruded or molded, closed-cell, integral-skinned neoprene, EPDM, silicone
           or thermoplastic polyolefin rubber gaskets complying with ASTM C 509, Type II, black; of profile and
           hardness required to maintain watertight seal.

           1.    Application: Use where soft compression gaskets will be compressed by inserting dense
                 compression gaskets on opposite side of glazing or pressure applied by means of pressure-glazing
                 stops on opposite side of glazing.


2.6        GLAZING SEALANTS

      A.   General:

           1.    Compatibility: Provide glazing sealants that are compatible with one another and with other
                 materials they will contact, including glass products, seals of insulating-glass units, and glazing
                 channel substrates, under conditions of service and application, as demonstrated by sealant
                 manufacturer based on testing and field experience.



GLAZING                                                                                                  088000 - 4
ST. JOHNS COUNTY WORK RELEASE HOUSING FACILITY                                      ST. JOHNS COUNTY, FLORIDA
ST. JOHNS COUNTY                                                                          ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050

           2.     Suitability: Comply with sealant and glass manufacturers' written instructions for selecting glazing
                  sealants suitable for applications indicated and for conditions existing at time of installation.
           3.     VOC Content: For sealants used inside of the weatherproofing system, not more than 250 g/L
                  when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D.
           4.     Colors of Exposed Glazing Sealants: As indicated by manufacturer's designations.

      B.   Glazing Sealant: Neutral-curing silicone glazing sealant complying with ASTM C 920, Type S, Grade NS,
           Class as recommended by the manufacturer for the specific application.


2.7        GLAZING TAPES

      A.   Back-Bedding Mastic Glazing Tapes: Preformed, butyl-based, 100 percent solids elastomeric tape;
           nonstaining and nonmigrating in contact with nonporous surfaces; with or without spacer rod as
           recommended in writing by tape and glass manufacturers for application indicated; and complying with
           ASTM C 1281 and AAMA 800 for products indicated below:

           1.     AAMA 804.3 tape, where indicated.
           2.     AAMA 806.3 tape, for glazing applications in which tape is subject to continuous pressure.
           3.     AAMA 807.3 tape, for glazing applications in which tape is not subject to continuous pressure.

      B.   Expanded Cellular Glazing Tapes: Closed-cell, PVC foam tapes; factory coated with adhesive on both
           surfaces; and complying with AAMA 800 for the following types:

           1.     AAMA 810.1, Type 1, for glazing applications in which tape acts as the primary sealant.
           2.     AAMA 810.1, Type 2, for glazing applications in which tape is used in combination with a full bead
                  of liquid sealant.


2.8        MISCELLANEOUS GLAZING MATERIALS

      A.   Cleaners, Primers, and Sealers: Types recommended by sealant or gasket manufacturer.

      B.   Setting Blocks: Elastomeric material with a Shore, Type A durometer hardness of 85, plus or minus 5.

      C.   Spacers: Elastomeric blocks or continuous extrusions of hardness required by glass manufacturer to
           maintain glass lites in place for installation indicated.

      D.   Edge Blocks: Elastomeric material of hardness needed to limit glass lateral movement (side walking).

      E.   Cylindrical Glazing Sealant Backing: ASTM C 1330, Type O (open-cell material), of size and density to
           control glazing sealant depth and otherwise produce optimum glazing sealant performance.


2.9        MONOLITHIC-GLASS TYPES – INTERIOR GLAZING

      A.   Glass Type: Clear laminated glass.
           1.     Clear laminated glass with two plies of heat strengthened float glass encapsulating polycarbonate
                  sheet to create a total thickness of 7/16”.
           2.     Basis-of-Design product – Global Security Glazing 7/16” “Secur-Tem + Poly” Glass-clad
                  Polycarbonate.



GLAZING                                                                                                    088000 - 5
ST. JOHNS COUNTY WORK RELEASE HOUSING FACILITY                                       ST. JOHNS COUNTY, FLORIDA
ST. JOHNS COUNTY                                                                           ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050

2.10       INSULATING-LAMINATED-GLASS TYPES – EXTERIOR GLAZING

      A.   Glass Type: Low-e-coated, clear insulating laminated glass.

           1.     Overall Unit Thickness: 1-5/16 inch.
           2.     Thickness of Outdoor Lite: 6.0 mm.
           3.     Outdoor Lite: Heat-strengthened float glass.
           4.     Interspace Content: Air.
           5.     Indoor Lite: Clear laminated glass with two plies of heat-strengthened float glass.

                  a.     Thickness of Each Glass Ply: 6.0 mm.
                  b.     Interlayer Thickness: 0.090 inch (2.29 mm).

           6.     Low-E Coating: Sputtered on second surface.
           7.     Visible Light Transmittance: 62 percent minimum.
           8.     Winter Nighttime U-Factor: .29 maximum.
           9.     Summer Daytime U-Factor: .27 maximum.
           10.    Solar Heat Gain Coefficient: .35 maximum.
           11.    Visible Light Refelctance Out: 10 percent maximum.
           12.    Provide safety glazing labeling.
           13.    Product Basis-of-Design – AGC Flat Glass North America – Exterior Lite – 1/4” Clear Comfort Ti-
                  AC36#2, 1/2” Airspace, Interior Lite – 1/4” Clear/.090” PVB/1/4” Clear.


PART 3 - EXECUTION


3.1        GLAZING, GENERAL

      A.   Comply with combined written instructions of manufacturers of glass, sealants, gaskets, and other glazing
           materials, unless more stringent requirements are indicated, including those in referenced glazing
           publications.

      B.   Adjust glazing channel dimensions as required by Project conditions during installation to provide
           necessary bite on glass, minimum edge and face clearances, and adequate sealant thicknesses, with
           reasonable tolerances.

      C.   Protect glass edges from damage during handling and installation. Remove damaged glass from Project
           site and legally dispose of off Project site. Damaged glass is glass with edge damage or other
           imperfections that, when installed, could weaken glass and impair performance and appearance.

      D.   Apply primers to joint surfaces where required for adhesion of sealants, as determined by preconstruction
           testing.

      E.   Install setting blocks in sill rabbets, sized and located to comply with referenced glazing publications,
           unless otherwise required by glass manufacturer. Set blocks in thin course of compatible sealant suitable
           for heel bead.

      F.   Do not exceed edge pressures stipulated by glass manufacturers for installing glass lites.

      G.   Provide spacers for glass lites where length plus width is larger than 50 inches (1270 mm).



GLAZING                                                                                                  088000 - 6
ST. JOHNS COUNTY WORK RELEASE HOUSING FACILITY                                       ST. JOHNS COUNTY, FLORIDA
ST. JOHNS COUNTY                                                                           ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050

      H.   Provide edge blocking where indicated or needed to prevent glass lites from moving sideways in glazing
           channel, as recommended in writing by glass manufacturer and according to requirements in referenced
           glazing publications.


3.2        TAPE GLAZING

      A.   Position tapes on fixed stops so that, when compressed by glass, their exposed edges are flush with or
           protrude slightly above sightline of stops.

      B.   Install tapes continuously, but not necessarily in one continuous length. Do not stretch tapes to make
           them fit opening.

      C.   Cover vertical framing joints by applying tapes to heads and sills first and then to jambs. Cover horizontal
           framing joints by applying tapes to jambs and then to heads and sills.

      D.   Place joints in tapes at corners of opening with adjoining lengths butted together, not lapped. Seal joints
           in tapes with compatible sealant approved by tape manufacturer.

      E.   Apply heel bead of elastomeric sealant.

      F.   Center glass lites in openings on setting blocks and press firmly against tape by inserting dense
           compression gaskets formed and installed to lock in place against faces of removable stops. Start gasket
           applications at corners and work toward centers of openings.

      G.   Apply cap bead of elastomeric sealant over exposed edge of tape.


3.3        GASKET GLAZING (DRY)

      A.   Cut compression gaskets to lengths recommended by gasket manufacturer to fit openings exactly, with
           allowance for stretch during installation.

      B.   Insert soft compression gasket between glass and frame or fixed stop so it is securely in place with joints
           miter cut and bonded together at corners.

      C.   Installation with Drive-in Wedge Gaskets: Center glass lites in openings on setting blocks and press firmly
           against soft compression gasket by inserting dense compression gaskets formed and installed to lock in
           place against faces of removable stops. Start gasket applications at corners and work toward centers of
           openings. Compress gaskets to produce a weathertight seal without developing bending stresses in
           glass. Seal gasket joints with sealant recommended by gasket manufacturer.

      D.   Installation with Pressure-Glazing Stops: Center glass lites in openings on setting blocks and press firmly
           against soft compression gasket. Install dense compression gaskets and pressure-glazing stops, applying
           pressure uniformly to compression gaskets. Compress gaskets to produce a weathertight seal without
           developing bending stresses in glass. Seal gasket joints with sealant recommended by gasket
           manufacturer.

      E.   Install gaskets so they protrude past face of glazing stops.




GLAZING                                                                                                     088000 - 7
ST. JOHNS COUNTY WORK RELEASE HOUSING FACILITY                                         ST. JOHNS COUNTY, FLORIDA
ST. JOHNS COUNTY                                                                             ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050

3.4        SEALANT GLAZING (WET)

      A.   Install continuous spacers, or spacers combined with cylindrical sealant backing, between glass lites and
           glazing stops to maintain glass face clearances and to prevent sealant from extruding into glass channel
           and blocking weep systems until sealants cure. Secure spacers or spacers and backings in place and in
           position to control depth of installed sealant relative to edge clearance for optimum sealant performance.

      B.   Force sealants into glazing channels to eliminate voids and to ensure complete wetting or bond of sealant
           to glass and channel surfaces.

      C.   Tool exposed surfaces of sealants to provide a substantial wash away from glass.


3.5        CLEANING AND PROTECTION

      A.   Protect exterior glass from damage immediately after installation by attaching crossed streamers to
           framing held away from glass. Do not apply markers to glass surface. Remove nonpermanent labels and
           clean surfaces.

      B.   Protect glass from contact with contaminating substances resulting from construction operations. If,
           despite such protection, contaminating substances do come into contact with glass, remove substances
           immediately as recommended in writing by glass manufacturer.

      C.   Examine glass surfaces adjacent to or below exterior concrete and other masonry surfaces at frequent
           intervals during construction, but not less than once a month, for buildup of dirt, scum, alkaline deposits, or
           stains; remove as recommended in writing by glass manufacturer.

      D.   Remove and replace glass that is broken, chipped, cracked, or abraded or that is damaged from natural
           causes, accidents, and vandalism, during construction period.


END OF SECTION 088000




GLAZING                                                                                                       088000 - 8
ST. JOHNS COUNTY WORK RELEASE HOUSING FACILITY                                           ST. JOHNS COUNTY, FLORIDA
ST. JOHNS COUNTY                                                                               ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050


SECTION 092216 - NON-STRUCTURAL METAL FRAMING


PART 1 - GENERAL


1.1        SUMMARY

      A.   This Section includes non-load-bearing steel framing members for the following applications:

           1.     Interior framing systems (e.g., supports for partition walls, framed soffits, furring, etc.).
           2.     Interior suspension systems (e.g., supports for ceilings, suspended soffits, etc.).


1.2        SUBMITTALS

      A.   Product Data: For each type of product indicated.


1.3        QUALITY ASSURANCE

      A.   Fire-Test-Response Characteristics: For fire-resistance-rated assemblies that incorporate non-load-
           bearing steel framing, provide materials and construction identical to those tested in assembly indicated
           according to ASTM E 119 by an independent testing agency.

      B.   Sound Transmission Characteristics: For STC-rated assemblies that incorporate non-load-bearing steel
           framing, provide materials and construction identical to those tested in assembly indicated according to
           ASTM E 90 and classified according to ASTM E 413 by an independent testing agency.


PART 2 - PRODUCTS


2.1        NON-LOAD-BEARING STEEL FRAMING, GENERAL

      A.   Framing Members, General: Comply with ASTM C 754 for conditions indicated.

           1.     Steel Sheet Components: Comply with ASTM C 645 requirements for metal, unless otherwise
                  indicated.
           2.     Protective Coating: manufacturer's standard corrosion-resistant zinc coating, unless otherwise
                  indicated.


2.2        SUSPENSION SYSTEM COMPONENTS

      A.   Tie Wire: ASTM A 641/A 641M, Class 1 zinc coating, soft temper, 0.0625-inch- (1.59-mm-) diameter wire,
           or double strand of 0.0475-inch- (1.21-mm-) diameter wire.

      B.   Hanger Attachments to Concrete:




NON-STRUCTURAL METAL FRAMING                                                                                      092216 - 1
ST. JOHNS COUNTY WORK RELEASE HOUSING FACILITY                                        ST. JOHNS COUNTY, FLORIDA
ST. JOHNS COUNTY                                                                            ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050

           1.     Anchors: Fabricated from corrosion-resistant materials with holes or loops for attaching wire
                  hangers and capable of sustaining, without failure, a load equal to 5 times that imposed by
                  construction as determined by testing according to ASTM E 488 by an independent testing agency.

                  a.     Type: Postinstalled, expansion anchor.

           2.     Powder-Actuated Fasteners: Suitable for application indicated, fabricated from corrosion-resistant
                  materials with clips or other devices for attaching hangers of type indicated, and capable of
                  sustaining, without failure, a load equal to 10 times that imposed by construction as determined by
                  testing according to ASTM E 1190 by an independent testing agency.

      C.   Wire Hangers: ASTM A 641/A 641M, Class 1 zinc coating, soft temper, 0.162-inch (4.12-mm) diameter.

      D.   Grid Suspension System for Ceilings: ASTM C 645, direct-hung system composed of main beams and
           cross-furring members that interlock.

           1.     Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be incorporated
                  into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:

                  a.     Armstrong World Industries, Inc.; Drywall Grid Systems.
                  b.     Chicago Metallic Corporation; 640-C Drywall Furring System.
                  c.     USG Corporation; Drywall Suspension System.


2.3        STEEL FRAMING FOR FRAMED ASSEMBLIES

      A.   Steel Studs and Runners: ASTM C 645.

           1.     Minimum Base-Metal Thickness: 0.0179 inch (0.45 mm).

      B.   Slip-Type Head Joints: Where indicated, provide one of the following:

           1.     Single Long-Leg Runner System: ASTM C 645 top runner with 2-inch- (50.8-mm-) deep flanges in
                  thickness not less than indicated for studs, installed with studs friction fit into top runner and with
                  continuous bridging located within 12 inches (305 mm) of the top of studs to provide lateral bracing.
           2.     Double-Runner System: ASTM C 645 top runners, inside runner with 2-inch- (50.8-mm-) deep
                  flanges in thickness not less than indicated for studs and fastened to studs, and outer runner sized
                  to friction fit inside runner.
           3.     Deflection Track: Steel sheet top runner manufactured to prevent cracking of finishes applied to
                  interior partition framing resulting from deflection of structure above; in thickness not less than
                  indicated for studs and in width to accommodate depth of studs.

                  a.     Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be
                         incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
                  b.     Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following:

                         1)     Steel Network Inc. (The); VertiClip SLD Series.
                         2)     Superior Metal Trim; Superior Flex Track System (SFT).

      C.   Flat Strap and Backing Plate: Steel sheet for blocking and bracing in length and width indicated.




NON-STRUCTURAL METAL FRAMING                                                                                 092216 - 2
ST. JOHNS COUNTY WORK RELEASE HOUSING FACILITY                                      ST. JOHNS COUNTY, FLORIDA
ST. JOHNS COUNTY                                                                          ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050

           1.     Minimum Base-Metal Thickness: 0.0312 inch (0.79 mm).

      D.   Hat-Shaped, Rigid Furring Channels: ASTM C 645.

           1.     Minimum Base Metal Thickness: 0.0179 inch (0.45 mm).
           2.     Depth: As indicated on Drawings.


2.4        AUXILIARY MATERIALS

      A.   Fasteners for Metal Framing: Of type, material, size, corrosion resistance, holding power, and other
           properties required to fasten steel members to substrates.

      B.   Isolation Strip at Exterior Walls: Provide the following:
           1.      Foam Gasket: Adhesive-backed, closed-cell vinyl foam strips that allow fastener penetration
                   without foam displacement, 1/8 inch (3.2 mm) thick, in width to suit steel stud size.


PART 3 - EXECUTION


3.1        INSTALLATION, GENERAL

      A.   Installation Standard: ASTM C 754.
           1.      Gypsum Board Assemblies: Also comply with requirements in ASTM C 840 that apply to framing
                   installation.


3.2        INSTALLING SUSPENSION SYSTEMS

      A.   Isolate suspension systems from building structure where they abut or are penetrated by building structure
           to prevent transfer of loading imposed by structural movement.

      B.   Suspend hangers from building structure as follows:

           1.     Install hangers plumb and free from contact with insulation or other objects within ceiling plenum
                  that are not part of supporting structural or suspension system.

                  a.     Splay hangers only where required to miss obstructions and offset resulting horizontal
                         forces by bracing, countersplaying, or other equally effective means.

           2.     Where width of ducts and other construction within ceiling plenum produces hanger spacings that
                  interfere with locations of hangers required to support standard suspension system members,
                  install supplemental suspension members and hangers in the form of trapezes or equivalent
                  devices.

                  a.     Size supplemental suspension members and hangers to support ceiling loads within
                         performance limits established by referenced installation standards.

           3.     Do not attach hangers to steel roof deck.
           4.     Do not attach hangers to permanent metal forms. Furnish cast-in-place hanger inserts that extend
                  through forms.


NON-STRUCTURAL METAL FRAMING                                                                              092216 - 3
ST. JOHNS COUNTY WORK RELEASE HOUSING FACILITY                                       ST. JOHNS COUNTY, FLORIDA
ST. JOHNS COUNTY                                                                           ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050

           5.     Do not attach hangers to rolled-in hanger tabs of composite steel floor deck.
           6.     Do not connect or suspend steel framing from ducts, pipes, or conduit.

      C.   Fire-Resistance-Rated Assemblies: Wire tie furring channels to supports.

      D.   Grid Suspension Systems: Attach perimeter wall track or angle where grid suspension systems meet
           vertical surfaces. Mechanically join main beam and cross-furring members to each other and butt-cut to fit
           into wall track.

      E.   Installation Tolerances: Install suspension systems that are level to within 1/8 inch in 12 feet (3 mm in
           3.6 m) measured lengthwise on each member that will receive finishes and transversely between parallel
           members that will receive finishes.


3.3        INSTALLING FRAMED ASSEMBLIES

      A.   Where studs are installed directly against exterior masonry walls or dissimilar metals at exterior walls,
           install isolation strip between studs and exterior wall.

      B.   Install tracks (runners) at floors and overhead supports. Extend framing full height to structural supports
           or substrates above suspended ceilings, except where partitions are indicated to terminate at suspended
           ceilings. Continue framing around ducts penetrating partitions above ceiling.

           1.     Slip-Type Head Joints: Where framing extends to overhead structural supports, install to produce
                  joints at tops of framing systems that prevent axial loading of finished assemblies.
           2.     Door Openings: Screw vertical studs at jambs to jamb anchor clips on door frames; install runner
                  track section (for cripple studs) at head and secure to jamb studs.

                  a.     Install two studs at each jamb, unless otherwise indicated.
                  b.     Install cripple studs at head adjacent to each jamb stud, with a minimum 1/2-inch (12.7-mm)
                         clearance from jamb stud to allow for installation of control joint in finished assembly.
                  c.     Extend jamb studs through suspended ceilings and attach to underside of overhead
                         structure.

           3.     Other Framed Openings: Frame openings other than door openings the same as required for door
                  openings, unless otherwise indicated. Install framing below sills of openings to match framing
                  required above door heads.
           4.     Fire-Resistance-Rated Partitions: Install framing to comply with fire-resistance-rated assembly
                  indicated and support closures and to make partitions continuous from floor to underside of solid
                  structure.

                  a.     Firestop Track: Where indicated, install to maintain continuity of fire-resistance-rated
                         assembly indicated.

           5.     Sound-Rated Partitions: Install framing to comply with sound-rated assembly indicated.

      C.   Installation Tolerance: Install each framing member so fastening surfaces vary not more than 1/8 inch (3
           mm) from the plane formed by faces of adjacent framing.


END OF SECTION 092216



NON-STRUCTURAL METAL FRAMING                                                                               092216 - 4
ST. JOHNS COUNTY WORK RELEASE HOUSING FACILITY                                      ST. JOHNS COUNTY, FLORIDA
ST. JOHNS COUNTY                                                                          ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050



SECTION 092400 - PORTLAND CEMENT PLASTERING


PART 1 - GENERAL


1.1        SUMMARY

      A.   Section Includes:
           1.     Exterior portland cement plasterwork (stucco) on unit masonry.


1.2        SUBMITTALS

      A.   Product Data: For each type of product indicated.


1.3        PROJECT CONDITIONS

      A.   Comply with ASTM C 926 requirements.


PART 2 - PRODUCTS


2.1        ACCESSORIES

      A.   General: Comply with ASTM C 1063 and coordinate depth of trim and accessories with thicknesses and
           number of plaster coats required.

      B.   Metal Accessories:

           1.     Foundation Weep Screed: Fabricated from hot-dip galvanized-steel sheet, ASTM A 653/A 653M,
                  G60 (Z180) zinc coating.
           2.     Cornerite: Fabricated from metal lath with ASTM A 653/A 653M, G60 (Z180), hot-dip galvanized
                  zinc coating.
           3.     External-Corner Reinforcement: Fabricated from metal lath with ASTM A 653/A 653M, G60
                  (Z180), hot-dip galvanized zinc coating.
           4.     Cornerbeads: Fabricated from zinc or zinc-coated (galvanized) steel.

                  a.     Small-nose style; use unless otherwise indicated.

           5.     Casing Beads: Fabricated from zinc or zinc-coated (galvanized) steel; square-edged style; with
                  expanded flanges.
           6.     Control Joints: Fabricated from zinc or zinc-coated (galvanized) steel; one-piece-type, folded pair
                  of unperforated screeds in M-shaped configuration; with perforated flanges and removable
                  protective tape on plaster face of control joint.
           7.     Expansion Joints: Fabricated from zinc or zinc-coated (galvanized) steel; folded pair of
                  unperforated screeds in M-shaped configuration; with expanded flanges.



PORTLAND CEMENT PLASTERING                                                                                092400 - 1
ST. JOHNS COUNTY WORK RELEASE HOUSING FACILITY                                       ST. JOHNS COUNTY, FLORIDA
ST. JOHNS COUNTY                                                                           ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050


           8.     Two-Piece Expansion Joints: Fabricated from zinc or zinc-coated (galvanized) steel; formed to
                  produce slip-joint and square-edged reveal that is adjustable from 1/4 to 5/8 inch (6.34 to 16 mm)
                  wide; with perforated flanges.


2.2        MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS

      A.   Water for Mixing: Potable and free of substances capable of affecting plaster set or of damaging plaster,
           lath, or accessories.

      B.   Bonding Compound: ASTM C 932.


2.3        PLASTER MATERIALS

      A.   Portland Cement: ASTM C 150, Type I.

           1.     Color for Finish Coats: Gray.

      B.   Lime: ASTM C 206, Type S; or ASTM C 207, Type S.

      C.   Sand Aggregate: ASTM C 897.

           1.     Color for Job-Mixed Finish Coats: White.


2.4        PLASTER MIXES

      A.   General: Comply with ASTM C 926 for applications indicated.

      B.   Base-Coat Mixes: Single base coats for two-coat plasterwork as follows:

           1.     Portland Cement Mix: For cementitious material, mix 1 part portland cement and 3/4 to 1-1/2 parts
                  lime. Use 2-1/2 to 4 parts aggregate per part of cementitious material.

      C.   Factory-Prepared Finish-Coat Mixes: For ready-mixed finish-coat plasters, comply with manufacturer's
           written instructions.


PART 3 - EXECUTION


3.1        PREPARATION

      A.   Protect adjacent work from soiling, spattering, moisture deterioration, and other harmful effects caused by
           plastering.

      B.   Prepare solid substrates for plaster that are smooth or that do not have the suction capability required to
           bond with plaster according to ASTM C 926.




PORTLAND CEMENT PLASTERING                                                                                 092400 - 2
ST. JOHNS COUNTY WORK RELEASE HOUSING FACILITY                                          ST. JOHNS COUNTY, FLORIDA
ST. JOHNS COUNTY                                                                              ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050


3.2        INSTALLING ACCESSORIES

      A.   Install according to ASTM C 1063 and at locations indicated on Drawings.

      B.   Reinforcement for External Corners:

           1.     Install lath-type, external-corner reinforcement at exterior locations.

      C.   Control Joints: Install control joints at locations indicated on Drawings.


3.3        PLASTER APPLICATION

      A.   General: Comply with ASTM C 926.

      B.   Bonding Compound: Apply on unit masonry plaster bases.

      C.   Walls; Base-Coat Mix: Scratch coat for two-coat plasterwork, 3/8 inch (10 mm) thick on concrete
           masonry.

           1.     Portland cement mixes.

      D.   Plaster Finish Coats: Apply to provide float finish to match Architect's sample.


3.4        PLASTER REPAIRS

      A.   Repair or replace work to eliminate cracks, dents, blisters, buckles, crazing and check cracking, dry outs,
           efflorescence, sweat outs, and similar defects and where bond to substrate has failed.


END OF SECTION 092400




PORTLAND CEMENT PLASTERING                                                                                 092400 - 3
ST. JOHNS COUNTY WORK RELEASE HOUSING FACILITY                                    ST. JOHNS COUNTY, FLORIDA
ST. JOHNS COUNTY                                                                        ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050


SECTION 092900 - GYPSUM BOARD


PART 1 - GENERAL


1.1        SUMMARY

      A.   This Section includes the following:

           1.     Interior gypsum board.
           2.     Tile backing panels.


1.2        SUBMITTALS

      A.   Product Data: For each type of product indicated.


1.3        QUALITY ASSURANCE

      A.   Fire-Resistance-Rated Assemblies: For fire-resistance-rated assemblies, provide materials and
           construction identical to those tested in assembly indicated according to ASTM E 119 by an independent
           testing agency.

      B.   STC-Rated Assemblies: For STC-rated assemblies, provide materials and construction identical to those
           tested in assembly indicated according to ASTM E 90 and classified according to ASTM E 413 by an
           independent testing agency.


PART 2 - PRODUCTS


2.1        INTERIOR GYPSUM BOARD

      A.   General: Complying with ASTM C 36/C 36M or ASTM C 1396/C 1396M, as applicable to type of gypsum
           board indicated and whichever is more stringent.

           1.     Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering
                  products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
           2.     Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following:

                  a.     American Gypsum Co.
                  b.     G-P Gypsum.
                  c.     Lafarge North America Inc.
                  d.     National Gypsum Company.
                  e.     USG Corporation.

      B.   Moisture- and Mold-Resistant Type: With moisture- and mold-resistant core and surfaces.

           1.     Core: 5/8 inch (15.9 mm), Type X.


GYPSUM BOARD                                                                                            092900 - 1
ST. JOHNS COUNTY WORK RELEASE HOUSING FACILITY                                     ST. JOHNS COUNTY, FLORIDA
ST. JOHNS COUNTY                                                                         ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050

           2.     Long Edges: Tapered.


2.2        TILE BACKING PANELS

      A.   Glass-Mat, Water-Resistant Backing Board:

           1.     Complying with ASTM C 1178/C 1178M.

                  a.     Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide "DensShield Tile Guard" by G-P
                         Gypsum.

           2.     Core: 5/8 inch (15.9 mm), Type X.


2.3        TRIM ACCESSORIES

      A.   Interior Trim: ASTM C 1047.

           1.     Material: Galvanized or aluminum-coated steel sheet or rolled zinc.
           2.     Shapes:

                  a.     Cornerbead.
                  b.     LC-Bead: J-shaped; exposed long flange receives joint compound.
                  c.     L-Bead: L-shaped; exposed long flange receives joint compound.
                  d.     U-Bead: J-shaped; exposed short flange does not receive joint compound.


2.4        JOINT TREATMENT MATERIALS

      A.   General: Comply with ASTM C 475/C 475M.

      B.   Joint Tape:

           1.     Interior Gypsum Wallboard: Paper.
           2.     Tile Backing Panels: As recommended by panel manufacturer.

      C.   Joint Compound for Interior Gypsum Wallboard: For each coat use formulation that is compatible with
           other compounds applied on previous or for successive coats.

           1.     Prefilling: At open joints, rounded or beveled panel edges, and damaged surface areas, use
                  setting-type taping compound.
           2.     Embedding and First Coat: For embedding tape and first coat on joints, fasteners, and trim
                  flanges, use drying-type, all-purpose compound.

                  a.     Use setting-type compound for installing paper-faced metal trim accessories.

           3.     Fill Coat: For second coat, use drying-type, all-purpose compound.
           4.     Finish Coat: For third coat, use drying-type, all-purpose compound.

      D.   Joint Compound for Tile Backing Panels:
           1.     Glass-Mat, Water-Resistant Backing Panel: As recommended by backing panel manufacturer.


GYPSUM BOARD                                                                                            092900 - 2
ST. JOHNS COUNTY WORK RELEASE HOUSING FACILITY                                         ST. JOHNS COUNTY, FLORIDA
ST. JOHNS COUNTY                                                                             ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050

2.5        AUXILIARY MATERIALS

      A.   General: Provide auxiliary materials that comply with referenced installation standards and manufacturer's
           written recommendations.

      B.   Steel Drill Screws: ASTM C 1002, unless otherwise indicated.

           1.     Use screws complying with ASTM C 954 for fastening panels to steel members from 0.033 to
                  0.112 inch (0.84 to 2.84 mm) thick.

      C.   Sound Attenuation Blankets: ASTM C 665, Type I (blankets without membrane facing) produced by
           combining thermosetting resins with mineral fibers manufactured from glass, slag wool, or rock wool.

           1.     Fire-Resistance-Rated Assemblies: Comply with mineral-fiber requirements of assembly.

      D.   Acoustical Sealant: As specified in Division 07 Section "Joint Sealants."

      E.   Thermal Insulation: As specified in Division 07 Section "Thermal Insulation."

      F.   Vapor Retarder: As specified in Division 07 Section "Thermal Insulation."


PART 3 - EXECUTION


3.1        APPLYING AND FINISHING PANELS, GENERAL

      A.   Comply with ASTM C 840.

      B.   Examine panels before installation. Reject panels that are wet, moisture damaged, and mold damaged.

      C.   Isolate perimeter of gypsum board applied to non-load-bearing partitions at structural abutments, except
           floors. Provide 1/4- to 1/2-inch- (6.4- to 12.7-mm-) wide spaces at these locations, and trim edges with
           edge trim where edges of panels are exposed. Seal joints between edges and abutting structural surfaces
           with acoustical sealant.


3.2        APPLYING INTERIOR GYPSUM BOARD

      A.   Install interior gypsum board in the following locations:
           1.       Moisture- and Mold-Resistant Type: All vertical and horizontal surfaces, unless otherwise noted.

      B.   Apply panels perpendicular to supports, with end joints staggered and located over supports.

           1.     Install with 1/4-inch (6.4-mm) open space where panels abut other construction or structural
                  penetrations.
           2.     Fasten with corrosion-resistant screws.




GYPSUM BOARD                                                                                               092900 - 3
ST. JOHNS COUNTY WORK RELEASE HOUSING FACILITY                                        ST. JOHNS COUNTY, FLORIDA
ST. JOHNS COUNTY                                                                            ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050

3.3        APPLYING TILE BACKING PANELS

      A.   Glass-Mat, Water-Resistant Backing Panel: Comply with manufacturer's written installation instructions
           and install at locations indicated to receive tile. Install with 1/4-inch (6.4-mm) gap where panels abut other
           construction or penetrations.

      B.   Areas Not Subject to Wetting: Install regular-type gypsum wallboard panels to produce a flat surface
           except at showers, tubs, and other locations indicated to receive water-resistant panels.

      C.   Where tile backing panels abut other types of panels in same plane, shim surfaces to produce a uniform
           plane across panel surfaces.


3.4        INSTALLING TRIM ACCESSORIES

      A.   General: For trim with back flanges intended for fasteners, attach to framing with same fasteners used for
           panels. Otherwise, attach trim according to manufacturer's written instructions.

      B.   Control Joints: Install control joints according to ASTM C 840 and in specific locations approved by
           Architect for visual effect.

      C.   Interior Trim: Install in the following locations:

           1.     Cornerbead: Use at outside corners, unless otherwise indicated.
           2.     LC-Bead: Use at exposed panel edges.
           3.     Curved-Edge Cornerbead: Use at curved openings.


3.5        FINISHING GYPSUM BOARD

      A.   General: Treat gypsum board joints, interior angles, edge trim, control joints, penetrations, fastener
           heads, surface defects, and elsewhere as required to prepare gypsum board surfaces for decoration.
           Promptly remove residual joint compound from adjacent surfaces.

      B.   Prefill open joints, rounded or beveled edges, and damaged surface areas.

      C.   Apply joint tape over gypsum board joints, except those with trim having flanges not intended for tape.

      D.   Gypsum Board Finish Levels: Finish panels to levels indicated below:

           1.     Level 1: Ceiling plenum areas, concealed areas, and where indicated.
           2.     Level 2: Panels that are substrate for tile.
           3.     Level 4: At panel surfaces that will be exposed to view, unless otherwise indicated.

                  a.      Primer and its application to surfaces are specified in other Division 09 Sections.

      E.   Glass-Mat, Water-Resistant Backing Panels: Finish according to manufacturer's written instructions.




GYPSUM BOARD                                                                                                    092900 - 4
ST. JOHNS COUNTY WORK RELEASE HOUSING FACILITY                                     ST. JOHNS COUNTY, FLORIDA
ST. JOHNS COUNTY                                                                         ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050

3.6        PROTECTION

      A.   Protect installed products from damage from weather, condensation, direct sunlight, construction, and
           other causes during remainder of the construction period.

      B.   Remove and replace panels that are wet, moisture damaged, and mold damaged.

           1.    Indications that panels are wet or moisture damaged include, but are not limited to, discoloration,
                 sagging, or irregular shape.
           2.    Indications that panels are mold damaged include, but are not limited to, fuzzy or splotchy surface
                 contamination and discoloration.


END OF SECTION 092900




GYPSUM BOARD                                                                                             092900 - 5
ST. JOHNS COUNTY WORK RELEASE HOUSING FACILITY                                    ST. JOHNS COUNTY, FLORIDA
ST. JOHNS COUNTY                                                                        ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050


SECTION 093000 - TILING


PART 1 - GENERAL


1.1        SUMMARY

      A.   Section Includes:

           1.     Porcelain tile.
           2.     Metal edge strips.


1.2        SUBMITTALS

      A.   Product Data: For each type of product indicated.


PART 2 - PRODUCTS


2.1        TILE PRODUCTS

      A.   ANSI Ceramic Tile Standard: Provide Standard grade tile that complies with ANSI A137.1 for types,
           compositions, and other characteristics indicated.

      B.   Tile Type: Glazed Wall Tile.
           1.     Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide Iris U.S. “Deluxe
                  Collection” Polished Porcelain Wall Tile or comparable product.

           2.     Module Size: 12 inch by 24 inch.
           3.     Thickness: 5/16 inch.
           4.     Face: Plain with rectified and beveled edges.
           5.     Finish: Polished.
           6.     Tile Color and Pattern: Iris U.S. “Deluxe Collection” color “Crema” Polished Finish.
           7.     Grout Color: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range.
           8.     Trim Units: Coordinated with sizes and coursing of adjoining flat tile where applicable and
                  matching characteristics of adjoining flat tile. Provide shapes as follows, selected from
                  manufacturer's standard shapes:

                  a.     Base: Standard tile shape.
                  b.     External Corners and window sills for Thin-Set Mortar Installations: Bullnose shape, same
                         size as adjoining flat tile.


2.2        SETTING MATERIALS

      A.   Dry Set Mortar with Additive: ANSI A118.4.




TILING                                                                                               093000 - 1
ST. JOHNS COUNTY WORK RELEASE HOUSING FACILITY                                         ST. JOHNS COUNTY, FLORIDA
ST. JOHNS COUNTY                                                                             ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050

           1.    Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide Mapei Kerabond/Keralastic
                 System or comparable product by one of the following:

                 a.     Bonsal American; an Oldcastle company.
                 b.     Bostik, Inc.
                 c.     C-Cure.
                 d.     Custom Building Products.
                 e.     DAP Inc.
                 f.     Jamo Inc.
                 g.     Laticrete International, Inc.
                 h.     MAPEI Corporation.
                 i.     Southern Grouts & Mortars, Inc.
                 j.     Summitville Tiles, Inc.
                 k.     TEC; a subsidiary of H. B. Fuller Company.


2.3        GROUT MATERIALS

      A.   Water-Cleanable Epoxy Grout: ANSI A118.3.
           1.    Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide Mapei “Opticolor
                 Stain-Free Grout” or comparable product by one of the following:
                 a.     Bonsal American; an Oldcastle company.
                 b.     Bostik, Inc.
                 c.     Custom Building Products.
                 d.     Laticrete International, Inc.
                 e.     MAPEI Corporation.
                 f.     Southern Grouts & Mortars, Inc.
                 g.     Summitville Tiles, Inc.
                 h.     TEC; a subsidiary of H. B. Fuller Company.


2.4        MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS

      A.   Trowelable Underlayments and Patching Compounds: Latex-modified, portland cement-based formulation
           provided or approved by manufacturer of tile-setting materials for installations indicated.

      B.   Metal Edge Strips: Angle or L-shape, stainless steel, ASTM A 666, 300 Series exposed-edge material.


PART 3 - EXECUTION


3.1        EXAMINATION

      A.   Examine substrates, areas, and conditions where tile will be installed, with Installer present, for
           compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of
           installed tile.

           1.    Verify that substrates for setting tile are firm, dry, clean, free of coatings that are incompatible with
                 tile-setting materials including curing compounds and other substances that contain soap, wax, oil,




TILING                                                                                                      093000 - 2
ST. JOHNS COUNTY WORK RELEASE HOUSING FACILITY                                          ST. JOHNS COUNTY, FLORIDA
ST. JOHNS COUNTY                                                                              ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050

                  or silicone; and comply with flatness tolerances required by ANSI A108.01 for installations
                  indicated.


3.2        PREPARATION

      A.   Fill cracks, holes, and depressions in concrete substrates for tile floors installed with [adhesives] [or] [thin-
           set mortar] with trowelable leveling and patching compound specifically recommended by tile-setting
           material manufacturer.

      B.   Where indicated, prepare substrates to receive waterproofing by applying a reinforced mortar bed that
           complies with ANSI A108.1A and is sloped 1/4 inch per foot (1:50) toward drains.

      C.   Blending: For tile exhibiting color variations, use factory blended tile or blend tiles at Project site before
           installing.

      D.   Field-Applied Temporary Protective Coating: If indicated under tile type or needed to prevent grout from
           staining or adhering to exposed tile surfaces, precoat them with continuous film of temporary protective
           coating, taking care not to coat unexposed tile surfaces.


3.3        INSTALLATION

      A.   Comply with TCA's "Handbook for Ceramic Tile Installation" for TCA installation methods specified in tile
           installation schedules. Comply with parts of the ANSI A108 Series "Specifications for Installation of
           Ceramic Tile" that are referenced in TCA installation methods, specified in tile installation schedules, and
           apply to types of setting and grouting materials used.

           1.     For the following installations, follow procedures in the ANSI A108 Series of tile installation
                  standards for providing 95 percent mortar coverage:
                  a.     Tile floors in wet areas.

      B.   Extend tile work into recesses and under or behind equipment and fixtures to form complete covering
           without interruptions unless otherwise indicated. Terminate work neatly at obstructions, edges, and
           corners without disrupting pattern or joint alignments.

      C.   Accurately form intersections and returns. Perform cutting and drilling of tile without marring visible
           surfaces. Carefully grind cut edges of tile abutting trim, finish, or built-in items for straight aligned joints.
           Fit tile closely to electrical outlets, piping, fixtures, and other penetrations so plates, collars, or covers
           overlap tile.

      D.   Jointing Pattern: Lay tile in grid pattern unless otherwise indicated. Lay out tile work and center tile fields
           in both directions in each space or on each wall area. Lay out tile work to minimize the use of pieces that
           are less than half of a tile. Provide uniform joint widths unless otherwise indicated.

      E.   Joint Widths: Unless otherwise indicated, install tile with the following joint widths:
           1.     Glazed Wall Tile: 1/8 inch.

      F.   Metal Edge Strips: Install where exposed edge of tile flooring meets carpet, wood, or other flooring that
           finishes flush with top of tile.




TILING                                                                                                        093000 - 3
ST. JOHNS COUNTY WORK RELEASE HOUSING FACILITY                                ST. JOHNS COUNTY, FLORIDA
ST. JOHNS COUNTY                                                                    ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050

3.4        INTERIOR TILE INSTALLATION SCHEDULE

      A.   Interior Wall Installations, Metal Studs or Furring:

           1.     Tile Installation W245: Organic adhesive on coated glass-mat, water-resistant gypsum backer
                  board; TCA W245.

                  a.      Tile Type: Glazed tile.
                  b.      Setting Materials: Dry set mortar with additive.
                  c.      Grout: Water-cleanable epoxy grout.


END OF SECTION 093000




TILING                                                                                           093000 - 4
ST. JOHNS COUNTY WORK RELEASE HOUSING FACILITY                                         ST. JOHNS COUNTY, FLORIDA
ST. JOHNS COUNTY                                                                             ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050


SECTION 096513 - RESILIENT BASE AND ACCESSORIES


PART 1 - GENERAL


1.1        SUMMARY

      A.   Section Includes:

           1.     Resilient base.
           2.     Resilient stair accessories.


1.2        ACTION SUBMITTALS

      A.   Product Data: For each type of product indicated.

      B.   Samples: For each type of product indicated, in manufacturer's standard-size Samples but not less than
           12 inches (300 mm) long, of each resilient product color, texture, and pattern required.


1.3        QUALITY ASSURANCE

      A.   Fire-Test-Response Characteristics: As determined by testing identical products according to
           ASTM E 648 or NFPA 253 by a qualified testing agency.

           1.     Critical Radiant Flux Classification: Class I, not less than 0.45 W/sq. cm.


1.4        PROJECT CONDITIONS

      A.   Maintain ambient temperatures within range recommended by manufacturer in spaces to receive resilient
           products.

      B.   Until Substantial Completion, maintain ambient temperatures within range recommended by manufacturer.

      C.   Install resilient products after other finishing operations, including painting, have been completed.


PART 2 - PRODUCTS


2.1        RESILIENT BASE

      A.   Resilient Base:

           1.     Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the following Basis-of-Design
                  product or equivalent:
                  a.     Burke Mercer Flooring Products; Division of Burke Industries, Inc. – RubberMyte Wall Base.



RESILIENT BASE AND ACCESSORIES                                                                                096513 - 1
ST. JOHNS COUNTY WORK RELEASE HOUSING FACILITY                                       ST. JOHNS COUNTY, FLORIDA
ST. JOHNS COUNTY                                                                           ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050

      B.   Resilient Base Standard: ASTM F 1861.

           1.     Material Requirement: Type TP (rubber, thermoplastic).
           2.     Manufacturing Method: Group I (solid, homogeneous).
           3.     Style: Butt to (fit-to-floor).

      C.   Minimum Thickness: 0.125 inch (3.2 mm).

      D.   Height: 4 inches (102 mm).

      E.   Lengths: Coils in manufacturer's standard length.

      F.   Outside Corners: Job formed or preformed.

      G.   Inside Corners: Job formed or preformed.

      H.   Finish: Low luster.

      I.   Colors and Patterns: As selected by Architect from full range of industry colors.


2.2        RESILIENT STAIR ACCESSORIES

      A.   Resilient Stair Treads:

           1.     Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the following Basis-of-Design
                  product or equivalent.

                  a.     Burke Mercer Flooring Products; Division of Burke Industries, Inc. – Burke Marble Stair
                         Treads - Smooth.

      B.   Resilient Stair Treads Standard: ASTM F 2169.

           1.     Material Requirement: Type TS (rubber, vulcanized thermoset).
           2.     Surface Design:

                  a.     Class 1, Smooth (flat).

      C.   Nosing Style: Square, adjustable to cover angles between 60 and 90 degrees.

      D.   Nosing Height: 1-1/2 inches (38 mm).

      E.   Thickness: 1/4 inch (6 mm) and tapered to back edge.

      F.   Size: Lengths and depths to fit each stair tread in one piece.

      G.   Risers: Smooth, flat, toeless, height and length to cover risers; produced by same manufacturer as treads
           and recommended by manufacturer for installation with treads.

           1.     Thickness: 0.125 inch (3.2 mm).




RESILIENT BASE AND ACCESSORIES                                                                           096513 - 2
ST. JOHNS COUNTY WORK RELEASE HOUSING FACILITY                                         ST. JOHNS COUNTY, FLORIDA
ST. JOHNS COUNTY                                                                             ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050

      H.   Stringers: Of same thickness as risers, height and length after cutting to fit risers and treads and to cover
           stair stringers; produced by same manufacturer as treads and recommended by manufacturer for
           installation with treads.

      I.   Colors and Patterns: As selected by Architect from full range of industry colors.


2.3        INSTALLATION MATERIALS

      A.   Trowelable Leveling and Patching Compounds: Latex-modified, portland cement based or blended
           hydraulic-cement-based formulation provided or approved by manufacturer for applications indicated.

      B.   Adhesives: Water-resistant type recommended by manufacturer to suit resilient products and substrate
           conditions indicated.

      C.   Stair-Tread-Nose Filler: Two-part epoxy compound recommended by resilient tread manufacturer to fill
           nosing substrates that do not conform to tread contours.

      D.   Metal Edge Strips: Extruded aluminum with mill finish of width shown, of height required to protect
           exposed edges of tiles, and in maximum available lengths to minimize running joints.


PART 3 - EXECUTION


3.1        PREPARATION

      A.   Prepare substrates according to manufacturer's written instructions to ensure adhesion of resilient
           products.

      B.   Fill cracks, holes, and depressions in substrates with trowelable leveling and patching compound and
           remove bumps and ridges to produce a uniform and smooth substrate.

      C.   Do not install resilient products until they are same temperature as the space where they are to be
           installed.

           1.     Move resilient products and installation materials into spaces where they will be installed at least
                  48 hours in advance of installation.

      D.   Sweep and vacuum clean substrates to be covered by resilient products immediately before installation.


3.2        RESILIENT BASE INSTALLATION

      A.   Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for installing resilient base.

      B.   Apply resilient base to walls, columns, pilasters, casework and cabinets in toe spaces, and other
           permanent fixtures in rooms and areas where base is required.

      C.   Install resilient base in lengths as long as practicable without gaps at seams and with tops of adjacent
           pieces aligned.



RESILIENT BASE AND ACCESSORIES                                                                               096513 - 3
ST. JOHNS COUNTY WORK RELEASE HOUSING FACILITY                                         ST. JOHNS COUNTY, FLORIDA
ST. JOHNS COUNTY                                                                             ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050

      D.   Tightly adhere resilient base to substrate throughout length of each piece, with base in continuous contact
           with horizontal and vertical substrates.

      E.   Do not stretch resilient base during installation.


3.3        RESILIENT ACCESSORY INSTALLATION

      A.   Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for installing resilient accessories.

      B.   Resilient Stair Accessories:

           1.     Use stair-tread-nose filler to fill nosing substrates that do not conform to tread contours.
           2.     Tightly adhere to substrates throughout length of each piece.
           3.     For treads installed as separate, equal-length units, install to produce a flush joint between units.


3.4        CLEANING AND PROTECTION

      A.   Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for cleaning and protection of resilient products.

      B.   Cover resilient products until Substantial Completion.


END OF SECTION 096513




RESILIENT BASE AND ACCESSORIES                                                                                  096513 - 4
ST. JOHNS COUNTY WORK RELEASE HOUSING FACILITY                                          ST. JOHNS COUNTY, FLORIDA
ST. JOHNS COUNTY                                                                              ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050


SECTION 096519 - RESILIENT TILE FLOORING


PART 1 - GENERAL


1.1        SUMMARY

      A.   Section Includes:
           1.     Rubber floor tile.


1.2        ACTION SUBMITTALS

      A.   Product Data: For each type of product indicated.

      B.   Shop Drawings: For each type of floor tile. Include floor tile layouts, edges, columns, doorways, enclosing
           partitions, built-in furniture, cabinets, and cutouts.

      C.   Samples: Full-size units of each color and pattern of floor tile required.


1.3        CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS

      A.   Maintenance data.


1.4        QUALITY ASSURANCE

      A.   Fire-Test-Response Characteristics: As determined by testing identical products according to
           ASTM E 648 or NFPA 253 by a qualified testing agency.

           1.     Critical Radiant Flux Classification: Class I, not less than 0.45 W/sq. cm.


1.5        PROJECT CONDITIONS

      A.   Maintain ambient temperatures within range recommended by manufacturer in spaces to receive floor tile.

      B.   Until Substantial Completion, maintain ambient temperatures within range recommended by manufacturer.

      C.   Close spaces to traffic during floor tile installation.

      D.   Close spaces to traffic for 48 hours after floor tile installation.

      E.   Install floor tile after other finishing operations, including painting, have been completed.




RESILIENT TILE FLOORING                                                                                    096519 - 1
ST. JOHNS COUNTY WORK RELEASE HOUSING FACILITY                                          ST. JOHNS COUNTY, FLORIDA
ST. JOHNS COUNTY                                                                              ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050

PART 2 - PRODUCTS


2.1        RUBBER FLOOR TILE

      A.   Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the following Basis-of-Design product or
           equivalent:

           1.     Burke Mercer Flooring Products, Division of Burke Industries Inc.; Marble Rubber Floor Tile.

      B.   Tile Standard: ASTM F 1344, Class I-B.

      C.   Wearing Surface: Smooth.

      D.   Thickness: 0.125 inch (3.2 mm).

      E.   Size: 12 inches X 12 inches.

      F.   Colors and Patterns: As selected by Architect from full range of industry colors.


2.2        INSTALLATION MATERIALS

      A.   Trowelable Leveling and Patching Compounds: Latex-modified, portland cement based or blended
           hydraulic-cement-based formulation provided or approved by manufacturer for applications indicated.

      B.   Adhesives: Water-resistant type recommended by manufacturer to suit floor tile and substrate conditions
           indicated.


PART 3 - EXECUTION


3.1        PREPARATION

      A.   Prepare substrates according to manufacturer's written instructions to ensure adhesion of resilient
           products.

      B.   Fill cracks, holes, and depressions in substrates with trowelable leveling and patching compound and
           remove bumps and ridges to produce a uniform and smooth substrate.

      C.   Do not install floor tiles until they are same temperature as space where they are to be installed.

           1.     Move resilient products and installation materials into spaces where they will be installed at least
                  48 hours in advance of installation.

      D.   Sweep and vacuum clean substrates to be covered by resilient products immediately before installation.


3.2        FLOOR TILE INSTALLATION

      A.   Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for installing floor tile.


RESILIENT TILE FLOORING                                                                                          096519 - 2
ST. JOHNS COUNTY WORK RELEASE HOUSING FACILITY                                          ST. JOHNS COUNTY, FLORIDA
ST. JOHNS COUNTY                                                                              ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050

      B.   Lay out floor tiles from center marks established with principal walls, discounting minor offsets, so tiles at
           opposite edges of room are of equal width. Adjust as necessary to avoid using cut widths that equal less
           than one-half tile at perimeter.

           1.     Lay tiles square with room axis.

      C.   Match floor tiles for color and pattern by selecting tiles from cartons in the same sequence as
           manufactured and packaged, if so numbered. Discard broken, cracked, chipped, or deformed tiles.

      D.   Scribe, cut, and fit floor tiles to butt neatly and tightly to vertical surfaces and permanent fixtures including
           built-in furniture, cabinets, pipes, outlets, and door frames.

      E.   Extend floor tiles into toe spaces, door reveals, closets, and similar openings. Extend floor tiles to center
           of door openings.

      F.   Maintain reference markers, holes, and openings that are in place or marked for future cutting by
           repeating on floor tiles as marked on substrates. Use chalk or other nonpermanent, nonstaining marking
           device.

      G.   Adhere floor tiles to flooring substrates using a full spread of adhesive applied to substrate to produce a
           completed installation without open cracks, voids, raising and puckering at joints, telegraphing of adhesive
           spreader marks, and other surface imperfections.


3.3        CLEANING AND PROTECTION

      A.   Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for cleaning and protection of floor tile.

      B.   Cover floor tile until Substantial Completion.


END OF SECTION 096519




RESILIENT TILE FLOORING                                                                                         096519 - 3
ST. JOHNS COUNTY WORK RELEASE HOUSING FACILITY                                       ST. JOHNS COUNTY, FLORIDA
ST. JOHNS COUNTY                                                                           ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050


SECTION 099113 - EXTERIOR PAINTING


GENERAL


1.1        SUMMARY

      A.   This Section includes surface preparation and the application of paint systems on the following exterior
           substrates:
           1.     Steel.
           2.     Galvanized metal.


2.2        RELATED SECTIONS

      A.   Refer to High Performance Coatings for Exterior Stucco Coatings.


2.3        SUBMITTALS

      A.   Product Data: For each type of product indicated.

      B.   Samples: For each finish and for each color and texture required.

      C.   Product List: Printout of current "MPI Approved Products List" for each product category specified in
           Part 2, with the proposed product highlighted.


2.4        QUALITY ASSURANCE

      A.   MPI Standards:

           1.     Products: Complying with MPI standards indicated and listed in "MPI Approved Products List."
           1.     Preparation and Workmanship: Comply with requirements in "MPI Architectural Painting
                  Specification Manual" for products and paint systems indicated.

      A.   Mockups: Apply benchmark samples of each paint system indicated and each color and finish selected to
           verify preliminary selections made under sample submittals and to demonstrate aesthetic effects and set
           quality standards for materials and execution.

           1.     Architect will select one surface to represent surfaces and conditions for application of each paint
                  system specified in Part 3.

                  a.     Vertical and Horizontal Surfaces: Provide samples of at least 100 sq. ft. (9 sq. m).
                  b.     Other Items: Architect will designate items or areas required.

           2.     Final approval of color selections will be based on benchmark samples.

                  a.     If preliminary color selections are not approved, apply additional benchmark samples of
                         additional colors selected by Architect at no added cost to Owner.


EXTERIOR PAINTING                                                                                           099113 - 1
ST. JOHNS COUNTY WORK RELEASE HOUSING FACILITY                                      ST. JOHNS COUNTY, FLORIDA
ST. JOHNS COUNTY                                                                          ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050

PRODUCTS


5.1        PAINT, GENERAL

      A.   Material Compatibility:

           1.     Provide materials for use within each paint system that are compatible with one another and
                  substrates indicated, under conditions of service and application as demonstrated by manufacturer,
                  based on testing and field experience.
           2.     For each coat in a paint system, provide products recommended in writing by manufacturers of
                  topcoat for use in paint system and on substrate indicated.

      B.   Colors: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range.


7.1        METAL PRIMERS

      A.   Alkyd Anticorrosive Metal Primer: MPI #79.

           1.     VOC Content: E Range of E1.


7.2        EXTERIOR ALKYD PAINTS

      A.   Exterior Alkyd Enamel (Gloss): MPI #9 (Gloss Level 6).

           1.     VOC Content: E Range of E1.


EXECUTION


7.3        EXAMINATION

      A.   Examine substrates and conditions, with Applicator present, for compliance with requirements for
           maximum moisture content and other conditions affecting performance of work.

      B.   Maximum Moisture Content of Substrates: When measured with an electronic moisture meter as follows:

           1.     Concrete: 12 percent.
           2.     Masonry (Clay and CMU): 12 percent.
           3.     Wood: 15 percent.
           4.     Plaster: 12 percent.
           5.     Gypsum Board: 12 percent.

      B.   Verify suitability of substrates, including surface conditions and compatibility with existing finishes and
           primers.

      C.   Begin coating application only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected and surfaces are dry.

           1.     Beginning coating application constitutes Contractor's acceptance of substrates and conditions.


EXTERIOR PAINTING                                                                                          099113 - 2
ST. JOHNS COUNTY WORK RELEASE HOUSING FACILITY                                     ST. JOHNS COUNTY, FLORIDA
ST. JOHNS COUNTY                                                                         ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050

8.2        PREPARATION AND APPLICATION

      A.   Comply with manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations in "MPI Architectural Painting
           Specification Manual" applicable to substrates and paint systems indicated.

      B.   Clean substrates of substances that could impair bond of paints, including dirt, oil, grease, and
           incompatible paints and encapsulants.

           1.     Remove incompatible primers and reprime substrate with compatible primers as required to
                  produce paint systems indicated.

      B.   Apply paints to produce surface films without cloudiness, spotting, holidays, laps, brush marks, roller
           tracking, runs, sags, ropiness, or other surface imperfections. Cut in sharp lines and color breaks.

      C.   Protect work of other trades against damage from paint application. Correct damage to work of other
           trades by cleaning, repairing, replacing, and refinishing, as approved by Architect, and leave in an
           undamaged condition.

      D.   At completion of construction activities of other trades, touch up and restore damaged or defaced painted
           surfaces.


11.1       EXTERIOR PAINTING SCHEDULE

      A.   Steel Substrates:

           1.     Alkyd System: MPI EXT 5.1D.

                  a.     Prime Coat: Alkyd anticorrosive metal primer.
                  a.     Intermediate Coat: Exterior alkyd enamel matching topcoat.
                  b.     Topcoat: Exterior alkyd enamel (Semigloss).

      A.   Galvanized-Metal Substrates:

           1.     Alkyd System: MPI EXT 5.3B.

                  a.     Prime Coat: Cementitious galvanized-metal primer.
                  a.     Intermediate Coat: Exterior alkyd enamel matching topcoat.
                  b.     Topcoat: Exterior alkyd enamel (Gloss).


END OF SECTION 099113




EXTERIOR PAINTING                                                                                        099113 - 3
ST. JOHNS COUNTY WORK RELEASE HOUSING FACILITY                                       ST. JOHNS COUNTY, FLORIDA
ST. JOHNS COUNTY                                                                           ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050



SECTION 099123 - INTERIOR PAINTING


PART 1 - GENERAL


1.1        SUMMARY

      A.   This Section includes surface preparation and the application of paint systems on the following interior
           substrates:

           1.     Concrete.
           2.     Concrete masonry units (CMU).
           3.     Steel.
           4.     Galvanized metal.
           5.     Gypsum board.


1.2        SUBMITTALS

      A.   Product Data: For each type of product indicated.

      B.   Samples: For each finish and for each color and texture required.

      C.   Product List: Printout of current "MPI Approved Products List" for each product category specified in
           Part 2, with the proposed product highlighted.


1.3        QUALITY ASSURANCE

      A.   MPI Standards:

           1.     Products: Complying with MPI standards indicated and listed in "MPI Approved Products List."
           2.     Preparation and Workmanship: Comply with requirements in "MPI Architectural Painting
                  Specification Manual" for products and paint systems indicated.

      B.   Mockups: Apply benchmark samples of each paint system indicated and each color and finish selected to
           verify preliminary selections made under sample submittals and to demonstrate aesthetic effects and set
           quality standards for materials and execution.

           1.     Architect will select one surface to represent surfaces and conditions for application of each paint
                  system specified in Part 3.

                  a.     Wall and Ceiling Surfaces: Provide samples of at least 100 sq. ft. (9 sq. m).
                  b.     Other Items: Architect will designate items or areas required.

           2.     Apply benchmark samples after permanent lighting and other environmental services have been
                  activated.
           3.     Final approval of color selections will be based on benchmark samples.



INTERIOR PAINTING                                                                                          099123 - 1
ST. JOHNS COUNTY WORK RELEASE HOUSING FACILITY                                        ST. JOHNS COUNTY, FLORIDA
ST. JOHNS COUNTY                                                                            ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050


                  a.     If preliminary color selections are not approved, apply additional benchmark samples of
                         additional colors selected by Architect at no added cost to Owner.


PART 2 - PRODUCTS


2.1        PAINT, GENERAL

      A.   Material Compatibility:

           1.     Provide materials for use within each paint system that are compatible with one another and
                  substrates indicated, under conditions of service and application as demonstrated by manufacturer,
                  based on testing and field experience.
           2.     For each coat in a paint system, provide products recommended in writing by manufacturers of
                  topcoat for use in paint system and on substrate indicated.

      B.   VOC Content of Field-Applied Interior Paints and Coatings: Provide products that comply with the
           following limits for VOC content, exclusive of colorants added to a tint base, when calculated according to
           40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24); these requirements do not apply to paints and coatings that are
           applied in a fabrication or finishing shop:

           1.     Flat Paints, Coatings, and Primers: VOC content of not more than 50 g/L.
           2.     Nonflat Paints, Coatings, and Primers: VOC content of not more than 150 g/L.
           3.     Anti-Corrosive and Anti-Rust Paints Applied to Ferrous Metals: VOC not more than 250 g/L.
           4.     Floor Coatings: VOC not more than 100 g/L.
           5.     Shellacs, Clear: VOC not more than 730 g/L.
           6.     Shellacs, Pigmented: VOC not more than 550 g/L.
           7.     Flat Topcoat Paints: VOC content of not more than 50 g/L.
           8.     Nonflat Topcoat Paints: VOC content of not more than 150 g/L.
           9.     Anti-Corrosive and Anti-Rust Paints Applied to Ferrous Metals: VOC not more than 250 g/L.
           10.    Floor Coatings: VOC not more than 100 g/L.
           11.    Shellacs, Clear: VOC not more than 730 g/L.
           12.    Shellacs, Pigmented: VOC not more than 550 g/L.
           13.    Primers, Sealers, and Undercoaters: VOC content of not more than 200 g/L.
           14.    Dry-Fog Coatings: VOC content of not more than 400 g/L.
           15.    Zinc-Rich Industrial Maintenance Primers: VOC content of not more than 340 g/L.
           16.    Pre-Treatment Wash Primers: VOC content of not more than 420 g/L.

      C.   Chemical Components of Field-Applied Interior Paints and Coatings: Provide topcoat paints and anti-
           corrosive and anti-rust paints applied to ferrous metals that comply with the following chemical restrictions;
           these requirements do not apply to paints and coatings that are applied in a fabrication or finishing shop:

           1.     Aromatic Compounds: Paints and coatings shall not contain more than 1.0 percent by weight of
                  total aromatic compounds (hydrocarbon compounds containing one or more benzene rings).
           2.     Restricted Components: Paints and coatings shall not contain any of the following:

                  a.     Acrolein.
                  b.     Acrylonitrile.
                  c.     Antimony.



INTERIOR PAINTING                                                                                            099123 - 2
ST. JOHNS COUNTY WORK RELEASE HOUSING FACILITY                                ST. JOHNS COUNTY, FLORIDA
ST. JOHNS COUNTY                                                                    ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050


                  d.      Benzene.
                  e.      Butyl benzyl phthalate.
                  f.      Cadmium.
                  g.      Di (2-ethylhexyl) phthalate.
                  h.      Di-n-butyl phthalate.
                  i.      Di-n-octyl phthalate.
                  j.      1,2-dichlorobenzene.
                  k.      Diethyl phthalate.
                  l.      Dimethyl phthalate.
                  m.      Ethylbenzene.
                  n.      Formaldehyde.
                  o.      Hexavalent chromium.
                  p.      Isophorone.
                  q.      Lead.
                  r.      Mercury.
                  s.      Methyl ethyl ketone.
                  t.      Methyl isobutyl ketone.
                  u.      Methylene chloride.
                  v.      Naphthalene.
                  w.      Toluene (methylbenzene).
                  x.      1,1,1-trichloroethane.
                  y.      Vinyl chloride.

      D.   Colors: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range.


2.2        BLOCK FILLERS

      A.   Interior/Exterior Latex Block Filler: MPI #4.

           1.     VOC Content: E Range of E2.


2.3        PRIMERS/SEALERS

      A.   Interior Alkyd Primer/Sealer: MPI #45.

           1.     VOC Content: E Range of E1.


2.4        METAL PRIMERS

      A.   Alkyd Anticorrosive Metal Primer: MPI #79.

           1.     VOC Content: E Range of E1.


2.5        ALKYD PAINTS

      A.   Interior Alkyd (Semigloss): MPI #47 (Gloss Level 5).



INTERIOR PAINTING                                                                               099123 - 3
ST. JOHNS COUNTY WORK RELEASE HOUSING FACILITY                                      ST. JOHNS COUNTY, FLORIDA
ST. JOHNS COUNTY                                                                          ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050


           1.     VOC Content: E Range of E1.
           2.     Environmental Performance Rating: EPR 1.

      B.   Interior Alkyd (Gloss): MPI #48 (Gloss Level 6).

           1.     VOC Content: E Range of E1.


2.6        DRY FOG/FALL COATINGS (Additive Alternate)

      A.   Interior Alkyd Dry Fog/Fall: MPI #55.

           1.     VOC Content: E Range of E1.


PART 3 - EXECUTION


3.1        EXAMINATION

      A.   Examine substrates and conditions, with Applicator present, for compliance with requirements for
           maximum moisture content and other conditions affecting performance of work.

      B.   Maximum Moisture Content of Substrates: When measured with an electronic moisture meter as follows:

           1.     Concrete: 12 percent.
           2.     Masonry (Clay and CMU): 12 percent.
           3.     Wood: 15 percent.
           4.     Gypsum Board: 12 percent.
           5.     Plaster: 12 percent.

      C.   Verify suitability of substrates, including surface conditions and compatibility with existing finishes and
           primers.

      D.   Begin coating application only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected and surfaces are dry.

           1.     Beginning coating application constitutes Contractor's acceptance of substrates and conditions.


3.2        PREPARATION AND APPLICATION

      A.   Comply with manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations in "MPI Architectural Painting
           Specification Manual" applicable to substrates indicated.

      B.   Clean substrates of substances that could impair bond of paints, including dirt, oil, grease, and
           incompatible paints and encapsulants.

           1.     Remove incompatible primers and reprime substrate with compatible primers as required to
                  produce paint systems indicated.




INTERIOR PAINTING                                                                                          099123 - 4
ST. JOHNS COUNTY WORK RELEASE HOUSING FACILITY                                         ST. JOHNS COUNTY, FLORIDA
ST. JOHNS COUNTY                                                                             ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050


      C.   Apply paints to produce surface films without cloudiness, spotting, holidays, laps, brush marks, roller
           tracking, runs, sags, ropiness, or other surface imperfections. Cut in sharp lines and color breaks.

      D.   Painting Mechanical and Electrical Work: Paint items exposed in equipment rooms and occupied spaces
           including, but not limited to, the following:

           1.     Mechanical Work:

                  a.     Uninsulated metal piping.
                  b.     Uninsulated plastic piping.
                  c.     Pipe hangers and supports.
                  d.     Tanks that do not have factory-applied final finishes.
                  e.     Visible portions of internal surfaces of metal ducts, without liner, behind air inlets and
                         outlets.
                  f.     Duct, equipment, and pipe insulation having cotton or canvas insulation covering or other
                         paintable jacket material.
                  g.     Mechanical equipment that is indicated to have a factory-primed finish for field painting.

           2.     Electrical Work:

                  a.     Switchgear.
                  b.     Panelboards.
                  c.     Electrical equipment that is indicated to have a factory-primed finish for field painting.

      E.   Protect work of other trades against damage from paint application. Correct damage to work of other
           trades by cleaning, repairing, replacing, and refinishing, as approved by Architect, and leave in an
           undamaged condition.

      F.   At completion of construction activities of other trades, touch up and restore damaged or defaced painted
           surfaces.


3.3        INTERIOR PAINTING SCHEDULE

      A.   Concrete Substrates, Nontraffic Surfaces:

           1.     Alkyd System: MPI INT 3.1D.

                  a.     Prime Coat: Interior latex primer/sealer.
                  b.     Intermediate Coat: Interior alkyd matching topcoat.
                  c.     Topcoat: Interior alkyd (semigloss).

      B.   CMU Substrates:

           1.     Alkyd System: MPI INT 4.2C.

                  a.     Prime Coat: Interior/exterior latex block filler.
                  b.     Intermediate Coat: Interior alkyd matching topcoat.
                  c.     Topcoat: Interior alkyd (semigloss).




INTERIOR PAINTING                                                                                              099123 - 5
ST. JOHNS COUNTY WORK RELEASE HOUSING FACILITY                                ST. JOHNS COUNTY, FLORIDA
ST. JOHNS COUNTY                                                                    ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050


  C.    Steel Substrates:

        1.     Alkyd System: MPI INT 5.1E.

               a.     Prime Coat: Alkyd anticorrosive metal primer.
               b.     Intermediate Coat: Interior alkyd matching topcoat.
               c.     Topcoat: Interior alkyd (semigloss).

        2.     Alkyd Dry-Fall System: MPI INT 5.1D. (Additive Alternate for underside of roof deck, bar joist,
               HVAC ducts and exposed conduit.)

               a.     Prime Coat: Alkyd anticorrosive metal primer.
               b.     Topcoat: Interior alkyd dry fog/fall.

  D.    Galvanized-Metal Substrates:

        1.     Alkyd System: MPI INT 5.3C.

               a.     Prime Coat: Cementitious galvanized-metal primer.
               b.     Intermediate Coat: Interior alkyd matching topcoat.
               c.     Topcoat: Interior alkyd (semigloss).

  E.    Gypsum Board Substrates:

        1.     Alkyd Over Latex Primer System: MPI INT 9.2C.

               a.     Prime Coat: Interior latex primer/sealer.
               b.     Intermediate Coat: Interior alkyd matching topcoat.
               c.     Topcoat: Interior alkyd (semi-gloss).


END OF SECTION 099123




INTERIOR PAINTING                                                                                  099123 - 6
ST. JOHNS COUNTY WORK RELEASE HOUSING FACILITY                                            ST. JOHNS COUNTY, FLORIDA
ST. JOHNS COUNTY                                                                                ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050


SECTION 099600 - HIGH-PERFORMANCE COATINGS


PART 1 - GENERAL


1.1          SUMMARY

      A. This Section includes surface preparation and application of high-performance coating systems for the above
            grade exterior surfaces of the Portland Cement Plaster (Stucco).


1.2          SUBMITTALS

      A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated.

      B. Samples for Initial Selection: For each type of finish-coat product indicated.

      C. Product List: For each product indicated. Cross-reference products to coating system and locations of
            application areas. Use same designations indicated on Drawings and in schedules.

      D.     Qualification Data: For Installer and manufacturer.

      E.     Warranties: Special warranties specified in this Section.

      F.     Installer Certificates: Signed by coating system manufacturer certifying that Installer is approved,
             authorized, or licensed by manufacturer to install the coating system.

      G.     Manufacturer Certificates: Signed by coating manufacturer certifying that coating system complies with
             requirements specified in "Performance Requirements" Article.

             1.     Submit evidence of meeting performance requirements.


1.3          QUALITY ASSURANCE

      A.     Installer Qualifications: A qualified firm that is approved, authorized, or licensed by the coating system
             manufacturer to install manufacturer's product and that is eligible to receive manufacturer's warranty.
             Installer shall have a minimum of five (5) years experience in successfully installing the same coating
             materials.

      B.     Manufacturer Qualifications: A qualified manufacturer that has a coating system identical to that used for
             this Project. Coating system materials shall be supplied by a single manufacturer which has been
             successfully producing the specified types of primary products for not less than 5 years.

      C.     Preparation and Workmanship: Comply with the manufacturer’s written instructions for handling and
             application of the specified coating system.

      D.     Material Compatibility: Provide coating materials that are compatible with one another under conditions of
             service and application required, as demonstrated by coating manufacturer based on testing and field
             experience.


HIGH-PERFORMANCE COATINGS                                                                                   099600 - 1
ST. JOHNS COUNTY WORK RELEASE HOUSING FACILITY                                        ST. JOHNS COUNTY, FLORIDA
ST. JOHNS COUNTY                                                                            ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050

      E.   Manufacturer Requirements: Ensure that the primary coating materials manufacturer provides direct
           trained company personnel to attend necessary job meetings, perform periodic inspections as necessary,
           and conducts a final inspection upon successful completion of the project.

      F.   Mockups: Apply benchmark samples of each coating system indicated to verify preliminary selections
           made under sample submittals and to demonstrate aesthetic effects and set quality standards for
           materials and execution.

           1.     Architect will select one surface to represent surfaces and conditions for application of each type of
                  coating and substrate.

                  a.     Wall Surfaces: Provide samples of at least 100 sq. ft. (9 sq. m).
           2.     Final approval of color selections will be based on benchmark samples.

                  a.     If preliminary color selections are not approved, apply additional benchmark samples of
                         additional colors selected by Architect at no added cost to Owner.


1.4        WARRANTY

      A.   Coating System Manufacturer’s Warranty: Submit manufacturer’s Standard Warranty Form for coating
           system products, including affirmation of coating system inspection by manufacturer required by warranty
           provisions. Approval by manufacturer for warranty is required prior to system application. This warranty is
           in addition to, and not a limitation of, other rights Owner may have under the contract.

           1.     Beneficiary: Issue warranty in legal name of project owner.

           2.     Warranty Period: 10 years commencing on date of substantial completion.

           3.     Warranty Areas: All surfaces receiving the specified coating system.


1.5        DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

      A.   Store materials not in use in tightly covered containers in well-ventilated areas with ambient temperatures
           continuously maintained at not less than the manufacturer’s written requirements.

           1.     Maintain containers in clean condition, free of foreign materials and residue.
           2.     Remove rags and waste from storage areas daily.


1.6        PROJECT CONDITIONS

      A.   Apply coatings only when temperature of surfaces to be coated and ambient air temperatures are within
           the acceptable temperature limits defined by the coating manufacturer’s written guidelines.

      B.   Do not apply coatings in snow, rain, fog, or mist; and when relative humidity exceeds the limits defined by
           the coating manufacturer’s written guidelines.




HIGH-PERFORMANCE COATINGS                                                                                   099600 - 2
ST. JOHNS COUNTY WORK RELEASE HOUSING FACILITY                                          ST. JOHNS COUNTY, FLORIDA
ST. JOHNS COUNTY                                                                              ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050

1.7          EXTRA MATERIALS

      A.     Furnish extra materials described below that are from same production run (batch mix) as materials
             applied and that are packaged for storage and identified with labels describing contents.

             1.     Quantity: Furnish an additional 5 percent, but not less than 1 gal. (3.8 L) of each material and color
                    applied.


PART 2 - PRODUCTS


2.1          HIGH-PERFORMANCE COATINGS, GENERAL

      A. Material Compatibility:

             1.     Provide materials for use within each coating system that are compatible with one another and
                    substrates indicated, under conditions of service and application as demonstrated by manufacturer,
                    based on testing and field experience.
             2.     Provide products of same manufacturer for each coat in a coating system.

      B. Colors: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range matching Architect's samples.


2.2          WATER-BASED ACRYLIC READY-MIX PRIMER

      A.     Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide Thoro CM Primer as
             manufactured by BASF or a comparable product.


2.3          HIGH BUILD ACRYLIC COATINGS SEALANTS

      A.     Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide Thorolastic Knife Grade
             Sealant as manufactured by BASF or a comparable product.

      B.     Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide Thorolastic Brush Grade
             Sealant as manufactured by BASF or a comparable product.

      C.     Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide Sikaflex 15 LM Polyurethane
             Sealant, as manufactured by Sika Corporation or a comparable product.

      D.     Basis-of-Design Product Stucco Joints: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide Sikaflex -2c NS
             EX Mix Polyurethane Elastomeric Sealant, as manufactured by Sika Corporation or a comparable product.


2.4          HIGH BUILD ACRYLIC COATINGS FINISH COAT

      A.     Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide Thorocoat 100% Acrylic
             emulsion coating (Smooth texture) as manufactured by BASF or a comparable product.




HIGH-PERFORMANCE COATINGS                                                                                     099600 - 3
ST. JOHNS COUNTY WORK RELEASE HOUSING FACILITY                                            ST. JOHNS COUNTY, FLORIDA
ST. JOHNS COUNTY                                                                                ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050

PART 3 - EXECUTION


3.1          EXAMINATION

      A. Examine substrates and conditions, with Applicator present, for compliance with requirements for maximum
            moisture content and other conditions affecting performance of work.

             1.     Maximum Moisture Content of Substrates: When measured with an electronic moisture meter as
                    required by manufacturer’s written guidelines.

             2.     Verify compatibility with and suitability of substrates, including compatibility with existing finishes or
                    primers.
             3.     Begin coating application only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected and surfaces are
                    dry.
             4.     Coating application indicates acceptance of surfaces and conditions.


3.2          PREPARATION

      A. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations applicable to substrates indicated.

      B. Remove plates, machined surfaces, and similar items already in place that are not to be coated. If removal is
           impractical or impossible because of size or weight of item, provide surface-applied protection before
           surface preparation and coating.

             1.     After completing coating operations, reinstall items that were removed; use workers skilled in the
                    trades involved.

      C. Clean substrates of substances that could impair bond of coatings, including dirt, oil, grease, and incompatible
            paints and encapsulants.

             1.     Remove incompatible primers and reprime substrate with compatible primers as required to
                    produce coating systems indicated.

      D. Stucco Substrates: Remove release agents, curing compounds, efflorescence, and chalk. Remove
            efflorescence and chalk by pressure washing or other method recommended by coating manufacturer. Do
            not coat surfaces if moisture content or alkalinity of surfaces to be coated exceeds that permitted in
            manufacturer's written instructions.


3.3          APPLICATION, GENERAL

      A. Apply high-performance coatings according to manufacturer's written instructions.

             1.     Use applicators and techniques suited for coating and substrate indicated.

      B. Apply coatings to produce surface films without cloudiness, spotting, holidays, laps, brush marks, runs, sags,
            ropiness, or other surface imperfections. Produce sharp glass lines and color breaks.




HIGH-PERFORMANCE COATINGS                                                                                         099600 - 4
ST. JOHNS COUNTY WORK RELEASE HOUSING FACILITY                                             ST. JOHNS COUNTY, FLORIDA
ST. JOHNS COUNTY                                                                                 ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050

3.4          APPLICATION OF SPECIFIED PRODUCT

      A. Prime all exterior above grade exposed Stucco with Thoro Primer 2K surface conditioner, applied at 200-300
            sq.ft. per gallon.

      B. Seal all through wall penetrating items, mechanically fastened fixtures, louvers, etc., using specified
            polyurethane sealant, Sikaflec 15 LM.

      C. Seal all Stucco Joints using specified polyurethane elastomeric sealant, Sikaflec -2c NS EZ Mix.

      D. Clean and seal cracks over 1/16 inch in width with Thorlosatic Knife Grade Sealant applied in accordance with
            manufacturer’s instructions.

      E. Cracks less than 1/16 inch in width and all cracks previously sealed with Thorlosatic Knife Grade Sealant will
            be coated with 3 – 4 inch wide band of Thorolastic Buttering Grade Sealant at a maximum coverage of
            100 lf / gallon, and in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions.

      F. For the first coat, apply by ¾ inch nap roller, or plaster type sprayer, at a rate of 80 to 100 sq.ft. per gallon (dry
            mil thickness 7.75). If sprayed, backroll after application.

      G. Let first coat dry for the manufacturer’s recommended period, but not less than 24 hours.

      H. Apply the second coat in the same manner as the first coat. If sprayed, the second coat does not need to be
            backrolled. Coating should be applied at the rate of 80 to 100 sq.ft. per gallon (dry mil thickness 7.75).

      I. Dampen all tools to be used prior to application. When rolling aggregate textures, clean rollers periodically to
           eliminate build-up. Use roller screen to even the material on the roller cover.


3.5          CLEANING AND PROTECTION

      A. At end of each workday, remove rubbish, empty cans, rags, and other discarded materials from Project site.

      B. After completing coating application, clean spattered surfaces. Remove spattered coatings by washing,
             scraping, or other methods. Do not scratch or damage adjacent finished surfaces.

      C. Protect work of other trades against damage from coating operation. Correct damage by cleaning, repairing,
            replacing, and recoating, as approved by Architect, and leave in an undamaged condition.

      D. At completion of construction activities of other trades, touch up and restore damaged or defaced coated
            surfaces.


END OF SECTION 099600




HIGH-PERFORMANCE COATINGS                                                                                          099600 - 5
ST. JOHNS COUNTY WORK RELEASE HOUSING FACILITY                                         ST. JOHNS COUNTY, FLORIDA
ST. JOHNS COUNTY                                                                             ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050


SECTION 101100 - VISUAL DISPLAY SURFACES


PART 1 - GENERAL


1.1        SUMMARY

      A.   Section Includes:
           1.     Markerboards.


1.2        ACTION SUBMITTALS

      A.   Product Data: For each type of product indicated.

           1.     Include individual panel weights for sliding visual display units.

      B.   Shop Drawings: For visual display surfaces. Include plans, elevations, sections, details, and attachments
           to other work.

           1.     Show locations of panel joints.
           2.     Include sections of typical trim members.

      C.   Samples: For each exposed product and for each color and texture specified.


1.3        INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS

      A.   Warranties: Sample of special warranties.


1.4        QUALITY ASSURANCE

      A.   Installer Qualifications: Manufacturer's authorized representative who is trained and approved for
           installation of motor-operated, sliding visual display units required for this Project.

      B.   Surface-Burning Characteristics: As determined by testing identical products according to ASTM E 84 by
           a qualified testing agency. Identify products with appropriate markings of applicable testing agency.

           1.     Flame-Spread Index: 25 or less.
           2.     Smoke-Developed Index: 450 or less.


1.5        WARRANTY

      A.   Special Warranty for Porcelain-Enamel Face Sheets: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer
           agrees to repair or replace porcelain-enamel face sheets that fail in materials or workmanship within
           specified warranty period.

           1.     Failures include, but are not limited to, the following:


VISUAL DISPLAY SURFACES                                                                                  101100 - 1
ST. JOHNS COUNTY WORK RELEASE HOUSING FACILITY                                    ST. JOHNS COUNTY, FLORIDA
ST. JOHNS COUNTY                                                                        ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050

                 a.    Surfaces lose original writing and erasing qualities.
                 b.    Surfaces exhibit crazing, cracking, or flaking.
           2.    Warranty Period: Life of the building.


PART 2 - PRODUCTS


2.1        MATERIALS, GENERAL

      A.   Porcelain-Enamel Face Sheet: ASTM A 424, enameling-grade steel, uncoated thickness indicated; with
           exposed face and edges coated with primer, 1.7-to-2.5-mil- (0.043-to-0.064-mm-) thick ground coat, and
           color cover coat; and with concealed face coated with primer and 1.7-to-2.5-mil- (0.043-to-0.064-mm-)
           thick ground coat.

      B.   Porcelain-Enamel Face Sheet: Manufacturer's standard steel sheet with porcelain-enamel coating fused
           to steel; uncoated thickness indicated.

           1.    Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following:

                 a.     Claridge Products and Equipment, Inc.
                 b.     PolyVision Corporation; a Steelcase company.

      C.   Hardboard: ANSI A135.4, tempered.

      D.   Particleboard: ANSI A208.1, Grade M-1., made with binder containing no urea formaldehyde.

      E.   Fiberboard: ASTM C 208.

      F.   Extruded Aluminum: ASTM B 221 (ASTM B 221M), Alloy 6063.

      G.   Laminating Adhesives: Manufacturer's standard product that complies with the testing and product
           requirements of the California Department of Health Services' "Standard Practice for the Testing of
           Volatile Organic Emissions from Various Sources Using Small-Scale Environmental Chambers."


2.2        MARKERBOARD ASSEMBLIES

      A.   Porcelain-Enamel Markerboards: Balanced, high-pressure, factory-laminated markerboard assembly of
           three-ply construction consisting of backing sheet, core material, and 0.013-inch- (0.33-mm-) thick,
           porcelain-enamel face sheet with low-gloss finish.

           1.    Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following:

                 a.     AARCO Products, Inc.
                 b.     ADP Lemco, Inc.
                 c.     Aywon.
                 d.     Bangor Cork Company, Inc.
                 e.     Best-Rite Manufacturing.
                 f.     Claridge Products and Equipment, Inc.
                 g.     Egan Visual Inc.
                 h.     Ghent Manufacturing, Inc.


VISUAL DISPLAY SURFACES                                                                                 101100 - 2
ST. JOHNS COUNTY WORK RELEASE HOUSING FACILITY                                       ST. JOHNS COUNTY, FLORIDA
ST. JOHNS COUNTY                                                                           ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050

                  i.     Marsh Industries, Inc.; Visual Products Group.
                  j.     Platinum Visual Systems; a division of ABC School Equipment, Inc.
                  k.     PolyVision Corporation; a Steelcase company.
                  l.     Tri-Best Visual Display Products.
           2.     Manufacturer's Standard Core: Minimum 1/4 inch (6 mm) thick, with manufacturer's standard
                  moisture-barrier backing.
           3.     Laminating Adhesive: Manufacturer's standard, moisture-resistant thermoplastic type.


2.3        MARKERBOARD ACCESSORIES

      A.   Aluminum Frames and Trim: Fabricated from not less than 0.062-inch- (1.57-mm-) thick, extruded
           aluminum; standard size and shape.

           1.     Field-Applied Trim: Manufacturer's standard, [snap-on trim with no visible screws or exposed
                  joints] [slip-on trim] [screw-on trim with Phillips flat-head screws].
           2.     Factory-Applied Trim: Manufacturer's standard.


2.4        FABRICATION

      A.   Porcelain-Enamel Visual Display Assemblies: Laminate porcelain-enamel face sheet and backing sheet
           to core material under heat and pressure with manufacturer's standard flexible, waterproof adhesive.

      B.   Visual Display Boards: Factory assemble visual display boards unless otherwise indicated.

           1.     Where factory-applied trim is indicated, trim shall be assembled and attached to visual display
                  boards at manufacturer's factory before shipment.

      C.   Factory-Assembled Visual Display Units: Coordinate factory-assembled units with trim and accessories
           indicated. Join parts with a neat, precision fit.

           1.     Make joints only where total length exceeds maximum manufactured length. Fabricate with
                  minimum number of joints, balanced around center of board.
           2.     Provide manufacturer's standard mullion trim at joints between markerboards and tackboards of
                  combination units.
           3.     Where size of visual display boards or other conditions require support in addition to normal trim,
                  provide structural supports or modify trim as indicated or as selected by Architect from
                  manufacturer's standard structural support accessories to suit conditions indicated.

      D.   Aluminum Frames and Trim: Fabricate units straight and of single lengths, keeping joints to a minimum.
           Miter corners to a neat, hairline closure.

           1.     Where factory-applied trim is indicated, trim shall be assembled and attached to visual display units
                  at manufacturer's factory before shipment.


2.5        ALUMINUM FINISHES

      A.   Clear Anodic Finish: AAMA 611, AA-M12C22A31, Class II, 0.010 mm or thicker.




VISUAL DISPLAY SURFACES                                                                                     101100 - 3
ST. JOHNS COUNTY WORK RELEASE HOUSING FACILITY                                      ST. JOHNS COUNTY, FLORIDA
ST. JOHNS COUNTY                                                                          ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050

2.6        VISUAL DISPLAY SURFACE SCHEDULE

      A.   Visual Display Board: Factory assembled.

           1.     Markerboard: Porcelain-enamel markerboard assembly.

                  a.     Color: White.

           2.     Corners: Square.
           3.     Width: As indicated on Drawings.
           4.     Height: As indicated on Drawings.
           5.     Mounting: Wall.
           6.     Mounting Height: As indicated on Drawings.
           7.     Factory-Applied Aluminum Trim: Manufacturer's standard with clear anodic finish.


PART 3 - EXECUTION


3.1        INSTALLATION

      A.   Prepare surfaces to achieve a smooth, dry, clean surface free of flaking, unsound coatings, cracks,
           defects, projections, depressions, and substances that will impair bond between visual display surfaces
           and wall surfaces.

      B.   General: Install visual display surfaces in locations and at mounting heights indicated on Drawings. Keep
           perimeter lines straight, level, and plumb. Provide grounds, clips, backing materials, adhesives, brackets,
           anchors, trim, and accessories necessary for complete installation.

      C.   Visual Display Boards: Attach concealed clips, hangers, and grounds to wall surfaces and to visual
           display boards with fasteners at not more than 16 inches (400 mm) o.c. Secure both top and bottom of
           boards to walls.

      D.   Clean visual display surfaces according to manufacturer's written instructions. Attach one cleaning label
           to visual display surface in each room. Cover and protect visual display surfaces.


END OF SECTION 101100




VISUAL DISPLAY SURFACES                                                                                    101100 - 4
ST. JOHNS COUNTY WORK RELEASE HOUSING FACILITY                                     ST. JOHNS COUNTY, FLORIDA
ST. JOHNS COUNTY                                                                         ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050


SECTION 101419 - DIMENSIONAL LETTER SIGNAGE


PART 1 - GENERAL


1.1        SUMMARY

      A.   Section Includes:

           1.     Cast dimensional characters.


1.2        ACTION SUBMITTALS

      A.   Product Data: For each type of product.

      B.   Shop Drawings: For dimensional letter signs.

           1.     Include fabrication and installation details and attachments to other work.
           2.     Show sign mounting heights, locations of supplementary supports to be provided by others, and
                  accessories.


PART 2 - PRODUCTS


2.1        DIMENSIONAL CHARACTERS

      A.   Cast Characters: Characters with uniform faces, sharp corners, and precisely formed lines and profiles,
           and as follows:

           1.     Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following:

                  a.     ACE Sign Systems, Inc.
                  b.     Allen Markings International.
                  c.     APCO Graphics, Inc.
                  d.     A. R. K. Ramos Signage Systems.
                  e.     ASI Sign Systems, Inc.
                  f.     Diskey Sign Company.
                  g.     Gemini Incorporated.
                  h.     Matthews International Corporation; Bronze Division.
                  i.     Metal Arts; Division of L & H Mfg. Co.
                  j.     Metallic Arts.
                  k.     Seton Identification Products.
                  l.     Southwell Company (The).

           2.     Character Material: Cast aluminum.
           3.     Character Height: As indicated.
           4.     Finishes:
                  a.     Integral Aluminum Finish: Clear anodized.


DIMENSIONAL LETTER SIGNAGE                                                                               101419 - 1
ST. JOHNS COUNTY WORK RELEASE HOUSING FACILITY                                      ST. JOHNS COUNTY, FLORIDA
ST. JOHNS COUNTY                                                                          ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050

                 b.     Overcoat: Manufacturer's standard baked-on clear coating.

           5.    Mounting: Concealed studs.


2.2        ACCESSORIES

      A.   Fasteners and Anchors: Manufacturer's standard as required for secure anchorage of signage,
           noncorrosive and compatible with each material joined, and complying with the following:

           1.    Use concealed fasteners and anchors unless indicated to be exposed.
           2.    For exterior exposure, furnish stainless-steel devices unless otherwise indicated.
           3.    Exposed Metal-Fastener Components, General:

                 a.     Fabricated from same basic metal and finish of fastened metal unless otherwise indicated.

           4.    Sign Mounting Fasteners:

                 a.     Concealed Studs: Concealed (blind), threaded studs welded or brazed to back of sign
                        material, screwed into back of sign assembly, or screwed into tapped lugs cast integrally
                        into back of cast sign material, unless otherwise indicated.

      B.   Adhesives: As recommended by sign manufacturer.

      C.   Bituminous Paint: Cold-applied asphalt emulsion complying with ASTM D 1187.


2.3        FABRICATION

      A.   General: Provide manufacturer's standard sign assemblies according to requirements indicated.

           1.    Mill joints to a tight, hairline fit. Form assemblies and joints exposed to weather to resist water
                 penetration and retention.
           2.    Provide welds and brazes behind finished surfaces without distorting or discoloring exposed side.
                 Clean exposed welded and brazed connections of flux, and dress exposed and contact surfaces.
           3.    Conceal connections if possible; otherwise, locate connections where they are inconspicuous.
           4.    Internally brace signs for stability and for securing fasteners.
           5.    Provide rebates, lugs, and brackets necessary to assemble components and to attach to existing
                 work. Drill and tap for required fasteners. Use concealed fasteners where possible; use exposed
                 fasteners that match sign finish.
           6.    Castings: Fabricate castings free of warp, cracks, blowholes, pits, scale, sand holes, and other
                 defects that impair appearance or strength. Grind, wire brush, sandblast, and buff castings to
                 remove seams, gate marks, casting flash, and other casting marks before finishing.


PART 3 - EXECUTION


3.1        INSTALLATION

      A.   General: Install signs using mounting methods indicated and according to manufacturer's written
           instructions.


DIMENSIONAL LETTER SIGNAGE                                                                               101419 - 2
ST. JOHNS COUNTY WORK RELEASE HOUSING FACILITY                                       ST. JOHNS COUNTY, FLORIDA
ST. JOHNS COUNTY                                                                           ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050

        1.     Install signs level, plumb, true to line, and at locations and heights indicated, with sign surfaces free
               of distortion and other defects in appearance.
        2.     Before installation, verify that sign surfaces are clean and free of materials or debris that would
               impair installation.
        3.     Corrosion Protection: Coat concealed surfaces of exterior aluminum in contact with grout,
               concrete, masonry, wood, or dissimilar metals, with a heavy coat of bituminous paint.

  B.    Mounting Methods:

        1.     Concealed Studs: Using a template, drill holes in substrate aligning with studs on back of sign.
               Remove loose debris from hole and substrate surface.

               a.     Masonry Substrates: Fill holes with adhesive. Leave recess space in hole for displaced
                      adhesive. Place sign in position and push until flush to surface, embedding studs in holes.
                      Temporarily support sign in position until adhesive fully sets.
               b.     Thin or Hollow Surfaces: Place sign in position and flush to surface, install washers and
                      nuts on studs projecting through opposite side of surface, and tighten.

        2.     Through Fasteners: Drill holes in substrate using predrilled holes in sign as template. Countersink
               holes in sign if required. Place sign in position and flush to surface. Install through fasteners and
               tighten.

  C.    Remove temporary protective coverings and strippable films as signs are installed.


END OF SECTION 101419




DIMENSIONAL LETTER SIGNAGE                                                                                  101419 - 3
ST. JOHNS COUNTY WORK RELEASE HOUSING FACILITY                                   ST. JOHNS COUNTY, FLORIDA
ST. JOHNS COUNTY                                                                       ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050


SECTION 101423 - PANEL SIGNAGE


PART 1 - GENERAL


1.1        SUMMARY

      A.   Section Includes:
           1.     Room-identification signs.


1.2        ACTION SUBMITTALS

      A.   Product Data: For each type of product.

      B.   Shop Drawings: For panel signs.

           1.      Include fabrication and installation details and attachments to other work.
           2.      Show sign mounting heights, locations of supplementary supports to be provided by others, and
                   accessories.
           3.      Show message list, typestyles, graphic elements, including raised characters and Braille, and
                   layout for each sign at least half size.
           4.      Show locations of electrical service connections.
           5.      Include diagrams for power, signal, and control wiring.

      C.   Samples: For each exposed product and for each color and texture specified.


PART 2 - PRODUCTS


2.1        PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS

      A.   Accessibility Standard: Comply with applicable provisions in the U.S. Architectural & Transportation
           Barriers Compliance Board's ADA-ABA Accessibility Guidelines for Buildings and Facilities and
           ICC A117.1 for signs.


2.2        SIGNS

      A.   Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide product indicated or
           comparable product by one of the following:
           1.     Advance Corporation; Braille-Tac Division.
           2.     Allen Industries, Inc.
           3.     APCO Graphics, Inc.
           4.     ASE, Inc.
           5.     ASI Sign Systems, Inc.
           6.     Best Sign Systems Inc.




PANEL SIGNAGE                                                                                         101423 - 1
ST. JOHNS COUNTY WORK RELEASE HOUSING FACILITY                                     ST. JOHNS COUNTY, FLORIDA
ST. JOHNS COUNTY                                                                         ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050

      B.   Room-Identification Sign: Sign with smooth, uniform surfaces; with message and characters having
           uniform faces, sharp corners, and precisely formed lines and profiles; and as follows:

           1.    Basis-of-Design Product: Mohawk Signage Systems –Series 100.

           2.    Sign-Panel Perimeter: Finish edges smooth.

                 a.     Edge Condition: Square cut.
                 b.     Corner Condition in Elevation: Square.

           3.    Frame: Aluminum.

                 a.     Profile: Square.
                 b.     Corner Condition in Elevation: Square.
                 c.     Finish and Color: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range.

           4.    Mounting: Surface mounted to wall with countersunk flathead through fasteners.


2.3        PANEL-SIGN MATERIALS

      A.   Satin Aluminum.


2.4        ACCESSORIES

      A.   Fasteners and Anchors: Manufacturer's standard as required for secure anchorage of signage,
           noncorrosive and compatible with each material joined, and complying with the following:
           1.    Exposed Metal-Fastener Components, General:

                 a.     Fabricated from same basic metal and finish of fastened metal unless otherwise indicated.

           2.    Sign Mounting Fasteners:
                 a.    Through Fasteners: Exposed metal fasteners matching sign finish, with type of head
                       indicated, installed in predrilled holes.


2.5        FABRICATION

      A.   General: Provide manufacturer's standard sign assemblies according to requirements indicated.

           1.    Mill joints to a tight, hairline fit. Form assemblies and joints exposed to weather to resist water
                 penetration and retention.
           2.    Provide welds and brazes behind finished surfaces without distorting or discoloring exposed side.
                 Clean exposed welded and brazed connections of flux, and dress exposed and contact surfaces.
           3.    Conceal connections if possible; otherwise, locate connections where they are inconspicuous.
           4.    Internally brace signs for stability and for securing fasteners.
           5.    Provide rebates, lugs, and brackets necessary to assemble components and to attach to existing
                 work. Drill and tap for required fasteners. Use concealed fasteners where possible; use exposed
                 fasteners that match sign finish.




PANEL SIGNAGE                                                                                            101423 - 2
ST. JOHNS COUNTY WORK RELEASE HOUSING FACILITY                                          ST. JOHNS COUNTY, FLORIDA
ST. JOHNS COUNTY                                                                              ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050

      B.   Surface-Engraved Graphics: Machine engrave characters and other graphic devices into panel surface
           indicated to produce precisely formed copy, incised to uniform depth.

           1.     Engraved Metal: Fill engraved graphics with manufacturer's standard baked enamel.


PART 3 - EXECUTION


3.1        INSTALLATION

      A.   General: Install signs using mounting methods indicated and according to manufacturer's written
           instructions.

           1.     Install signs level, plumb, true to line, and at locations and heights indicated, with sign surfaces free
                  of distortion and other defects in appearance.
           2.     Install signs so they do not protrude or obstruct according to the accessibility standard.
           3.     Before installation, verify that sign surfaces are clean and free of materials or debris that would
                  impair installation.
           4.     Corrosion Protection: Coat concealed surfaces of exterior aluminum in contact with grout,
                  concrete, masonry, wood, or dissimilar metals, with a heavy coat of bituminous paint.

      B.   Mounting Methods:

           1.     Through Fasteners: Drill holes in substrate using predrilled holes in sign as template. Countersink
                  holes in sign if required. Place sign in position and flush to surface. Install through fasteners and
                  tighten.

      C.   Remove temporary protective coverings and strippable films as signs are installed.


END OF SECTION 101423




PANEL SIGNAGE                                                                                                  101423 - 3
ST. JOHNS COUNTY WORK RELEASE HOUSING FACILITY                                     ST. JOHNS COUNTY, FLORIDA
ST. JOHNS COUNTY                                                                         ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050


SECTION 102800 - TOILET, BATH, AND LAUNDRY ACCESSORIES


GENERAL


1.1        RELATED DOCUMENTS

      A.   Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and
           Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.


1.2        SUMMARY

      A.   This Section includes the following:

           1.     Toilet and bath accessories.
           2.     Underlavatory guards.


1.3        QUALITY ASSURANCE

      A.   Source Limitations: Provide products of same manufacturer for each type of accessory unit and for units
           exposed to view in same areas, unless otherwise approved by Architect.

           1.     Products of other manufacturers with equal characteristics, as judged solely by Architect, may be
                  provided.


1.4        COORDINATION

      A.   Coordinate accessory locations with other work to prevent interference with clearances required for
           access by disabled persons, proper installation, adjustment, operation, cleaning, and servicing of
           accessories.

      B.   Deliver inserts and anchoring devices set into concrete or masonry as required to prevent delaying the
           Work.


PRODUCTS


1.5        MANUFACTURERS

      A.   Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide accessories by one of the following:

           1.     Toilet and Bath Accessories:

                  a.     A & J Washroom Accessories, Inc.
                  b.     American Specialties, Inc.
                  c.     Bobrick Washroom Equipment, Inc.


TOILET, BATH, AND LAUNDRY ACCESSORIES                                                                    102800 - 1
ST. JOHNS COUNTY WORK RELEASE HOUSING FACILITY                                     ST. JOHNS COUNTY, FLORIDA
ST. JOHNS COUNTY                                                                         ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050

                  d.     Bradley Corporation.

           2.     Underlavatory Guards:

                  a.     Brocar Products, Inc.
                  b.     Truebro, Inc.

      B.   Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the products indicated for each
           designation in the Toilet and Bath Accessory Schedule on the drawings.


1.6        MATERIALS

      A.   Stainless Steel: ASTM A 666, Type 304, with No. 4 finish (satin), in 0.0312-inch (0.8-mm) minimum
           nominal thickness, unless otherwise indicated.

      B.   Brass: ASTM B 19, leaded and unleaded flat products; ASTM B 16 (ASTM B 16M), rods, shapes,
           forgings, and flat products with finished edges; ASTM B 30, castings.

      C.   Sheet Steel: ASTM A 366/A 366M, cold rolled, commercial quality, 0.0359-inch (0.9-mm) minimum
           nominal thickness; surface preparation and metal pretreatment as required for applied finish.

      D.   Galvanized Steel Sheet: ASTM A 653/A 653M, G60 (Z180).

      E.   Chromium Plating: ASTM B 456, Service Condition Number SC 2 (moderate service), nickel plus
           chromium electrodeposited on base metal.

      F.   Mirror Glass: ASTM C 1036, Type I, Class 1, Quality q2, nominal 6.0 mm thick, with silvering,
           electroplated copper coating, and protective organic coating complying with FS DD-M-411.

      G.   Galvanized Steel Mounting Devices: ASTM A 153/A 153M, hot-dip galvanized after fabrication.

      H.   Fasteners: Screws, bolts, and other devices of same material as accessory unit, tamper and theft
           resistant when exposed, and of galvanized steel when concealed.


1.7        FABRICATION

      A.   General: One, maximum 1-1/2-inch- (38-mm-) diameter, unobtrusive stamped manufacturer logo, as
           approved by Architect, is permitted on exposed face of accessories. On interior surface not exposed to
           view or back surface of each accessory, provide printed, waterproof label or stamped nameplate indicating
           manufacturer's name and product model number.

      B.   General: Names or labels are not permitted on exposed faces of accessories. On interior surface not
           exposed to view or on back surface of each accessory, provide printed, waterproof label or stamped
           nameplate indicating manufacturer's name and product model number.

      C.   Surface-Mounted Toilet Accessories: Unless otherwise indicated, fabricate units with tight seams and
           joints, and exposed edges rolled. Hang doors and access panels with continuous stainless-steel hinge.
           Provide concealed anchorage where possible.




TOILET, BATH, AND LAUNDRY ACCESSORIES                                                                    102800 - 2
ST. JOHNS COUNTY WORK RELEASE HOUSING FACILITY                                   ST. JOHNS COUNTY, FLORIDA
ST. JOHNS COUNTY                                                                       ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050

      D.   Recessed Toilet Accessories: Unless otherwise indicated, fabricate units of all-welded construction,
           without mitered corners. Hang doors and access panels with full-length, stainless-steel hinge. Provide
           anchorage that is fully concealed when unit is closed.

      E.   Keys: Provide universal keys for internal access to accessories for servicing and resupplying. Provide
           minimum of six keys to Owner's representative.


EXECUTION


1.8        INSTALLATION

      A.   Install accessories according to manufacturers' written instructions, using fasteners appropriate to
           substrate indicated and recommended by unit manufacturer. Install units level, plumb, and firmly
           anchored in locations and at heights indicated.

      B.   Secure mirrors to walls in concealed, tamper-resistant manner with special hangers, toggle bolts, or
           screws. Set units level, plumb, and square at locations indicated, according to manufacturer's written
           instructions for substrate indicated.

      C.   Install grab bars to withstand a downward load of at least 250 lbf (1112 N), when tested according to
           method in ASTM F 446.


1.9        ADJUSTING AND CLEANING

      A.   Adjust accessories for unencumbered, smooth operation and verify that mechanisms function properly.
           Replace damaged or defective items.

      B.   Remove temporary labels and protective coatings.

      C.   Clean and polish exposed surfaces according to manufacturer's written recommendations.


1.10       TOILET ACCESSORY SCHEDULE

      A.   Refer to drawings.


END OF SECTION 102800




TOILET, BATH, AND LAUNDRY ACCESSORIES                                                                 102800 - 3
ST. JOHNS COUNTY WORK RELEASE HOUSING FACILITY                                        ST. JOHNS COUNTY, FLORIDA
ST. JOHNS COUNTY                                                                            ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050


SECTION 104413 - FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINETS


PART 1 - GENERAL


1.1        SUMMARY

      A.   Section includes fire protection cabinets for fire extinguishers.


1.2        ACTION SUBMITTALS

      A.   Product Data: For each type of product indicated.

      B.   Shop Drawings: For fire protection cabinets. Include plans, elevations, sections, details, and attachments
           to other work.

      C.   Samples: For each exposed product and for each color and texture specified.


1.3        CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS

      A.   Maintenance data.


1.4        QUALITY ASSURANCE

      A.   Fire-Rated, Fire Protection Cabinets: Listed and labeled to comply with requirements in ASTM E 814 for
           fire-resistance rating of walls where they are installed.

      B.   Coordinate size of fire protection cabinets to ensure that type and capacity of fire extinguishers indicated
           are accommodated.

      C.   Coordinate sizes and locations of fire protection cabinets with wall depths.


PART 2 - PRODUCTS


2.1        MATERIALS

      A.   Cold-Rolled Steel Sheet: ASTM A 1008/A 1008M, Commercial Steel (CS), Type B.


2.2        FIRE PROTECTION CABINET

      A.   Cabinet Type: Suitable for fire extinguisher.

           1.     Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated
                  into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:


FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINETS                                                                                  104413 - 1
ST. JOHNS COUNTY WORK RELEASE HOUSING FACILITY                                          ST. JOHNS COUNTY, FLORIDA
ST. JOHNS COUNTY                                                                              ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050

                  a.      J. L. Industries, Inc., a division of Activar Construction Products Group.
                  b.      Kidde Residential and Commercial Division, Subsidiary of Kidde plc .
                  c.      Larsen's Manufacturing Company.
                  d.      Potter Roemer LLC.

      B.   Cabinet Material: Steel sheet.

      C.   Surface-Mounted Cabinet: Cabinet box fully exposed and mounted directly on wall with no trim. Provide
           where walls are of insufficient depth for semirecessed cabinet installation.

      D.   Cabinet Trim Material: Steel sheet.

      E.   Door Material: Steel sheet.

      F.   Door Style: Solid opaque panel with frame.

      G.   Door Hardware: Manufacturer's standard door-operating hardware of proper type for cabinet type, trim
           style, and door material and style indicated.

      H.   Accessories:

           1.     Mounting Bracket: Manufacturer's standard steel, designed to secure fire extinguisher to fire
                  protection cabinet, of sizes required for types and capacities of fire extinguishers indicated, with
                  plated or baked-enamel finish.
           2.     Door Lock: Cylinder lock, keyed alike to other cabinets.
           3.     Identification: Lettering complying with authorities having jurisdiction for letter style, size, spacing,
                  and location. Locate as indicated.

                  a.      Identify fire extinguisher in fire protection cabinet with the words "FIRE EXTINGUISHER"

                          1)     Location: Applied to cabinet door.
                          2)     Application Process: Pressure-sensitive vinyl letters.
                          3)     Lettering Color: Red.
                          4)     Orientation: Vertical.

      I.   Finishes:

           1.     Manufacturer's standard baked-enamel paint for the following:

                  a.      Exterior of cabinet, door, and trim, except for those surfaces indicated to receive another
                          finish.
                  b.      Interior of cabinet and door.

           2.     Steel: Baked enamel or powder coat.

                  a.      Color and Gloss: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range.


2.3        FABRICATION

      A.   Fire Protection Cabinets: Provide manufacturer's standard box (tub), with trim, frame, door, and hardware
           to suit cabinet type, trim style, and door style indicated. Miter and weld joints and grind smooth.


FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINETS                                                                                     104413 - 2
ST. JOHNS COUNTY WORK RELEASE HOUSING FACILITY                                          ST. JOHNS COUNTY, FLORIDA
ST. JOHNS COUNTY                                                                              ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050

PART 3 - EXECUTION


3.1        INSTALLATION

      A.   Examine walls and partitions for suitable framing depth and blocking where recessed and semirecessed
           cabinets will be installed and prepare recesses as required by type and size of cabinet and trim style.

      B.   Install fire protection cabinets in locations and at mounting heights indicated or, if not indicated, at heights
           acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.

      C.   Fire Protection Cabinets: Fasten cabinets to structure, square and plumb.

      D.   Identification: Apply vinyl lettering at locations indicated.

      E.   Adjust fire protection cabinet doors to operate easily without binding. Verify that integral locking devices
           operate properly.

      F.   Replace fire protection cabinets that have been damaged or have deteriorated beyond successful repair
           by finish touchup or similar minor repair procedures.


END OF SECTION 104413




FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINETS                                                                                     104413 - 3
ST. JOHNS COUNTY WORK RELEASE HOUSING FACILITY                                         ST. JOHNS COUNTY, FLORIDA
ST. JOHNS COUNTY                                                                             ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050


SECTION 104416 - FIRE EXTINGUISHERS


PART 1 - GENERAL


1.1        SUMMARY

      A.   Section includes portable, hand-carried fire extinguishers.


1.2        ACTION SUBMITTALS

      A.   Product Data: For each type of product indicated.


1.3        CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS

      A.   Operation and maintenance data.


1.4        QUALITY ASSURANCE

      A.   NFPA Compliance: Fabricate and label fire extinguishers to comply with NFPA 10, "Portable Fire
           Extinguishers."

      B.   Fire Extinguishers: Listed and labeled for type, rating, and classification by an independent testing agency
           acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.

      C.   Coordinate type and capacity of fire extinguishers with fire protection cabinets to ensure fit and function.


1.5        WARRANTY

      A.   Special Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair or replace fire
           extinguishers that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period.

           1.     Failures include, but are not limited to, the following:

                  a.      Failure of hydrostatic test according to NFPA 10.
                  b.      Faulty operation of valves or release levers.

           2.     Warranty Period: Six years from date of Substantial Completion.


PART 2 - PRODUCTS


2.1        PORTABLE, HAND-CARRIED FIRE EXTINGUISHERS

      A.   Fire Extinguishers: Type, size, and capacity for each fire protection cabinet indicated.


FIRE EXTINGUISHERS                                                                                            104416 - 1
ST. JOHNS COUNTY WORK RELEASE HOUSING FACILITY                                      ST. JOHNS COUNTY, FLORIDA
ST. JOHNS COUNTY                                                                          ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050

           1.     Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering
                  products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
                  a.     Badger Fire Protection; a Kidde company.
                  b.     J. L. Industries, Inc.; a division of Activar Construction Products Group.
                  c.     Kidde Residential and Commercial Division; Subsidiary of Kidde plc.
                  d.     Larsen's Manufacturing Company.
                  e.     Potter Roemer LLC.

           2.     Instruction Labels: Include pictorial marking system complying with NFPA 10, Appendix B and bar
                  coding for documenting fire extinguisher location, inspections, maintenance, and recharging.

      A.   Multipurpose Dry-Chemical Type: UL-rated, Type ABC, 10 lb. nominal capacity, with monoammonium
           phosphate-based dry chemical in manufacturer's standard enameled container.


PART 3 - EXECUTION


3.1        INSTALLATION

      A.   Examine fire extinguishers for proper charging and tagging.

           1.     Remove and replace damaged, defective, or undercharged fire extinguishers.

      B.   Install fire extinguishers in locations indicated and in compliance with requirements of authorities having
           jurisdiction.


END OF SECTION 104416




FIRE EXTINGUISHERS                                                                                         104416 - 2
ST. JOHNS COUNTY WORK RELEASE HOUSING FACILITY                                       ST. JOHNS COUNTY, FLORIDA
ST. JOHNS COUNTY                                                                           ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050



SECTION 10530 – PREFABRICATED ALUMINUM CANOPIES


PART 1 - GENERAL


1.1        RELATED DOCUMENTS

      A.   Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and
           Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.


1.2        SUMMARY

      A.   This Section includes the following:

           1.     Prefabricated aluminum canopies with internal drainage capabilities.


1.3        PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS

      A.   General: Provide prefabricated aluminum canopies that comply with performance requirements specified
           as determined by testing manufacturers' standard assemblies similar to those indicated for this Project, by
           a qualified testing and inspecting agency.

      B.   Structural Performance: Provide prefabricated aluminum canopies capable of withstanding the effects of
           gravity loads and the following loads and stresses within limits and under conditions indicated on the
           structural drawings.

      C.   Thermal Movements: Provide prefabricated aluminum canopies that allow for thermal movements
           resulting from the following maximum change (range) in ambient and surface temperatures by preventing
           buckling, opening of joints, overstressing of components, failure of joint sealants, failure of connections,
           and other detrimental effects. Base engineering calculation on surface temperatures of materials due to
           both solar heat gain and nighttime-sky heat loss.

           1.     Temperature Change (Range): 120 deg F (67 deg C), ambient; 180 deg F (100 deg C), material
                  surfaces.


1.4        SUBMITTALS

      A.   Product Data: Include construction details, material descriptions, dimensions of individual components
           and profiles, and finishes for each type of prefabricated aluminum canopies and associated accessories.

      B.   Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings for fabrication and erection of prefabricated aluminum canopies
           and accessories. Include plans, elevations and details of sections and connections to adjoining work.
           Indicate materials, finishes, fasteners, joinery and other information to determine compliance with
           specified requirements. For installed products indicated to comply with design loads, include structural
           analysis data signed and sealed by the qualified professional engineer, registered in the State of Florida,



PREFABRICATED ALUMINUM CANOPIES                                                                              10530 - 1
ST. JOHNS COUNTY WORK RELEASE HOUSING FACILITY                                       ST. JOHNS COUNTY, FLORIDA
ST. JOHNS COUNTY                                                                           ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050


           responsible for their preparation. Submit design calculations confirming the prefabricated aluminum
           canopies meet or exceed all structural requirements of the authorities having jurisdiction.

      C.   Warranties: Special warranties specified in this Section.

      D.   Qualification Data: For Installer, manufacturer, professional engineer.


1.5        QUALITY ASSURANCE

      A.   Comply with the Specifications for Aluminum Structures, Latest Edition, ASCE 7-95, Minimum Design
           Loads for Buildings and Other Structures, Latest Edition, American Architectural Manufacturers
           Association (AAMA) and the American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) recommendations for
           fabrication, construction details and installation procedures, except as otherwise indicated.

      B.   Structural Performance: Provide prefabricated aluminum canopy systems capable of withstanding the
           effects of gravity loads and the following loads and stresses within limits and under conditions indicated:
           1.      Design Loads: As indicated on Drawings.
           2.      Engineering Responsibility: Preparation of Shop Drawings and comprehensive engineering
                   analysis by a qualified professional engineer registered in the State of Florida.

      C.   Field Measurements: Verify size, location and placement of prefabricated aluminum canopies prior to
           fabrication.

      D.   Installer Qualifications: An experienced erector who has specialized in erecting and installing work similar
           in material, design, and extent to that indicated for this Project and who is acceptable to manufacturer.

      E.   Shop Assembly: Coordinate field measurements and shop drawings with fabrication and shop assembly
           to minimize field adjustments, mechanical attachment and field assembly of units. Pre-assemble units in
           ship to greatest extent possible and disassemble as necessary for shipping and handling limitations.
           Clearly mark units for re-assembly and coordinated installation.

      F.   Warranties: Manufacturer’s standard one (1) year warranty.

      G.   Source Limitations: Obtain each type of prefabricated aluminum canopies through one source from a
           single manufacturer.

      H.   Product Options: Drawings indicate size, profiles, and dimensional requirements of prefabricated
           aluminum canopies are based on the specific system indicated.

           1.     Do not modify intended aesthetic effects, as judged solely by Architect, except with Architect's
                  approval. If modifications are proposed, submit comprehensive explanatory data to Architect for
                  review.


1.6        DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

      A.   Deliver components, sheets, prefabricated aluminum canopies components, and other manufactured
           items so as not to be damaged or deformed. Package prefabricated aluminum canopy components for
           protection during transportation and handling.



PREFABRICATED ALUMINUM CANOPIES                                                                              10530 - 2
ST. JOHNS COUNTY WORK RELEASE HOUSING FACILITY                                      ST. JOHNS COUNTY, FLORIDA
ST. JOHNS COUNTY                                                                          ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050


      B.   Unload, store, and erect prefabricated aluminum canopy components in a manner to prevent bending,
           warping, twisting, and surface damage.

      C.   Stack prefabricated aluminum canopy components horizontally on platforms or pallets, covered with
           suitable weathertight and ventilated covering. Store components to ensure dryness, with positive slope for
           drainage of water. Do not store components in contact with other materials that might cause staining,
           denting, or other surface damage.

      D.   Protect strippable protective covering on metal prefabricated aluminum canopy components from
           exposure to sunlight and high humidity, except to extent necessary for period of prefabricated aluminum
           canopy installation.


1.7        PROJECT CONDITIONS

      A.   Field Measurements: Verify locations of structural members and wall opening dimensions by field
           measurements before prefabricated aluminum canopies fabrication and indicate measurements on Shop
           Drawings.


1.8        COORDINATION

      A.   Coordinate metal prefabricated aluminum canopies with structural supports and other adjoining work to
           provide a secure and noncorrosive installation.


PART 2 - PRODUCTS


2.1        MANUFACTURERS

      A.   In other Part 2 articles where titles below introduce lists, the following requirements apply for product
           selection:

           1.     Basis-of-Design Products: The design for each prefabricated walkway covers specified is based
                  on the product specified. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide either the named
                  product or a comparable product by another manufacturer.


2.2        PREFABRICATED ALUMINUM CANOPY DESIGN

      A.   Protective cover shall be all welded extruded aluminum system complete with internal drainage. Non-
           welded systems are not acceptable.


2.3        PREFABRICATED ALUMINUM CANOPY MATERIALS

      A.   Aluminum Members: All sections shall be extruded aluminum 6063 alloy, heat treated to T-6 temper.

      B.   Fasteners: Fasteners shall be aluminum, 18-8 stainless steel or 300 series stainless steel.



PREFABRICATED ALUMINUM CANOPIES                                                                            10530 - 3
ST. JOHNS COUNTY WORK RELEASE HOUSING FACILITY                                       ST. JOHNS COUNTY, FLORIDA
ST. JOHNS COUNTY                                                                           ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050


      C.   Protective coating: Aluminum columns embedded in concrete shall be protected by clear acrylic.

      D.   Grout: Grout shall be 2000 p.s.i. compressive strength, 1 part Portland cement and 3 parts masonry sand.
           Add water to produce pouring consistency.

      E.   Gaskets: Gaskets shall be dry seal santoprene pressure type.

      F.   Aluminum Extrusions: Extruded Aluminum Alloy 6063-T6:
           1.    Surface: Smooth, flat finish.
           2.    Exposed Finishes: Apply the following coil coating, as specified below.

      G.   High-Performance Organic Finish (2-Coat Fluoropolymer): AA-C12C40R1x (Chemical Finish: cleaned
           with inhibited chemicals; Chemical Finish: conversion coating; Organic Coating: manufacturer's standard
           2-coat, thermocured system consisting of specially formulated inhibitive primer and fluoropolymer color
           topcoat containing not less than 70 percent polyvinylidene fluoride resin by weight). Prepare, pretreat, and
           apply coating to exposed metal surfaces to comply with coating and resin manufacturers' written
           instructions.

           1.     Color and Gloss: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range.


2.4        PREFABRICATED ALUMINUM CANOPY CONSTRUCTION

      A.   General: Provide factory-formed internally draining prefabricated aluminum canopies of design, materials,
           sizes, depth, arrangement, and metal thickness as indicated and as required for optimum performance
           with respect to strength; durability; and uniform appearance. Include supports, anchorages, and
           accessories required for complete assembly.

      B.   Basis-of-Design Product: as manufactured by Dittmer Architectural Aluminum, 1006 Shepard Road,
           Winter Springs, Florida, 32708, phone 800-822-1755 or a comparable product.

                  a.     Exterior Finish: As selected by Architect from manufacturer’s full range.


2.5        PREFABRICATED ALUMINUM CANOPY COMPONENTS

      A.   Columns: Columns shall be radius-cornered tubular extrusion of size shown on drawings with cutout and
           internal diverter for drainage where indicated. Circular downspout opening in column not acceptable.

      B.   Beams: Beams shall be open-top tubular extrusion of size and shape shown on drawings, top edges
           thickened for strength and designed to receive deck members in self-flashing manner. Structural ties shall
           be installed in tops of all beams.

      C.   Deck: Deck shall be extruded self-flashing sections interlocking into a composite unit. Closures at deck
           ends shall be welded plates.

      D.   Fascia: Fascia shall be manufacturer’s standard shape. Size as indicated on drawings.




PREFABRICATED ALUMINUM CANOPIES                                                                              10530 - 4
ST. JOHNS COUNTY WORK RELEASE HOUSING FACILITY                                       ST. JOHNS COUNTY, FLORIDA
ST. JOHNS COUNTY                                                                           ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050


2.6        FABRICATION

      A.   General: Fabricate and finish prefabricated aluminum canopy accessories at the factory to greatest extent
           possible, by manufacturer's standard procedures and processes, as necessary to fulfill indicated
           performance requirements. Comply with indicated profiles and with dimensional and structural
           requirements.

           1.     Form panel lines, breaks, and angles to be sharp and true, with surfaces free from warp and
                  buckle.

      B.   Bent Construction: Beams and columns shall be factory welded with neatly mitered corners into one-piece
           rigid bents. All welds shall be smooth and uniform using an inert gas shielded arc. Suitable edge
           preparation shall be performed to assure 100% penetration. Grind welds only where interfering with
           adjoining structure to allow for flush connection. Field welding is not permitted. Rigid mechanical joints
           shall be used when shipping limitations prohibit the shipment of fully welded bents.

      C.   Deck Construction: Deck shall be manufactured of extruded modules that interlock in a self-flashing
           manner. Interlocking joints shall be positively fastened at 8” O.C. creating a monolithic structural unit
           capable of developing the full strength of the sections. The fastenings must have minimum shear strength
           of 350 pounds each. Deck shall be assembled with sufficient camber to offset dead load deflection.


2.7        FINISHES, GENERAL

      A.   Comply with NAAMM's "Metal Finishes Manual for Architectural and Metal Products" for recommendations
           for applying and designating finishes.

      B.   Protect mechanical and painted finishes on exposed surfaces from damage by applying a strippable,
           temporary protective covering before shipping.


PART 3 - EXECUTION


3.1        EXAMINATION

      A.   Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for
           installation tolerances, supports, and other conditions affecting performance of work.

           1.     Examine column sleeves and anchor bolts and other prefabricated aluminum canopy support
                  components to verify that they have been installed within alignment tolerances required by
                  prefabricated aluminum canopy manufacturer.
           2.     For the record, prepare written report, endorsed by Installer, listing conditions detrimental to
                  performance of work.

      B.   Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.




PREFABRICATED ALUMINUM CANOPIES                                                                            10530 - 5
ST. JOHNS COUNTY WORK RELEASE HOUSING FACILITY                                      ST. JOHNS COUNTY, FLORIDA
ST. JOHNS COUNTY                                                                          ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050


3.2        PREPARATION

      A.   Erection shall be performed after all concrete, masonry, and roofing work in the vicinity is completed and
           cleaned.

      B.   Clean substrates of substances harmful to insulation, including removing projections capable of interfering
           with attachment.

      C.   Install flashings and other sheet metal to comply with requirements specified in Division 7 Section "Sheet
           Metal Flashing and Trim."


3.3        PREFABRICATED ALUMINUM CANOPY INSTALLATION, GENERAL

      A.   General: Install prefabricated aluminum canopies in orientation, sizes, and locations indicated on
           Drawings and in full compliance with manufacturer’s instructions. Install extrusions perpendicular to
           vertical supports, unless otherwise indicated. Anchor prefabricated aluminum canopies and other
           components of the work securely in place, with provisions for thermal and structural movement.

           1.     Field cutting of prefabricated aluminum canopy components by torch is not permitted.
           2.     Anchor prefabricated aluminum canopies to building substructure as indicated.
           3.     Cut and trim component parts during erection only with the approval of the manufacturer or
                  fabricator, and in accordance with their recommendations. Restore finish completely. Remove and
                  replace members where cutting and trimming has impaired the strength or appearance of the
                  assemblies as directed.
           4.     Do not erect warped, bowed, deformed or otherwise damages or defaced members. Remove and
                  replace any members damaged in the erection process as directed.
           5.     Locate and space fastenings in uniform vertical and horizontal alignment.
           6.     Install flashing and trim as prefabricated aluminum canopy work proceeds.

      B.   Column Sleeves: Column sleeves (Styrofoam blockouts) or anchor bolts (if required) shall be furnished by
           Canopy manufacturer and installed by the General Contractor.

      C.   Erection: Protective cover shall be erected true to line, level and plumb. Aluminum columns embedded in
           concrete shall be protected by clear acrylic. Downspout columns shall be filled with grout to the discharge
           level to prevent standing water. Non-draining columns shall have weep holes installed at top of concrete
           to remove condensation.


3.4        ERECTION TOLERANCES

      A.   Erection Tolerances: Variation from level: +/- 1/4” maximum in any column to column space or 20’-0”
           runs, non-cumulative.


3.5        FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

      A.   Remove and replace applications of prefabricated aluminum canopies where inspections indicate that they
           do not comply with specified requirements.




PREFABRICATED ALUMINUM CANOPIES                                                                             10530 - 6
ST. JOHNS COUNTY WORK RELEASE HOUSING FACILITY                                   ST. JOHNS COUNTY, FLORIDA
ST. JOHNS COUNTY                                                                       ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050


3.6        CLEANING AND PROTECTION

      A.   Remove temporary protective coverings and strippable films, if any, as prefabricated aluminum canopies
           are installed, unless otherwise indicated in manufacturer's written installation instructions. Upon
           completion of prefabricated aluminum canopy installation, clean finished surfaces as recommended by
           prefabricated aluminum canopy manufacturer. Maintain in a clean condition during construction.

      B.   Replace prefabricated aluminum canopy components that have been damaged or have deteriorated
           beyond successful repair.


END OF SECTION 10530




PREFABRICATED ALUMINUM CANOPIES                                                                        10530 - 7
ST. JOHNS COUNTY WORK RELEASE HOUSING FACILITY                                  ST. JOHNS COUNTY, FLORIDA
ST. JOHNS COUNTY                                                                      ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050


SECTION 13100 - LIGHTNING PROTECTION (ALTERNATIVE BID ITEM)
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
    A.   Strike (air) terminals and interconnecting conductors.
    B.   Grounding and bonding for lightning protection.
1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDS
    A.   NFPA 780 - Standard for the Installation of Lightning Protection Systems; National Fire Protection
         Association; 2008.
    B.   UL 96 - Lightning Protection Components; Underwriters Laboratories Inc.; Current Edition, Including
         All Revisions.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
    A.   See Administrative Section for submittal procedures.
    B.   Shop Drawings: Indicate location and layout of air terminals, grounding electrodes, and bonding
         connections to structure and other metal objects. Include terminal, electrode, and conductor sizes,
         and connection and termination details.
    C.   Product Data: Provide dimensions and materials of each component, indication of testing agency
         listing, and installation instructions.
    D.   Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify that products meet or exceed specified requirements.
1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE
    A.   Designer Qualifications: Person or entity, employed by installer, who specializes in lightning
         protection system design with minimum three years documented experience.
    B.   Field Quality Control Testing Agency Qualifications: Firm capable of and experienced in grounding
         and bonding testing with documented experience and minimum of three project references.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 LIGHTNING PROTECTION SYSTEM
    A.   Lightning Protection System: Provide complete system complying with NFPA 780, including air
         terminals, bonding, interconnecting conductors and grounding electrodes.
         1. Provide system that protects:
              a. The entire structure.
              b. Open air areas within 100 feet of exterior walls at grade level.
              c. Open air areas within building footprint.
         2. Coordinate with other grounding and bonding systems specified.




LIGHTNING PROTECTION (ALTERNATIVE BID ITEM)                                                               13100 -1
ST. JOHNS COUNTY WORK RELEASE HOUSING FACILITY                                    ST. JOHNS COUNTY, FLORIDA
ST. JOHNS COUNTY                                                                        ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050


         3.   Provide copper, bronze, or stainless steel components, as applicable; no aluminum (unless in
              direct contact with aluminum roof or components).
2.02 COMPONENTS
    A.   All Components: Complying with applicable requirements of UL 96.
    B.   Air Terminals: Copper, solid (unless base is in contact with aluminum)., 12 or 24 inches, with
         adhesive bases for single-ply roof installations.
    C.   Grounding Rods: Solid copper or copper clad steel.
    D.   Conductors: Copper cable (unless in direct contact with aluminum) All down conductors shall be
         copper.
    E.   Connectors and Splicers: Bronze (unless in direct contact with aluminum)..
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 EXAMINATION
    A.   Verify that field measurements are as indicated on shop drawings.
    B.   Coordinate work with installation of roofing and exterior and interior finishes.
3.02 INSTALLATION
    A.   Install in accordance with referenced system standards and as required for specified certification.
    B.   Do not penetrate roof. Coordinate installation of down conductors with General Contractor and
         Architect.
    C.   Per NFPA 80, 12 inch air terminals shall be spaced at no more than 20 feet. 24 inch air terminals
         shall be spaced at no more than 25 feet. Provide main conductors between air terminals.
    D.   Per NFPA 780 for roofs that exceed 50 feet in width, provide cross-run conductors connected to the
         main perimeter cable. Cross-run conductors shall be connected to the main perimeter cable at
         intervals not exceeding 150 feet.
    E.   Per NFPA 780, structures exceeding 250 feet in perimeter shall have a down conductor every 100
         feet of perimeter or fraction thereof. Every structure shall have at least two down conductors.
    F.   Connect ground conductors to ground rods (see grounding system detail for structure in drawings) by
         brazing, welding or exothermic connectors listed for the purpose. Connections shall be suitable for
         direct burial. Provide ground counterpoise, if indicated, or if required by NFPA 780 or local codes.
3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
    A.   Perform field inspection per NFPA 780, B-1.2..
    B.   Perform visual inspection as specified in NFPA 780 as if this were a periodic follow-up inspection.




LIGHTNING PROTECTION (ALTERNATIVE BID ITEM)                                                               13100 -2
ST. JOHNS COUNTY WORK RELEASE HOUSING FACILITY                                    ST. JOHNS COUNTY, FLORIDA
ST. JOHNS COUNTY                                                                        ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050


    C.   Perform continuity testing as specified in NFPA 780 as if this were testing for periodic maintenance.
    D.   Provide a U.L. lightning protection inspection certificate that certifies that the system conforms to UL
         96A.

END OF SECTION




LIGHTNING PROTECTION (ALTERNATIVE BID ITEM)                                                                13100 -3
ST. JOHNS COUNTY MINIMUM SECURITY CORRECTIONAL FACILITY                                ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050
ST. AUGUSTINE, FLORIDA


              SECTION 15001 - GENERAL MECHANICAL AND PLUMBING REQUIREMENTS

PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
    A.   General requirements for heating, ventilating and air conditioning systems.
    B.   Miscellaneous material and execution requirements (pipe hangers, sleeves, escutcheons, equipment
         supports, etc.)
    C.   General requirements for plumbing systems.
    D.   Trench excavation, pumping, backfilling and compaction for underground piping & plumbing.
1.02 DESCRIPTION
    A.   The scope of work shall include complete heating, ventilating and air conditioning systems as shown
         on the Drawings and specified herein. Specifications for the mechanical work are provided as follows:
         1. 15001 General Mechanical and Plumbing Requirements
         2. 15140 Pipe Hangers and Supports
         3. 15723 Packaged 100% Outside Air Units
         4. 15735 Packaged Rooftop Air Conditioning Units
         5. 15810 Ductwork & Insulation
         6. 15820 Ductwork Accessories (air turning devices, dampers, flex connectors, etc)
         7. 15850 Air Outlets and Inlets
         8. 15921       DDC Controls
         9. 15950 Testing, Adjusting and Balancing
    B.   The scope of work shall include complete plumbing systems as shown on the Drawings and
         specified herein. Specifications for plumbing are provided as follows:
         1. 15001 General Mechanical and Plumbing Requirements
         2. 15140 Pipe Hangers and Supports
         3. 15145 Plumbing Piping (piping, fittings, valves, & insulation)
         4. 15146 Plumbing Specialties (floor drains, cleanouts, hose bibbs, water hammer arrestors, etc.)
         5. 15410 Plumbing Fixtures
         6. 15430 Plumbing Equipment (water heaters, pumps)
1.03 PRE-INSTALLATION CONFERENCE
    A.   Prior to start of any work, the successful Subcontractors shall thoroughly review the plans and
         specifications to determine that no questions remain concerning the intent of the contract
         documents, and shall bring concerns to the attention of the Architect and Engineer. Subcontractors
         shall meet with the Architect when requested. Each Subcontractor shall outline his method of
         procedure and bring up for discussion and decision any questions concerning the project. No work




GENERAL MECHANICAL AND PLUMBING REQUIREMENTS                                                      15001 - 10
ST. JOHNS COUNTY MINIMUM SECURITY CORRECTIONAL FACILITY                                     ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050
ST. AUGUSTINE, FLORIDA


         shall be performed prior to this meeting. The Architect shall set the date, time and place of
         conference.
1.04 CODES, ORDINANCES AND PERMITS:
    A.   Comply with all codes applying to the Work of this Contract including the Florida Energy Code.
         Obtain information on all code restrictions and requirements. In case of conflict between the Contract
         Documents and a governing code or ordinance, such conflict shall be immediately brought to the
         attention of the Architect for resolution. Extra payment will not be allowed for Work required by code
         restrictions except through written agreement with the Owner.
    B.   Apply for, obtain, and pay for all required permits and inspection certificates. Final payment is
         contingent upon delivery of such certificates to the Architect.
    C.   All materials and equipment shall be new and first class in every respect. As far as is practical,
         similar products shall be by one manufacturer. Where applicable, all materials and equipment shall
         bear the Underwriters' Laboratories seal or ASME code stamp. Certificates to this effect shall be
         furnished to the Architect upon request.
1.05 STANDARDS
    A.   Unless modified by these Specifications, the design, manufacture, testing and method of installing all
         materials, apparatus and equipment shall conform to the following:
         1. ASHRAE Standard 90, Energy Conservation in New Building Design.
         2. ANSI B9. 1, Safety Code for Mechanical Refrigeration.
         3. NFPA, Standards of National Fire Protection Association.
         4. ASHRAE Handbook of Fundamentals.
         5. SMACNA Standards for Duct Work.
         6. Associated Air Balance Council Standards for Field Measurement and Instrumentation.
         7. Underwriters' Laboratories.
         8. National Electrical Code.
         9. Air Moving and Conditioning Association.
         10. Air Conditioning and Refrigeration Institute.
1.06 SITE INSPECTION
    A.   Visit the site and thoroughly inspect conditions affecting the Work before submitting Bid. Assume
         responsibility for meeting all existing conditions including access and work space limitations.
1.07 DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS:
    A.   Refer to the general Construction Drawings which are bound with the Drawings of this Work for
         construction details, elevations, etc. Bring any discrepancies between Mechanical/Plumbing
         drawings and Architectural/Structural/Civil to the attention of the Architect prior to initiating work. It is
         the intent of the Mechanical and Plumbing Drawings to show the general arrangement of the system




GENERAL MECHANICAL AND PLUMBING REQUIREMENTS                                                              15001 - 10
ST. JOHNS COUNTY MINIMUM SECURITY CORRECTIONAL FACILITY                                  ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050
ST. AUGUSTINE, FLORIDA


         and not to indicate all offsets, fittings and accessories which may be required, nor to show exact
         locations of piping, ductwork or equipment except where actual dimensions are given. All vertical
         piping shall be located in walls in finished spaces unless otherwise noted.
    B.   It is the intent of the Drawings and Specifications to call for finished Work, tested, and ready for
         operation, and in complete conformance with all applicable codes, rules and regulations. Minor
         details not usually shown or specified, but manifestly necessary for the proper installation and
         operation of the various systems, shall be included in the Work and in the proposal, the same as if
         specified or shown on the Drawings.
    C.   If any departures from the Drawings and Specifications are deemed necessary, details of such
         departures and the reasons therefore shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval. No departures
         shall be made without prior approval of the Engineer.
    D.   Specific reference in the Specifications to any article, device, product, material, fixture or type of
         construction, etc., by proprietary name, make or catalog number shall be interpreted as establishing a
         standard of quality and shall not be construed as limiting competition. Substitutes may be used
         subject to compliance with requirements set forth in the General Requirements, Division I, and the
         requirements of this section.
1.08 APPROVED ALTERNATE MANUFACTURERS AND PRODUCT SUBSTITUTIONS
    A.   Equipment substitutions other than the basis of design scheduled on drawings shall comply in every
         respect with the applicable schedules and specifications contained in the contract documents, and
         shall meet the requirements of any relevant architectural administrative specification requirements on
         product substitutions. Equipment scheduled on Drawings was used to arrive at performance, space,
         maintenance, and utility service requirements. If other equipment is submitted and approved, take
         responsibility for providing the space, maintenance, and utility service requirements of this substituted
         equipment, and ensure the capacities, accessories and features as indicated for the scheduled
         manufacturer are provided. This responsibility shall include the costs associated with any resulting
         changes during and following installation, including costs to change electrical service required by
         substituted equipment, to obtain required clearances, or to provide missing accessories and features.
         Approval of equipment substitutions during the submittal review process or listing of alternate
         approved manufacturers in these specifications represents an acceptance of the general level of
         product quality and reliability, and does not imply that the alternate manufacturer's have been
         reviewed for compliance with the performance, features, materials and accessories already specified
         for the equipment scheduled on the drawings. It is the ultimate responsibility of the contractor to
         ensure any equipment substituted for what was scheduled on the drawings meets the contract
         document requirements.
    B.   Where the name of a concern or manufacturer is mentioned on the Drawings or in Specifications in
         reference to his required service or product, and no qualifications or specification of such is included,
         then the material gauges, details of manufacturer, finish, etc., shall be in accordance with his




GENERAL MECHANICAL AND PLUMBING REQUIREMENTS                                                           15001 - 10
ST. JOHNS COUNTY MINIMUM SECURITY CORRECTIONAL FACILITY                                 ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050
ST. AUGUSTINE, FLORIDA


         standard practice, directions or specifications. The Contractor shall be responsible for any
         infringement of patents, royalties, or copyrights which may be incurred thereby.
1.09 SUBMITTALS
    A.   Samples of insulation, diffusers, dampers or any other mechanical equipment or materials shall be
         submitted if requested by the Architect. If a sample is requested, have the sample delivered to the
         Architect or arrange for the Architect to examine it elsewhere. Failure to comply may be cause for
         rejection.
    B.   Submittals shall be provided in one complete package. Partial submittal packages will be rejected.
         Where Engineer documents deficiencies in the submittals, the Contractor shall ensure follow-on
         submittals have addressed the deficiencies. Should follow-on submittals not address previously noted
         deficiencies, the Contractor shall incur the Engineers costs associated with the unnecessary review
         and documentation of such re-submittals, billable at the rate of $95.00/hour.
    C.   Submit shop drawings or catalog data for Architects approval before purchasing or installing the
         following items.
         1. Air Conditioning Equipment
         2. Grilles, Diffusers and Registers
         3. Exhaust Fans
         4. Louvers
         5. Duct Shop Drawings (where different from design drawings)
         6. Test and Balance Report
         7. Shop drawings for mounting details of air handling units and rooftop heatpumps.
         8. Plumbing Fixtures
         9. Water Coolers
         10. Piping (where revised from design drawings)
    D.   Samples plumbing equipment or materials shall be submitted if requested by the Architect. If a
         sample is requested, have the sample delivered to the Architect or arrange for the Architect to
         examine it elsewhere. Failure to comply may be cause for rejection.
1.10 PERFORMANCE DATA
    A.   All performance data specified herein shall be considered actual performance of equipment as
         installed. Make suitable allowances if installation details are such that actual operating conditions
         unfavorably affect performance as compared to conditions under which the equipment was rated.
1.11 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA
    A.   Provide four (4) complete sets of a compilation of catalog data of each manufactured item of
         equipment used in the Mechanical and Plumbing Work. In addition to the catalog data, installation,
         operating and maintenance data and bill of materials for all operating equipment shall be submitted.
         Each of the four sets of data shall be bound in loose leaf binders and submitted to the Architect before




GENERAL MECHANICAL AND PLUMBING REQUIREMENTS                                                         15001 - 10
ST. JOHNS COUNTY MINIMUM SECURITY CORRECTIONAL FACILITY                                  ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050
ST. AUGUSTINE, FLORIDA


         final payment is made. A complete double index shall be provided as follows:
         1.       Listing the Products alphabetically by name.
         2.       Listing the names of manufacturer's alphabetically by name together with their addresses and
               the names and addresses of local sales representatives.
    B.   Include the following information where applicable: Name and Mark number, Location, Complete
         Namplate Data, Certified Record Drawings and Shop Drawings, Parts List, Performance Curves,
         Wiring Diagrams, Lubrication Charts, Manufacturer's operating and maintenance instructions with all
         non-applicable information deleted.
    C.   Maintenance instruction manuals shall include complete oiling, cleaning, and servicing data
         compiled in clearly and easily understandable form. Data shall show all serial numbers of each piece
         of equipment, complete list of replacement parts, motor ratings, and actual loads.
    D.   It is the intent of this catalog, operation and maintenance data to provide the Owner with complete
         instructions on the proper operation and use, lubrication and periodic maintenance, together with the
         source of replacement parts and service, for the items of equipment
         covered.
1.12 CONTRACTOR COORDINATION
    A.   The Electrical Contractor shall furnish, set and wire all disconnect devices and starters as required for
         all equipment except for those items furnished with integral disconnect devices and/or starters.
    B.   Furnish detailed information to the Electrical Contractor on power wiring requirements for all
         mechanical and plumbing equipment actually purchased as soon as practical. This shall include all
         diagrams and instructions necessary for the Electrical Contractor to make connections properly. If
         equipment actually purchased requires larger electrical service than equipment scheduled, arrange
         and pay for required electrical service change.
    C.   Provide all air conditioning control devices, including thermostats, and complete all control wiring,
         including final connections.
    D.   Coordinate location of equipment, piping, and duct work with other trades to maintain clearance for
         equipment maintenance, prevent interference with duct and piping runs, and to prevent ducts and
         piping from being installed over electrical panels. If interference develops, the Architect will decide
         which equipment, conduit, duct, piping, etc., must be relocated regardless of installation order. Take
         responsibility for relocating the work of your trade, if so ordered, including all associated costs.
    E.   Within 30 days following award of the Contract, report to the Architect, in writing, all real or potential
         errors, ambiguities and/or conflicts on the Mechanical and Plumbing Work or between the trades and
         obtain an agreement with the Architect on a solution. Those reported after 30 days, except as a result
         of unforeseen circumstances, shall be resolved at the discretion of the Architect. Report conflicts
         resulting from the progress of Work to the Architect immediately or accept the expense of corrective
         work caused by failure to report such a conflict.




GENERAL MECHANICAL AND PLUMBING REQUIREMENTS                                                          15001 - 10
ST. JOHNS COUNTY MINIMUM SECURITY CORRECTIONAL FACILITY                                 ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050
ST. AUGUSTINE, FLORIDA


1.13 CHANGES
    A.   Do not make any changes in design without the written approval of the Engineer. Changes in design
         means any change which may affect the capacity, reliability, operation or safety of the systems or any
         parts thereof, including changes which may be required to conform to local regulations or codes.
1.14 QUALITY ASSURANCE
    A.   Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing products specified in this
         section, with not less than three years of documented experience.
    B.   Products Requiring Electrical Connection: Listed and classified by UL as suitable for the purpose
         specified and indicated.
1.15 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND PROTECTION
    A.   Protect all materials and equipment against damage and vandalism during construction. Replace any
         damaged material or equipment and place the systems in perfect working condition.
1.16 WARRANTY
    A.   Provide written warranties as specified in the General Requirements, Division 1 for additional warranty
         requirements.
    B.   Provide five year manufacturer warranty for refrigeration compressors against defects in materials and
         workmanship. Repair any defects becoming apparent within the warranty period as directed by the
         Architect. The warranty shall not cause an obligation to repair damage resulting from accident or
         improper operation or care on the part of the Owner.

PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 MOTORS.
    A.   All permanently wired polyphase motors 1 HP or more shall be classified under the National Electric
         Manufacturer's Association's Standard as "energy efficient".

PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 GENERAL
    A.   Examine the site and all Drawings before proceeding with the layout and installation of the Work.
         Locate all vertical piping within walls in finished spaces unless specifically noted otherwise. Such
         piping cannot always be shown within walls on Drawings due to their small scale.
    B.   Arrange the Work essentially as shown, exact layout to be made on the job to suit actual conditions
         encountered. Confer and cooperate with other trades on the job so all Work will be installed in proper
         relationship and coordinate precise location of parts with the Work of others.




GENERAL MECHANICAL AND PLUMBING REQUIREMENTS                                                         15001 - 10
ST. JOHNS COUNTY MINIMUM SECURITY CORRECTIONAL FACILITY                                  ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050
ST. AUGUSTINE, FLORIDA


    C.   Arrange for required chases, slots and openings with the General Contractor including locations of
         required pipe sleeves through walls and foundations. Assume liability for cutting or patching made
         necessary by failure to make proper arrangements in this respect.
    D.   Indicated equipment connections are necessarily based on equipment of a given manufacture.
         Assume responsibility for proper arrangement of pipes, ducts, etc., to connect approved equipment in
         a proper and approved manner. Follow equipment manufacturer's detailed instructions and
         recommendations in the installation and connection of all equipment. In case of conflict between
         manufacturer's instructions and the Contract Documents, notify the Architect before proceeding. No
         equipment installation or connections shall be made in a manner that voids the manufacturers
         warranty.
    E.   Install all Work in a neat and workmanlike manner, using only workmen thoroughly qualified in the
         trade or duties they are to perform. Rough Work will be rejected.
3.02 EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION
    A.   Supports
         1. Where required, install galvanized steel supports under the air handling units to allow installation
             of supply and return air ducts and access to filters and access panels.
         2. For installations where air handling units are to be suspended from the roof, Prepare and Furnish
             drawings indicating exact location, weight and proposed method of suspension to the Architect
             for confirmation of structural adequacy.
         3. For installations where heat pump outdoor units or condensing units are to be mounted on the
             roof, Prepare and Furnish drawings indicating exact location, weight and proposed method of
             installation to the Architect for confirmation of structural adequacy. Units shall be mounted level
             and adequately secured.
         4. Prepare and furnish Drawing and Templates indicating all concrete Work required for equipment
             furnished under this Work. All concrete required will be provided by the General Contractor.
             Provide, at the time concrete foundations, bases, or curbs or formed, all necessary anchor bolt
             as required for the various equipment in this Work. Grout all spaces between the equipment
             base and concrete supports.
    B.   Install all equipment to permit removal of coils, fan shafts and wheels, filters, belt guards, sheaves
         and drives, and all other parts requiring periodic replacement or maintenance.
    C.   Arrange equipment to permit ready access to valves, cocks, traps, starters, motors and control
         components, and to clear the openings of swinging and overhead doors and of access panels.
3.03 IDENTIFICATION OF EQUIPMENT
    A.   Securely attach manufacturers nameplate to all equipment giving data as to design and operating
         characteristics. Securely attach permanent metal tags identifying each major plumbing and HVAC
         component (i.e. air handlers, condensing units, rooftop units, pumps, exhaust fans, water heaters,




GENERAL MECHANICAL AND PLUMBING REQUIREMENTS                                                          15001 - 10
ST. JOHNS COUNTY MINIMUM SECURITY CORRECTIONAL FACILITY                                ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050
ST. AUGUSTINE, FLORIDA


         circulators, etc.) with the original equipment tag assigned to the component by the equipment
         schedule on the drawings.
    B.   Securely attach nameplates to all switches, starters, gauges, control devices and similar items, giving
         the name and number of the item of equipment to which it is connected.
3.04 SLEEVE INSTALLATION
    A.   Accurately locate and set required sleeves pipe duct. Where more than one pipe is necessarily
         passed through a singe sleeve as to a unit piping enclosure or other conditions resulting in larger than
         1 /8" gap within the sleeve, tightly pack space with proper material to form a barrier against sound,
         vermin, fire, etc.
3.05 MACHINERY GAURDS
    A.   Provide all belts, couplings, wheels, fan blades and other moving parts of machinery with removable
         metal gaurds. Provide tachometer openings for all belt driven or variable speed machinery.
3.06 EXCAVATION, BACKFILLING AND PUMPING
    A.   Perform all excavation, backfilling and pumping necessary for the completion of the Work in
         accordance with the requirements of Excavation and Backfill, Division 2.
    B.   Excavate trenches suitable in width to provide a minimum of 6" clear space between the barrel of the
         pipe and the trench wall on both sides of the pipe. Accurately grade the trench bottom to provide
         uniform bearing and support for each section of the pipe on undisturbed soil at every point along its
         entire length. Take care not to excavate below the depth necessary and excavate bell holes to
         ensure proper bedding. Backfill over-depths with loose, granular, moist material and thoroughly
         compact to the depth required.
    C.   Place and compact backfill material in 6" layers until the pipe has a minimum cover of 12". Place
         and compact the remaining material in 12" layers. Grade the surface to a reasonable uniformity and
         leave the mounding in neat condition as approved by the Architect.
    D.   Backfill all trenches passing under foundations with concrete to the underside of the foundation and
         at a 2:1 slope away from each side of the foundation. Backfill all trenches that are parallel and
         deeper than foundations with concrete to a point that will place the top of the concrete on a 2:1 slope
         away from the foundation bottom. Do not backfill trenches until all required tests and inspections are
         completed.
    E.   Repair or replace all topsoil, shrubbery, sod, sidewalks, streets, walls, etc. disturbed by the
         excavation, backfilling or pumping to the satisfaction of the Architect. Repair sidewalks in complete
         blocks; partial patching will not be accepted.
3.07 FIRESTOPPING
    A.   Thoroughly review Architectural plans and provide approved Firestopping at penetration of every fire




GENERAL MECHANICAL AND PLUMBING REQUIREMENTS                                                         15001 - 10
ST. JOHNS COUNTY MINIMUM SECURITY CORRECTIONAL FACILITY                                ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050
ST. AUGUSTINE, FLORIDA


         rated wall, floor or ceiling system.
    B.   Refer to Architectural specifications for Firestopping product and installation requirements. In the
         absence of relevant Architectural specifications, Firestopping shall comply with the requirements of
         the Authority Having Jurisdiction and the following as a minimum:
         1. Fire Testing: Provide firestopping assemblies of designs which provide the specified fire ratings
              when tested in accordance with methods indicated.
              a. Listing in the current classification or certification books of UL, FM, or ITS (Warnock
                    Hersey) will be considered as constituting an acceptable test report.
         2. Firestopping: Any material meeting requirements.
              a. Fire Ratings: Use any system listed by UL or tested in accordance with ASTM E 814 that
                    has F Rating equal to fire rating of penetrated assembly and minimum T Rating Equal to F
                    Rating and that meets all other specified requirements.
         3. Clean substrate surfaces of dirt, dust, grease, oil, loose material, or other matter which may
              affect bond of firestopping material. Remove incompatible materials which may affect bond.
              Install backing materials to arrest liquid material leakage.
         4. Install materials in manner described in fire test report and in accordance with manufacturer's
              instructions, completely closing openings. Do not cover installed firestopping until inspected by
              authority having jurisdiction. Install labelling required by code. Clean adjacent surfaces of
              firestopping materials. Protect adjacent surfaces from damage by material installation.
3.08 INSTRUCTION OF OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE
    A.   After final acceptance of all Work and occupancy of building, provide service to make system
         adjustments to suit conditions created by the occupancy; instruct Owner's operating personnel in
         operation adjustment and maintenance procedures of system components and acquaint them with
         locations and functions of valves, control devices, etc., in the system.
    B.   The actual time of this service shall be as directed but shall not be less than 4 hours nor exceed 1
         day. Additional time, if required, to fully prepare Owners operating personnel to operate and maintain
         the system shall be as directed by the Owner at the Owner's expense. Quote rates for this additional
         time in the Bid Proposal.
3.09 CLEANING AND RUBBISH
    A.   During the Work, keep the premises clear of rubbish created as a result of the Work. Protect and
         prevent unnecessary induction of dirt and thoroughly clean all equipment used for temporary heat
         and/or ventilation, as well as piping, fixtures, and plumbing equipment.
    B.   Use and maintain adequate filters in all fan coil equipment used for temporary heat and/or ventilation.
         Replace with new filters after construction and before units are placed in service. Close all air duct
         openings to effectively prevent the entrance of dust and construction debris during construction.
    C.   On completion of the Work, remove all rubbish and debris resulting from the Work and dispose of




GENERAL MECHANICAL AND PLUMBING REQUIREMENTS                                                        15001 - 10
ST. JOHNS COUNTY MINIMUM SECURITY CORRECTIONAL FACILITY                                 ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050
ST. AUGUSTINE, FLORIDA


         same. Thoroughly clean and leave in a satisfactory condition for use all equipment, pipe, fixtures,
         duct work, etc.
3.10 RECORD DRAWINGS
    A.   The Architect will furnish one set of blue line prints of the Mechanical Drawings as issued for this
         Contract. Use these prints to indicate accurately and neatly any deviation in the actual installation
         from the Drawings as issued. At the completion of the job, deliver the marked-up Drawings to the
         Architect for a permanent record of the exact location of all equipment, pipe runs, etc., as
         incorporated in the job.
3.11 COMPLETE SYSTEMS
    A.   Leave all systems completely operative in all details and in satisfactory working condition, as
         determined by the Architect. Furnish and install as part of this Contract all apparatus and material
         obviously a part of the systems and necessary for their operation.

                                              END OF SECTION




GENERAL MECHANICAL AND PLUMBING REQUIREMENTS                                                         15001 - 10
ST. JOHNS COUNTY MINIMUM SECURITY CORRECTIONAL FACILITY                               ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050
ST. AUGUSTINE, FLORIDA


                            SECTION 15140 - PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS

PART I- GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
    A.   The work covered under this section consists of the furnishing of all necessary labor, supervision,
         materials, equipment, and services to completely execute the pipe hanger and supports as described
         in this specification.
1.02 REFERENCES
    A.   ASTM B633- Specification for Electrodeposited Coatings of Zinc on Iron and Steel.
    B.   ASTM A123- Specification for Zinc (Hot-Galvanized) Coatings on Products Fabricated from Rolled,
         Pressed, and Forged Steel Shapes, Plates, Bars, and Strip.
    C.   ASTM A653 G90-Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated by the Hot-Dip Process.
    D.   MSS SP58- Manufacturers Standardization Society: Pipe Hangers and Supports- Materials, Design,
         and Manufacture.
    E.   MSS SP69 - Manufacturers Standardization Society: Pipe Hangers and Supports- Selection and
         Application.
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE
    A.   Hangers and supports used in fire protection piping systems shall be listed and labeled by
         Underwriters Laboratories.
    B.   Steel pipe hangers and supports shall have the manufacturers name, part number, and applicable
         size stamped in the part itself for identification.
    C.   Hangers and supports shall be designed and manufactured in conformance with MSS SP 58.

PART II- PRODUCTS
2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS
    A.   Manufacturer: B-Line or equal.
2.02 PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS
    A.   HANGERS
         1. Uninsulated pipes 2 inch and smaller:
            a. Adjustable steel swivel ring (band type) hanger.
            b. Adjustable steel swivel J-hanger.
            c. Malleable iron ring hanger, or hinged ring hanger.
            d. Malleable iron split-ring hanger with eye socket.




PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS                                                                             15140 - 6
ST. JOHNS COUNTY MINIMUM SECURITY CORRECTIONAL FACILITY                             ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050
ST. AUGUSTINE, FLORIDA


              e. Adjustable steel clevis hanger.
         2.   Uninsulated pipes 2-1/2 inch and larger:
              a. Adjustable steel clevis hanger.
              b. Pipe roll with sockets.
              c. Adjustable steel yoke pipe roll.
         3.   Insulated pipe- Hot or steam piping:
              a. 2 inch and smaller pipes: use adjustable steel clevis with galvanized sheet metal shield.
              b. 2-1/2 inch and larger pipes:
                    1) Adjustable steel yoke pipe roll with pipe covering protection saddle.
                    2) Pipe roll with sockets with pipe covering protection saddle.
         4.   Insulated pipe- Cold or chilled water piping:
              a. 5 inch and smaller pipes: use adjustable steel clevis with galvanized sheet metal shield.
    B.   PIPE CLAMPS
         1. When flexibility in the hanger assembly is required due to horizontal movement, use pipe clamps
             with weldless eye nuts. For insulated lines use double bolted pipe clamps.
    C.   MULTIPLE OR TRAPEZE HANGERS
         1. Trapeze hangers shall be constructed from 12 gauge roll formed ASTM A570 Gr. 33 structural
            steel channel, 1-5/8@ x 1-5/8@ minimum.
         2. Mount pipes to trapeze with 2 piece pipe straps sized for outside diameter of pipe.
         3. For pipes subjected to axial movement:
             a. Strut mounted roller support. Use pipe protection shield or saddles on insulated lines.
             b. Strut mounted pipe guide.
    D.   WALL SUPPORTS
         1. Pipes 4 inch and smaller:
            a. Carbon steel hook.
            b. Carbon steel J-hanger.
         2. Pipes larger than 4 inch:
            a. Welded strut bracket and pipe straps.
            b. Welded steel brackets, with roller chair or adjustable steel yoke pipe roll. Use pipe
                 protection shield or saddles on insulated lines.
    E.   VERTICAL SUPPORTS
         1. Steel riser clamp sized to fit outside diameter of pipe.
    F.   COPPER TUBING SUPPORTS
         1. Hangers shall be sized to fit copper tubing outside diameters.
            a. Adjustable steel swivel ring (band type) hanger.
            b. Malleable iron ring hanger, or hinged ring hanger.
            c. Malleable iron split-ring hanger with eye socket.
            d. Adjustable steel clevis hanger.




PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS                                                                         15140 - 6
ST. JOHNS COUNTY MINIMUM SECURITY CORRECTIONAL FACILITY                                 ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050
ST. AUGUSTINE, FLORIDA


         2.   For supporting vertical runs use epoxy painted or plastic coated riser clamps.
         3.   For supporting copper tube to strut use epoxy painted pipe straps sized for copper tubing, or
              plastic inserted vibration isolation clamps.
    G. PLASTIC PIPE SUPPORTS
       1. V-Bottom clevis hanger with galvanized 18 gauge continuous support channel, to form a
           continuous support system for plastic pipe or flexible tubing.
    H.   SUPPLEMENTARY STRUCTURAL SUPPORTS
         1. Design and fabricate supports using pre-manufacturered structural quality steel bolted framing
            materials suitable for application. Channels shall be roll formed, 12 gauge ASTM A570 Grade
            33 steel, 1-5/8" x 1-5/8" or greater as required by loading conditions. Use clamps and fittings
            designed for use with the strut system.
2.03 UPPER ATTACHMENTS
    A.   For light commercial jobs with wood frame construction, any material meeting an approved
         interpretion of the Florida Plumbing Code or Florida Mechanical Code, as applicable, is acceptable.
    B.   BEAM CLAMPS
         1. Beam clamps shall be used where piping is to be suspended from building steel. Clamp type
            shall be selected on the basis of load to be supported, and load configuration.
         2. C-Clamps shall have locknuts and cup point set screws. Top flange c-clamps shall be used
            when attaching a hanger rod to the top flange of structural shapes. Refer to manufacturer's
            recommendation for setscrew torque. Retaining straps shall be used to maintain the clamps
            position on the beam where required.
         3. Center loaded beam clamps shall be used where specified. Malleable iron or forged steel beam
            clamps with cross bolt shall be as required to fit beams.
    C.   CONCRETE INSERTS
         1. Cast in place spot concrete inserts shall be used where applicable, either steel or malleable iron
            body. Spot inserts shall allow for lateral adjustment and have means for attachment to forms.
            Select inserts to suit threaded hanger rod sizes.
         2. Continuous concrete inserts shall be used where applicable. Channels shall be 12 gauge,
            ASTM A 570 Grade 33 structural quality carbon steel, complete with styrofoam inserts and end
            caps with nail holes for attachment to forms. The continuous concrete insert shall have a load
            rating of 2,000 lbs/ft. in concrete. Select channel nuts suitable for strut and rod sizes.
2.04 VIBRATION ISOLATION AND SUPPORTS
    A.   For refrigeration, air conditioning, hydraulic, pneumatic, and other vibrating system applications, use
         a clamp that has a vibration dampening insert and a nylon inserted locknut.
    B.   For larger tubing or piping subjected to vibration, use neoprene or spring hangers as required.




PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS                                                                             15140 - 6
ST. JOHNS COUNTY MINIMUM SECURITY CORRECTIONAL FACILITY                                ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050
ST. AUGUSTINE, FLORIDA


    C.   For base mounted equipment use vibration pads, molded neoprene mounts, or spring mounts as
         required.
    D.   Vibration isolation products as manufactured by B-Line, Vibratrol systems, or equal.
2.05 ACCESSORIES
    A.   For light commercial jobs with wood frame construction, any material meeting an approved
         interpretion of the Florida Plumbing or Mechanical Code, as applicable is acceptable.
    B.   Hanger Rods shall be threaded both ends, or continuous threaded rods of circular cross section.
         Use adjusting locknuts at upper attachments and hangers. No wire, chain, or perforated straps are
         allowed.
    C.   Shields shall be 180 degree galvanized sheet metal, 12 inch minimum length, 18 gauge minimum
         thickness, designed to match outside diameter of the insulated pipe.
    D.   Pipe protection saddles shall be formed from carbon steel, 1/8 inch minimum thickness, sized for
         insulation thickness. Saddles for pipe sizes greater than 12 inch shall have a center support rib.
2.06 FINISHES
    A.   INDOOR FINISHES
         1. Hangers and clamps for support of bare copper piping shall be coated with copper colored
             epoxy paint. Additional PVC coating of the epoxy painted hanger shall be used where
             necessary.
         2. Hangers for other than bare copper pipe shall be zinc plated in accordance with ASTM B633 OR
             shall have an electro-deposited green epoxy finish, B-Line Dura-Green or equal.
         3. Strut channels shall be pre-galvanized in accordance with ASTM A653 G90 OR have an
             electro-deposited green epoxy finish, B-Line Dura-Green, or equal.
    B.   OUTDOOR & CORROSIVE AREA FINISHES
         1. Hangers and strut located outdoors shall be hot dip galvanized after fabrication in accordance
            with ASTM A123. All hanger hardware shall be hot dip galvanized or stainless steel. Zinc plated
            hardware is not acceptable for outdoor or corrosive use.
         2. Hangers and strut located in corrosive areas shall be type 304 [316] stainless steel with stainless
            steel hardware.

PART III- EXECUTION
3.01 PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS
    A.   For light commercial jobs with wood frame construction, any method meeting an approved
         interpretion of the Florida Plumbing Code or Florida Mechanical Code, as applicable, is acceptable.
    B.   Pipe shall be adequately supported by pipe hanger and supports specified in PART II- PRODUCTS.




PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS                                                                            15140 - 6
ST. JOHNS COUNTY MINIMUM SECURITY CORRECTIONAL FACILITY                               ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050
ST. AUGUSTINE, FLORIDA


         Hangers for insulated pipes shall be sized to accommodate insulation thickness.
    C.   Vertical and horizontal support spacing requirements vary according to the locally adopted plumbing
         code and piping manufacturer's recommendations. Consult local code and piping manufacturer for
         spacing requirements. In case of conflict, the more strigent requirement shall apply. Do not exceed
         spacing requirements indicated for the following rod diameters.
    D.   Horizontal steel piping shall be supported in accordance with MSS SP-69 Tables 3 and 4, excerpts
         of which follow below.
         1.     NOMINAL PIPE SIZE             ROD DIAMETER                MAXIMUM SPACING
              a. ½" - 1-1/4"                      3/8"                           7'
              b. 1-1/2"                           3/8"                          9'
              c. 2"                               3/8"                          10'
              d. 2-1/2"                            ½"                            11'
              e. 3"                                ½"                            12'
              f. 3-1/2"                            ½"                           13'
              g. 4"                                5/8"                          14'
    E.   Horizontal copper tubing shall be supported in accordance with MSS SP-69 Tables 3 and 4, excerpts
         of which follow below
         1.     NOMINAL PIPE SIZE            ROD DIAMETER                MAXIMUM SPACING
              a. ½"-3/4"                         3/8"                            5'
              b. 1"                               3/8"                            6'
              c. 1-1/4"                          3/8"                            7'
              d. 1-1/2"                          3/8"                            8'
              e. 2"                               3/8"                           8'
              f. 2-1/2"                            ½"                            9'
              g. 3"                                ½"                           10'
              h. 3-1/2"                            ½"                           10'
              i. 4"                                ½"                            12'
    F.   Provide means of preventing dissimilar metal contact such as plastic coated hangers, copper colored
         epoxy paint, or non adhesive isolation tape. Galvanized felt isolators sized for copper tubing may also
         be used.
    G. Support horizontal cast iron pipe adjacent to each hub, with 5 feet maximum spacing between
       hangers.
    H.   Install hangers to provide a minimum of 1/2 inch space between finished covering and adjacent work.
    I.   Place a hanger within 12 inches of each horizontal elbow.
    J.   Support vertical piping independently of connected horizontal piping. As a minimum, support vertical
         pipes at every floor. (Local code may require closer spacing) Wherever possible, locate riser clamps




PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS                                                                            15140 - 6
ST. JOHNS COUNTY MINIMUM SECURITY CORRECTIONAL FACILITY                                 ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050
ST. AUGUSTINE, FLORIDA


         directly below pipe couplings or shear lugs.
    K.   Where several pipes can be installed in parallel and at the same elevation, provide trapeze hangers
         as specified in section 2.02 C. Trapeze hangers shall be spaced according to the smallest pipe size,
         or install intermediate supports according to schedule in section 3.01B.
    L.   Do not support piping from other pipes, ductwork or other equipment which is not building structure.
3.02 CONCRETE INSERTS
    A.   Provide inserts for placement in formwork before concrete is poured.
    B.   Provide inserts for suspending hangers from reinforced concrete slabs and sides of reinforced
         concrete beams.
    C.   Where concrete slabs form finished ceilings, provide inserts to be flush with slab surface.
    D.   Provide hooked rod to concrete reinforcement section for inserts carrying pipe over 4 in.

                                              END OF SECTION




PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS                                                                              15140 - 6
ST. JOHNS COUNTY MINIMUM SECURITY CORRECTIONAL FACILITY                            ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050
ST. AUGUSTINE, FLORIDA


                                    SECTION 15145 - PLUMBING PIPING

PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
    A.   Pipe, pipe fittings, valves, and connections for piping systems.
         1. Sanitary sewer.
         2. Domestic water.
         3. Gas.
1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDS
    A.   ASME B16.3 - Malleable Iron Threaded Fittings; The American Society of Mechanical Engineers;
         1998 (R2006).
    B.   ASME B31.1 - Power Piping; The American Society of Mechanical Engineers; 2004 (ANSI/ASME
         B31.1).
    C.   ASME B31.9 - Building Services Piping; The American Society of Mechanical Engineers; 2004
         (ANSI/ASME B31.9).
    D.   ASTM A 53/A 53M - Standard Specification for Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot-Dipped, Zinc-Coated,
         Welded and Seamless; 2006a.
    E.   ASTM A 234/A 234M - Standard Specification for Piping Fittings of Wrought Carbon Steel and Alloy
         Steel for Moderate and High Temperature Service; 2006a.
    F.   ASTM D 2564 - Standard Specification for Solvent Cements for Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic
         Piping Systems; 2004.
    G. ASTM D 2665 - Standard Specification for Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Drain, Waste, and Vent
       Pipe and Fittings; 2007.
    H.   ASTM D 2846/D 2846M - Standard Specification for Chlorinated Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (CPVC) Plastic
         Hot- and Cold-Water Distribution Systems; 2006.
    I.   ASTM D 2855 - Standard Practice for Making Solvent-Cemented Joints with Poly(Vinyl Chloride)
         (PVC) Pipe and Fittings; 1996 (Reapproved 2002).
    J.   ASTM D 3034 - Standard Specification for Type PSM Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Sewer Pipe and
         Fittings; 2006.
    K.   ASTM F 437 - Standard Specification for Threaded Chlorinated Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (CPVC) Plastic
         Pipe Fittings, Schedule 80; 2006.
    L.   ASTM F 438 - Standard Specification for Socket-Type Chlorinated Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (CPVC)
         Plastic Pipe Fittings, Schedule 40; 2004.




PLUMBING PIPING                                                                                  15145 - 7
ST. JOHNS COUNTY MINIMUM SECURITY CORRECTIONAL FACILITY                             ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050
ST. AUGUSTINE, FLORIDA


    M. ASTM F 439 - Standard Specification for Chlorinated Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (CPVC) Plastic Pipe
       Fittings, Schedule 80; 2006.
    N.   ASTM F 441/F 441M - Standard Specification for Chlorinated Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (CPVC) Plastic
         Pipe, Schedules 40 and 80; 2002.
    O. ASTM F 442/F 442M - Standard Specification for Chlorinated Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (CPVC) Plastic
       Pipe (SDR-PR); 1999 (Reapproved 2005).
    P.   ASTM F 493 - Standard Specification for Solvent Cements for Chlorinated Poly (Vinyl Chloride)
         (CPVC) Plastic Pipe and Fittings; 2004.
    Q. AWWA C105/A21.5 - Polyethylene Encasement for Ductile-Iron Pipe Systems; American Water Works
       Association; 2005 (ANSI/AWWA C105/A21.5).
    R.   MSS SP-110 - Ball Valves Threaded, Socket-Welding, Solder Joint, Grooved and Flared Ends;
         Manufacturers Standardization Society of the Valve and Fittings Industry, Inc.; 1996.
    S.   NFPA 54 - National Fuel Gas Code; National Fire Protection Association; 2006.
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE
    A.   Valves: Manufacturer's name and pressure rating marked on valve body.

PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 SANITARY SEWER PIPING, BURIED WITHIN 5 FEET OF BUILDING
    A.   PVC Pipe: PVC DWV Schedule 40, ASTM D 2665.
         1. Fittings: PVC.
         2. Joints: Solvent welded, with ASTM D 2564 solvent cement.
2.02 SANITARY SEWER PIPING, ABOVE GRADE
    A.   PVC Pipe: ASTM D 2665.
         1. Fittings: PVC.
         2. Joints: Solvent welded, with ASTM D 2564 solvent cement.
2.03 WATER PIPING, BURIED WITHIN 5 FEET OF BUILDING
    A.   CPVC Pipe: 2" and smaller: ASTM D 2846; larger than 2": F441 Sch 80.
         1. Fittings: ASTM F 437, ASTM F 438, ASTM F 439, CPVC.
         2. Joints: ASTM D 2855, solvent weld with ASTM D 2564 solvent cement. ASTM F 656 primer.
2.04 WATER PIPING, ABOVE GRADE
    A.   CPVC Pipe: 2" and smaller: ASTM D 2846; larger than 2": F441 Sch 80.
         1. Fittings: ASTM F 437, ASTM F 438, ASTM F 439, CPVC.
         2. Joints: ASTM D 2855, solvent weld with ASTM D 2564 solvent cement. ASTM F 656 primer.




PLUMBING PIPING                                                                                   15145 - 7
ST. JOHNS COUNTY MINIMUM SECURITY CORRECTIONAL FACILITY                               ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050
ST. AUGUSTINE, FLORIDA


2.05 PIPING INSULATION
    A.   All insulation materials and coatings shall meet flame spread and smoke developed ratings per NFPA
         Bulletin 90-A when tested in accordance with ASTM Standard E 84. Smoke developed less than or
         equal to 50, and flame spread less than or equal to 25. All coatings and mastics shall be
         non-flammable in wet state.
    B.   Piping insulation shall be fiberglass, ASTM C 547 and ASTM C 795; rigid molded, noncombustible
         installed in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Vapor Barrier Jacket: White kraft paper with
         glass fiber yarn, bonded to aluminized film; moisture vapor transmission when tested in accordance
         with ASTM E 96 of 0.02 perm-inches. Insulation thicknesses shall be as follows: Insulation
         thicknesses shall be as follows:
         1. Conductivity: 0.24 to 0.28 (Btu-in/(hr-ft3-degree F)
         2. Cold Water: 1/2" thick (locations outside building insulation or as noted on plans)
         3. Hot Water:
               a. Runouts up to 2" & 12' in length: 1/2"
               b. Pipe sizes 2" and less: 1"
               c. Pipe sizes 2-1/2" and greater: 1.5"
2.06 NATURAL GAS PIPING, BURIED WITHIN 5 FEET OF BUILDING
    A.   Steel Pipe: ASTM A 53/A 53M Schedule 40 black.
         1. Fittings: ASTM A 234/A 234M, wrought steel welding type.
         2. Joints: ASME B31.1, welded.
         3. Jacket: AWWA C105/A21.5 polyethylene jacket or double layer, half-lapped 10 mil polyethylene
              tape.
2.07 NATURAL GAS PIPING, ABOVE GRADE
    A.   Steel Pipe: ASTM A 53/A 53M Schedule 40 black.
         1. Fittings: ASME B16.3, malleable iron, or ASTM A 234/A 234M, wrought steel welding type.
         2. Joints: NFPA 54, threaded or welded to ASME B31.1.
2.08 BALL VALVES
    A.   Manufacturers:
         1. Nibco, Inc; Model 585-70-66: www.nibco.com.
         2. Appollo; Model 77-140.
    B.   Construction: MSS SP-110, 150 psi SWP and 600 psi WOG, full port cast bronze two piece body (no
         yellow brass containing more than 15% zinc), ASTM B-61, ASTM B-62, or ASTM B-584, stainless
         steel ball and stem, TFE seats and seals, blow-out proof stem, lever handle, adjustable memory
         stops, solder or threaded ends with union. Where piping is insulated, provide protective sleeve that
         allows operation of valve without breaking vapor barrier.




PLUMBING PIPING                                                                                     15145 - 7
ST. JOHNS COUNTY MINIMUM SECURITY CORRECTIONAL FACILITY                                ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050
ST. AUGUSTINE, FLORIDA


    C.   Valves handles in domestic water systems shall have the following colors: red for hot water service;
         blue for cold water service.
2.09 SLEEVES AND ESCUTCHEONS
    A.   Sleeves shall be 18 gauge galvanized steel or pre-formed plastic. Sleeves shall be sized to allow
         approximately 1/8" gap around the pipe or its insulation.
    B.   Sleeves through floor slabs shall be galvanized steel pipe of proper size. Sleeves through floor slabs
         shall extend 2" above the finished floor.
    C.   Escutcheon plates for finished spaces will be nickel-plated.

PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 PREPARATION
    A.   Ream pipe and tube ends. Remove burrs.
    B.   Remove scale and dirt, on inside and outside, before assembly.
    C.   Prepare piping connections to equipment with flanges or unions.
3.02 INSTALLATION
    A.   Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
    B.   Provide non-conducting dielectric connections wherever joining dissimilar metals.
    C.   Route piping in orderly manner and maintain gradient. Route parallel and perpendicular to walls,
         unless otherwise indicated on drawings.
    D.   Install piping to maintain headroom, conserve space, and not interfere with use of space.
    E.   Group piping whenever practical at common elevations.
    F.   Final routing of all piping shall allow for expansion and contraction without stressing pipe, joints, or
         connected equipment. Vent piping roof penetrations shall be made using flashing collars which are
         designed to allow for expansion and contraction (Stoneman or equal). Where expansion of vent stack
         or stack vent exceeds flashing manufacturer's recommendations, provide suitable offset or approved
         expansion device to accomodate expansion. Provide expansion joints and/or loops or approved
         expansion fittings as required in all runs of domestic water and DWV lines to avoid shearing of branch
         lines at structural members or otherwise overstressing joints. Expansion shall be based on
         manufacturer's data for an 80 degree Faranheit temperature rise, and the individual length of pipe.
         Submit any specific concerns to Engineer for evaluation. Submit shop drawings of expansion loops
         and offsets when requested.
    G. Provide clearance in hangers and from structure and other equipment for installation of insulation and
       access to valves and fittings.




PLUMBING PIPING                                                                                       15145 - 7
ST. JOHNS COUNTY MINIMUM SECURITY CORRECTIONAL FACILITY                                    ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050
ST. AUGUSTINE, FLORIDA


    H.   Provide access panels where valves and fittings are not exposed. Panels shall be provided in
         locations approved by the Architect and shall meet fire ratings of walls or ceilings. Adjust location of
         valves/piping when requested.
    I.   Install all piping in lavatory cabinets and vanities as tight to the rear of the cabinet or vanity as
         possible to provide full utilization of the cabinet or vanity for storage.
    J.   Install all piping so as not to interfere with any electric lighting outlets, ductwork, other piping, or
         equipment. Do not install piping in front of any door or window and avoid interference with any such
         openings. Do not install any piping over any motors, transformers, electrical panels, or other
         electrical equipment.
    K.   Establish elevations of buried piping outside the building to ensure not less than 1.5 ft of cover at all
         locations @ 1/4" per foot grade.
    L.   Install vent piping penetrating roofed areas to maintain integrity of roof assembly. Flash all vents
         passing through roof.
    M. ALL FIRE RATED ASSEMBLY PIPING PENETRATIONS MUST BE MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH
       THE FIRE RATED ASSEMBLY'S UL LISTING, AND APPROVED BY AUTHORITY HAVING
       JURISDICTION.
    N.   Provide and install permanent metal tags identifying all valves and equipment.
    O. Refer to Section 15001 for excavation, backfilling and pumping requirements.
    P.   Install valves with stems upright or horizontal, not inverted.
    Q. Pipe vents from gas pressure reducing valves to outdoors and terminate in weather proof hood.
    R.   Install water piping to ASME B31.9.
    S.   Buried water piping shall be at least 12" deep.
    T.   Install trap primers in accessible locations. Provide access panels as necessary.
    U.   Maintain water/sewer horizontal separation of 10'.
    V.   PVC Pipe: Make solvent-welded joints in accordance with ASTM D 2855.
    W. Sleeve pipes passing through partitions, walls and floors with a schedule 40 pipe two sizes larger.
    X.   Prior to locating building drain and branch lines, confirm piping will not be placed so as to run
         lengthwise under load bearing portions of or in footings. Adjust placement of pipe as necessary to
         avoid this condition.
    Y.   Insulation
         1. Insulate all hot water distribution piping and all cold water piping exposed ambient temperatures
              including cold water piping in uninsulated attic space.




PLUMBING PIPING                                                                                            15145 - 7
ST. JOHNS COUNTY MINIMUM SECURITY CORRECTIONAL FACILITY                                    ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050
ST. AUGUSTINE, FLORIDA


         2.   Use application details in accordance with the insulating material supplies recommendations
              except where a higher standard is specified herein.
         3.   Run covering for piping unbroken through hanger clevises, sleeves, etc. Use details for covering
              odd surfaces such that continuous covering with unbroken vapor barrier is provided. Use these
              same covering and hanging details for pipes connecting to vibrating equipment or carrying
              pulsating pressure to avoid metal-to-metal contact between pipes and hangers.
         4.   Provide an insert, not less than 6" long, of the same thickness and contour as adjoining
              insulation, between support shield and piping, but under the finish jacket, on piping 2" or larger,
              to prevent insulation from sagging at support points. Use heavy density insulating materials
              suitable for the specified temperature range and strong enough to prevent crushing.
         5.   Cover surfaces of valves, fittings, strainers, and specialties with built-up Insulation around
              irregular shapes to form smooth cylindrical surfaces. Cover such specialties in "cold" systems
              with special care to maintain continuous vapor barrier. Cover flanges and ground joint unions in
              "cold" systems.
    Z.   Sleeve and Escutcheon Installation
         1. Accurately locate and set required sleeves in walls, foundations, floors, etc.. Where more than
              one pipe is necessarily passed through a single sleeve as to a unit piping enclosure or other
              conditions resulting in larger than 1/8" gap within the sleeve, tightly pack space with proper
              material to form a barrier against sound, vermin, fire, etc.
         2. Provide escutcheons on all finished surfaces where exposed piping, bare or insulated, pass
              through floors, walls or ceilings, except in boiler, utility or equipment rooms. Fasten escutcheons
              securely to pipe or pipe covering.
3.03 APPLICATION
    A.   Fixtures, Floor Drains and Cleanouts: Provide all fixtures and floor drains with traps to comply with
         local regulations and as hereinafter specified. Provide exposed traps with brass cleanout plugs.
         Provide cleanouts in soil and waste lines as shown on the Plans and as required by the governing
         codes. Extend cleanouts for piping concealed in floor or ceiling construction through the floor above
         and provide with adjustable floor level cleanout set flush with the finished floor. Use wall cleanouts for
         piping concealed in wall construction only where indicated on the Drawings
    B.   Install unions downstream of valves and at equipment or apparatus connections.
    C.   Install gate valves or ball valves for shut-off and to isolate equipment, part of systems, or vertical risers.
    D.   Provide check valves on discharge of water pumps.
    E.   Provide regulator and plug valves in natural gas systems for service entrance.
    F.   Provide flow controls in water recirculating systems where indicated.
3.04 ERECTION TOLERANCES




PLUMBING PIPING                                                                                           15145 - 7
ST. JOHNS COUNTY MINIMUM SECURITY CORRECTIONAL FACILITY                                   ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050
ST. AUGUSTINE, FLORIDA


    A.   Drainage Piping: Establish invert elevations within 1/2 inch vertically of location indicated and slope
         to drain at minimum of 1/4 inch per foot slope.
    B.   Water Piping: Slope at minimum of 1/32 inch per foot and arrange to drain at low points.
3.05 TESTS
    A.   Testing requirements are minimum and are not intended to be limiting where additional testing
         methods are required by the authority having jurisdiction.
    B.   All drainage, vent and inside conductor piping shall be tested before fixtures are installed by capping
         or plugging the openings and filling the entire system with water, allowing it to stand thus filled for 3
         hours. If required to test system in sections, provide necessary test tees, plugs and stand pipe to test
         the system with at least 10 feet of pressure. Remake all leaking joints and retest.
    C.   Test all water supply piping before fixtures, equipment and/or hydrants are connected. Cap or plug
         the openings, fill the system with water and apply a hydrostatic pressure of 125 PSIG. Hold test
         pressure for at least 2 hours. Remake all leaking joints and retest.
    D.   Test each fixture for soundness, stability of support and satisfactory operation of all its parts.
3.06 DISINFECTION OF DOMESTIC WATER PIPING SYSTEM
    A.   Disinfect the domestic water piping system in accordance with local municipality requirements. In the
         absence of a locally adopted municipality procedure, after all plumbing work has been completed and
         the system tested, disinfect the system as follows:
         1. Prior to starting work, verify system is complete, flushed and clean.
         2. After tests are completed, fill all water supply systems with a solution containing 50 PPM of
              chlorine and allow to stand for a period of at least 24 hours. As an alternate, fill the system with
              a solution containing 200 PPM of chlorine and allow to stand for 3 hours.
         3. Following the standing time, the systems shall be flushed with clean potable water until the
              chlorine is purged from the system.
         4. The procedure shall be repeated where shown by a bacteriological examination that
              contamination remains present in the system.
    B.   Deliver a dated letter certifying sterilization to the Architect.
3.07 SERVICE CONNECTIONS
    A.   Provide new sanitary sewer services. Before commencing work check invert elevations required for
         sewer connections, confirm inverts and ensure that these can be properly connected with slope for
         drainage and cover to avoid freezing.

                                                 END OF SECTION




PLUMBING PIPING                                                                                          15145 - 7
ST. JOHNS COUNTY MINIMUM SECURITY CORRECTIONAL FACILITY                                 ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050
ST. AUGUSTINE, FLORIDA


                                 SECTION 15146 - PLUMBING SPECIALTIES

PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
     A.   Floor drains.
     B.   Cleanouts.
     C.   Hydrants.
     D.   Trap primers.
     E.   Water hammer arrestors.
1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDS
     A.   ASME A112.6.3 - Floor and Trench Drains; The American Society of Mechanical Engineers; 2001
          (R2007).
     B.   ASSE 1019 - Vacuum Breaker Wall Hydrants, Freeze Resistant Automatic Draining Type; American
          Society of Sanitary Engineering; 2004 (ANSI/ASSE 1019).
     C.   PDI-WH 201 - Water Hammer Arresters; Plumbing and Drainage Institute; 2006.

PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 Floor Drain (FD):
     A.   ASME A112.21.1M; lacquered cast iron two piece body (adjustable housing) with double drainage
          flange, weep holes, and round, adjustable nickel-bronze strainer, trap primer connection. Outlet size
          shall match connecting waste pipe size.
     B.   Where indicated, provide sediment bucket. For Clay County projects, provide 40 mesh screens.
     C.   Polished bronze funnel or anti-splash rim for mechanical room applications.
     D.   Provide trap primers below lavatories where indicated on drawings.
2.02 CLEANOUTS
     A.   Manufacturers:
          1. Jay R. Smith Manufacturing Company: www.jayrsmith.com.
          2. Zurn Industries, Inc: www.zurn.com.
     B.   All cleanouts shall have plugs of nylon or brass with raised or countersunk heads and shall conform to
          WW-P-401.
     C.   Cleanouts at Exterior Surfaced Areas:




PLUMBING SPECIALTIES                                                                                 15146 - 2
ST. JOHNS COUNTY MINIMUM SECURITY CORRECTIONAL FACILITY                               ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050
ST. AUGUSTINE, FLORIDA


         1.   Round cast nickel bronze access frame and non-skid cover.
    D.   Cleanouts at Interior Finished Wall Areas:
         1. Line type with lacquered cast iron body and round epoxy coated gasketed cover, and round
              stainless steel access cover secured with machine screw.
2.03 HYDRANTS
    A.   Wall Hydrants:
         1. ASSE 1019; freeze resistant, self-draining type with chrome plated wall plate hose thread spout,
              handwheel, and integral vacuum breaker.
2.04 WATER HAMMER ARRESTORS
    A.   Manufacturers:
         1. Jay R. Smith Manufacturing Company: www.jayrsmith.com.
         2. Watts Regulator Company: www.wattsregulator.com.
         3. Zurn Industries, Inc: www.zurn.com.
    B.   Water Hammer Arrestors:
         1. Stainless steel or copper construction, bellows type sized in accordance with PDI-WH 201,
             precharged suitable for operation in temperature range -100 to 300 degrees F and maximum
             250 psi working pressure.
2.05 TRAP PRIMERS
    A.   Trap primers shall conform to ANSI 1018, and shall be provided for all floor drains unless otherwise
         indicated on drawings.

PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
    A.   Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
    B.   Extend cleanouts to finished floor or wall surface. Lubricate threaded cleanout plugs with mixture of
         graphite and linseed oil. Ensure clearance at cleanout for rodding of drainage system.
    C.   Encase exterior cleanouts in concrete or cast iron access box (paved areas) or pvc access box
         (unpaved areas) flush with grade.
    D.   Install floor cleanouts at elevation to accommodate finished floor.
    E.   Install water hammer arrestors complete with accessible isolation valves on hot and cold water
         supply piping to lavatories, flush valves, and sinks[<>] in accordance with PDI WH 201 guidelines as
         outlined in drawings.

                                              END OF SECTION




PLUMBING SPECIALTIES                                                                                 15146 - 2
ST. JOHNS COUNTY MINIMUM SECURITY CORRECTIONAL FACILITY                                ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050
ST. AUGUSTINE, FLORIDA


                                  SECTION 15410 - PLUMBING FIXTURES

PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
    A.   Water closets.
    B.   Urinals.
    C.   Lavatories.
    D.   Sinks.
    E.   Service sinks.
    F.   Drinking fountains.
    G. Showers.
1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
    A.   Section 07900 - Joint Sealers: Seal fixtures to walls and floors.
1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS
    A.   ANSI Z124.2 - American National Standard for Plastic Shower Units; 1995.
    B.   ASME A112.18.1 - Plumbing Supply Fittings; The American Society of Mechanical Engineers; 2005.
    C.   ASME A112.19.1M - Enameled Cast Iron Plumbing Fixtures; The American Society of Mechanical
         Engineers; 1994 (R2004).
    D.   ASME A112.19.2 - Vitreous China Plumbing Fixtures and Hydraulic Requirements for Water Closets
         and Urinals; The American Society of Mechanical Engineers; 2003.
    E.   ASME A112.19.3 - Stainless Steel Plumbing Fixtures (Designed for Residential Use); The American
         Society of Mechanical Engineers; 2000 (R2004).
    F.   ASME A112.19.4M - Porcelain Enameled Formed Steel Plumbing Fixtures; The American Society of
         Mechanical Engineers; 1994 (R2004).

PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 GENERAL
    A.   The following specifications supplement the fixtures as scheduled on the drawings. See schedule for
         approved manufacturer's/models.
    B.   Prior to ordering fixtures, confirm dimensional fit-up requirements for DWV piping layouts,
         framing/millwork, faucet trim holes, etc., and coordinate any required adjustments to ensure proper fit,




PLUMBING FIXTURES                                                                                     15410 - 4
ST. JOHNS COUNTY MINIMUM SECURITY CORRECTIONAL FACILITY                                  ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050
ST. AUGUSTINE, FLORIDA


         form and function of each fixture.
2.02 WATER CLOSETS (Flush Valve Type)
    A.   Unless otherwise indicated, all water closets shall comply with the following requirements: 1.6 GPF
         floor mounted or or wall mounted as scheduled vitreous china (ASME A112.19.2M), syphon jet with
         elongated rim. Provide open front, white plastic seat, hinged, without cover, compatible with toilet.
         Provide all required fittings for complete installation including, but not limited to, 1-1/2" top spud &
         bolt caps.
    B.   All water closets identified on drawings as "ADA" or "Handicapped" shall have mounting height of 17"
         to 19" inches as measured from the finished floor to the top of seat.
    C.   FLUSH VALVES
         1. Sensor Operated Flush Valve:
             a. ASME A112.18.1M; concealed rough brass, diaphragm type with low voltage operated
                 solenoid operator, infrared sensor and over-ride button in chrome plated plate, wheel
                 handle stop and vacuum breaker; maximum 1.6 gallon flush volume.
2.03 WALL HUNG URINALS
    A.   Urinal:
         1. ASME A112.19.2M; vitreous china, wall hung washout urinal with shields, integral trap,
              removable stainless steel strainer, top spud, steel supporting hanger.
    B.   Sensor Operated Flush Valve:
         1. ASME A112.18.1M; concealed rough brass, diaphragm type with low voltage operated solenoid
             operator, infrared sensor and over-ride button in chrome plated plate, wheel handle stop and
             vacuum breaker; maximum 1 gallon flush volume.
2.04 CARRIER:
    A.   ASME A112.6.1M; cast iron and steel frame with tubular legs, lugs for floor and wall attachment,
         threaded fixture studs for fixture hanger, bearing studs.
2.05 LAVATORIES
    A.   Unless otherwise indicated, all lavatories shall comply with the following requirements: Vitreous china
         (ASME A112.19.2M) with front overflow, drillings for required trim, 1/2" flexible supplies, escutcheon
         plates and stop valves. Countertop lavatories shall be sealed, self rimming. Exposed traps and arms
         shall be brass with cleanout. Provide removable P-traps. Faucets (ASME A112.18.1M) shall limit flow
         to 0.5 GPM at 80 PSI.
    B.   All lavatories identified on drawings as "ADA" or "Handicapped" shall be mounted with rim or counter
         surface no higher than 34" above finished floor, with at least 29" height from finished floor to bottom of
         apron, and knee & toe clearance as identified in Florida Accessibility Code, Fig. 31. Provide offset




PLUMBING FIXTURES                                                                                       15410 - 4
ST. JOHNS COUNTY MINIMUM SECURITY CORRECTIONAL FACILITY                                    ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050
ST. AUGUSTINE, FLORIDA


         waste as required. Controls shall be operable with one hand and shall not require tight grasping,
         pinching or twisting of the wrist, and shall activate with less than 5 lbs of force. Provide ADA
         compliant protective shielding for piping and all sharp or abrasive surfaces under lavatory.
2.06 SINKS
    A.   Unless otherwise indicated, all sinks shall comply with the following requirements: Stainless steel
         (ASME A112.19.3M), sealed, self rimming, undercoated with required drillings for required trim, 1/2"
         flexible supplies, escutcheon plates and stop valves. Exposed traps and arms shall be brass with
         cleanout. Provide removable P-traps. Faucets (ASME A112.18.1M) shall limit flow to 2.5 GPM at 80
         PSI.
2.07 SHOWERS
    A.   Unless otherwise indicated, all showers shall comply with the following requirements:
         1. Provide shower pan system for tiled or sectional showers. All joints between pans and drains, as
              well as shower sections shall be sealed.
         2. Trim. As scheduled.
         3. All showers identified on drawings as "ADA" or "Handicapped" shall comply with the following:
              shower stalls and location of controls shall meet the dimensional criteria of the Florida
              Accessibility Code, latest edition, and shall include ADA seat and grab gars. A shower spray unit
              with a 60" long hose that can be used as a fixed shower head and as a hand held shower shall
              be provided. Controls shall be operable with one hand and shall not require tight grasping,
              pinching or twisting of the wrist, and shall activate with less than 5 lbs of force.
2.08 DRINKING FOUNTAINS
    A.   Fountain: Molded white reinforced glass fiber with underside vandal proof cowling, hooded elevated
         anti-squirt bubbler with stream guard, automatic stream regulator, cross handle, mounting bracket,
         screwdriver stop.
2.09 SERVICE SINKS
    A.   Bowl: 24 by 24 by 10 inch high white molded stone, floor mounted, with one inch wide shoulders,
         vinyl bumper guard, stainless steel strainer.
    B.   Trim: ASME A112.18.1 exposed wall type supply with lever handles, spout wall brace, vacuum
         breaker, hose end spout, strainers, eccentric adjustable inlets, integral screwdriver stops with covering
         caps and adjustable threaded wall flanges.

PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 EXAMINATION
    A.   Verify that walls and floor finishes are prepared and ready for installation of fixtures.




PLUMBING FIXTURES                                                                                     15410 - 4
ST. JOHNS COUNTY MINIMUM SECURITY CORRECTIONAL FACILITY                                  ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050
ST. AUGUSTINE, FLORIDA


    B.   Verify that electric power is available and of the correct characteristics.
    C.   Confirm with cabinet makers and framers in advance to properly size cutouts and make other
         provisions necessary for the installation of counter top lavatories and sinks prior to purchasing.
3.02 PREPARATION
    A.   Rough-in fixture piping connections in accordance with minimum sizes indicated in fixture rough-in
         schedule for particular fixtures.
3.03 INSTALLATION
    A.   Install each fixture with trap, easily removable for servicing and cleaning.
    B.   Provide rigid or flexible supplies to fixtures with screwdriver stops, reducers, and escutcheons.
    C.   Install components level and plumb.
    D.   Install and secure fixtures in place with wall carriers and bolts.
    E.   Seal fixtures to wall and floor surfaces with sealant as specified in Section 07900, color to match
         fixture.
    F.   Solidly attach water closets to floor with lag screws. Lead flashing is not intended hold fixture in place.
3.04 INTERFACE WITH WORK OF OTHER SECTIONS
    A.   Review millwork shop drawings. Confirm location and size of fixtures and openings before rough-in
         and installation.
3.05 ADJUSTING
    A.   Adjust stops or valves for intended water flow rate to fixtures without splashing, noise, or overflow.
3.06 CLEANING AND PROTECTION
    A.   Clean plumbing fixtures and equipment.
3.07 SCHEDULES
    A.   See Drawings for fixture schedule.

                                                END OF SECTION




PLUMBING FIXTURES                                                                                       15410 - 4
ST. JOHNS COUNTY MINIMUM SECURITY CORRECTIONAL FACILITY                               ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050
ST. AUGUSTINE, FLORIDA


                                SECTION 15430 - PLUMBING EQUIPMENT

PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
    A.   Water Heaters.
1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDS
    A.   ANSI Z21.10.1 - Gas Water Heaters - Volume I - Storage Water Heaters with Input Ratings of 75,000
         Btu per Hour or Less; 2004 (with Addendum B).
    B.   ANSI Z21.10.3 - Gas Water Heaters - Volume III - Storage Water Heaters with Input Ratings Above
         75,000 Btu per Hour, Circulating and Instantaneous Water Heaters; 2004.
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE
    A.   Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the type of products specified in
         this section, with minimum three years of documented experience.
    B.   Identification: Provide pumps with manufacturer's name, model number, and rating/capacity identified
         by permanently attached label.
    C.   Standards: Ensure products and installation of specified products are in conformance with
         recommendations and requirements of the following organizations:
         1. American Gas Association (AGA).
         2. Underwriters Laboratories (UL).
1.04 CERTIFICATIONS
    A.   Water Heaters: NSF approved.
    B.   Gas Water Heaters: Certified by CSA International to ANSI Z21.10.1 or ANSI Z21.10.3, as
         applicable, in addition to requirements specified elsewhere.

PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 INSTANTANEOUS GAS WATER HEATER
    A.   Water heaters shall be indoor, wall mounted, instantaneous, multiple point-of-use natural gas fired
         direct vent units design certified to the ANSI Z21.10.3 standard for gas fired water heaters. Water
         heaters shall be sized, configured and controlled as scheduled on the plans.
    B.   Units shall have a minimum recovery energy rating of 96%.
    C.   Units shall have a minimum operating flow rate of 0.5 gpm with a 50 degree F temperature rise when
         manifolded in the configuration shown on the plans.




PLUMBING EQUIPMENT                                                                                   15430 - 2
ST. JOHNS COUNTY MINIMUM SECURITY CORRECTIONAL FACILITY                                  ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050
ST. AUGUSTINE, FLORIDA


    D.   Water heater shall be microprocessor controlled and shall utilize a direct ignition system (with no
         standing pilot), fully modulating gas control valve, turbine flow meter, automatic flow control valve and
         water temperature regulators to maintain outlet temperature between +/- 2 degrees F of setpoint.
    E.   Safety devices shall include flame failure lockout, boiling protection lockout, thermal overheat
         protection, and internal freeze protection down to 0F.
    F.   Water heater shall have an internally coated copper heat exchanger with a 5 year warranty.
    G. Units shall have stainless steel urners, solid brass flow control valves.

PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
    A.   Install water heaters in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and to UL, AGA and other listing
         requirements.
    B.   Coordinate with plumbing piping and related electrical work to achieve operating system.

                                               END OF SECTION




PLUMBING EQUIPMENT                                                                                     15430 - 2
ST. JOHNS COUNTY MINIMUM SECURITY CORRECTIONAL FACILITY                                 ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050
ST. AUGUSTINE, FLORIDA


                         SECTION 15723 - PACKAGED 100% OUTSIDE AIR UNITS

PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
    A.   Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions
         and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.02 SUMMARY
    A.   This Section includes packaged 100% outside air rooftop units.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
    A.   Product Data: Include manufacturer's technical data for each model indicated, including rated
         capacities of selected model clearly indicated; dimensions; required clearances; shipping, installed,
         and operating weights; furnished specialties; accessories; and installation and startup instructions.
    B.   Shop Drawings: Detail equipment assemblies and indicate dimensions, weights, loadings, required
         clearances, method of field assembly, components, and location and size of each field connection.
         Detail mounting, securing, and flashing of roof curb to roof structure. Indicate coordinating
         requirements with roof membrane system.
         1. Wiring Diagrams: Detail wiring for power, signal, and control systems and differentiate between
              manufacturer-installed and field-installed wiring.
    C.   Commissioning Reports: Indicate results of startup and testing commissioning requirements. Submit
         copies of checklists.
    D.   Maintenance Data: Maintenance manuals specified in Division 1.
    E.   Warranties: Special warranties specified in this Section.
1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE
    A.   Fabricate and label refrigeration system to comply with ASHRAE 15, "Safety Code for Mechanical
         Refrigeration."
    B.   Energy Efficiency Ratio: Equal to or greater than prescribed by ASHRAE 90.1, "Energy Efficient
         Design of New Buildings except Low-Rise Residential Buildings."
    C.   Listing and Labeling: Provide electrically operated components specified in this Section that are listed
         and labeled.
         1. The rooftop unit(s) shall be certified in accordance with UL Standard 1995 and ANSI Standard
               Z21.47
         2. The rooftop unit(s) shall be safety certified by an accredited testing laboratory and the
               nameplate shall carry the label of the certification agency.
         3. Unit shall be UL listed.




PACKAGED 100% OUTSIDE AIR UNITS                                                                       15723 - 7
ST. JOHNS COUNTY MINIMUM SECURITY CORRECTIONAL FACILITY                                     ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050
ST. AUGUSTINE, FLORIDA


1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
    A.   Deliver rooftop units as factory-assembled units with protective crating and covering as
         recommended by the manufacturer.
    B.   Coordinate delivery of units in sufficient time to allow movement into building.
    C.   Handle rooftop units to comply with manufacturer's written rigging and installation instructions for
         unloading and moving to final location.
1.06 COORDINATION
    A.   Coordinate installation of roof curbs, equipment supports, and roof penetrations with roof construction.
1.07 WARRANTY
    A.   Provide a 2 year parts and labor written warranty, executed by the manufacturer and signed by the
         Contractor, agreeing to replace components that fail in materials or workmanship, within the specified
         warranty period, provided manufacturer's written instructions for installation, operation, and
         maintenance have been followed. Provide a 5 year parts only warranty on the compressors.
1.08 EXTRA MATERIALS
    A.   Furnish extra materials described below that match products installed, are packaged with protective
         covering for storage, and are identified with labels describing contents.
         1. Filters: One set of filters for each unit.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 MANUFACTUERS
    A.   Manufacturers: Subject to strict compliance with the requirements of this specification, provide
         products by one of the following:
         1. AAON, Inc
         2. See section 15001 for restrictions and requirements of alternate manufacturers.
2.02 Rooftop Units
    A.   Description:
         1. Self-Contained - Factory assembled and tested; designed for roof or slab installation; and
             consisting of compressors, condenser, evaporator coil, condenser and evaporator fans,
             refrigeration and temperature controls, electric heater, filters, and dampers.
    B.   Construction:
         1. Unit shall be completely factory assembled, piped and wired and shipped in one section.
         2. Unit shall be specifically designed for outdoor rooftop application with a fully weatherproof
             cabinet.
         3. Cabinet shall be constructed entirely of G90            galvanized steel with the exterior




PACKAGED 100% OUTSIDE AIR UNITS                                                                        15723 - 7
ST. JOHNS COUNTY MINIMUM SECURITY CORRECTIONAL FACILITY                                  ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050
ST. AUGUSTINE, FLORIDA


               constructed of 20 gauge or heavier material.
         4.    Paint finish shall be capable of withstanding at least 2500 hours, with no visible corrosive effects,
               when tested in a salt spray and fog atmosphere in accordance with ASTM B 117-95 test
               procedure. Unit exterior shall be “Gray” in color.
         5.    The unit roof shall be sloped or cross-broken to assure drainage.
         6.    Unit specific color coded wiring diagrams shall match the unit color coded wiring and will be
               provided in both point-to-point and ladder form.
         7.    Diagrams shall also be laminated in plastic and permanently affixed inside the control
               compartment.
         8.    Access to filters, blower, heating section, and other items needing periodic checking or
               maintenance shall be through hinged access doors with quarter turn handles. Door fastening
               screws are not acceptable.
         9.    Access doors shall have full-length stainless steel hinges and full perimeter gasketing.
         10.   All openings through the base pan of the unit shall have upturned flanges of at least 1/2” in
               height around the opening through the base pan.
         11.   Air side service access doors shall have rain break overhangs.
         12.   Provide double wall construction with G90 galvanized steel on both sides and a closed cell
               polyurethane foam interior core with a minimum R value for the doors of 6.25.
         13.   Unit shall have decals and tags to indicate unit lifting and rigging, service areas and caution
               areas. Installation and maintenance manuals shall be supplied with each unit.
         14.   Options:
               a. Unit shall be furnished with 304 stainless steel drain pans.
               b. Unit shall be furnished with condenser coil protection guards.
    C.   Supply Fan:
         1. Blower shall be entirely self-contained on a slide deck for service and removal from the cabinet.
         2. Provide adjustable belt driven plenum (plug) fan for sound sensitive applications.
         3. Blowers, drives and motors shall be dynamically balanced.
         4. Motors shall be premium efficiency. Motors shall have ball bearings rated for 200,000 hours
             service and external lubrication connections.
    D.   Outside Air Options:
         1. Unit shall be 100% outside air with a motor operated outside air damper assembly constructed of
              extruded aluminum, hollow core, airfoil blades with rubber edge seals and aluminum end seals.
              Damper blades shall be gear driven and designed to have no more than 15 CFM of leakage per
              sq. ft. of damper area when subjected to 2” w.g. air pressure differential across the damper.
              Damper motor shall be spring return to ensure closing of outdoor air damper during periods of
              unit shut down or power failure. No return air connection shall be present. Damper shall be
              furnished with a 2-position actuator.
    E.   Condenser Options:




PACKAGED 100% OUTSIDE AIR UNITS                                                                         15723 - 7
ST. JOHNS COUNTY MINIMUM SECURITY CORRECTIONAL FACILITY                               ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050
ST. AUGUSTINE, FLORIDA


         1.   Air-Cooled Condenser Section:
              a. The condensing section shall be equipped with vertical discharge axial flow direct drive
                   fans. Direct drive fans shall be directly connected to and supported by the motor shaft.
              b. The condenser coils shall be sloped at least 30° to protect the coils from damage.
              c. Condenser coils shall be copper tubes with aluminum fins mechanically bonded to the
                   tubes.
              d. Condenser coil fin design shall be sine wave rippled.
              e. Condenser coils to be sized for a minimum of 10°F of refrigerant sub-cooling.
    F.   Filters:
         1. 2” thick fiberglass pleated filters with an ASHRAE efficiency of 30% and a MERV rating of 7.
    G. Evaporator Coils:
       1. Evaporator coil shall be copper tube with aluminum fins mechanically bonded to the tubes.
       2. Evaporator coil fin design shall be sine wave rippled.
       3. Evaporator coil shall have galvanized steel end casings.
       4. Evaporator coil shall have equalizing type vertical tube headers.
       5. Evaporator coil shall be furnished with a thermostatic expansion valve.
       6. Evaporator coil shall be furnished with a stainless steel double sloped drain pan for the positive
           drainage of condensate.
    H.   Refrigeration System:
         1. Compressors shall be digital scroll type with internal thermal overload protection and mounted
              on the compressor manufacturer's recommended rubber vibration isolators.
         2. Compressors shall carry a 5 year non pro-rated warranty.
         3. Each compressor shall be individually staged for capacity control. Digital scroll compressors
              shall have internal controls to allow full range 10% to 100% capacity control.
         4. Compressors shall be mounted in an isolated compartment to permit operation of the unit
              without affecting air flow when the door to the compartment is open.
         5. Compressors shall be isolated from the base pan and supply air to avoid any transmission of
              noise from the compressor into the building area.
         6. Each refrigerant circuit shall be equipped with thermostatic expansion valve type refrigerant flow
              control.
         7. Each refrigerant circuit shall be equipped with automatic reset low pressure and manual reset
              high pressure refrigerant controls.
         8. Each refrigeration circuit shall be equipped with Schrader type service fittings on both the high
              pressure and low pressure sides.
         9. Each refrigeration circuit shall be equipped with refrigerant liquid line driers.
         10. Unit shall be fully factory charged with R-410A refrigerant.
         11. Options:
               a. All circuits shall be equipped with liquid line sight glasses.




PACKAGED 100% OUTSIDE AIR UNITS                                                                     15723 - 7
ST. JOHNS COUNTY MINIMUM SECURITY CORRECTIONAL FACILITY                                ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050
ST. AUGUSTINE, FLORIDA


              b.   Unit shall dehumidify using a hot gas reheat coil, modulating hot gas reheat control valves
                   piped to the lead refrigerant system, and an electronic controller. A factory-wired, field
                   installed, supply air temperature sensor shall be provided to control the amount of reheat.
                   The supply air temperature setpoint shall be adjusted on the electronic controller within the
                   controls compartment.
              c.   Unit shall be equipped with a 5 minute anti-short cycle delay timer for each stage.
              d.   Unit shall be equipped with 20 second between stage delay timers for each stage.
              e.   First stage cooling shall be provided with condenser fan cycling to allow operation down to
                   35°F.
              f.   Each compressor shall be equipped with suction and discharge service/isolation valves.
              g.   Unit shall contain a Digital Scroll Compressor. Compressor shall be capable of capacity
                   modulation from 10-100%.
    I.   Electric Heat Section:
         1. Unit shall include an electric heating section complete with fuses, a high temperature limit
              switch, and capacities as shown on the plans.
         2. Options:
               a. Unit shall include stages of electric heat capacity as scheduled.
               b. Manufacturer's recommended discharge air sensor shall be provided for field installation in
                    the supply air ductwork to sense and control the discharge air temperature.
    J.   Controls:
         1. Make Up Air Unit Controller
              a. The unit shall include a factory installed microprocessor based unit controller which
                   controls the operation of the unit including the compressor(s), condenser fan motor(s),
                   supply fan motor, heater, outside air dampers, and modulating hot gas reheat.
              b. Factory mounted and wired is an outside air temperature sensor. Factory wired for field
                   installation is a supply air temperature sensor.
              c. Unit shall be equipped with hot gas bypass control on the lead refrigeration stage to protect
                   against evaporator frosting at low air flows and suction pressures.
              d. Options:
                   1) Wattmaster VCM Controller
                         (a) Controller shall be capable of independent stand alone operation with field
                               configuration, setpoint adjustment, and scheduling accomplished with separately
                               purchased operator interface.
                         (b) Provide an operator interface (Modular System Manager) capable of the
                               following.
                         (c) Controller shall have an onboard clock with calendar functions that will allow 7
                               day, 2 events per day scheduling with up to 14 different holidays
                         (d) Controller shall retain all programmed values in non-volatile memory for a
                               minimum of 10 days without the use of a battery in the event of a power failure.




PACKAGED 100% OUTSIDE AIR UNITS                                                                       15723 - 7
ST. JOHNS COUNTY MINIMUM SECURITY CORRECTIONAL FACILITY                                 ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050
ST. AUGUSTINE, FLORIDA


                        (e) Controller shall contain LEDs to indicate the power status, communications
                             status, and fault conditions that arise during operation. Fault conditions indicated
                             include supply air sensor failure, outdoor air sensor failure, space sensor failure,
                             mechanical cooling failure, mechanical heating failure, low supply temperature
                             alarm, high supply temperature alarm, control temperature cooling failure,
                             control temperature heating failure, push button override, and zone override.
                        (f) When the modulating hot gas reheat option has been selected a field installed
                             supply air temperature sensor will be furnished to control the amount of reheat.
                             An electronic controller will also be furnished and connected to the unit
                             controller. The supply air temperature setpoint shall be set with an operator
                             interface.
                        (g) Manufacturer shall ensure the controller meets the make up air sequence of
                             operations indicated on the plans with the equipment schedule. Notify Engineer
                             of any deviations prior to submitting bid.
         2.   Standard Terminal Block
         3.   Terminal Block with Isolation Relays
    K.   Power Options:
         1. Unit shall be provided with a factory installed and wired internal disconnect.
         2. Unit shall be provided with phase and brown-out protection to shut down all motors in the unit if
             the phases are more than 10% out of balance on voltage, or the voltage is more than 10%
             under design voltage or on phase reversal.
2.03 ROOF CURBS
    A.   Roof curbs shall be constructed of galvanized steel. Curbs are to be fully gasketed between the curb
         top and unit bottom with the curb providing full perimeter support, cross structure support and air seal
         for the unit. Curb gasketing shall be furnished within the control compartment of the rooftop unit to be
         mounted on the curb immediately before mounting of the rooftop unit.
         1. Unit shall be mounted on a factory furnished roof curb. Fully assembled and welded from
               factory, and specifically designed to support the weight and footprint of the unit.
         2. Provide manufacturer approved, factory mounted vibration isolation rail system.

PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
    A.   Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and requirements of local authorities having
         jurisdiction in configurations shown on plans.
    B.   Install in accordance with NFPA 90A.
    C.   For belt driven air handlers, install flexible connections between fan inlet and discharge ductwork.
         Ensure metal bands of connectors are parallel with minimum one inch flex between ductwork and fan




PACKAGED 100% OUTSIDE AIR UNITS                                                                       15723 - 7
ST. JOHNS COUNTY MINIMUM SECURITY CORRECTIONAL FACILITY                                  ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050
ST. AUGUSTINE, FLORIDA


         while running.
    D.   Complete structural, mechanical, and electrical connections in accordance with manufacturer's
         installation instructions.
    E.   Install unit on manufacturer's recommended curb per mounting instructions.
3.02 STARTING EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS
    A.   Supply initial charge of refrigerant and oil for each refrigeration system. Replace losses of oil or
         refrigerant prior to end of correction period.
    B.   Charge system with refrigerant and test entire system for leaks after completion of installation. Repair
         leaks, put system into operation, and test equipment performance.
    C.   Provide complete factory startup services at initial start of unit. Do not run the unit prior to factory
         startup. Factory startup shall include a review of the installation, confirmation of proper factory and
         field components and features, programming of setpoints and confirmation of sequence of operations
         as indicated on the plans. Return the site as necessary to confirm winter and summer modes of
         operation. Provide training to maintenance staff.

                                               END OF SECTION




PACKAGED 100% OUTSIDE AIR UNITS                                                                         15723 - 7
ST. JOHNS COUNTY MINIMUM SECURITY CORRECTIONAL FACILITY                                ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050
ST. AUGUSTINE, FLORIDA


                   SECTION 15735 - PACKAGED ROOF TOP AIR CONDITIONING UNITS

PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
    A.   Packaged roof top unit.
    B.   Unit controls.
    C.   Roof mounting curb and base.
    D.   Maintenance service.
1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDS
    A.   ARI 210/240 - Unitary Air-Conditioning and Air-Source Heat Pump Equipment; Air-Conditioning and
         Refrigeration Institute; 2005.
    B.   ARI 270 - Sound Rating of Outdoor Unitary Equipment; Air-Conditioning and Refrigeration Institute;
         1995.
    C.   NFPA 90A - Standard for the Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilation Systems; National Fire
         Protection Association; 2002.
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE
    A.   Unit shall conform to ANSI Z21.47/UL1995 for construction of packaged air conditioner.
1.04 MAINTENANCE SERVICE
    A.   Furnish service and maintenance of packaged roof top units for one year from Date of Substantial
         Completion.
    B.   Provide maintenance service with a two month interval as maximum time period between calls.
         Provide 24-hour emergency service on breakdowns and malfunctions.
    C.   Include maintenance items as outlined in manufacturer's operating and maintenance data, including
         minimum of six filter replacements, minimum of one fan belt replacement, and controls check-out,
         adjustments, and recalibration.
    D.   Submit copy of service call work order or report, and include description of work performed.
1.05 EXTRA MATERIALS
    A.   Provide one set of filters.

PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 AIR CONDITIONING UNITS




PACKAGED ROOF TOP AIR CONDITIONING UNITS                                                                15735 - 4
ST. JOHNS COUNTY MINIMUM SECURITY CORRECTIONAL FACILITY                                   ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050
ST. AUGUSTINE, FLORIDA


    A.   General: Roof mounted units having electric heating elements and electric refrigeration.
    B.   Description: Self-contained, packaged, factory assembled and prewired, consisting of cabinet and
         frame, supply fan, electric heating elements, controls, air filters, refrigerant cooling coil and
         compressor, condenser coil and condenser fan, outside air damper, rain hood with screen.
    C.   Capacity shall be as scheduled, based on ARI Standard 210.
    D.   Unit shall be fully charged with R-410A, and factory run tested.
    E.   Unit shall be dedicated downflow or horizontal flow as scheduled.
2.02 FABRICATION
    A.   Cabinet: Galvanized steel with painted finish, salt spray tested for 1000 hours per ASTM B117.
         Structural members shall be minimum 16 gage, with access doors or panels of minimum 20 gage.
         Access panels shall be water- and air-tight panels with handles shall provide access to filters, heating
         section, return air fan section, supply air fan section, evaporator coil section, and unit control section.
         Unit shall inlcude provisions for lifting by forklift and crane.
    B.   Insulation: 1/2 inch thick glass fiber with edges protected from erosion on all external surfaces in
         contact with supply and return airstream.
2.03 SUPPLY FAN
    A.   Supply Fan: Forward curved centrifugal type, resiliently mounted with V-belt drive, adjustable variable
         pitch motor pulley, (multispeed fan for units 5 tons and below) and rubber isolated hinge mounted
         motor. Fan motors shall be permanently lubricated and have internal thermal overload protection.
         Shafts shall be keyed. Provide self-aligning, grease lubricated, ball or sleeve bearings with permanent
         lubrication fittings.
2.04 AIR FILTERS
    A.   Air Filters up to 7-1/2 tons: 1 inch thick (min.) glass fiber disposable media in metal frames.
    B.   Air Filters above 7-1/2 tons: 2 inch thick glass fiber disposable media in metal frames.
2.05 ROOF CURB
    A.   Roof Mounting Curb: 14 inches high 16 gauge galvanized or zinc coated steel, channel frame with
         supply and return gasketing, nailer strips.
2.06 ELECTRIC HEATING COIL
    A.   Helical nickel-chrome resistance wire coil heating elements with refractory ceramic support bushings
         easily accessible with automatic reset thermal cut-out, built-in magnetic contactors, galvanized steel
         frame, control circuit transformer and fuse,<> load fuses as required. Electric heat modules shall be
         UL listed or CSA certified.




PACKAGED ROOF TOP AIR CONDITIONING UNITS                                                                 15735 - 4
ST. JOHNS COUNTY MINIMUM SECURITY CORRECTIONAL FACILITY                                  ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050
ST. AUGUSTINE, FLORIDA


2.07 EVAPORATOR COIL
    A.   Provide copper tube aluminum fin coil assembly with galvanized or pvc drain pan and external
         connections. Provide multiple circuits to match stages as scheduled on drawings. Provide an
         independent expansion device for each refrigeration circuit. Factory pressure test at 450 psig (200
         psig for 5 tons and less) and leak test at 200 psig.
    B.   Provide capillary tubes or thermostatic expansion valves for units of 6 tons capacity and less, and
         thermostatic expansion valves and split face circuiting for units 7.5 tons cooling capacity and larger.
2.08 COMPRESSOR
    A.   Provide hermetic compressors, 3600 rpm maximum, resiliently mounted with positive lubrication,
         crankcase heater, high and low pressure safety controls, motor overload protection, suction and
         discharge service valves and gage ports, and filter drier. Motor shall be internally isolated on springs.
         Units greater than 5 tons shall have oil pump.
    B.   Timed delay compressor start.
    C.   For units 7.5 tons and greater: Provide step capacity control by cycling compressors.
    D.   For heat pump units, provide reversing valve, suction line accumulator, discharge muffler, flow control
         check valve, and solid-state defrost control.
2.09 CONDENSER COIL
    A.   Provide copper tube aluminum fin coil assembly with subcooling rows. Provide multiple circuits to
         match stages as scheduled on drawings. Factory pressure test to 450 psig.
    B.   Provide direct drive, dynamically balanced propeller fans, resiliently mounted with fan guard, motor
         overload protection, wired to operate with compressor.
2.10 MIXED AIR CASING
    A.   Dampers: Provide manual outside air dampers for fixed outside air quantity.
2.11 OPERATING CONTROLS
    A.   Provide factory-wired roof top units with 24 volt control circuit with control transformers, contactor
         pressure lugs or terminal block for power wiring. Contractor to provide field-installed unit-mounted
         disconnect switch. Units shall have single point power connections. Field wiring of zone controls to
         be NEC Class 2.
    B.   Provide factory-installed indoor evaporator defrost control to prevent compressor slugging by
         interrupting compressor operation.
2.12 STAGING CONTROLS
    A.   Provide NEC Class 2, electronic, adjustable zone control to maintain zone temperature setting.




PACKAGED ROOF TOP AIR CONDITIONING UNITS                                                               15735 - 4
ST. JOHNS COUNTY MINIMUM SECURITY CORRECTIONAL FACILITY                                 ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050
ST. AUGUSTINE, FLORIDA


2.13 THERMOSTAT
    A.   Provide low voltage, adjustable, programmable room thermostat to control heater stages in sequence
         with delay between stages, compressor and condenser fan, and supply fan to maintain temperature
         setting. Provide programmable ventilation.
         1. Provide double acting thermostat with minimum __1__ stage heating and 1 stage cooling for
               each compressor. For heat pumps, provide 2nd stage heating for emergency heat strip, and
               energize during defrost cycle.
         2. Locate thermostat in room in path of return air. Do not locate in direct path of supply air or on
               exterior wall.

PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 EXAMINATION
    A.   Verify that roof is ready to receive work and opening dimensions are as indicated on shop drawings.
    B.   Verify that proper power supply is available.
3.02 INSTALLATION
    A.   Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
    B.   Install in accordance with NFPA 90A.
    C.   Mount units on factory built roof mounting curb to match slope in roof (if any), providing watertight
         enclosure to protect ductwork and utility services. Install roof mounting curb level.

                                              END OF SECTION




PACKAGED ROOF TOP AIR CONDITIONING UNITS                                                               15735 - 4
ST. JOHNS COUNTY MINIMUM SECURITY CORRECTIONAL FACILITY                               ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050
ST. AUGUSTINE, FLORIDA


                               SECTION 15810 - DUCTWORK & INSULATION

PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
    A.   Metal ductwork.
    B.   Nonmetal ductwork.
    C.   Duct Insulation
    D.   Duct cleaning.
1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
    A.   Section 15820 - Duct Accessories.
    B.   Section 15850 - Air Outlets and Inlets.
    C.   Section 15950 - Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing.
1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS
    A.   ASTM A 36/A 36M - Standard Specification for Carbon Structural Steel; 2005.
    B.   ASTM A 653/A 653M - Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) or Zinc-Iron
         Alloy-Coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot-Dip Process; 2006a.
    C.   NFPA 90A - Standard for the Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilating Systems; National Fire
         Protection Association; 2002.
    D.   SMACNA (DCS) - HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible; Sheet Metal and Air
         Conditioning Contractors' National Association; 2005.
    E.   UL 181 - Standard for Factory-Made Air Ducts and Air Connectors; Underwriters Laboratories Inc.;
         2005.
    F.   NAIMA - North American Insulation Manufacturer's Association.
1.04 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
    A.   No variation of duct configuration or sizes permitted except by written permission. Size round ducts
         installed in place of rectangular ducts in accordance with ASHRAE table of equivalent rectangular
         and round ducts.
1.05 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS
    A.   Construct ductwork to NFPA 90A standards.

PART 2 PRODUCTS




DUCTWORK & INSULATION                                                                                15810 - 4
ST. JOHNS COUNTY MINIMUM SECURITY CORRECTIONAL FACILITY                                ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050
ST. AUGUSTINE, FLORIDA


2.01 MATERIALS
    A.   The following requirements are for the different materials allowed to be used for this project. See
         schedule at the end of Part 3 for acceptable locations of acceptable duct materials.
    B.   Galvanized Steel Ducts: Hot-dipped galvanized steel sheet, ASTM A 653/A 653M FS Type B, with
         G60/Z180 coating.
    C.   Insulated Flexible Ducts:
         1. UL 181, Class 1, aluminum laminate and polyester film with latex adhesive supported by
              helically wound spring steel wire; fiberglass insulation; polyethylene vapor barrier film.
               a. Pressure Rating: 10 inches WG positive and 1.0 inches WG negative.
               b. Maximum Velocity: 4000 fpm.
               c. Temperature Range: -20 degrees F to 210 degrees F.
    D.   Hanger Rod: ASTM A 36/A 36M; steel, galvanized; threaded both ends, threaded one end, or
         continuously threaded.
2.02 MANUFACTURED METAL DUCTWORK AND FITTINGS
    A.   Manufacture in accordance with SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible,
         and as indicated. Provide duct material, gages,reinforcing, and sealing for operating pressures
         indicated.
    B.   Double Wall Insulated Round Ducts: Round spiral lockseam duct with galvanized steel outer wall,
         perforated galvanized steel inner wall; fitting with solid inner wall.
2.03 DUCT INSULATION
    A.   General: Duct insulation shall be the required thickness and material to provide a minimum thermal
         resistance "R" of 6. Rating shall be at 75 degrees F, tested in accordance with ASTM C-518 or ASTM
         C-177.
    B.   Coverings and linings shall have a flamespread rating of not over 25 without evidence of continued
         progressive combustion and a smoke developed rating of not over 50, and shall not flame, flow,
         smolder or smoke when tested in accordance with ASTM C 411 at the designated maximum service
         temperature.
    C.   For determination of R-value of flexible duct wrap, the installed wrap shall have an assumed thickness
         of 75% of the nominal thickness, allowing for 25% compression.
    D.   Insulation: ASTM C 553; flexible, noncombustible blanket.
         1. 'K' value : ASTM C 518, 0.25 at 75 degrees F.
         2. Maximum service temperature: 250 degrees F.
         3. Maximum moisture absorption: 0.20 percent by volume.
    E.   Rigid Liner Insulation: Certainteed Toughgaurd or equal, 1-1/2"




DUCTWORK & INSULATION                                                                                 15810 - 4
ST. JOHNS COUNTY MINIMUM SECURITY CORRECTIONAL FACILITY                               ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050
ST. AUGUSTINE, FLORIDA


         1.   'K' value : ASTM C 518, 0.23 at 75 degrees F.
         2.   Maximum service temperature: 250 degrees F.
         3.   Maximum Velocity: 6000 fpm.
         4.   Fungi Resistance: No Growth per ASTM C 1338 & G21
         5.   Bacteria Resistance: No Growth per ASTM G 22
         6.   Corrosion Resistance: Pass per ASTM C 665.
         7.   Water Vapor sorption: less than 3% by weight.
    F.   Vapor Barrier Jacket:
         1. Kraft paper with glass fiber yarn and bonded to aluminized film.
         2. Moisture vapor transmission: ASTM E 96; 0.02 perm.
         3. Secure with pressure sensitive tape.
    G. Vapor Barrier Tape:
       1. Kraft paper reinforced with glass fiber yarn and bonded to aluminized film, with pressure sensitive
           rubber based adhesive.

PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
    A.   Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
    B.   General
         1. Duct sizes indicated are inside clear dimensions. For lined ducts, maintain sizes inside lining.
         2. Provide 45 degree entry on all tees used for branch duct to main duct connections. Splitters and
             extractors shall not be used unless specifically called for on drawings.
         3. Use spin-in fittings (no scoop) with manual volume dampers for all diffuser and grille connection
             takeoffs, unless otherwise indicated on drawings.
         4. Install flexible duct connections to diffusers and grilles with a minimum run (not to exceed 6').
             Bends shall have a minimum radius of 1-1/2 times the diameter of the duct as measured from
             the centerline. Collars shall be inserted into the flexible duct a minimum of 1" before fastening.
             Support flexible duct from building structure to minimize bends and sags. Duct shall be fully
             extended. Do not lay on light fixtures or ceiling.
         5. Make all ductwork connections to air handler units, including fan terminal units, with flexible
             connectors.
         6. During construction provide temporary closures of metal or taped polyethylene on open
             ductwork to prevent construction dust from entering ductwork system.
         7. Provide air foil turning vanes for all rectangular elbows where indicated on drawings. Where
             acoustical lining is indicated, provide turning vanes of perforated metal with glass fiber
             insulation. Construct T's, bends, and elbows with radius of not less than 1-1/2 times width of
             duct on centerline where radiused fittings are called for in drawings.
         8. Increase duct sizes gradually, not exceeding 15 degrees divergence wherever possible;




DUCTWORK & INSULATION                                                                               15810 - 4
ST. JOHNS COUNTY MINIMUM SECURITY CORRECTIONAL FACILITY                              ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050
ST. AUGUSTINE, FLORIDA


              maximum 30 degrees divergence upstream of equipment and 45 degrees convergence
              downstream.
    C.   Metal Duct
         1. Fabricate and support in accordance with SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal
              and Flexible, and as indicated. Provide duct material, gages, reinforcing, and sealing for
              operating pressures indicated on equipment schedules.
3.02 CLEANING
    A.   Clean duct systems as they are installed to remove all dust and debris. Provide temporary closures
         as ductwork is constructed.
3.03 INSULATION
    A.   Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
    B.   Insulated ducts conveying air below ambient temperature (all supply, return, and outside air ducts):
         1. Provide insulation with vapor barrier jackets.
         2. Finish with tape and vapor barrier jacket.
         3. Continue insulation through walls, sleeves, hangers, and other duct penetrations, except fire
              rated walls as noted on drawing .
         4. Install insulation adjacent to duct mounted electric heaters in accordance with heater
              manufacturer's recommendations. Ensure duct coverings are interrupted at the immediate area
              of operation of heater as required to meet the clearances specified as a condition of the
              equipment listing.
         5. Seal all joints in insulation system with mastic.
3.04 SCHEDULES
    A.   Ductwork Material:
         1. Supply, Outside Air and Return: Galvanized Steel. Exposed supply ductwork shall be double
             wall spiral round.
         2. Internally line all ductowrk associated with 100% outside air unit.
         3. General Exhaust: Steel (uninsulated).
    B.   Ductwork Pressure Class:
         1. Supply and Return: 2 inch
         2. General Exhaust: 1 inch.

                                              END OF SECTION




DUCTWORK & INSULATION                                                                              15810 - 4
ST. JOHNS COUNTY MINIMUM SECURITY CORRECTIONAL FACILITY                               ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050
ST. AUGUSTINE, FLORIDA


                                  SECTION 15820 - DUCT ACCESSORIES

PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
    A.   Air turning devices.
    B.   Backdraft dampers.
    C.   Duct access doors.
    D.   Duct test holes.
    E.   Fire dampers.
    F.   Flexible duct connections.
    G. Volume control dampers.
1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
    A.   Section 15810 - Ductwork and Insulation.
1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS
    A.   NFPA 90A - Standard for the Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilating Systems; National Fire
         Protection Association; 2002.
    B.   SMACNA (DCS) - HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible; Sheet Metal and Air
         Conditioning Contractors' National Association; 2005.
    C.   UL 33 - Heat Responsive Links for Fire-Protection Service; Underwriters Laboratories Inc.; 2003.

PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 TURNING VANE ELBOWS
    A.   Turning Vanes shall be double thickness with 24 gauge rails and hollow vanes
         fabricated/manufactured in accordance with Smacna Duct Construction Standards.
2.02 BRANCH CONNECTIONS
    A.   Branch connection fittings shall be the 45 degree entry type fabricated and installed in accordance
         with Smacna Duct Construction Standards.
2.03 BACKDRAFT DAMPERS
    A.   Gravity Backdraft Dampers, Size 18 x 18 inches or Smaller, Furnished with Air Moving Equipment: Air
         moving equipment manufacturer's standard construction.




DUCT ACCESSORIES                                                                                     15820 - 4
ST. JOHNS COUNTY MINIMUM SECURITY CORRECTIONAL FACILITY                                 ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050
ST. AUGUSTINE, FLORIDA


2.04 DUCT ACCESS DOORS
    A.   Fabricate in accordance with SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible, and
         as indicated.
2.05 DUCT TEST HOLES
    A.   Temporary Test Holes: Cut or drill in ducts as required. Cap with neat patches, neoprene plugs,
         threaded plugs, or threaded or twist-on metal caps.
2.06 FIRE DAMPERS
    A.   Manufacturers:
         1. Ruskin Company: www.ruskin.com.
         2. Substitutions: As allowed by Section 15001.
    B.   Ceiling Dampers: Galvanized steel, 22 gage frame and 16 gage flap, two layers 0.125 inch ceramic
         fiber on top side and one layer on bottom side for round flaps, with locking clip.
    C.   Horizontal Dampers: Galvanized steel, 22 gage frame, stainless steel closure spring, and lightweight,
         heat retardant non-asbestos fabric blanket.
    D.   Curtain Type Dampers: Galvanized steel with interlocking blades. Provide stainless steel closure
         springs and latches for horizontal installations. Configure with blades out of air stream except for 1.0
         inch pressure class ducts up to 12 inches in height.
    E.   Multiple Blade Dampers: 16 gage galvanized steel frame and blades, oil-impregnated bronze or
         stainless steel sleeve bearings and plated steel axles, 1/8 x 1/2 inch plated steel concealed linkage,
         stainless steel closure spring, blade stops, and lock.
    F.   Fusible Links: UL 33, separate at 160 degrees F with adjustable link straps for combination
         fire/balancing dampers.
2.07 FLEXIBLE DUCT CONNECTIONS
    A.   Fabricate in accordance with SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible, and
         as indicated.
    B.   Flexible Duct Connections: Fabric crimped into metal edging strip.
         1. Fabric: UL listed fire-retardant neoprene coated woven glass fiber fabric to NFPA 90A, minimum
              density 30 oz per sq yd.
         2. Metal: 3 inches wide, 24 gage thick galvanized steel.
2.08 VOLUME CONTROL DAMPERS
    A.   Manufacturers:
         1. Ruskin Company: www.ruskin.com.
         2. Substitutions: As allowed by Section 15001.




DUCT ACCESSORIES                                                                                       15820 - 4
ST. JOHNS COUNTY MINIMUM SECURITY CORRECTIONAL FACILITY                                  ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050
ST. AUGUSTINE, FLORIDA


    B.   As a minimum, all dampers shall have the following features:
         1. Molded synthetic sleeve type bearings, corrosion resistant.
         2. Square or hexagonal axles positively locked into the damper blade.
         3. Externally visible position indicators with wing nut locking device.
    C.   Single Blade Manual Volume Dampers
         1. Round: Ruskin MDRS25 or equal.
         2. Rectangular: Ruskin MD25 or equal.
    D.   Splitter Dampers:
    E.   Opposed blade balancing dampers shall be 16 gauge minimum galvanized steel with zinc-plated
         hardware and bronze or nylon bearings. Blades shall not be over 8" wide. Maximum leakage shall be
         less than 1% at a static pressure of 4" w.g.

PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
    A.   Install accessories in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, NFPA 90A, and follow SMACNA
         HVAC Duct Construction Standards. Refer to Section 15810 for duct construction and pressure class.
    B.   Provide backdraft dampers on exhaust fans or exhaust ducts where indicated.
    C.   Provide duct access doors for inspection and cleaning before and after filters, coils, fans, automatic
         dampers, at fire dampers, combination fire and smoke dampers, and elsewhere as indicated. Provide
         for cleaning kitchen exhaust ducts in accordance with NFPA 96. Provide minimum 8 x 8 inch size for
         hand access, 18 x 18 inch size for shoulder access, and as indicated. Provide 4 x 4 inch for
         balancing dampers only. Review locations prior to fabrication.
    D.   Provide duct test holes where required for testing and balancing purposes.
    E.   Provide fire dampers at locations indicated, where ducts and outlets pass through fire rated
         components, and where required by authorities having jurisdiction. Prior to bidding, review
         architectural plans for last minute changes on locations of fire rated walls. Install with required
         perimeter mounting angles, sleeves, breakaway duct connections, corrosion resistant springs,
         bearings, bushings and hinges.
    F.   Demonstrate re-setting of fire dampers to Owner's representative.
    G. At fans and motorized equipment associated with ducts, provide flexible duct connections
       immediately adjacent to the equipment.
    H.   Provide balancing dampers at points on supply, return, and exhaust systems where branches are
         taken from larger ducts as required for air balancing. Install minimum 2 duct widths from duct take-off.
    I.   Use splitter dampers only where indicated.




DUCT ACCESSORIES                                                                                        15820 - 4
ST. JOHNS COUNTY MINIMUM SECURITY CORRECTIONAL FACILITY                                ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050
ST. AUGUSTINE, FLORIDA


    J.   Provide opposed blade dampers as necessary to supplement multiple speed air handling units to
         obtain scheduled total airflow.
    K.   Provide single blade balancing dampers at duct take-off to diffusers, grilles, and registers, unless
         included in diffuser or register schedule. If impractical due to space limitations, an opposed blade
         damper shall be provided as an accessory to the diffuser, grille or register.

                                              END OF SECTION




DUCT ACCESSORIES                                                                                      15820 - 4
ST. JOHNS COUNTY MINIMUM SECURITY CORRECTIONAL FACILITY                               ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050
ST. AUGUSTINE, FLORIDA


                               SECTION 15850 - AIR OUTLETS AND INLETS

PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
    A.   Diffusers.
    B.   Registers/grilles.
    C.   Door grilles.
1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
    A.   Section 09900 - Paints and Coatings: Painting of ducts visible behind outlets and inlets.
1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS
    A.   ADC 1062: GRD - Test Code for Grilles, Registers & Diffusers; Air Diffusion Council; 1984.
    B.   AMCA 500-L - Laboratory Methods of Testing Louvers for Rating; Air Movement and Control
         Association International, Inc.; 2007.
    C.   ASHRAE Std 70 - Method of Testing for Rating the Performance of Air Outlets and Inlets; American
         Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air Conditioning Engineers, Inc.; 2006.
1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE
    A.   Test and rate air outlet and inlet performance in accordance with ASHRAE Std 70.
    B.   Test and rate louver performance in accordance with AMCA 500-L.

PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 MANUFACTURERS
    A.   Titus: www.titus-hvac.com.
    B.   Nailor.
    C.   Price.
    D.   Substitutions not allowed.
2.02 ALL DIFFUSERS, GRILLES AND REGISTERS
    A.   See legend on mechanical plans.
    B.   Unless otherwise indicated, all diffusers, supply grilles and registers shall meet the following:
         1. Pressure drop shall fall between the range of 0.035 to 0.085 inches w.g., based on airflows and
              neck size shown on plans.




AIR OUTLETS AND INLETS                                                                                15850 - 3
ST. JOHNS COUNTY MINIMUM SECURITY CORRECTIONAL FACILITY                                    ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050
ST. AUGUSTINE, FLORIDA


         2.   Based on airflows and neck size shown on plans, noise criteria rating for corridor applications
              shall be less than or equal to NC 35. All other applications shall be less than or equal to NC 25.
    C.   Unless otherwise indicated, all return grilles shall meet the following:
         1. Pressure drop shall be less than 0.035 inches w.g. for the indicated airflows, based on neck size
              shown on plans.
         2. Based on airflows and neck size shown on plans, noise criteria rating for corridor applications
              shall be less than or equal to NC 35. All other applications shall be less than or equal to NC 25.
         3. All diffusers, grilles and registers shall be factory furnished devices of aluminum construction.
              Exterior and exposed edges shall be rolled, or otherwise stiffened or rounded.
         4. Color shall be white unless otherwise indicated.
         5. Where called for on plans, integral dampers shall be factory fabricated opposed blade .
         6. Provide adapter frames to match mounting configurations, and square to round and round to
              round adapters as required to match neck sizes indicated on plans.
2.03 DOOR GRILLES
    A.   Where door grilles are not provided as a part of the door assembly, provide and install the following,
         with size as inidcated on plans:
         1. Interior spaces
               a. Type: V-shaped louvers of 20 gage thick steel, 1 inch deep on 1/2 inch centers.
               b. Frame: 20 gage steel with auxiliary frame to give finished appearance on both sides of
                    door, with factory prime coat finish.
               c. Titus CT-700 or equal.
               d. Coordinate with general contractor.
         2. Exterior doors
               a. Aluminum , 45 degree blade angle, minimum 42% free area, birdscreen.
               b. Coordinate with general contractor.
               c. Ruskin or equal. For 1-1/2" doors: ELF-15J. For 2" doors: ELF-211.

PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
    A.   Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
    B.   Provide all required flashing/waterproofing for louver installations for a watertight installation.
    C.   Check location of outlets and inlets and make necessary adjustments in position to conform with
         architectural features, symmetry, and lighting arrangement.
    D.   Ensure exhaust outlets are located at least 10' away from air intakes. Adjust location of outlet as
         necessary to maintain this separation.
    E.   Provide balancing dampers on duct take-off to diffusers, and grilles and registers, unless included




AIR OUTLETS AND INLETS                                                                                    15850 - 3
ST. JOHNS COUNTY MINIMUM SECURITY CORRECTIONAL FACILITY                              ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050
ST. AUGUSTINE, FLORIDA


         with diffuser on plans.
    F.   Coordinate with other trades as necessary to provide door grilles and undercut doors where called for.
    G. Paint ductwork visible behind air outlets and inlets matte black. Refer to Section 09900.

                                             END OF SECTION




AIR OUTLETS AND INLETS                                                                              15850 - 3
ST. JOHNS COUNTY MINIMUM SECURITY CORRECTIONAL FACILITY                                  ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050
ST. AUGUSTINE, FLORIDA


                               SECTION 15921 - DDC CONTROLS - BACNET

PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 PRODUCT INSTALLATION
    A.   All products included in this specification are furnished and installed by the controls contractor and his
         subcontractor(s). A Certified Class A Air Conditioning Contractor or a Certified Mechanical Contractor
         as defined and licensed by the State of Florida Department of Business and Professional Regulation
         shall install all components in piping and duct systems other than duct mounted temperature
         sensors. All power wiring to control panels shall be accomplished by an Electrician licensed in the
         State of Florida for the level of work involved.
1.02 INTEGRATED EQUIPMENT AND SITE INTERFACE
    A.   All existing HVAC equipment identified on the plans shall be integrated into the new control system;
         including, but not limited to pumps, hydronic rooftop units, modular air handlers, VAV boxes with and
         without reheat, and fan coil units. The Installer furnishing the DDC network shall coordinate the
         details of the interface between these products and the existing DDC network using all appropriate
         means such as actual nameplate data, O&M manuals furnished by the Owner, and direct
         communication with existing equipment manufacturers.
    B.   See controls drawings for system architecture and integration with existing DDC systems.
    C.   Contractors shall review the conditions at the site and interview building management personnel as
         necessary prior to bidding to establish the exact means of configuring and routing the local area
         networks within each building and the wide area network between buildings. Additional funding will
         not be provided to cover changes in anticipated configuration and routing which have not been
         discussed with and submitted to the Owner in writing prior to bidding.
1.03 DESCRIPTION
    A.   General: The control system shall be as indicated on the drawings and described in the
         specifications. All control components including control valves, motorized dampers, flow meters, and
         all sensors shall be provided as new unless otherwise indicated on plans.
    B.   The control system shall be as shown and consist of a high speed, peer-to-peer network of DDC
         controllers. The system will allow a user to interface with the network via dynamic color graphics.
         Each mechanical system and control device shown on plans will be depicted by point and click
         graphics.
    C.   Manufacturer shall offer web based operator interface for future expansion capability.
    D.   Operators shall have two levels of interface. The highest level will enable the operator to perform all
         normal operator functions with proper password protected security. A ‘read only’ level of interface,
         also password protected, will enable different operators to access the system for monitoring purposes




DDC CONTROLS - BACNET                                                                                 15921 - 27
ST. JOHNS COUNTY MINIMUM SECURITY CORRECTIONAL FACILITY                                 ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050
ST. AUGUSTINE, FLORIDA


         only.
    E.   The PC interface will be as indicated in the system architecture detail on the plans.
    F.   The system shall directly control HVAC equipment as detailed in the control sequences, schematics,
         and points lists on the plans.
    G. The system shall use the BACnet protocol for communication to the operator workstation and for
       communication between control modules on the LAN (native BACnet). Schedules, setpoints, trends
       and alarms detailed on the plans shall be BACnet Objects.
    H.   The control system shall be designed such that each mechanical system will be able to operate
         under stand-alone control. As such, in the event of a network communication failure, or the loss of
         any other controller, the control system shall continue to independently operate under control using its
         current setpoints.
    I.   Communication between the control panels and the work-station shall be over a high speed network.
         All nodes on this network shall be peers. The operator shall not have to know the panel identifier or
         location to view or control an object. Custom application Controllers and Application Specific
         Controllers shall be constantly scanned by the network controllers to update point information and
         alarm information.
    J.   The documentation is schematic in nature. The Contractor shall provide hardware and software
         necessary to implement the functions and sequences shown.
1.04 APPROVED CONTROL SYSTEM CONTRACTORS AND MANUFACTURERS
    A.   The following are approved control system suppliers, manufacturer’s, and product lines:


         Installer                Manufacturer                        Product Line
         1.04.B Below Automated Logic Corporation            WebCTRL


    B.   The above list is alphabetical and does not indicate preference. Inclusion on this list does not
         guarantee acceptance of products or installation. Control systems shall comply with the terms of this
         specification.
         1. The Installing Contractor shall have an established working relationship in its current business
              entity with the Control System Manufacturer with the product line indicated of not less than five
              years. A subsidiary company drawing on experience from a parent company is not acceptable.
         2. The Installer shall have successfully completed Control System Manufacturer's classes on the
              control system. The Installer shall present for review the certification of completed training,
              including the hours of instruction and course outlines upon request.
         3. The Installing Contractor’s main office shall be within a 50 mile radius of the project site and




DDC CONTROLS - BACNET                                                                               15921 - 27
ST. JOHNS COUNTY MINIMUM SECURITY CORRECTIONAL FACILITY                                  ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050
ST. AUGUSTINE, FLORIDA


              provide 24 hour response in the event of a customer call for the period of warranty.
         4.   Not Used.
         5.   The Contractor shall use only operator workstation software, controller software, custom
              application programming language, and controllers from the corresponding manufacturer and
              product line unless Owner approves use of multiple manufacturers.
         6.   Other products specified herein (such as sensors, valves, dampers, and actuators) need not be
              manufactured by the above manufacturers.
1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE
    A.   Work, materials, and equipment shall comply with the most restrictive of local, state, and federal
         authorities' codes and ordinances. Such codes, when more restrictive, shall take precedence over
         these plans and specifications. As a minimum, the installation shall comply with current editions in
         effect 30 days prior to receipt of bids of the following codes:
         1. Underwriters Laboratories: Products shall be UL-916-PAZX listed.
         2. National Electrical Code -- NFPA 70.
         3. Federal Communications Commission -- Part J.
         4. ASHRAE/ANSI 135-2001, Data Communications Protocol for Building Automation and Control
               Systems (BACnet)
         5. Florida Building Code (FBC), including subchapters and references.
    B.   All products used in this installation shall be new, currently under manufacture, and shall be applied in
         similar installations for a minimum of 3 years. This installation shall not be used as a test site for any
         new products unless explicitly approved by the Owner's representative in writing prior to bid date.
         Spare parts shall be available for at least 5 years after completion of this contract.
1.06 SYSTEM PERFORMANCE
    A.   Performance Standards. The system shall conform to the following:
         1. Graphic Display, The system shall display a graphic with a minimum of 20 dynamic points. All
              current data shall be displayed within 10 seconds of the request.
         2. Graphic Refresh. The system shall update a graphic with 20 dynamic points with current data
              within 8 seconds.
         3. Object Command. The maximum time between the command of a binary object by the
              operator and the reaction by the device shall be 2 seconds. Analog objects shall start to adjust
              within 2 seconds.
         4. Object Scan. All changes of state and change of analog values shall be transmitted over the
              high-speed network such that any data used or displayed at a controller or work-station will be
              current, within the prior 6 seconds.
         5. Alarm Response Time. The maximum time from when an object goes into alarm to when it is
              annunciated at the work-station shall not exceed 45 seconds.
         6. Program Execution Frequency. Custom and standard applications shall be capable of running
              as often as once every 5 seconds. The Contractor shall be responsible for selecting execution




DDC CONTROLS - BACNET                                                                                 15921 - 27
ST. JOHNS COUNTY MINIMUM SECURITY CORRECTIONAL FACILITY                             ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050
ST. AUGUSTINE, FLORIDA


            times consistent with the mechanical process under control.
        7. Performance. Programmable Controllers shall be able to execute DDC PID control loops at a
            selectable frequency from at least once per second. The controller shall scan and update the
            process value and output generated by this calculation at this same frequency. Time of day
            scheduling shall be capable of running once every 60 seconds.
        8. Configuration and Tuning Screens. Screens used for configuring, calibrating or tuning points,
            PID loops, and similar control logic shall automatically refresh within 6 seconds.
        9. Multiple Alarm Annunciation. Each work station on the network shall receive alarms within 5
            seconds of other work stations.
        10. Reporting Accuracy. Table 1 below lists minimum acceptable reporting accuracies for all
            values reported by the specified system.
        11. Stability of Control. Control Loops shall maintain measured variables at set point within the
            tolerances listed in Table 2 below.

                                                Table 1
                                           Reporting Accuracy

             Measured Variable                                    Reported Accuracy
             Space Temperature                                    ±0.5ºC (±1ºF)
             Ducted Air                                           ±0.5ºC (±1ºF)
             Outside Air                                          ±1.0ºC (±2ºF)
             Dew Point                                            ±1.5ºC (±3ºF)
             Water Temperature                                    ±0.5ºC (±1ºF)
             Delta-T                                      ±0.15ºC (±0.25ºF)
             Relative Humidity                                    ±3% RH
             Water Flow                                           ±2% of full scale
             Airflow (terminal)                           ±10% of full scale (see Note 1)
             Airflow (measuring stations)                         ±5% of full scale
             Airflow (pressurized spaces)                         ±3% of full scale
             Air Pressure (ducts)                                 ±25 Pa (±0.1 in. w.g.)
             Air Pressure (space)                                 ±3 Pa (±0.01 in. w.g.)
             Water Pressure                               ±2% of full scale (see Note 2)
             Electrical (A, V, W, Power Factor)           ±1% of reading (see Note 3)
             Carbon Monoxide (CO)                         ±5% of reading
             Carbon Dioxide (CO 2)                        ±50 ppm

             Note 1: 10% - 100% of scale
             Note 2: For both absolute and differential pressure
             Note 3: Not including utility-supplied meters




DDC CONTROLS - BACNET                                                                           15921 - 27
ST. JOHNS COUNTY MINIMUM SECURITY CORRECTIONAL FACILITY                                  ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050
ST. AUGUSTINE, FLORIDA




                                                   Table 2
                                      Control Stability and Accuracy

              Controlled Variable         Control Accuracy                      Range of Medium

              Air Pressure                ±50 Pa (±0.2 in. w.g.)       0-1.5 kPa (0-6 in. w.g.)
                                          3 Pa (±0.01 in. w.g.)        -25 to 25 Pa (-0.1 to 0.1 in.
                                                                       w.g.)
              Airflow                 ±10% of full scale
              Space Temperature       ±1.0ºC (±2.0ºF)
              Duct Temperature        ±1.5ºC (±3ºF)
              Humidity                ±3% RH
              Fluid Pressure   ±10 kPa (±1.5 psi)                      MPa (1-150 psi)
                                      250 Pa (±1.0 in. w.g.)           0-12.5 kPa (0-50 in. w.g.)
                                                                       differential



1.07 SUBMITTALS
    A.   Product data and shop drawings shall be submitted on all hardware, software, and installation being
         provided. Equipment shall not be ordered until submittals have been approved. Four copies in
         binders are required. All drawings shall be prepared in ACAD 2000 or later and submitted on CD and
         hard copy. When manufacturer’s cut sheets apply to a product series rather than a specific product,
         the options, features and other data specific to this project shall be clearly indicated. Submittal
         approval does not relieve contractor of compliance with these Plans and Specifications. Submittals
         shall include the following:
         1. Direct Digital Control System Hardware.
               a. Complete bill of material with quantities, manufacturers and model numbers.
               b. Manufacturer’s technical data sheets for all controllers, transducers/transmitters, sensors,
                     actuators, valves, relays/switches, control panels, power supplies, batteries, operator
                     interface equipment and wiring.
               c. Wiring Diagrams and layouts for each control panel with terminals numbered.
               d. Schematic diagrams for all field sensors and controllers.
               e. Site plans and/or floor plans indicating physical location of control panels.
               f. Riser Diagrams showing control network layout, communication protocol and wire types.
         2. Central System Software
               a. Description of operator interface software, color graphic software and third party software.




DDC CONTROLS - BACNET                                                                                  15921 - 27
ST. JOHNS COUNTY MINIMUM SECURITY CORRECTIONAL FACILITY                                ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050
ST. AUGUSTINE, FLORIDA


              b.    A list of color graphic screens to be provided. Provide a conceptual layout of each screen,
                    indicating how other screens can be accessed. Indicate how alarms are indicated,
                    specifically when occurring on a different system than is being indicated on current screen
                    being displayed.
              c. Schematic diagrams of control, communication, and power wiring for central system
                    installation. Show interface wiring to control system.
              d. Network riser diagrams of wiring between central control unit and control panels.
         3.   Controlled Systems
              a. Schematic diagram of each controlled system. Label control points with point names.
                    Graphically show locations of control elements.
              b. Schematic wiring diagram of each controlled system. Label control elements and
                    terminals. Where a control element is also shown on control system schematic, use the
                    same name.
              c. Instrumentation list (Bill of Materials) for each controlled system. List each control system
                    element in a table. Show element name, type of device, manufacturer, model number, and
                    product data sheet number.
              d. Complete description of control system operation including sequences of operation.
                    Include and reference schematic diagram of controlled system. List I/O points and
                    software points indicated on plans. Indicate alarmed and trended points.
         4.   Description of process, report formats, and checklists to be used in paragraph covering Control
              System Demonstration and Acceptance.
         5.   Protocol Implementation Performance Statement for each type of controller and operator
              interface.
    B.   Project Record Documents. Submit three copies of record (as-built) documents upon completion of
         installation for approval prior to final completion. Submittal shall consist of:
         1. Project Record Drawings. As-built versions of submittal shop drawings provided as AutoCAD
               2004 (or newer) compatible files on magnetic or optical disk (file format: .DWG, .DXF, .VSD, or
               comparable) and 6 prints of each drawing on 11" x 17" paper.
         2. Testing and Commissioning Reports and Checklists. Completed versions of reports, checklists,
               and trend logs used to meet requirements of Control System Demonstration and Acceptance.
               See Section 01400.
         3. Operation and Maintenance (O&M) Manual. Printed, electronic, or online help documentation of
               the following:
               a. As-built versions of submittal product data.
                     1) Names, addresses, and telephone numbers of installing contractors and service
                           representatives for equipment and control systems.
                     2) Operator's manual with procedures for operating control systems: logging on and off,
                           handling alarms, producing point reports, trending data, overriding computer control,
                           and changing setpoints and variables.




DDC CONTROLS - BACNET                                                                               15921 - 27
ST. JOHNS COUNTY MINIMUM SECURITY CORRECTIONAL FACILITY                                 ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050
ST. AUGUSTINE, FLORIDA


                   3)      Programming manual or set of manuals with description of programming language
                           and syntax, of statements for algorithms and calculations used, of point database
                           creation and modification, of program creation and modification, and of editor use.
                     4) Engineering, installation, and maintenance manual or set of manuals that explains
                           how to design and install new points, panels, and other hardware; how to perform
                           preventive maintenance and calibration; how to debug hardware problems; and how
                           to repair or replace hardware.
                     5) Documentation of programs created using custom programming language including
                           setpoints, tuning parameters, and object database. Electronic copies of programs
                           shall meet this requirement if control logic, setpoints, tuning parameters, and objects
                           can be viewed using furnished programming tools.
                     6) Graphic files, programs, and database on magnetic or optical media.
                     7) List of recommended spare parts with part numbers and suppliers.
                     8) Complete original-issue documentation, installation, and maintenance information for
                           furnished third-party hardware including computer equipment and sensors.
                     9) Complete original-issue copies of furnished software, including operating systems,
                           custom programming language, operator workstation or web server software, and
                           graphics software.
                     10) Licenses, guarantees, and warranty documents for equipment and systems.
                     11) Recommended preventive maintenance procedures for system components,
                           including schedule of tasks such as inspection, cleaning, and calibration; time
                           between tasks; and task descriptions
         4.   Training Materials: Provide course outline and materials for each class at least 3 weeks before
              first class. Training shall be furnished via instructor-led sessions, computer-based training, or
              web-based training. Engineer will modify course outlines and materials if necessary to meet
              Owner's needs. Engineer will review and approve course outlines and materials at least one
              week before first class.
         5.   Contractor shall provide a programming manual which allows other BACnet installers to connect
              new building controllers over the WAN and program the central server to and web based
              appliances to recognize and fully interface with the new building controllers, allowing all
              capabilities described in this projects specifications. Contractor shall provide all reprogramming
              of such front end servers free of charge if other installers do not have adequate documentation
              to do it themselves.
1.08 WARRANTY
    A.   Warrant all work as follows:
         1. Labor and materials for the control system specified shall be warranted free from defects for a
             period of 24 months after final completion and acceptance. Control system failures during the
             warranty period shall be adjusted, repaired or replaced at no additional cost or reduction in
             service to the owner. Response time shall be within 24 hours of normal business hours.




DDC CONTROLS - BACNET                                                                                 15921 - 27
ST. JOHNS COUNTY MINIMUM SECURITY CORRECTIONAL FACILITY                                 ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050
ST. AUGUSTINE, FLORIDA


         2.   All work shall have a single warranty date, even if Owner receives beneficial use due to early
              system startup.
         3.   Engineer determines that equipment and systems operate satisfactorily at the end of final
              start-up, testing, and commissioning phase, Engineer will certify in writing that control system
              operation has been tested and accepted in accordance with the terms of this specification. Date
              of acceptance shall begin warranty period.
         4.   Provide updates to operator workstation or web server software, project-specific software,
              graphic software, database software, and firmware that resolve Contractor-identified software
              deficiencies at no charge during warranty period. If available, Owner can purchase in-warranty
              service agreement to receive upgrades for functional enhancements associated with
              above-mentioned items. Do not install updates or upgrades without Owner's written authorization.
         5.   Exception: Contractor shall not be required to warrant reused devices except those that have
              been rebuilt or repaired. Installation labor and materials shall be warranted. Demonstrate
              operable condition of reused devices at time of Engineer's acceptance.
1.09 OWNERSHIP OF PROPRIETARY MATERIAL
    A.   All project developed software and documentation shall become the property of the owner; including,
         but not limited to, project graphic images, record drawings, project database, project specific
         application programming code, and all documentation.

PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS
    A.   All products used in this project specification shall be new and currently under manufacture and shall
         have been applied in similar installations for a minimum of two years. Spare parts shall be available
         for a period of at least 5 years after completion of this contract.
2.02 COMMUNICATION
    A.   All control components provided for this project up to and including the new PC Workstation shall
         comprise a native BACnet internetwork. All BACnet control component communication shall
         conform to ASHRAE / ANSI Standard 135-1995, BACnet. Where device profiles are referenced in
         this specification, BIBB’s must be supported as indicated in Paragraph L.7 of ASHRAE / ANSI
         Standard 135-1995, Appx. L, for the following interoperability areas applicable to a given controller:
         Data Sharing, Alarm & Event Management, Scheduling, Trending, Device & Network Management.
         See control sequences and points lists on the plans as well as this section for applicability.
    B.   Each device shall operate on the physical/data link protocols specified for that device as defined
         earlier in these contract documents.
    C.   The Controls Contractor shall provide all communication media, connectors, repeaters, hubs, and
         routers necessary for the inter-network.




DDC CONTROLS - BACNET                                                                                15921 - 27
ST. JOHNS COUNTY MINIMUM SECURITY CORRECTIONAL FACILITY                                  ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050
ST. AUGUSTINE, FLORIDA


    D.   All building controllers shall have a communication port for connection with the operator interfaces
         using the selected physical/data link protocol for the system.
    E.   Remote operator interface via a 56k or faster baud modem shall allow for communication with any
         and all controllers on this network as described in F below.
    F.   Communications services over the internetwork shall result in operator interface and value passing
         that is transparent to the internetwork architecture as follows:
         1. Connection of an operator interface device to any one controller on the internetwork will allow
               the operator to interface with all other controllers as if that interface were directly connected to
               the other controllers. Data, status information, reports, system software, custom programs, etc.,
               for all controllers shall be available for viewing and editing from any one controller on the
               internetwork.
         2. All database values (i.e., points, software variable, custom program variables) of any one
               controller shall be readable by any other controller on the internetwork. This value passing shall
               be automatically performed by a controller when a reference to a point name not located in that
               controller is entered into the controller's database. An operator/installer shall not be required to
               set up any communications services to perform internetwork value passing.
    G. The time clocks in all controllers shall be automatically synchronized daily. An operator change to
       the time clock of any controller shall be automatically broadcast to all controllers on the internetwork.
       System shall automatically adjust for daylight saving and standard time.
    H.   The internetwork shall have the following minimum capacity for future expansion:
         1. Each building controller shall have routing capacity for 20 additional sublevel controllers.
         2. The building controller network shall have the capacity for 20 building controllers.
         3. As a minimum, the system shall have an overall capacity for at least 2500 building controller,
              custom application controller, and application specific controller input/output objects.
2.03 CONTROLLER SOFTWARE
    A.   Furnish the following applications software for building and energy management. All software
         applications shall reside and run in the system controllers. Editing of applications shall occur at the
         operator workstation.
    B.   System Security
         1. User access shall be secured using individual security passwords and user names.
         2. Passwords shall restrict the user to only the objects, applications, and system functions as
              assigned by the system manager.
         3. User logon/logoff attempts shall be recorded.
         4. The system shall protect itself from unauthorized use by automatically logging off following the
              last keystroke. The delay time shall be user definable.
    C.   Scheduling. Provide the capability to schedule each object or group of objects in the system. Each




DDC CONTROLS - BACNET                                                                                 15921 - 27
ST. JOHNS COUNTY MINIMUM SECURITY CORRECTIONAL FACILITY                                ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050
ST. AUGUSTINE, FLORIDA


         of these schedules shall include the capability for start, stop, optimal start, optimal stop, unoccupied
         and night setback sequences, as indicated in the sequences. Each schedule may consist of up to 10
         events. When a group of objects are scheduled together, provide the capability to define advances
         and delays for each member. Each schedule shall consist of the following:
         1. Weekly Schedule. Provide separate schedules for each day of the week.
         2. Exception Schedules. Provide the ability for the operator to designate any day of the year as an
               exception schedule. This exception schedule shall override the standard schedule for that day.
               Exception schedules may be defined up to a year in advance. Once an exception schedule is
               executed it will be discarded and replaced by the standard schedule for that day of the week.
         3. Holiday Schedules. Provide the capability for the operator to define up to 99 special or holiday
               schedules. These schedules may be placed on the scheduling calendar and will be repeated
               each year. The operator shall be able to define the length of each holiday period.
         4. Optimal Start/Stop. The scheduling application outlined above shall support an optimal
               start/stop algorithm. This shall calculate the thermal characteristics of a zone and start the
               equipment prior to occupancy to achieve the desired space temperature at the specified
               occupancy time. The algorithm shall calculate separate sets of heating and cooling rates for
               zones that have been unoccupied for less then and greater than 24 hours. Provide the ability to
               modify the start/stop algorithm based on outdoor air temperature. Provide an early start limit in
               minutes to prevent the system from starting before an operator determined time limit. The
               optimum start/stop shall be used to transition into and out of the night setback conditions.
    D.   Alarms. The operator shall be able to determine the action to be taken in the event of an alarm.
         Alarms shall be routed to the appropriate work-stations based on time and other conditions. An alarm
         shall be able to start programs, be logged in the event log, printed, generate custom messages
         graphics. Each analog object shall have both high and low alarm limits. Each binary shall be set to
         alarm based on the operator specified state. All alarms shall have the capability to be automatically
         or manually disabled.
    E.   Remote Communications. The system shall have the ability to dial out in the event of an alarm.
         Receivers shall include telephones and Alpha-numeric pagers. The alarm message shall include the
         name of the calling location, the device that generated the alarm, and the alarm message itself. All
         building controllers connected to the LAN shall have the capability to call out alarm messages
         through one or more shared modems connected to one or more building controllers on the LAN.
         Building controllers shall have the capability to call a minimum of 20 different numbers. Numbers
         may be controlled by type of alarm or time schedule.
    F.   Demand Limiting. While not indicated on the points lists, the software shall be capable of being
         upgraded at a future date to allow demand limiting software.
    G. Maintenance Management. The system shall monitor equipment status and generate maintenance
       messages based upon user designated ran time, starts, and/or calendar date limits.
    H.   Sequencing. Provide application software based upon the sequences of operations specified to




DDC CONTROLS - BACNET                                                                                15921 - 27
ST. JOHNS COUNTY MINIMUM SECURITY CORRECTIONAL FACILITY                                   ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050
ST. AUGUSTINE, FLORIDA


         properly sequence chillers, boilers and pumps.
    I.   PID Control. A PID (proportional-integral-derivative) algorithm with direct or reverse action and
         anti-wind-up shall be supplied. The algorithm shall calculate a time-varying analog value used to
         position an output or stage a series of outputs. The controlled variable, set-point, and PID gains shall
         be user-selectable. The set-point shall optionally be chosen to be a reset schedule.
    J.   Staggered Start. This application shall prevent all controlled equipment from simultaneously
         restarting after a power outage. The order in which equipment (or groups of equipment) is started,
         along with the time delay between starts shall be user-selectable.
    K.   Anti-Short Cycling. All binary output points shall be protected from short cycling. This feature shall
         allow minimum on-time and off-time to be selected.
    L.   Runtime Totalization. Provide software to totalize runtimes as indicated on the points lists. Provide
         runtime alarms as requested by the Owner.
2.04 BUILDING CONTROLLERS
    A.   General. Provide an adequate number of Building Controllers to provide the performance specified in
         Part 1 of this specification section. As a minimum, provide the number of Building Controllers
         indicated in the System Architecture on plans. Each of these panels shall meet the following
         requirements.
         1. The Building Automation System shall be composed of one or more independent, stand-alone,
               microprocessor based Building Controllers to manage the global strategies described in System
               software section.
         2. The Building Controller shall have sufficient memory to support its operating system, database,
               and programming requirements.
         3. Data shall be shared between networked Building Controllers.
         4. The operating system of the Controller shall manage the input and output communications
               signals to allow distributed controllers to share real and virtual point information and allow central
               monitoring and alarms.
         5. Controllers that perform scheduling shall have a real time clock.
         6. The Building Controller shall continually check the status of its processor and memory circuits.
               If an abnormal operation is detected, the controller shall:
               a. Assume a predetermined failure mode.
               b. Generate an alarm notification.
         7. BACnet. The Building Controller shall communicate with other BACnet devices on the
               internetwork using the Read (Execute and Initiate) and Write (Execute and Initiate) Property
               services as defined in Clauses 15.5 through 15.10, respectively, of ASHRAE Standard 135-95.
               Building Controllers shall comply with BACnet device profile B-BC as defined in the ASHRAE
               Standard 135-95, Appx. L.
         8. The controller shall provide a communications port for connection of the Portable Operators




DDC CONTROLS - BACNET                                                                                   15921 - 27
ST. JOHNS COUNTY MINIMUM SECURITY CORRECTIONAL FACILITY                                   ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050
ST. AUGUSTINE, FLORIDA


              Terminal (Laptop) using Point-to-Point BACnet physical/data link layer protocol.
    B.   Communications. Each Building Controller shall reside on a BACnet inter-network using the ISO
         8802-3 (Ethernet) protocol. Each Building Controller shall also perform routing to a network of
         Custom Application and Application Specific Controllers. Building Controllers shall as a minimum
         support Point-to-Point (PTP), MS/TP and Ethernet BACnet LAN types. It shall communicate directly
         via these BACnet LANs as a native BACnet device and shall support simultaneous routing functions
         between all supported LAN types.
    C.   Environment. Controller hardware shall be suitable for the anticipated ambient conditions. Controller
         used in conditioned ambient shall be mounted in NEMA 1 Type rated enclosures, and shall be rated
         for operation at 32 F to 120 F. Controllers used outdoors and/or in wet ambient shall be mounted
         within NEMA 4 Type waterproof enclosures, and shall be rated for operation at 0 F to 150 F.
         Controllers mounted in utility spaces shall be NEMA 4.
    D.   Serviceability. Provide diagnostic LEDs for power, communications, and processor. All wiring
         connections shall be made to field removable, modular terminal strips or to a termination card
         connected by a ribbon cable.
    E.   Memory. Controller memory shall support operating system, database and programming
         requirements. The Building Controller shall maintain all BIOS and programming information in the
         event of a power loss for at least 72 hours.
    F.   Immunity to power and noise. Controller shall be able to operate at 90% to 110% of nominal voltage
         rating and shall perform an orderly shut-down below 80% nominal voltage. Operation shall be
         protected from electrical noise of 5 to 120 Hz and from keyed radios up to 5 W at 3 feet.
    G. Transformer. Power supply for the ASC must be rated at minimum of 125% of ASC power
       consumption, and shall be fused or current limiting type.
2.05 CUSTOM APPLICATION CONTROLLERS
    A.   General. Provide native BACnet Custom Application Controllers (CAC) to provide the performance
         specified in Part 1 of this section. Each of these panels shall meet the following requirements.
         1. Each central station chilled water air handling unit shall have a dedicated Custom Application
              Controller. Hydronic system controllers may be grouped by system served. These controllers
              shall provide stand-alone control in the event of communication failure using stable and reliable
              using default values or other method for values normally read over the network.
         2. The Controller shall have sufficient memory to support its operating system, database, and
              programming requirements.
         3. Controllers that perform scheduling shall have a real time clock.
         4. The operating system of the Controller shall manage the input and output communications
              signals to allow distributed controllers to share real and virtual point information and allow central
              monitoring and alarms.




DDC CONTROLS - BACNET                                                                                  15921 - 27
ST. JOHNS COUNTY MINIMUM SECURITY CORRECTIONAL FACILITY                                  ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050
ST. AUGUSTINE, FLORIDA


         5.   Data shall be shared between networked Controllers.
         6.   The Controller shall continually check the status of its processor and memory circuits. If an
              abnormal operation is detected, the controller shall:
              a. Assume a predetermined failure mode.
              b. Generate an alarm notification.
         7.   The customer application controller shall communicate with other BACnet devices on the
              internetwork using the Read (Execute and Initiate) and Write (Execute and Initiate) Property
              services as defined in Clauses 15.5 through 15.10, of ASHRAE Standard 135-95. Building
              Controllers shall comply with BACnet device profile B-AAC as defined in the ASHRAE Standard
              135-95, Appx. L.
    B.   Communications. Each custom application controller shall reside on a BACnet network using the
         MS/TP Data Link/Physical Layer protocol. No gateways are allowed. Each controller shall have a
         BACnet Data Link /Physical layer compatible connection for a laptop computer or portable operator’s
         interface tool.
    C.   Environment. Controller hardware shall be suitable for the anticipated ambient conditions.
         1. Controllers used outdoors and/or in wet ambient shall be mounted within NEMA 4 Type
              waterproof enclosures, and shall be rated for operation at 0 F to 150 F.
         2. Controller used in conditioned ambient shall be mounted in NEMA 1Type rated enclosures, and
              shall be rated for operation at 0 C to 50 C [32 F to 120 F]. Controllers used in utility spaces shall
              be NEMA 4.
    D.   Serviceability. Provide diagnostic LEDs for power, communications, and processor. All wiring
         connections shall be made to field removable, modular terminal strips or to a termination card
         connected by a ribbon cable.
    E.   Memory. The Controller shall maintain all BIOS and programming information in the event of a power
         loss for at least 72 hours.
    F.   Immunity to power and noise. Controller shall be able to operate at 90% to 110% of nominal voltage
         rating and shall perform an orderly shut-down below 80% nominal voltage. Operation shall be
         protected from electrical noise of 5 to 120 Hz and from keyed radios up to 5 W at 3 feet.
    G. The building operator shall have the ability to make changes to the sequence of operations. Provide
       supporting documentation on how to implement these changes with O&M data.
    H.   Spare Capacity. Provide a minimum of 2 each binary input, binary output, analog input, analog
         output, analog value and binary value points for each custom application controller used for air
         handler applications. . Provide a minimum of 4 each binary input, binary output, analog input, analog
         output, analog value and binary value points for each custom application controller used for central
         plant applications. Universal points may be used to meet this requirement.
    I.   Transformer. Power supply for the ASC must be rated at minimum of 125% of ASC power




DDC CONTROLS - BACNET                                                                                 15921 - 27
ST. JOHNS COUNTY MINIMUM SECURITY CORRECTIONAL FACILITY                                ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050
ST. AUGUSTINE, FLORIDA


         consumption, and shall be fused or current limiting type.
2.06 APPLICATION SPECIFIC CONTROLLERS
    A.   General. Application specific controllers (ASC) are microprocessor-based DDC controllers which
         through hardware or firmware design are dedicated to control a specific piece of equipment. They
         are not fully user programmable, but are customized for operation within the confines of the
         equipment they are designed to serve.
         1. Each ASC shall be capable of stand-alone operation and shall continue to provide control
              functions without being connected to the network.
         2. Each ASC will contain sufficient I/O capacity to control the target system.
         3. ASC’s, if used, must support the sequence of operations and provide the points indicated on the
              points list. If not, a CSC must be used.
         4. The ASC’s shall communicate with other BACnet devices on the internetwork using the Read
              (Execute and Initiate) Property services as defined in Clauses 15.5 of ASHRAE Standard
              135-95. Building Controllers shall comply with BACnet device profile B-ASC as defined in the
              ASHRAE Standard 135-95, Appx. L.
    B.   Environment. The hardware shall be suitable for the anticipated ambient conditions.
         1. Controllers used outdoors and/or in wet ambient shall be mounted within NEMA 4 Type
              waterproof enclosures, and shall be rated for operation at 0 F to 150 F.
         2. Controller used in conditioned ambient shall be mounted in NEMA 1 Type rated enclosures, and
              shall be rated for operation at 32 F to 120 F. Controllers mounted in utility spaces shall be
              NEMA 4.
    C.   Serviceability. Provide diagnostic LEDs for power, and communications. All wiring connections shall
         be made to field removable, modular terminal strips or to a termination card connected by a ribbon
         cable.
    D.   Memory. The Application Specific Controller shall maintain all BIOS and programming information in
         the event of a power loss for at least 90 days.
    E.   Immunity to Power and noise. Controller shall be able to operate at 90% to 110% of nominal voltage
         rating and shall perform an orderly shut-down below 80%.
    F.   Transformer. Power supply for the ASC must be rated at minimum of 125% of ASC power
         consumption, and shall be fused or current limiting type. Operation shall be protected from electrical
         noise of 5 to 120 Hz and from keyed radios up to 5 W at 3 feet.
    G. Communications. Each custom application controller shall reside on a BACnet using the MS/TP
       Data Link/Physical Layer protocol. Each controller shall have a BACnet Data Link /Physical layer
       compatible connection for a laptop computer or portable operator’s interface tool.
2.07 INPUT/OUTPUT INTERFACE




DDC CONTROLS - BACNET                                                                               15921 - 27
ST. JOHNS COUNTY MINIMUM SECURITY CORRECTIONAL FACILITY                                 ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050
ST. AUGUSTINE, FLORIDA


    A.   Hard-wired inputs and outputs may tie into the system through Building, Custom, or Application
         Specific Controllers.
    B.   All input points and output points shall be protected such that shorting of the point to itself, another
         point, or ground will cause no damage to the controller. All input and output points shall be protected
         from voltage up to 24V of any duration, such that contact with this voltage will cause no damage to
         the controller.
    C.   Binary inputs shall allow the monitoring of on/off signals from remote devices. The binary inputs shall
         provide a wetting current of at least 12 ma to be compatible with commonly available control devices
         and shall be protected against the effects of contact bounce and noise. Binary inputs shall sense “dry
         contact” closure without external power (other than that provided by the controller) being applied.
    D.   Pulse accumulation input points. This type of point shall conform to all the requirements of Binary
         Input points, and also accept up to 10 pulses per second for pulse accumulation.
    E.   Analog inputs shall allow the monitoring of low voltage (0-10 Vdc), current (4-20 ma), or resistance
         signals (thermistor, RTD). Analog inputs shall be compatible with, and field configurable to
         commonly available sensing devices.
    F.   Binary outputs shall provide for on/off operation, or a pulsed low voltage signal for pulse width
         modulation control. Binary outputs on custom and building controllers or relays shall have 3-position
         (on/off/auto) override switches and status lights. Outputs shall be selectable for either normally open
         or normally closed operation.
    G. Analog outputs shall provide a modulating signal for the control of end devices. Outputs shall provide
       either a 0-10 Vdc or a 4-20 ma signal as required to provide proper control of the output device.
       Analog outputs on bulding or custom application controllers shall have status lights and a two position
       (AUTO/MANUAL) switch and manually adjustable potentiometer for manual override. Analog outputs
       shall not exibit a drift of greater than 0.4% of range per year.
    H.   Tri-State Outputs. Control three-point floating electronic actuators without feedback with tri-state
         outputs (two coordinated binary outputs). Tri-State outputs may be used to provide analog output
         control in zone control and terminal unit control applications such as VAV terminal units,
         duct-mounted heating coils, and zone dampers.
    I.   Pulse-Width Modulation. Control actuators designed for pulse-width modulation with a single binary
         output that cycles with variable on and off times as determined by the application software.
         Pulse-width modulation may be used to provide analog output control in zone control and terminal unit
         control applications such as VAV terminal units, duct-mounted heating coils, and zone dampers.
    J.   Universal Inputs and Outputs. Inputs and outputs that can be designated as either binary or analog in
         software shall conform to the provisions of this section that are appropriate for their designated use.
2.08 POWER SUPPLIES AND LINE FILTERING




DDC CONTROLS - BACNET                                                                                15921 - 27
ST. JOHNS COUNTY MINIMUM SECURITY CORRECTIONAL FACILITY                                ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050
ST. AUGUSTINE, FLORIDA


    A.   Power Supplies. Control transformers shall be UL listed. Furnish Class 2 current-limiting type or
         furnish over-current protection in primary and secondary circuits for Class 2 service in accordance
         with NEC requirements. Limit connected loads to 80% of rated capacity.
         1. DC power supply output shall match output current and voltage requirements. Unit shall be
               full-wave rectifier type with output ripple of 5.0 mV maximum peak-to-peak. Regulation shall be
               1.0% line and load combined, with 100-microsecond response time for 50% load changes. Unit
               shall have built-in over-voltage and over-current protection and shall be able to withstand 150%
               current overload for at least three seconds without trip-out or failure.
               a. Unit shall operate between 0°C and 50°C (32°F and 120°F). EM/RF shall meet FCC Class
                     B and VDE 0871 for Class B and MILSTD 810C for shock and vibration.
               b. Line voltage units shall be UL recognized and CSA listed.
    B.   Power Line Filtering.
         1. Provide internal or external transient voltage and surge suppression for workstations and
             controllers. Surge protection shall have:
             a. Dielectric strength of 1000 V minimum
             b. Response time of 10 nanoseconds or less
             c. Transverse mode noise attenuation of 65 dB or greater
             d. Common mode noise attenuation of 150 dB or greater at 40-100 Hz
    C.   Isolated Loop Circuit Protector. Install isolated loop circuit protectors on all MS/TP communication
         trunks at the point where the trunk enters and leaves all buildings. This includes protection of lines
         routed on external surfaces of the building such as walls and roofs. The loop circuit protector shall be
         designed to protect equipment from transient voltage spikes and surges and shall be UL Listed in
         accordance with UL 497B. Provide devices suitable for the application that meet or exceed the
         following specifications.
    D.
              Specifications – Operating:
              Maximum Operating Voltage:                              12 Volts / 24 Volts
              Typical Leakage Current:                      < 5u Amps
              Maximum Data Rate:                                      22 Kbs
              Operation Temperature:                        - 40 - + 85 C
              Connection:                                             Dual Terminal Blocks
              Lines Protected:                              One Pair
              Installation Configuration:                   In-Line Series
              Specifications – Electronic:
              Maximum Surge Current (8x20us):                        10,000 Amps Per line
              Maximum Surge Voltage (1.2x50us):                      6,000 Volts
              Capacitance:                                           <250 pf
              Clamping Voltage:                                      15 Volts / 30 Volts




DDC CONTROLS - BACNET                                                                               15921 - 27
ST. JOHNS COUNTY MINIMUM SECURITY CORRECTIONAL FACILITY                               ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050
ST. AUGUSTINE, FLORIDA


              Clamping Response Time:                               <5 Nanoseconds
              Voltage:                                               Voltage sensitive
              Power Dissipation:                                     60,000,000 VA
              UL497                                                  B        E158611
              Pass Voltage (ANSI/IEEE B3 Impulse):          19 Volts Peak / 31Volts Peak
              First Stage Power Dissipation (8x20us):       10,000 Amps
              Dimension:                                             Depth: 1” Width: 2” Length: 1 ½”
                                                                     Tabs: ½” each




2.09 AUXILIARY CONTROL DEVICES
    A.   Binary Temperature Devices.
         1. Low-Voltage Space Thermostats. Low-voltage space thermostats shall be 24 V,
              bimetal-operated, mercury-switch type, with adjustable or fixed anticipation heater, concealed
              setpoint adjustment, 13°C-30°C (55°F-85°F) setpoint range, 1°C (2°F) maximum differential,
              and vented ABS plastic cover.
         2. Line-Voltage Space Thermostats. Line-voltage space thermostats shall be bimetal-actuated,
              open-contact type or bellows-actuated, enclosed, snap-switch type or equivalent solid-state type,
              with heat anticipator, UL listing for electrical rating, concealed setpoint adjustment, 13°C-30°C
              (55°F-85°F) setpoint range, 1°C (2°F) maximum differential, and vented ABS plastic cover.
         3. Low-Limit Thermostats. Low-limit airstream thermostats shall be UL listed, vapor pressure type.
              Element shall be at least 6 m (20 ft) long. Element shall sense temperature in each 30 cm (1 ft)
              section and shall respond to lowest sensed temperature. Low-limit thermostat shall be manual
              reset only.
    B.   Temperature Sensors
         1. Temperature sensors shall be Resistance Temperature Device (RTD) or Thermistor.
         2. Duct sensors shall be averaging. Averaging sensors shall be a minimum of 5 feet in length per
             10 square feet of duct cross section.
         3. Space sensors shall be equipped with set-point adjustment, override switch, display, and/or
             communication port as shown on the drawings.
         4. Provide matched temperature sensors for differential temperature measurement. Differential
             accuracy shall be within 0.2 F.
         5. Immersion sensors shall be provided with a separable stainless steel well. Pressure rating of
             well shall be same as system in which it is installed. The well must withstand flow velocities in
             the pipe.
    C.   Humidity Sensors
         1. Duct and room sensors shall have a humidity sensing range of 20% to 80%RH.




DDC CONTROLS - BACNET                                                                              15921 - 27
ST. JOHNS COUNTY MINIMUM SECURITY CORRECTIONAL FACILITY                                  ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050
ST. AUGUSTINE, FLORIDA


         2.   Duct sensors shall be provided with a sampling chamber.
         3.   Outdoor air humidity sensors shall have a sensing range of 20% to 95%RH. They shall be
              suitable for ambient conditions of –40F to 170F.
         4.   Humidity sensor’s drift shall not exceed 1% of the full scale per year.
    D.   Relays
         1. Control relays shall be UL listed plug-in type with dust cover. Contact rating, configuration, and
              coil voltage suitable for application.
         2. Time delay relays shall be UL listed solid-state plug-in type with adjustable time delay. Delay
              shall be adjustable plus or minus 200% (minimum) from set-point shown on plans. Contact
              rating, configuration, and coil voltage suitable for application. Provide NEMA 4 Type enclosure
              when not installed in local control panel.
    E.   Current Transmitters.
         1. AC current transmitters shall be self-powered, combination split-core current transformer type
              with built-in rectifier and high-gain servo amplifier with 4-20 mA two-wire output. Full-scale unit
              ranges shall be 10 A, 20 A, 50 A, 100 A, 150 A, and 200 A, with internal zero and span
              adjustment. Unit accuracy shall be ±1% full-scale at 500 ohm maximum burden.
         2. Transmitter shall meet or exceed ANSI/ISA S50.1 requirements and shall be UL/CSA
              recognized.
         3. Unit shall be split-core type for clamp-on installation on existing wiring.
    F.   Current Transformers.
         1. AC current transformers shall be UL/CSA recognized and shall be completely encased (except
              for terminals) in approved plastic material.
         2. Transformers shall be available in various current ratios and shall be selected for ±1% accuracy
              at 5 A full-scale output.
         3. Use fixed-core transformers for new wiring installation and split-core transformers for existing
              wiring installation.
    G. Voltage Transmitters.
       1. AC voltage transmitters shall be self-powered single-loop (two-wire) type, 4-20 mA output with
            zero and span adjustment.
       2. Adjustable full-scale unit ranges shall be 100-130 Vac, 200-250 Vac, 250-330 Vac, and 400-600
            Vac. Unit accuracy shall be ±1% full-scale at 500 ohm maximum burden.
       3. Transmitters shall meet or exceed ANSI/ISA S50.1 requirements and shall be UL/CSA
            recognized at 600 Vac rating.
    H.   Voltage Transformers.
         1. AC voltage transformers shall be UL/CSA recognized, 600 Vac rated, and shall have built-in fuse
              protection.
         2. Transformers shall be suitable for ambient temperatures of 4°C-55°C (40°F-130°F) and shall
              provide ±0.5% accuracy at 24 Vac and 5 VA load.




DDC CONTROLS - BACNET                                                                                  15921 - 27
ST. JOHNS COUNTY MINIMUM SECURITY CORRECTIONAL FACILITY                                ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050
ST. AUGUSTINE, FLORIDA


         3.   Windings (except for terminals) shall be completely enclosed with metal or plastic.
    I.   Power Monitors.
         1. Power monitors shall be three-phase type and shall have three-phase disconnect and shorting
             switch assembly, UL listed voltage transformers, and UL listed split-core current transformers.
         2. Power monitors shall provide selectable output: rate pulse for kWh reading or 4-20 mA for kW
             reading. Power monitors shall operate with 5 A current inputs and maximum error of ±2% at 1.0
             power factor or ±2.5% at 0.5 power factor.
    J.   Current Switches
         1. Current-operated switches shall be self-powered, solid state with adjustable trip current. The
              switches shall be selected to match the current of the application and output requirements of the
              DDC system.
    K.   Pressure Transducers.
         1. Transducers shall have linear output signal and field-adjustable zero and span.
         2. Continuous operating conditions of positive or negative pressure 50% greater than calibrated
              span shall not damage transducer sensing elements.
         3. Water pressure transducer diaphragm shall be stainless steel with minimum proof pressure of
              1000 kPa (150 psi). Transducer shall have 4-20 mA output, suitable mounting provisions, and
              block and bleed valves.
         4. Water differential pressure transducer diaphragm shall be stainless steel with minimum proof
              pressure of 1000 kPa (150 psi). Over-range limit (differential pressure) and maximum static
              pressure shall be 2000 kPa (300 psi.) Transducer shall have 4-20 mA output, suitable mounting
              provisions, and 5-valve manifold.
    L.   Differential Pressure Switches
         1. (Air or water service) UL listed, SPDT snap acting, pilot duty rated (125 VA minimum), NEMA 1
               enclosure, with scale range and differential suitable for intended application.
    M. Pressure-Electric (PE) Switches. PE switches shall be UL listed, pilot duty rated (125 VA minimum) or
       motor control rated, metal or neoprene diaphragm actuated, operating pressure rated for 0-175 kPa
       (0-25 psig), with calibrated scale minimum setpoint range of 14-125 kPa (2-18 psig).
       1. Provide one- or two-stage switch action (SPDT, DPST, or DPDT) as required by application.
       2. Switches shall be open type (panel-mounted). Exception: Switches shall be enclosed type for
            remote installation. Enclosed type shall be NEMA 4 unless otherwise specified.
       3. Each pneumatic signal line to PE switches shall have permanent indicating gauge.
    N.   Local Control Panels (for relays, tranducers, etc.)
         1. All indoor control cabinets shall be fully enclosed NEMA 4 Type construction with hinged door,
              key-lock latch, removable sub-panels. A single key shall be common to all field panels and
              sub-panels. Outdoor control cabinets, if required, shall be NEMA 4 enclosures with similar
              features.




DDC CONTROLS - BACNET                                                                               15921 - 27
ST. JOHNS COUNTY MINIMUM SECURITY CORRECTIONAL FACILITY                                  ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050
ST. AUGUSTINE, FLORIDA


         2.   Interconnections between internal and face-mounted devices pre-wired with color-coded
              stranded conductors neatly installed in plastic troughs and/or tie-wrapped. Terminals for field
              connections shall be UL listed for 600-volt service, individually identified per control/interlock
              drawings, with adequate clearance for field wiring. Control termination’s for field connection
              shall be individually identified per control drawings.
         3.   Provide on/off power switch with over-current protection and main air gauge for control power
              sources to each local panel.
2.10 WIRING AND RACEWAYS
    A.   Power Wiring
         1. Provide all power wiring necessary for a complete installation in accordance with the NEC
             requirements. Coordinate with Owner’s maintenance staff to locate suitable power or lighting
             panels. For bidding purposes assume suitable panels are available within 100’ of point of need.
             All power wiring shall be copper and shall be run in EMT or rigid conduit suitable for installed
             environment. Power wiring shall be installed by a licensed electrician. All insulated wire to be
             copper conductors, UL labeled for 90 degree C minimum service. All wiring in overhead ceiling
             cavities and mechanical rooms shall be plenum rated.

PART 3 – EXECUTION
3.01 EXAMINATION
    A.   Thoroughly examine project plans for control device and equipment locations. Report discrepancies,
         conflicts, or omissions to Design Engineer for resolution before starting rough-in work or ordering
         controls.
    B.   Inspect site to verify that equipment can be installed as shown. Report discrepancies, conflicts, or
         omissions to Engineer for resolution before starting rough-in work or ordering controls.
    C.   Examine drawings and specifications for work of others. Report inadequate headroom or space
         conditions or other discrepancies to Engineer and obtain written instructions for changes necessary
         to accommodate Section 15920 work with work of others. Controls Contractor shall perform at his
         expense necessary changes in specified work caused by failure or neglect to report discrepancies.
3.02 PROTECTION
    A.   Controls Contractor shall protect against and be liable for damage to work and to material caused by
         Contractor's work or employees.
    B.   Controls Contractor shall be responsible for work and equipment until inspected, tested, and
         accepted. Protect material not immediately installed. Close open ends of work with temporary covers
         or plugs during storage and construction to prevent entry of foreign objects.
3.03 COORDINATION




DDC CONTROLS - BACNET                                                                                 15921 - 27
ST. JOHNS COUNTY MINIMUM SECURITY CORRECTIONAL FACILITY                                  ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050
ST. AUGUSTINE, FLORIDA


    A.   Site.
         1. Assist in coordinating space conditions to accommodate the work of each trade where work will
               be installed near or will interfere with work of other trades. If installation without coordination
               causes interference with work of other trades, Contractor shall correct conditions without extra
               charge.
         2. Coordinate and schedule work with other work in the same area and with work dependent upon
               other work to facilitate mutual progress.
    B.   Submittals. See Section 15920 Article 1.10 (Submittals).
    C.   Test and Balance.
         1. Provide Test and Balance Contractor a single set of necessary tools to interface to control
              system for testing and balancing.
         2. Train Test and Balance Contractor to use control system interface tools.
         3. Provide a qualified technician to assist with testing and balancing the first 20 terminal units, and
              others as required.
         4. Test and Balance Contractor shall return tools undamaged and in working condition at
              completion of testing and balancing.
    D.   Life Safety.
         1. Duct smoke detectors required for air handler shutdown are provided by Controls Contractor and
               shall meet the requirements of all applicable codes. Interlock smoke detectors to air handlers
               for shutdown as specified in Sequences of Operation.
    E.   Coordination with Other Controls. Integrate with and coordinate controls and control devices furnished
         or installed by others as follows.
         1. Communication media and equipment shall be provided as specified in Section 15920
               (Communication).
         2. Each supplier of a controls product shall configure, program, start up, and test that product to
               meet the sequences of operation described in plans regardless of where within the contract
               documents those products are described.
         3. Coordinate and resolve incompatibility issues that arise between control products provided under
               this section and those provided under other sections or divisions of this specification.
         4. Controls Contractor shall be responsible for integration of control products provided by multiple
               suppliers regardless of where integration is described within the contract documents.
3.04 GENERAL WORKMANSHIP
    A.   Install equipment, piping, and wiring or raceway horizontally, vertically, and parallel to walls wherever
         possible.
    B.   Provide sufficient slack and flexible connections to allow for piping and equipment vibration isolation.
    C.   Install equipment in readily accessible locations as defined by National Electrical Code (NEC)




DDC CONTROLS - BACNET                                                                                 15921 - 27
ST. JOHNS COUNTY MINIMUM SECURITY CORRECTIONAL FACILITY                                   ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050
ST. AUGUSTINE, FLORIDA


         Chapter 1 Article 100 Part A.
    D.   Verify wiring integrity to ensure continuity and freedom from shorts and ground faults.
    E.   Equipment, installation, and wiring shall comply with industry specifications and standards and local
         codes for performance, reliability, and compatibility.
3.05 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
    A.   Work, materials, and equipment shall comply with rules and regulations of applicable local, state, and
         federal codes and ordinances as identified in Section 15920 (Codes and Standards).
    B.   Continually monitor field installation for code compliance and workmanship quality
    C.   Contractor shall arrange for work inspection by local or state authorities having jurisdiction over the
         work.
3.06 WIRING
    A.   Control and interlock wiring and installation shall comply with national and local electrical codes and
         manufacturer's recommendations.
    B.   NEC Class 1 (line voltage) wiring shall be UL listed in approved raceway or conduit as required by
         NEC.
    C.   Low-voltage wiring shall meet NEC Class 2 requirements. Subfuse low-voltage power circuits as
         required to meet Class 2 current limit.
    D.   NEC Class 2 (current-limited) wires not in raceway but in concealed and accessible locations such as
         return air plenums shall be UL listed for the intended application.
    E.   Install control wiring in conduit where subject to mechanical damage and at levels below 3 m (10ft) in
         mechanical, electrical, or service rooms.
    F.   Do not install Class 2 wiring in raceway containing Class 1 wiring. Boxes and panels containing high
         voltage wiring and equipment may not be used for low-voltage wiring except for the purpose of
         interfacing the two (e.g., relays and transformers).
    G. Install Class 1 and Class 2 wiring in separate raceways. Boxes and panels containing high-voltage
       wiring and equipment shall not be used for low-voltage wiring except for the purpose of interfacing the
       two through relays and transformers.
    H.   Do not install wiring in raceway containing tubing.
    I.   Run exposed Class 2 wiring parallel to a surface or perpendicular to it and tie neatly at 30 ft intervals.
    J.   Use structural members to support or anchor plenum cables without raceway. Do not use ductwork,
         electrical raceways, piping, or ceiling suspension systems to support or anchor cables.
    K.   Secure raceways with raceway clamps fastened to structure and spaced according to code




DDC CONTROLS - BACNET                                                                                  15921 - 27
ST. JOHNS COUNTY MINIMUM SECURITY CORRECTIONAL FACILITY                                   ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050
ST. AUGUSTINE, FLORIDA


         requirements. Raceways and pull boxes shall not be hung on or attached to ductwork, electrical
         raceways, piping, or ceiling suspension systems.
    L.   Size raceway and select wire size and type in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations and
         NEC requirements.
    M. Include one pull string in each raceway 2.5 cm (1 in.) or larger.
    N.   Use color-coded conductors throughout.
    O. Locate control and status relays in designated enclosures only. Do not install control and status relays
       in packaged equipment control panel enclosures containing Class 1 starters.
    P.   Conceal raceways except within mechanical, electrical, or service rooms. Maintain minimum
         clearance of 15 cm (6 in.) between raceway and high-temperature equipment such as steam pipes or
         flues.
    Q. Adhere to requirements in NEC where raceway crosses building expansion joints.
    R.   Install insulated bushings on raceway ends and enclosure openings. Seal top ends of vertical
         raceways.
    S.   Terminate control and interlock wiring related to the work of this section. Maintain at the job site
         updated (as-built) wiring diagrams that identify terminations.
    T.   Flexible metal raceways and liquid-tight flexible metal raceways shall not exceed 1 m (3 ft) in length
         and shall be supported at each end. Do not use flexible metal raceway less than ½ in. electrical trade
         size. Use liquid-tight flexible metal raceways in areas exposed to moisture including chiller and boiler
         rooms.
    U.   Install raceway rigidly, support adequately, ream at both ends, and leave clean and free of
         obstructions. Join raceway sections with couplings and according to code. Make terminations in
         boxes with fittings. Make terminations not in boxes with bushings.
3.07 COMMUNICATION WIRING
    A.   Communication wiring shall be low-voltage Class 2 wiring and shall comply with Article 3.7 (Wiring).
    B.   Install communication wiring in separate raceways and enclosures from other Class 2 wiring.
    C.   During installation do not exceed maximum cable pulling, tension, or bend radius specified by the
         cable manufacturer.
    D.   Verify entire network's integrity following cable installation using appropriate tests for each cable.
    E.   Install lightning arrestor according to manufacturer's recommendations between cable and ground
         where a cable enters or exits a building.
    F.   Each run of communication wiring shall be a continuous length without splices when that length is




DDC CONTROLS - BACNET                                                                                   15921 - 27
ST. JOHNS COUNTY MINIMUM SECURITY CORRECTIONAL FACILITY                                ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050
ST. AUGUSTINE, FLORIDA


         commercially available. Runs longer than commercially available lengths shall have as few splices as
         possible using commercially available lengths.
    G. Label communication wiring to indicate origination and destination.
    H.   Ground coaxial cable according to NEC regulations article on "Communications Circuits, Cable, and
         Protector Grounding."
3.08 INSTALLATION OF SENSORS
    A.   Install sensors according to manufacturer's recommendations.
    B.   Mount sensors rigidly and adequately for operating environment.
    C.   Install room temperature sensors on concealed junction boxes properly supported by wall framing.
    D.   Air seal wires attached to sensors in their raceways or in the wall to prevent sensor readings from
         being affected by air transmitted from other areas.
    E.   Use averaging sensors in mixing plenums and hot and cold decks. Install averaging sensors in a
         serpentine manner vertically across duct. Support each bend with a capillary clip.
    F.   Install mixing plenum low-limit sensors in a serpentine manner horizontally across duct. Support each
         bend with a capillary clip. Provide 3 m (1 ft) of sensing element for each 1 m 2 (1 ft 2) of coil area.
    G. Install pipe-mounted temperature sensors in wells. Install liquid temperature sensors with
       heat-conducting fluid in thermal wells.
    H.   Install outdoor air temperature sensors on north wall at approved location with sun shield.
    I.   Differential Air Static Pressure.
         1. Supply Duct Static Pressure. Pipe high-pressure tap to duct using a pitot tube. Make pressure
               tap connections according to manufacturer's recommendations.
         2. Piping to pressure transducer pressure ports shall contain a capped test port adjacent to
               transducer.
         3. Pressure transducers, except those controlling VAV boxes, shall be located in control panels,
               not on monitored equipment or on ductwork. Mount transducers in a vibration-free location
               accessible for service without use of ladders or special equipment.
         4. Mount gauge tees adjacent to air and water differential pressure taps. Install shut-off valves
               before tee for water gauges.
    J.   Smoke detectors, freezestats, high-pressure cut-offs, and other safety switches shall be hard-wired to
         de-energize equipment as described in the sequence of operation. Switches shall require manual
         reset. Provide contacts that allow DDC software to monitor safety switch status.
3.09 WARNING LABELS
    A.   Affix permanent warning labels to equipment that can be automatically started by the control system.




DDC CONTROLS - BACNET                                                                                  15921 - 27
ST. JOHNS COUNTY MINIMUM SECURITY CORRECTIONAL FACILITY                                  ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050
ST. AUGUSTINE, FLORIDA


         1.   Labels shall use white lettering (12-point type or larger) on a red background.
         2.   Warning labels shall read as follows.
                                            CAUTION
              This equipment is operating under automatic control and may start or stop at
              any time without warning. Switch disconnect to "Off" position before
              servicing.
    B.   Affix permanent warning labels to motor starters and control panels that are connected to multiple
         power sources utilizing separate disconnects.
         1. Labels shall use white lettering (12-point type or larger) on a red background.
         2. Warning labels shall read as follows.
                                           CAUTION
               This equipment is fed from more than one power source with separate
               disconnects. Disconnect all power sources before servicing.


3.10 IDENTIFICATION OF HARDWARE AND WIRING
    A.   Label wiring and cabling, including that within factory-fabricated panels, with control system address
         or termination number at each end within 5 cm (2 in.) of termination.
    B.   Label pneumatic tubing at each end within 5 cm (2 in.) of termination with a descriptive identifier.
    C.   Permanently label or code each point of field terminal strips to show instrument or item served.
    D.   Label control panels with minimum 1 cm (½ in.) letters on laminated plastic nameplates.
    E.   Label each control component with a permanent label. Label plug-in components such that label
         remains stationary during component replacement.
    F.   Label room sensors related to terminal boxes or valves with nameplates.
    G. Manufacturers' nameplates and UL or CSA labels shall be visible and legible after equipment is
       installed.
    H.   Label identifiers shall match record documents.
3.11 PROGRAMMING
    A.   Point Naming. Name points as shown on the equipment points list provided with each sequence of
         operation. See Sequences of Operation. Where multiple points with the same name reside in the
         same controller, each point name may be customized with its associated Program Object number.
         For example, "Zone Temp 1" for Zone 1, "Zone Temp 2" for Zone 2.
    B.   Software Programming. Programming shall provide actions for each possible situation. Graphic- or
         parameter-based programs shall be documented. Text-based programs shall be modular, structured,
         and commented to clearly describe each section of the program.




DDC CONTROLS - BACNET                                                                                 15921 - 27
ST. JOHNS COUNTY MINIMUM SECURITY CORRECTIONAL FACILITY                                ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050
ST. AUGUSTINE, FLORIDA


         1.   Application Programming. Provide application programming that adheres to sequences of
              operations. Program documentation or comment statements shall reflect language used in
              sequences of operation.
         2.   System Programming. Provide system programming necessary for system operation.
    C.   Operator Interface.
         1. Standard Graphics. Provide graphics as specified in Section 15920 (System Graphics). Show on
             each equipment graphic input and output points and relevant calculated points such as
             indicated on the applicable Points List. Point information on graphics shall dynamically update.
         2. Install, initialize, start up, and troubleshoot operator interface software and functions (including
             operating system software, operator interface database, and third-party software installation and
             integration required for successful operator interface operation) as described in Section 15920.
3.12 CONTROL SYSTEM CHECKOUT AND TESTING
    A.   Start-up Testing: All testing listed in this section shall be performed by the contractor and shall
         makeup part of the necessary verification of a control system. This testing shall be completed before
         the Engineer is notified of the system demonstration.
         1. The contractor shall furnish all labor and test apparatus required to calibrate and prepare for
               service all instruments, controls, and accessory equipment furnished under this specification.
         2. Verify that control wiring is properly connected and free of shorts and ground faults. Verify that
               terminations are tight.
         3. Enable control systems and verify each input device's calibration. Calibrate each device
               according to manufacturer's recommendations.
         4. Verify that binary output devices such as relays, solenoid valves, two-position actuators and
               control valves, and magnetic starters, operate properly and that normal positions are correct.
         5. Verify that analog output devices such as I/Ps and actuators are functional, that start and span
               are correct, and that direction and normal positions are correct. Check control valves and
               automatic dampers to ensure proper action and closure. Make necessary adjustments to valve
               stem and damper blade travel.
         6. Verify that system operates according to sequences of operation. Simulate and observe each
               operational mode by overriding and varying inputs and schedules. Tune PID loops and each
               control routine that requires tuning.
         7. Alarms and Interlocks.
               a. Check each alarm with an appropriate signal at a value that will trip the alarm.
               b. Trip interlocks using field contacts to check logic and to ensure that actuators fail in the
                    proper direction.
               c. Test interlock actions by simulating alarm conditions to check initiating value of variable
                    and interlock action.
3.13 CLEANING
    A.   Each day clean up debris resulting from work. Remove packaging material as soon as its contents




DDC CONTROLS - BACNET                                                                               15921 - 27
ST. JOHNS COUNTY MINIMUM SECURITY CORRECTIONAL FACILITY                                 ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050
ST. AUGUSTINE, FLORIDA


         have been removed. Collect waste and place in designated location.
    B.   On completion of work in each area, clean work debris and equipment. Keep areas free from dust,
         dirt, and debris.
    C.   On completion of work, check equipment furnished under this section for paint damage. Repair
         damaged factory-finished paint to match adjacent areas. Replace deformed cabinets and enclosures
         with new material and repaint to match adjacent areas.
3.14 TRAINING
    A.   Provide training for a designated staff of Owner's representatives. Training shall be provided via
         self-paced training, web-based or computer-based training. Allow for no less than a total of 4 hours of
         training at intervals suitable to the Owner.
    B.   Training shall enable students to accomplish the following objectives.
         1. Proficiently operate system
         2. Understand control system architecture and configuration
         3. Understand DDC system components
         4. Understand system operation, including DDC system control and optimizing routines (algorithms)
         5. Operate workstation and peripherals
         6. Access graphics, point reports, and logs
         7. Adjust and change system setpoints, time schedules, and holiday schedules
         8. Recognize common HVAC system malfunctions by observing system graphics, trend graphs,
              and other system tools
         9. Understand job layout and location of control components
         10. Create, delete, and modify alarms, including configuring alarm reactions
         11. Create, delete, and modify point trend logs (graphs) and multi-point trend graphs
         12. Configure and run reports
         13. Add new users and understand password security procedures
    C.   Instructors shall be factory-trained and experienced in presenting this material.
3.15 SEQUENCE OF OPERATION
    A.   See Plans.
3.16 POINTS LIST
    A.   See Plans.

                                            --END OF SECTION—




DDC CONTROLS - BACNET                                                                              15921 - 27
ST. JOHNS COUNTY MINIMUM SECURITY CORRECTIONAL FACILITY                               ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050
ST. AUGUSTINE, FLORIDA


                       SECTION 15950 - TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING

PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
    A.   Testing, adjustment, and balancing of air systems.
1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDS
    A.   AABC MN-1 - AABC National Standards for Total System Balance; Associated Air Balance Council;
         2002.
    B.   ASHRAE Std 111 - Practices for Measurement, Testing, Adjusting and Balancing of Building Heating,
         Ventilation, Air-Conditioning, and Refrigeration Systems; American Society of Heating, Refrigerating
         and Air-Conditioning Engineers, Inc.; 1988.
    C.   NEBB (TAB) - Procedural Standards for Testing Adjusting Balancing of Environmental Systems;
         National Environmental Balancing Bureau; 2005, Seventh Edition.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
    A.   See Section 01300 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures.
    B.   Submit Test and Balance report.
1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE
    A.   Perform total system balance in accordance with AABC MN-1, ASHRAE Std 111, or NEBB
         Procedural Standards for Testing, Balancing and Adjusting of Environmental Systems.
    B.   TAB Agency Qualifications: Company specializing in the testing, adjusting, and balancing of systems
         specified in this Section with minimum three years documented experience certified by AABC.
    C.   Perform Work under supervision of AABC Certified Test and Balance Engineer or NEBB Certified
         Testing, Balancing and Adjusting Supervisor experienced in performance of this Work and licensed at
         the the State in which the Project is located.

PART 2 PRODUCTS - NOT USED

PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
    A.   Begin work after completion of systems to be tested, adjusted, or balanced and complete work prior
         to Substantial Completion of the project.
3.02 EXAMINATION




TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING                                                                  15950 - 4
ST. JOHNS COUNTY MINIMUM SECURITY CORRECTIONAL FACILITY                                    ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050
ST. AUGUSTINE, FLORIDA


    A.   Verify that systems are complete and operable before commencing work. Ensure the following
         conditions:
         1. Systems are started and operating in a safe and normal condition.
         2. Temperature control systems are installed complete and operable.
         3. Proper thermal overload protection is in place for electrical equipment.
         4. Final filters are clean and in place. If required, install temporary media in addition to final filters.
         5. Duct systems are clean of debris.
         6. Fans are rotating correctly.
         7. Fire and volume dampers are in place and open.
         8. Air coil fins are cleaned and combed.
         9. Access doors are closed and duct end caps are in place.
         10. Air outlets are installed and connected.
         11. Duct system leakage is minimized.
    B.   Confirm the proper functions of all components as noted in the sequence of operations including, but
         not limited to, interlocks, overrides, and damper positions & equipment operations based on occupied
         and unoccupied modes of operation.
    C.   Beginning of work means acceptance of existing conditions.
3.03 PREPARATION
    A.   Provide instruments required for testing, adjusting, and balancing operations. Make instruments
         available to Architect to facilitate spot checks during testing.
    B.   Provide additional balancing devices as required.
3.04 INSTALLATION TOLERANCES
    A.   Air Handling Systems: Adjust to within plus or minus 5 percent of design for supply systems and plus
         or minus 10 percent of design for return and exhaust systems.
    B.   Air Outlets and Inlets: Adjust total to within plus 10 percent and minus 5 percent of design to space.
         Adjust outlets and inlets in space to within plus or minus 10 percent of design.
3.05 RECORDING AND ADJUSTING
    A.   Ensure recorded data represents actual measured or observed conditions.
    B.   Permanently mark settings of valves, dampers, and other adjustment devices allowing settings to be
         restored. Set and lock memory stops.
    C.   After adjustment, take measurements to verify balance has not been disrupted or that such disruption
         has been rectified.
    D.   Leave systems in proper working order, replacing belt guards, closing access doors, closing doors to
         electrical switch boxes, and restoring thermostats to specified settings.




TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING                                                                         15950 - 4
ST. JOHNS COUNTY MINIMUM SECURITY CORRECTIONAL FACILITY                                ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050
ST. AUGUSTINE, FLORIDA


    E.   At final inspection, recheck random selections of data recorded in report. After building occupation,
         recheck points or areas (up to 20%) as selected and witnessed by the Engineer, at no additional cost.
3.06 AIR SYSTEM PROCEDURE
    A.   Adjust air handling and distribution systems to provide required or design supply, return, and exhaust
         air quantities. Make all TAB adjustments with doors shut.
    B.   Make air quantity measurements in ducts by Pitot tube traverse of entire cross sectional area of duct.
    C.   Measure air quantities at air inlets and outlets.
    D.   Adjust distribution system to obtain uniform space temperatures free from objectionable drafts and
         noise.
    E.   Use volume control devices to regulate air quantities only to extend that adjustments do not create
         objectionable air motion or sound levels. Effect volume control by duct internal devices such as
         dampers and splitters.
    F.   Provide system schematic with required and actual air quantities recorded at each outlet or inlet.
    G. Measure static air pressure conditions on air supply units, including filter and coil pressure drops, and
       total pressure across the fan. Make allowances for 50 percent loading of filters.
    H.   Adjust outside air automatic dampers, outside air, return air, and exhaust dampers for design
         conditions.
    I.   Upon completion of test and balance work, insert all data into a complete type written report and
         submit six copies of this report to the owner (via the architect).
3.07 SCOPE
    A.   Test, adjust, and balance the following:
         1. Packaged Roof Top Outside Air Units
         2. Rooftop Heatpump Units
         3. Air Inlets and Outlets
3.08 MINIMUM DATA TO BE REPORTED
    A.   Report:
         1. Summary Comments:
             a. Design versus final performance
         2. Instrument List:
             a. Instrument
             b. Manufacturer
             c. Model number
             d. Serial number
             e. Range




TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING                                                                     15950 - 4
ST. JOHNS COUNTY MINIMUM SECURITY CORRECTIONAL FACILITY                    ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050
ST. AUGUSTINE, FLORIDA


              f.   Calibration date
    B.   Air Handling Equipment:
         1. Location
         2. Manufacturer
         3. Model number
         4. Serial number
         5. Air flow, specified and actual
         6. Total static pressure (total external), specified and actual
         7. Inlet pressure
         8. Discharge pressure
         9. Sheave Make/Size/Bore
         10. Number of Belts/Make/Size
         11. Fan RPM
    C.   Exhaust Fans:
         1. Location
         2. Manufacturer
         3. Model number
         4. Serial number
         5. Air flow, specified and actual
         6. Total static pressure (total external), specified and actual
         7. Inlet pressure
         8. Discharge pressure
         9. Fan RPM
    D.   Air Distribution Tests:
         1. Air terminal number
         2. Room number/location
         3. Terminal type
         4. Terminal size
         5. Area factor
         6. Design velocity
         7. Design air flow
         8. Test (final) velocity
         9. Test (final) air flow
         10. Percent of design air flow

                                              END OF SECTION




TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING                                                     15950 - 4
ST. JOHNS COUNTY WORK RELEASE HOUSING FACILITY                                   ST. JOHNS COUNTY, FLORIDA
ST. JOHNS COUNTY                                                                       ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050


SECTION 16050 - GENERAL ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
    A.   General Information on Electrical Installation not covered elsewhere. This section applies to all other
         electrical sections.
1.02 DEFINITIONS
    A.   For the purposes of this contract, the term "Provide" shall mean to provide all transportation
         (excluding the generator, enclosure, tank, automatic transfer switch, and remote annuciator), labor,
         material, and supervision required to furnish and install.
1.03 PROJECT DESCRIPTION:
    A.    See project general notes in drawings for project description.
1.04 INTERPRETATION:
    A.   Specifications and Drawings shall be considered as supplementary to each other, requiring materials
         and labor indicated, specified, or implied by either Specifications or Drawings. Contradictions shall be
         presented to the ENGINEER for resolution.
    B.   Interpretation of Specifications or Drawings, where deemed necessary, shall be made only by the
         COUNTY.
1.05 CODES, STANDARDS, ORDINANCES, AND PERMITS:
    A.   The National Electrical Code (NEC), National Electric Safety Code and OSHA shall establish the
         minimum requirements for installation, but in addition, all work shall also comply with Local, State,
         County or Municipal Code requirements. If there is a conflict between the NEC and local, state,
         county, or municipal codes, conform to the more stringent of the two. Similarly, if the local Authority
         Having Jurisdiction has not adopted the latest revision of the NEC and is still using an earlier version,
         conform to the more stringent of the two.
    B.   Be familiar with local Code requirements and local Utility Company Standards for electrical service
         requirements, and make installation in accordance with such requirements.
    C.   In case of conflict between the Contract Documents and a governing code or ordinance, such conflict
         shall be immediately brought to the attention of the ENGINEER for resolution. Extra payment will not
         be allowed for Work required by code restrictions except through written agreement with the Owner.
    D.   Apply for, obtain, and pay for all required permits and inspection certificates (note that COUNTY will
         provide Florida DEP permit for generator fuel tank). Final payment is contingent upon delivery of
         such permits and certificates to the COUNTY.
1.06 CONTRACTOR QUALIFICATIONS




GENERAL ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS                                                                           16050 -1
ST. JOHNS COUNTY WORK RELEASE HOUSING FACILITY                                  ST. JOHNS COUNTY, FLORIDA
ST. JOHNS COUNTY                                                                      ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050


    A.   The contractor shall submit evidence of having performed two projects of similar size and scope.
         Failure to submit such evidence shall be grounds for renegotiating the contract or for immediate
         termination.
1.07 SITE INSPECTION:
    A.   Visit the site and thoroughly inspect conditions affecting the Work before submitting Bid. Assume
         responsibility for meeting all existing conditions including access and work space limitations.
1.08 CUTTING AND PATCHING:
    A.   Place all sleeves, inserts, conduit hangers, etc. as construction progresses to avoid any unnecessary
         cutting of structural members. Cooperate with other Contractors in location of electrical outlets that
         may conflict with location of other equipment.
    B.   Obtain authorization from the COUNTY for any necessary cutting of building structure to facilitate
         installation of this work and do not proceed until authorization has been received. Limit necessary
         cutting and patching to the minimum size required for installation of conduit or apparatus.
1.09 SUBMITTALS:
    A.   Submit Shop Drawings, catalog sheets, or other descriptive data with sufficient information to establish
         design, quality and performance. See project general notes in design drawings for list of items to be
         submitted. Provide submittals as a single package including all required electrical items. Partial
         packages will not be reviewed.
1.10 MAINTENANCE DATA:
    A.   Collect and neatly retain maintenance and service data supplied with equipment furnished and
         installed under this Contract until job completion, at which time deliver to the COUNTY for inclusion in
         the Maintenance Manual. All such data must be properly identified as for equipment served.
    B.   Keep one set of prints current of any changes or variations by marking prints in a legible manner, and
         upon completion of project, deliver prints to the COUNTY. Do not make changes without prior
         approval of the COUNTY.
1.11 TEMPORARY ELECTRIC SERVICE:
    A.   Provide complete temporary system of power and lighting wiring for use during construction and for
         testing of equipment. Comply with OSHA and NEC including personnel ground-fault protection
         requirements.
1.12 ELECTRIC SERVICE:
    A.   Primary medium voltage electrical service and service transformer(s) will be provided by local Utility
         and arranged generally as indicated on the Drawings. Contact Utility in advance and verify availability
         of electrical service as indicated.




GENERAL ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS                                                                          16050 -2
ST. JOHNS COUNTY WORK RELEASE HOUSING FACILITY                                     ST. JOHNS COUNTY, FLORIDA
ST. JOHNS COUNTY                                                                         ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050


    B.   Provide all labor, materials and equipment not provided by the Utility in accordance with Utilities'
         installation policies and procedures without additional cost. Should a significant installation conflict
         occur, notify the ENGINEER immediately for resolution before starting any work. The contractor shall
         include any and all fees associated with establishing electrical power service in their bid.
1.13 TELEPHONE SERVICE
    A.   Provide all labor, materials and equipment not provided by the telephone company in accordance
         with the telephone company's installation policies and procedures without additional cost. Should a
         significant installation conflict occur, notify the COUNTY immediately for resolution before starting any
         work. The contractor shall include any and all fees associated with establishing telephone service in
         their bid. Note that installation and connection of actual telephone and data cabling, both inside and
         outside of building, is outside the scope of this contract unless the drawings indicate otherwise.
1.14 COORDINATION - GENERAL:
    A.   Drawings are generally diagrammatic. Review all project Drawings and coordinate all work prior to
         installing any work so that interferences will be avoided.
    B.   Furnish all necessary offsets in raceways, fittings, etc., required to properly install work so as to take
         up minimum space. Install all equipment to provide code required "working space". Furnish and
         install all materials required to accomplish this without additional cost.
    C.   In case interference develops, the COUNTY will decide which trade work must be relocated
         regardless of which was installed first. Damage from interference or rework caused by inadequate
         coordination with other trades shall be rectified without additional cost.
    D.   Within 30 days following award of Contract, report to the COUNTY in writing all real or potential
         errors, ambiguities and/or conflicts on electrical work or between trades. Those reported after 30
         days, except as a result of unforeseen circumstances, shall be resolved at the discretion of the
         COUNTY. Report conflicts resulting from progress of work to the COUNTY immediately.
1.15 COORDINATION - ELECTRICAL/MECHANICAL:
    A.   Unless specifically required otherwise, all motors, integral starters, control and monitoring devices
         (including wire and conduit for control circuits), timers, relays, pilot devices and other required control
         components for mechanical systems will be furnished and installed under Division 15.
    B.   Unless specifically required otherwise, make all power wiring connections to all pumps, machinery,
         appliances and other electrically-operated equipment as indicated on the Drawings or as required.
         Furnish and install disconnect switches, starters and protective devices as indicated on the Drawings,
         except for items furnished with integral disconnect switches and/or starters. Coordinate the exact
         location of receptacles, flexible conduit, and disconnects for mechanical equipment with the
         mechanical contractor.
    C.   Review approved Shop Drawings and verify final electrical characteristics and wiring before rough-in




GENERAL ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS                                                                              16050 -3
ST. JOHNS COUNTY WORK RELEASE HOUSING FACILITY                                    ST. JOHNS COUNTY, FLORIDA
ST. JOHNS COUNTY                                                                        ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050


         of power feeds to any equipment. When electrical data on approved Shop Drawings differs from
         contemplated design, make necessary adjustments to wiring, disconnect, and branch-circuit
         protection for equipment actually installed.
1.16 WORKING CLEARANCES:
    A.   Working clearances around electrical equipment requiring service shall comply with NEC
         requirements. Coordinate and verify clearances from equipment and work furnished by other trades.
         Should there be any apparent violations of clearance requirements, notify the ENGINEER before
         proceeding with connection or placement of equipment. Rework caused by inadequate coordination
         shall be rectified at no extra cost.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS:
2.01 MATERIALS:
    A.   All materials used in this project shall be new, unless otherwise noted, and listed by the Underwriters'
         Laboratories, Inc. as conforming to its standards where such standards have been established.
         These materials shall bear the UL label.
    B.   Before purchasing any equipment, the contractor shall reconfirm the availability of the project's
         voltage, phase (single phase versus three phase), and service configuration with the electric utility.
    C.   Where materials, equipment, apparatus or other products are specified by manufacturer, brand name,
         type or catalog number, such designation is to establish standards of desired design or quality.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 CLEANUP
    A.   After electrical installation, remove all rubbish, trash and debris from the site and dispose of in an
         approved manner.

END OF SECTION




GENERAL ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS                                                                            16050 -4
ST. JOHNS COUNTY WORK RELEASE HOUSING FACILITY                                  ST. JOHNS COUNTY, FLORIDA
ST. JOHNS COUNTY                                                                      ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050


SECTION 16060 - GROUNDING AND BONDING
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
    A.   Provide all components necessary to complete the grounding system(s) consisting of:
         1. Metal underground water pipe, if available.
         2. Effectively bonded and grounded metal frame of the building.
         3. Concrete-encased electrode.
         4. Rod electrodes.
1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDS
    A.   NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code, NFPA (edition adopted by AHJ).
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE
    A.   Conform to requirements of NFPA 70.
    B.   Products: Listed and classified by Underwriters Laboratories Inc. as suitable for the purpose specified
         and indicated.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 CONNECTORS AND ACCESSORIES
    A.   Wire: TW Stranded copper with green coding sized per NEC.
    B.   Grounding Electrode Conductor: Size to meet NFPA 70 requirements.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 EXAMINATION
    A.   Verify existing conditions prior to beginning work.
3.02 INSTALLATION
    A.   Provide bonding to meet requirements described in Quality Assurance.
    B.   Bond equipment such as metallic housing and feeder metallic conduits to grounding conductor. Use
         grounding bushings, on service conduit and at other points where grounding continuity is broken.
    C.   Provide a bonding jumper for any equipment, motor, fixture or device to which current carrying
         conductors are connected that is not bonded directly to the grounded system. Connect bonding
         jumper to approved lugs and grounding conduit bushings or clamps.
    D.   Equipment Grounding Conductor: Provide separate, insulated grounding conductor within each
         feeder and branch circuit raceway (sized per NEC Section 250). Terminate each end on suitable lug,
         bus, or bushing. Metal raceways shall not be used as the sole method of grounding.




GROUNDING AND BONDING                                                                                   16060 -1
ST. JOHNS COUNTY WORK RELEASE HOUSING FACILITY                                ST. JOHNS COUNTY, FLORIDA
ST. JOHNS COUNTY                                                                    ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050


3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
    A.   Test grounding system to ensure continuity and that resistance to ground is not excessive (above 10
         ohms). Make resistance measurements in dry weather, not earlier than 48 hours after rainfall.

END OF SECTION




GROUNDING AND BONDING                                                                                16060 -2
ST. JOHNS COUNTY WORK RELEASE HOUSING FACILITY                                  ST. JOHNS COUNTY, FLORIDA
ST. JOHNS COUNTY                                                                      ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050


SECTION 16070 - HANGERS AND SUPPORTS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
    A.   Conduit and equipment supports.
    B.   Anchors and fasteners.
1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDS
    A.   NECA 1 - Standard Practices for Good Workmanship in Electrical Contracting; National Electrical
         Contractors Association; 2006.
    B.   NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code, NFPA (edition adopted by AHJ).
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE
    A.   Conform to requirements of NFPA 70.
    B.   Products: Listed and classified by Underwriters Laboratories Inc. as suitable for the purpose specified
         and indicated.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS
    A.   Hangers, Supports, Anchors, and Fasteners - General: Corrosion-resistant materials of size and type
         adequate to carry the loads of equipment and conduit, including weight of wire in conduit.
    B.   Supports: Fabricated of structural steel or formed steel members; galvanized.
    C.   Anchors and Fasteners:
         1. Do not use powder-actuated anchors, spring clips, or beam clamps.
         2. Concrete Structural Elements: Use precast inserts, expansion anchors, powder-actuated
             anchors, or preset inserts.
         3. Steel Structural Elements: Use beam clamps, steel spring clips, steel ramset fasteners, or
             welded fasteners.
         4. Concrete Surfaces: Use self-drilling anchors or expansion anchors.
         5. Hollow Masonry, Plaster, and Gypsum Board Partitions: Use toggle bolts or hollow wall
             fasteners.
         6. Solid Masonry Walls: Use expansion anchors or preset inserts.
         7. Sheet Metal: Use sheet metal screws.
         8. Wood Elements: Use wood screws.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION




HANGERS AND SUPPORTS                                                                                    16070 -1
ST. JOHNS COUNTY WORK RELEASE HOUSING FACILITY                                ST. JOHNS COUNTY, FLORIDA
ST. JOHNS COUNTY                                                                    ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050


    A.   Install hangers and supports as required to adequately and securely support electrical system
         components, in a neat and workmanlike manner, as specified in NECA 1.
         1. Do not fasten supports to pipes, ducts, mechanical equipment, or conduit.
         2. Obtain permission from Architect before drilling or cutting structural members.
    B.   Rigidly weld support members or use hexagon-head bolts to present neat appearance with adequate
         strength and rigidity. Use spring lock washers under all nuts.
    C.   Install surface-mounted cabinets and panelboards with minimum of four anchors.
    D.   In wet and damp locations use steel channel supports to stand cabinets and panelboards 1 inch off
         wall.
    E.   Use sheet metal channel to bridge studs above and below cabinets and panelboards recessed in
         hollow partitions.

END OF SECTION




HANGERS AND SUPPORTS                                                                                     16070 -2
ST. JOHNS COUNTY WORK RELEASE HOUSING FACILITY                                 ST. JOHNS COUNTY, FLORIDA
ST. JOHNS COUNTY                                                                     ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050


SECTION 16075 - ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
    A.   Nameplates and labels.
1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDS
    A.   NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code, NFPA (edition adopted by AHJ).
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE
    A.   Conform to requirements of NFPA 70.
    B.   Products: Listed and classified by Underwriters Laboratories Inc. as suitable for purpose specified and
         shown.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 NAMEPLATES AND LABELS
    A.   Nameplates: Engraved three-layer laminated plastic, white letters on black background.
    B.   Locations:
         1. Each electrical distribution and control equipment enclosure.
    C.   Letter Size:
         1. Use 1/8 inch letters for identifying individual equipment and loads.
         2. Use 1/4 inch letters for identifying grouped equipment and loads.
    D.   Labels (for Power Outlets): Embossed adhesive tape, with 1/8 inch black letters on clear
         background. Use only for identification of appliances and equipment with their own branch circuits
         and for dedicated computer circuits. Label outlet with name of load, panel and circuit number.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 PREPARATION
    A.   Degrease and clean surfaces to receive nameplates and labels.
3.02 INSTALLATION
    A.   Install nameplates and labels parallel to equipment lines.
    B.   Secure nameplates to equipment front using screws.
    C.   Secure nameplates to inside surface of door on panelboards that are recessed in finished locations.

END OF SECTION




ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION                                                                              16075 -1
ST. JOHNS COUNTY WORK RELEASE HOUSING FACILITY                                  ST. JOHNS COUNTY, FLORIDA
ST. JOHNS COUNTY                                                                      ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050


SECTION 16123 - LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
    A.   Wire and cable for 600 volts and less.
    B.   Wiring connectors and connections.
1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDS
    A.   NECA 1 - Standard for Good Workmanship in Electrical Contracting; National Electrical Contractors
         Association; 2006.
    B.   NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code, NFPA (edition adopted by AHJ).
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE
    A.   Conform to requirements of NFPA 70.
    B.   Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the Products specified in this
         section with minimum three years documented experience and with service facilities within 100 miles
         of Project.
    C.   Products: Furnish products listed and classified by Underwriters Laboratories Inc. as suitable for the
         purpose specified and indicated.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 WIRING REQUIREMENTS
    A.   Use only building wire with Type THWN/THHN (dual rated) or XHHW insulation in raceway (ground
         wires may be Type TW or THW). Wire shall be color coded per the NEC and as follows:
         1. 480/277 V, 3 Phase System: Brown, Orange, Yellow with Gray Neutral and Green Ground.
         2. 208/120V, 3 Phase System: Black, Red, Blue with White Neutral and Green Ground
    B.   Use solid conductor for feeders and branch circuits #8 AWG and smaller. Use stranded conductors
         for feeders and branch circuits #6 AWG and larger (note that all wiring connected to generators shall
         be stranded.
    C.   Use stranded conductors for control circuits.
    D.   Use conductor not smaller than 12 AWG for power and lighting circuits.
    E.   Use conductor not smaller than 16 AWG for control circuits.
    F.   Use 10 AWG conductors for 20 ampere, 120 volt branch circuits with loads over 5 Amps and longer
         than 75 feet.
    G. Conductor sizes are based on copper. Wire shall be copper unless indicated otherwise.




LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES                                                       16123 -1
ST. JOHNS COUNTY WORK RELEASE HOUSING FACILITY                                   ST. JOHNS COUNTY, FLORIDA
ST. JOHNS COUNTY                                                                       ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050


2.02 BUILDING WIRE
    A.   Description: Single conductor insulated wire.
    B.   Conductor: Copper.
    C.   Insulation Voltage Rating: 600 volts.
    D.   Insulation: Thermoplastic material rated 90 degrees C.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 PREPARATION
    A.   Completely and thoroughly swab raceway before installing wire.
3.02 INSTALLATION
    A.   Install wire and cable securely, in a neat and workmanlike manner, as specified in NECA 1.
    B.   Route wire and cable as required to meet project conditions.
    C.   Wire and cable routing indicated is intended to be diagrammatic.
    D.   Where wire and cable destination is indicated and routing is not shown, determine exact routing and
         lengths required.
    E.   Include wire and cable of lengths required to install connected devices within 10 ft of location shown.
    F.   No wiring shall be installed until the required raceway system, including junction, outlet and device
         boxes is completed. Install wiring before painting begins and protect against being painted.
    G.    Branch circuit sizes are noted on the Drawings and must be continuous without reduction in size
         throughout their length except where connecting to fixtures or devices.
    H.   Branch circuit wire sizes shall be increased as required where long runs will cause excessive voltage
         drop per NEC.
    I.   Wire circuits as described or indicated on the Drawings to achieve a connected load as scheduled.
         Should any change be necessary, it must be brought to the Architect's attention.
    J.   Install wire and cable in accordance with the NECA "Standard of Installation."
    K.   Use wiring methods indicated.
    L.   Pull all conductors into raceway at same time.
    M. Use suitable wire pulling lubricant for building wire 4 AWG and larger.
    N.   Neatly train and lace wiring inside boxes, equipment, and panelboards.
    O. Clean conductor surfaces before installing lugs and connectors.




LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES                                                       16123 -2
ST. JOHNS COUNTY WORK RELEASE HOUSING FACILITY                                  ST. JOHNS COUNTY, FLORIDA
ST. JOHNS COUNTY                                                                      ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050


    P.   Make splices, taps, and terminations to carry full ampacity of conductors with no perceptible
         temperature rise.
    Q. Use split bolt connectors for copper conductor splices and taps, 6 AWG and larger. Tape uninsulated
       conductors and connector with electrical tape to 150 percent of insulation rating of conductor.
    R.   Use solderless pressure connectors with insulating covers for copper conductor splices and taps, 8
         AWG and smaller.
3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
    A.   Perform field inspection and testing in accordance with Section 01400.
    B.   Test wiring rated 600 volts and less to verify that no short circuits or accidental grounds exist.
         Perform insulation resistance tests on wiring No. 4 AWG and larger diameter using an instrument
         which applies voltage of approximately 500 volts to provide direct reading of resistance. Minimum
         resistance shall be 250,000 ohms.

END OF SECTION




LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES                                                       16123 -3
ST. JOHNS COUNTY WORK RELEASE HOUSING FACILITY                                  ST. JOHNS COUNTY, FLORIDA
ST. JOHNS COUNTY                                                                      ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050


SECTION 16131 - CONDUIT
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
    A.    Conduit, fittings and conduit bodies.
1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDS
    A.    ANSI C80.1 - American National Standard for Electrical Rigid Steel Conduit (ERSC); 2005.
    B.    ANSI C80.5 - American National Standard for Electrical Rigid Aluminum Conduit (ERAC); 2005.
    C.    NECA 1 - Standard Practices for Good Workmanship in Electrical Contracting; National Electrical
          Contractors Association; 2006.
    D.    NEMA FB 1 - Fittings, Cast Metal Boxes, and Conduit Bodies for Conduit, Electrical Metallic Tubing,
          and Cable; National Electrical Manufacturers Association; 2007.
    E.    NEMA RN 1 - Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Externally Coated Galvanized Rigid Steel Conduit and
          Intermediate Metal Conduit; National Electrical Manufacturers Association; 2005.
    F.    NEMA TC 2 - Electrical Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Tubing and Conduit; National Electrical
          Manufacturers Association; 2003.
    G. NEMA TC 3 - PVC Fittings for Use with Rigid PVC Conduit and Tubing; National Electrical
       Manufacturers Association; 2004.
    H.    NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code, NFPA (edition adopted by AHJ).
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE
    A.    Conform to requirements of NFPA 70.
    B.    Products: Listed and classified by Underwriters Laboratories Inc. as suitable for purpose specified and
          shown.
1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
    A.    Accept conduit on site. Inspect for damage.
    B.    Protect conduit from corrosion and entrance of debris by storing above grade. Provide appropriate
          covering.
    C.    Protect PVC conduit from sunlight.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 CONDUIT REQUIREMENTS
    A.    Conduit Size: Comply with NFPA 70.




CONDUIT                                                                                                 16131 -1
ST. JOHNS COUNTY WORK RELEASE HOUSING FACILITY                                     ST. JOHNS COUNTY, FLORIDA
ST. JOHNS COUNTY                                                                         ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050


          1.   Minimum Size: 1/2 inch unless otherwise specified. This minimum size does not apply to
               flexible conduit.
2.02 METAL CONDUIT
    A.    Rigid Steel Conduit: ANSI C80.1.
    B.    Fittings and Conduit Bodies: NEMA FB 1; material to match conduit.
2.03 PVC COATED METAL CONDUIT
    A.    Description: NEMA RN 1; rigid steel conduit with external PVC coating.
    B.    Description: NEMA RN 1; rigid steel conduit with external PVC coating, 20 mil thick.
    C.    Fittings and Conduit Bodies: NEMA FB 1; steel fittings with external PVC coating to match conduit.
2.04 ELECTRICAL METALLIC TUBING (EMT)
    A.    Description: ANSI C80.3; galvanized tubing.
    B.    Fittings and Conduit Bodies: NEMA FB 1; steel or malleable iron compression type.
2.05 NONMETALLIC CONDUIT
    A.    Description: NEMA TC 2; Schedule 40 and 80 PVC.
    B.    Fittings and Conduit Bodies: NEMA TC 3.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 EXAMINATION
    A.    Verify routing and termination locations of conduit prior to rough-in.
3.02 INSTALLATION
    A.    Install conduit securely, in a neat and workmanlike manner, as specified in NECA 1.
    B.    Install steel conduit as specified in NECA 101.
    C.    All wiring shall be in conduit. Routing of conduit shown on drawings is intended to be diagrammatic
          and where changes are necessary as a result of structural conditions, apparatus, or other causes,
          routing shall be changed to meet conditions. Conduit risers and offsets are not indicated on
          Drawings, but are intended to be installed as required. Conduit shall be selected according to
          location and code requirements. See project drawings for more information on types of conduit.
    D.    Per NEC, provide warning tape or ribbon 12" above a service lateral conduit that is not encased in
          concrete.
    E.    All metallic conduit terminating in outlet, junction or pull boxes and cabinets must terminate with
          bushing and double locknuts except exposed cast boxes, where they may be omitted. Conduit sizes




CONDUIT                                                                                                 16131 -2
ST. JOHNS COUNTY WORK RELEASE HOUSING FACILITY                                     ST. JOHNS COUNTY, FLORIDA
ST. JOHNS COUNTY                                                                         ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050


          1-1/4" and above shall have insulating fiber bushings with double locknuts. Grounding type bushings
          must be used at points where grounding continuity is broken and at service entrance equipment.
    F.    Install nonmetallic conduit in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
    G. Arrange supports to prevent misalignment during wiring installation.
    H.    Support conduit using coated steel or malleable iron straps, lay-in adjustable hangers, clevis hangers,
          and split hangers.
    I.    Group related conduits; support using conduit rack. Construct rack using steel channel; provide
          space on each for 25 percent additional conduits.
    J.    Fasten conduit supports to building structure and surfaces under provisions of Section 16070.
    K.    Do not support conduit with wire or perforated pipe straps. Remove wire used for temporary supports.
    L.    Do not attach conduit to ceiling support wires.
    M. Arrange conduit to maintain headroom and present neat appearance.
    N.    Route exposed conduit parallel and perpendicular to walls and structures. Do not run conduit
          exposed in occupied areas unless noted otherwise.
    O. Maintain adequate clearance between conduit and piping.
    P.    Maintain 12 inch clearance between conduit and surfaces with temperatures exceeding 104 degrees
          F.
    Q. Cut conduit square using saw or pipecutter; de-burr cut ends.
    R.    Bring conduit to shoulder of fittings; fasten securely.
    S.    Install no more than equivalent of three 90 degree bends between boxes. Use conduit bodies to
          make sharp changes in direction, as around beams. Use hydraulic one shot bender to fabricate
          bends in metal conduit larger than 2 inch size.
    T.    Avoid moisture traps; provide junction box with drain fitting at low points in conduit system.
    U.    Provide suitable fittings to accommodate expansion and deflection where conduit crosses seismic
          and expansion joints complete with copper bonding jumper.
    V.    Provide suitable pull string in each empty conduit except sleeves and nipples.
    W. Use suitable caps to protect installed conduit against entrance of dirt and moisture.
    X.    Ground and bond conduit under provisions of Section 16060.

END OF SECTION




CONDUIT                                                                                                    16131 -3
ST. JOHNS COUNTY WORK RELEASE HOUSING FACILITY                                  ST. JOHNS COUNTY, FLORIDA
ST. JOHNS COUNTY                                                                      ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050


SECTION 16138 - BOXES
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
    A.   Wall and ceiling outlet boxes.
    B.   Floor boxes.
    C.   Pull and junction boxes.
1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDS
    A.   NECA 1 - Standard Practices for Good Workmanship in Electrical Contracting; National Electrical
         Contractors Association; 2006.
    B.   NEMA FB 1 - Fittings, Cast Metal Boxes, and Conduit Bodies for Conduit, Electrical Metallic Tubing,
         and Cable; National Electrical Manufacturers Association; 2007.
    C.   NEMA OS 1 - Sheet Steel Outlet Boxes, Device Boxes, Covers, and Box Supports; National Electrical
         Manufacturers Association; 2008.
    D.   NEMA 250 - Enclosures for Electrical Equipment (1000 Volts Maximum); National Electrical
         Manufacturers Association; 2008.
    E.   NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code, NFPA (edition adopted by AHJ).
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE
    A.   Conform to requirements of NFPA 70.
    B.   Products: Provide products listed and classified by Underwriters Laboratories Inc., as suitable for the
         purpose specified and indicated.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 OUTLET BOXES
    A.   Sheet Metal Outlet Boxes: NEMA OS 1, galvanized steel.
         1. Luminaire and Equipment Supporting Boxes: Rated for weight of equipment supported; include
             1/2 inch male fixture studs where required.
         2. Concrete Ceiling Boxes: Concrete type.
         3. Boxes for installation in concrete block wall construction shall be gang type, 3-1/2" deep for
             switch devices and 4" square by 1-1/2" deep, with 1-1/4" single and two gang square corner
             extension covers for receptacle and junction purposes. Boxes for installation in brick wall
             construction shall be gang type, 3-1/2" deep. Boxes installed in plastered walls shall be 4"
             square by 1-1/2" deep, with 3/4" single and two gang plaster covers. All boxes shall have internal
             mounting ears or threaded tappings.




BOXES                                                                                                    16138 -1
ST. JOHNS COUNTY WORK RELEASE HOUSING FACILITY                                    ST. JOHNS COUNTY, FLORIDA
ST. JOHNS COUNTY                                                                        ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050


    B.   Cast Boxes: NEMA FB 1, Type FD, aluminum. Provide gasketed cover by box manufacturer.
         Provide threaded hubs.
    C.   Wall Plates for Finished Areas: As specified in Section 16140.
2.02 FLOOR BOXES
    A.   Floor Boxes: NEMA OS 1, fully adjustable, 1-1/2 inches deep.
    B.   Material: Cast metal.
2.03 PULL AND JUNCTION BOXES
    A.   Sheet Metal Boxes: NEMA OS 1, galvanized steel. Boxes shall be 1 1/2" deep minimum. Boxes to
         which fixtures are installed shall have studs and straps to support fixture weight.
    B.   Pull and junction boxes shall be constructed of code gauge galvanized sheet steel and fitted with
         screw covers held in place with corrosion resistant machine screws.
    C.   Provide boxes where noted on Drawings or where necessary to facilitate conductor pulling and
         splicing. Splicing of conductors is to be avoided as much as possible with continuous lengths being
         preferred. Box sizes shall conform to sizes required by NEC or as indicated on the Drawings (if larger
         than required by NEC).
    D.   Surface Mounted Cast Metal Box: NEMA 250, Type 4; flat-flanged, surface mounted junction box:
         1. Material: Galvanized cast iron.
         2. Cover: Furnish with ground flange, neoprene gasket, and stainless steel cover screws.
    E.   In-Ground Cast Metal Box: NEMA 250, Type 6, outside flanged, recessed cover box for flush
         mounting:
         1. Material: Galvanized cast iron.
         2. Cover: Smooth cover with neoprene gasket and stainless steel cover screws.
    F.   Traffic Rated Exterior Pullbox: Provide per design drawings.
    G. Fiberglass Handholes: Die molded glass fiber hand holes:
       1. Cable Entrance: Pre-cut 6 x 6 inch cable entrance at center bottom of each side.
       2. Cover: Glass fiber weatherproof cover with nonskid finish.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 EXAMINATION
    A.   Verify locations of floor boxes and outlets in offices and work areas prior to rough-in.
3.02 INSTALLATION
    A.   Install boxes securely, in a neat and workmanlike manner, as specified in NECA 1.
    B.   Install in locations as shown on Drawings, and as required for splices, taps, wire pulling, equipment




BOXES                                                                                                    16138 -2
ST. JOHNS COUNTY WORK RELEASE HOUSING FACILITY                                    ST. JOHNS COUNTY, FLORIDA
ST. JOHNS COUNTY                                                                        ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050


         connections, and as required by NFPA 70.
    C.   Coordinate installation of outlet boxes for equipment connected under Section 16155.
    D.   Electrical boxes are shown on Drawings in approximate locations unless dimensioned.
         1. Adjust box locations up to 10 feet if required to accommodate intended purpose.
    E.   Orient boxes to accommodate wiring devices oriented as specified in Section 16140.
    F.   Maintain headroom and present neat mechanical appearance.
    G. Install pull boxes and junction boxes above accessible ceilings and in unfinished areas only.
    H.   Inaccessible Ceiling Areas: Install outlet and junction boxes no more than 6 inches from ceiling
         access panel or from removable recessed luminaire.
    I.   Install boxes to preserve fire resistance rating of partitions and other elements.
    J.   Coordinate mounting heights and locations of outlets mounted above counters, benches, and
         backsplashes.
    K.   Locate outlet boxes to allow luminaires positioned as shown on reflected ceiling plan.
    L.   Align adjacent wall mounted outlet boxes for switches, thermostats, and similar devices.
    M. Use flush mounting outlet box in finished areas.
    N.   Locate flush mounting box in masonry wall to require cutting of masonry unit corner only. Coordinate
         masonry cutting to achieve neat opening.
    O. Do not install flush mounting box back-to-back in walls; provide minimum 6 inches separation.
       Provide minimum 24 inches separation in acoustic rated walls.
    P.   Secure flush mounting box to interior wall and partition studs. Accurately position to allow for surface
         finish thickness.
    Q. Use stamped steel bridges to fasten flush mounting outlet box between studs.
    R.   Install flush mounting box without damaging wall insulation or reducing its effectiveness.
    S.   Use adjustable steel channel fasteners for hung ceiling outlet box.
    T.   Do not fasten boxes to ceiling support wires.
    U.   Support boxes independently of conduit, except cast box that is connected to two rigid metal conduits
         both supported within 12 inches of box.
    V.   Use gang box where more than one device is mounted together. Do not use sectional box.
    W. Use gang box with plaster ring for single device outlets.
    X.   Use cast outlet box in exterior locations exposed to the weather and wet locations.




BOXES                                                                                                    16138 -3
ST. JOHNS COUNTY WORK RELEASE HOUSING FACILITY                                   ST. JOHNS COUNTY, FLORIDA
ST. JOHNS COUNTY                                                                       ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050


    Y.   Use cast floor boxes for installations in slab on grade; formed steel boxes are acceptable for other
         installations.
    Z.   Set floor boxes level.
    AA. Large Pull Boxes: Use hinged enclosure in interior dry locations, surface-mounted cast metal box in
        other locations.
3.03 ADJUSTING
    A.   Adjust floor boxes flush with finish flooring material.
    B.   Adjust flush-mounting outlets to make front flush with finished wall material.
    C.   Install knockout closures in unused box openings.
3.04 CLEANING
    A.   Clean interior of boxes to remove dust, debris, and other material.
    B.   Clean exposed surfaces and restore finish.

END OF SECTION




BOXES                                                                                                    16138 -4
ST. JOHNS COUNTY WORK RELEASE HOUSING FACILITY                                ST. JOHNS COUNTY, FLORIDA
ST. JOHNS COUNTY                                                                    ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050


SECTION 16140 - WIRING DEVICES
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
    A.   Wall switches.
    B.   Receptacles.
    C.   Wall plates.
1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDS
    A.   FS W-C-596 - Connector, Electrical, Power, General Specification for; Federal Specification; Revision
         G, 2001.
    B.   FS W-S-896 - Switches, Toggle (Toggle and Lock), Flush-mounted (General Specification); Federal
         Specification; Revision F, 1999.
    C.   NEMA WD 1 - General Color Requirements for Wiring Devices; National Electrical Manufacturers
         Association; 1999 (R 2005).
    D.   NEMA WD 6 - Wiring Device -- Dimensional Requirements; National Electrical Manufacturers
         Association; 2002 (R2008).
    E.   NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code, NFPA (edition adopted by AHJ).
    F.   UL 20 - General-Use Snap Switches; Current Edition, Including All Revisions.
    G. UL 498 - Attachment Plugs and Receptacles; Current Edition, Including All Revisions.
    H.   UL 514D - Cover Plates for Flush-Mounted Wiring Devices; Current Edition, Including All Revisions.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
    A.   See Section 01300 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures.
    B.   Product Data: Provide manufacturer's catalog information showing dimensions, colors, and
         configurations.
1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE
    A.   Conform to requirements of NFPA 70.
    B.   Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the products specified in this
         section with minimum three years documented experience.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 MANUFACTURERS.




WIRING DEVICES                                                                                        16140 -1
ST. JOHNS COUNTY WORK RELEASE HOUSING FACILITY                                  ST. JOHNS COUNTY, FLORIDA
ST. JOHNS COUNTY                                                                      ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050


    A.    All devices shall be specification grade and shall be the product of one manufacturer throughout the
         project except as otherwise noted.
2.02 APPLICATIONS
    A.   Provide wiring devices suitable for intended use and with ratings adequate for load served.
2.03 ALL WIRING DEVICES
    A.   Provide products listed and classified by Underwriters Laboratories Inc. as suitable for the purpose
         specified and indicated.
2.04 WALL SWITCHES
    A.   All Wall Switches: AC only, quiet operating, general-use snap switches with silver alloy contacts,
         complying with NEMA WD 1 and NEMA WD 6, and listed as complying with UL 20 and where
         applicable, FS W-S-896; types as indicated on the drawings.
         1. Wiring Provisions: Terminal screws for side wiring and screw actuated binding clamp for back
              wiring with separate ground terminal screw.
    B.   Wall Switches: NEMA WD 1, Heavy Duty, AC only general-use snap switch, quiet type with side wire
         terminals. Switches shall be single or multi-pole as indicated on the Drawings. Provide Leviton
         Decora Switches, or equal, if indicated on drawings.
         1. Body and Handle: plastic with toggle handle unless otherwise indicated. Color shall be as
              determined by owner.
         2. Ratings:
              a. Voltage: 120 - 277 volts, AC.
              b. Current: 20 amperes.
2.05 RECEPTACLES
    A.   All Receptacles: Self-grounding, complying with NEMA WD 1 and NEMA WD 6, and listed as
         complying with UL 498, and where applicable, FS W-C-596; types as indicated on the drawings.
         1. Wiring Provisions: Terminal screws for side wiring or screw actuated binding clamp for back
              wiring with separate ground terminal screw.
         2. NEMA configurations specified are according to NEMA WD 6.
    B.   Receptacles: Heavy duty, complying with NEMA WD 6 and WD 1.
         1. Duplex receptacles shall be straight blade, grounding type, with side wiring terminals.
             Conductors shall be connected to all receptacles using screws (not spring connectors).
         2. Device Body: plastic unless otherwise indicated. Color as determined by owner.
         3. Configuration: NEMA WD 6, type as specified and indicated.
    C.   Convenience Receptacles: Type 5 - 20.
    D.   Duplex Convenience Receptacles.




WIRING DEVICES                                                                                          16140 -2
ST. JOHNS COUNTY WORK RELEASE HOUSING FACILITY                                ST. JOHNS COUNTY, FLORIDA
ST. JOHNS COUNTY                                                                    ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050


    E.   GFCI Receptacles: Convenience receptacle with integral ground fault circuit interrupter to meet
         regulatory requirements. Also, provide GFCI receptacles where indicated. GFCI type receptacles
         shall have "test" and "reset" buttons.
    F.   Weather proof receptacles shall be in a cast metal box with gasketed, weatherproof cover per NEC
         paragaph 406.8(B). Weatherproof receptacles shall be UL listed for use in "wet locations" with plug
         "in-use" and shall be GFCI rated. Receptacle itself shall also be rated weather resistant (WR) per
         NEC. Receptacles in damp locations may conform to NEC paragraph 406.8(A) with gasketed metal
         cover and metal weatherproof flip covers (confirm interpretation of damp location with AHJ before
         purchasing materials).
    G. Floor-mounted receptacles shall have a brass plate and cover, unless noted otherwise.
    H.   Special purpose outlets shall be as indicated on the Drawings and have matching cover plates.
2.06 WALL PLATES
    A.   All Wall Plates: Comply with UL 514D.
         1. Configuration: One piece cover as required for quantity and types of corresponding wiring
              devices.
         2. Size: Standard; __________.
         3. Screws: Metal with slotted heads finished to match wall plate finish.
    B.   Decorative Cover Plates: smooth plastic unless otherwise indicated. Color as determined by owner.
    C.   Weatherproof Cover Plates: Gasketed cast metal with hinged.

END OF SECTION




WIRING DEVICES                                                                                       16140 -3
ST. JOHNS COUNTY WORK RELEASE HOUSING FACILITY                                    ST. JOHNS COUNTY, FLORIDA
ST. JOHNS COUNTY                                                                        ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050


SECTION 16155 - EQUIPMENT WIRING
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
    A.   Electrical connections to equipment.
1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDS
    A.   NEMA WD 1 - General Color Requirements for Wiring Devices; National Electrical Manufacturers
         Association; 1999 (R 2005).
    B.   NEMA WD 6 - Wiring Devices - Dimensional Requirements; National Electrical Manufacturers
         Association; 2002 (R2008).
    C.   NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code, NFPA (edition adopted by AHJ).
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE
    A.   Conform to requirements of NFPA 70.
    B.   Products: Listed and classified by Underwriters Laboratories Inc. as suitable for the purpose specified
         and indicated.
1.04 COORDINATION
    A.   Obtain and review shop drawings, product data, manufacturer's wiring diagrams, and manufacturer's
         instructions for equipment furnished under other sections.
    B.   Determine connection locations and requirements.
    C.   Sequence rough-in of electrical connections to coordinate with installation of equipment.
    D.   Sequence electrical connections to coordinate with start-up of equipment.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS
    A.   Disconnect Switches: As follows and and in individual equipment sections:
         1. Safety switches shall be quick-make, quick-break, heavy duty type in sheet steel enclosure,
              except as required for rain tight installations, with door cover interlock. Provide fused type safety
              switches and fuses where indicated on the Drawings or as required by Code. Fused switches
              shall utilize Class R fuseholders and fuses, unless indicated otherwise.
    B.   Flexible Conduit: As specified in Section 16131.
    C.   Wire and Cable: As specified in Section 16123.
    D.   Boxes: As specified in Section 16138.




EQUIPMENT WIRING                                                                                           16155 -1
ST. JOHNS COUNTY WORK RELEASE HOUSING FACILITY                                   ST. JOHNS COUNTY, FLORIDA
ST. JOHNS COUNTY                                                                       ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050


PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 EXAMINATION
    A.   Verify that equipment is ready for electrical connection, wiring, and energization.
3.02 ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS
    A.   Make electrical connections in accordance with equipment manufacturer's instructions.
    B.   Verify all equipment for service and characteristics provided prior to rough-in and connection.
         Provide a grounding conductor for all equipment connected with flexible conduit and bond to conduit
         system and metallic frame of equipment.
    C.   Be responsible for securing and installing proper insulated conductors required for equipment of
         higher temperature range beyond that of specified branch circuit type.
    D.   Make conduit connections to equipment using flexible metal conduit. Use liquidtight flexible metal
         conduit with watertight connectors in damp or wet locations and for all motors and vibrating
         equipment.
    E.   Connect heat producing equipment using wire and cable with insulation suitable for temperatures
         encountered.
    F.   Provide cord and cap where field-supplied attachment plug is required.
    G. Install suitable strain-relief clamps and fittings for cord connections at outlet boxes and equipment
       connection boxes.
    H.   Install disconnect switches, controllers, control stations, and control devices to complete equipment
         wiring requirements.
    I.   Install terminal block jumpers to complete equipment wiring requirements.
    J.   Install interconnecting conduit and wiring between devices and equipment to complete equipment
         wiring requirements.

END OF SECTION




EQUIPMENT WIRING                                                                                        16155 -2
ST. JOHNS COUNTY WORK RELEASE HOUSING FACILITY                                  ST. JOHNS COUNTY, FLORIDA
ST. JOHNS COUNTY                                                                      ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050


SECTION 16443 - PANELBOARDS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
    A.   Power distribution panelboards.
    B.   Lighting and appliance panelboards.
    C.   Overcurrent protective devices for panelboards.
1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDS
    A.   FS W-C-375 - Circuit Breakers, Molded Case; Branch Circuit and Service; Federal Specification;
         Revision D, 2006.
    B.   NECA 1 - Standard for Good Workmanship in Electrical Contracting; National Electrical Contractors
         Association; 2006.
    C.   NECA 407 - Standard for Installing and Maintaining Panelboards; National Electrical Contractors
         Association; 2009.
    D.   NEMA 250 - Enclosures for Electrical Equipment (1000 Volts Maximum); 2008.
    E.   NEMA PB 1 - Panelboards; National Electrical Manufacturers Association; 2006.
    F.   NEMA PB 1.1 - General Instructions for Proper Installation, Operation and Maintenance of
         Panelboards Rated 600 Volts or Less; National Electrical Manufacturers Association; 2007.
    G. NETA STD ATS - Acceptance Testing Specifications for Electrical Power Distribution Equipment and
       Systems; International Electrical Testing Association; 2009.
    H.   NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code, National Fire Protection Association (edition adopted by Authority
         Having Jurisdiction).
    I.   UL 50 - Enclosures for Electrical Equipment, Non-Environmental Considerations; Current Edition,
         Including All Revisions.
    J.   UL 50E - Enclosures for Electrical Equipment, Environmental Considerations; Current Edition,
         Including All Revisions.
    K.   UL 67 - Panelboards; Current Edition, Including All Revisions.
    L.   UL 489 - Molded-Case Circuit Breakers, Molded-Case Switches and Circuit Breaker Enclosures;
         Current Edition, Including All Revisions.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
    A.   Shop Drawings: Indicate outline and support point dimensions, voltage, main bus ampacity,
         overcurrent protective device arrangement and sizes, short circuit current ratings, conduit entry




PANELBOARDS                                                                                              16443 -1
ST. JOHNS COUNTY WORK RELEASE HOUSING FACILITY                                  ST. JOHNS COUNTY, FLORIDA
ST. JOHNS COUNTY                                                                      ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050


         locations, conductor terminal information, and installed features and accessories.
1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE
    A.   Conform to requirements of NFPA 70.
    B.   Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the products specified in this
         section with minimum three years documented experience.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 MANUFACTURERS FOR PANELBOARDS
    A.   Eaton Corporation; Cutler-Hammer Products: www.eaton.com.
    B.   General Electric Company: www.geindustrial.com.
    C.   Schneider Electric; Square D Products: www.schneider-electric.us.
    D.   Siemens Corporation.
2.02 ALL PANELBOARDS
    A.   Provide products listed and labeled by Underwriters Laboratories Inc. as suitable for the purpose
         indicated.
    B.   Unless otherwise indicated, provide products suitable for continuous operation under the following
         service conditions:
         1. Altitude: Less than 6,600 feet.
         2. Ambient Temperature:
               a. Panelboards Containing Circuit Breakers: Between 23 degrees F and 104 degrees F.
    C.   Short Circuit Current Rating: As indicated.
    D.   Mains: Configure for top or bottom incoming feed as indicated or as required for the installation.
    E.   Branch Overcurrent Protective Devices: Replaceable without disturbing adjacent devices.
    F.   Bussing: Sized in accordance with UL 67 temperature rise requirements.
         1. Provide solidly bonded equipment ground bus in each panelboard, with a suitable lug for each
              feeder and branch circuit equipment grounding conductor.
    G. Conductor Terminations: Suitable for use with the conductors to be installed.
    H.   Enclosures: Comply with NEMA 250, and list and label as complying with UL 50 and UL 50E.
         1. Environment Type per NEMA 250: Unless otherwise indicated, as specified for the following
              installation locations:
         2. Boxes: Galvanized steel unless otherwise indicated.
              a. Provide wiring gutters sized to accommodate the conductors to be installed.
         3. Fronts:




PANELBOARDS                                                                                              16443 -2
ST. JOHNS COUNTY WORK RELEASE HOUSING FACILITY                                  ST. JOHNS COUNTY, FLORIDA
ST. JOHNS COUNTY                                                                      ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050


              a.  Fronts for Surface-Mounted Enclosures: Same dimensions as boxes.
              b.  Fronts for Flush-Mounted Enclosures: Overlap boxes on all sides to conceal rough
                  opening.
         4.   Lockable Doors: All locks keyed alike unless otherwise indicated.
    I.   Future Provisions: Prepare all unused spaces for future installation of devices including bussing,
         connectors, mounting hardware and all other required provisions.
2.03 POWER DISTRIBUTION PANELBOARDS
    A.   Description: Panelboards complying with NEMA PB 1, power and feeder distribution type, circuit
         breaker type, and listed and labeled as complying with UL 67; ratings, configurations and features as
         indicated on the drawings.
    B.   Conductor Terminations:
         1. Main and Neutral Lug Material: Aluminum, suitable for terminating aluminum or copper
             conductors.
         2. Main and Neutral Lug Type: Mechanical.
    C.   Bussing:
         1. Phase and Neutral Bus Material: Copper.
         2. Ground Bus Material: Copper.
    D.   Circuit Breakers:
         1. Provide bolt-on type or plug-in type secured with locking mechanical restraints.
    E.   Enclosures:
         1. Provide surface-mounted enclosures unless otherwise indicated.
    F.   Description: NEMA PB 1, circuit breaker type.
    G. Panelboard Bus: Copper, ratings as indicated. Provide copper ground bus in each panelboard.
    H.   Minimum integrated short circuit rating: As indicated.
    I.   Molded Case Circuit Breakers: NEMA AB 1, bolt-on circuit breakers with integral thermal and
         instantaneous magnetic trip in each pole. Provide circuit breakers UL listed as Type HACR for air
         conditioning equipment branch circuits.
    J.   Enclosure: NEMA PB 1, enclosure type as indicated on drawings.
    K.   Cabinet Front: Surface type, fastened with concealed trim clamps, hinged door with flush lock, metal
         directory frame, finished in manufacturer's standard gray enamel.
    L.   Provide blank covers as necessary to cover unused spaces in panelboard. Blank covers shall be
         manufactured by the manufacturer of the panelboard and intended for this purpose.
2.04 LIGHTING AND APPLIANCE PANELBOARDS




PANELBOARDS                                                                                             16443 -3
ST. JOHNS COUNTY WORK RELEASE HOUSING FACILITY                                  ST. JOHNS COUNTY, FLORIDA
ST. JOHNS COUNTY                                                                      ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050


    A.   Description: Panelboards complying with NEMA PB 1, lighting and appliance branch circuit type,
         circuit breaker type, and listed and labeled as complying with UL 67; ratings, configurations and
         features as indicated on the drawings.
    B.   Conductor Terminations:
         1. Main and Neutral Lug Material: Aluminum, suitable for terminating aluminum or copper
             conductors.
         2. Main and Neutral Lug Type: Mechanical.
    C.   Bussing:
         1. Phase Bus Connections: Arranged for sequential phasing of overcurrent protective devices.
         2. Phase and Neutral Bus Material: Copper.
         3. Ground Bus Material: Copper.
    D.   Circuit Breakers: Thermal magnetic bolt-on type unless otherwise indicated.
    E.   Enclosures:
         1. Provide surface-mounted or flush-mounted enclosures as indicated.
         2. Provide clear plastic circuit directory holder mounted on inside of door.
    F.   Description: NEMA PB1, circuit breaker type, lighting and appliance branch circuit panelboard.
    G. Panelboard Bus: Copper, ratings as indicated. Provide copper ground bus in each panelboard;
       provide insulated ground bus where scheduled.
    H.   Minimum Integrated Short Circuit Rating: As indicated.
    I.   Molded Case Circuit Breakers: NEMA AB 1, bolt-on type thermal magnetic trip circuit breakers, with
         common trip handle for all poles. Plug-in circuit breakers are not acceptable.
         1. Type HACR for air conditioning equipment circuits.
         2. Do not use tandem circuit breakers.
    J.   Enclosure: NEMA PB 1, as indicated on drawings.
    K.   Cabinet Box: 6 inches deep, 20 inches wide for 240 volt and less panelboards, 20 inches wide for
         480 volt panelboards.
    L.   Cabinet Front: Flush or Surface Mount as indicated on drawings. Cabinet front with concealed trim
         clamps, concealed hinge, metal directory frame, and flush lock all keyed alike. Finish in
         manufacturer's standard gray enamel.
    M. Provide blank covers as necessary to cover unused spaces in panelboard. Blank covers shall be
       manufactured by the manufacturer of the panelboard and intended for this purpose.
2.05 OVERCURRENT PROTECTIVE DEVICES
    A.   Molded Case Circuit Breakers:
         1. Description: Quick-make, quick-break, over center toggle, trip-free, trip-indicating circuit




PANELBOARDS                                                                                                16443 -4
ST. JOHNS COUNTY WORK RELEASE HOUSING FACILITY                                  ST. JOHNS COUNTY, FLORIDA
ST. JOHNS COUNTY                                                                      ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050


              breakers listed and labeled as complying with UL 489, and complying with FS W-C-375 where
              applicable; ratings, configurations, and features as indicated on the drawings.
         2.   Interrupting Capacity:
              a. Provide circuit breakers with interrupting capacity as required to provide the short circuit
                    current rating indicated, but not less than:
              b. Fully Rated Systems: Provide circuit breakers with interrupting capacity not less than the
                    short circuit current rating indicated.
         3.   Conductor Terminations:
              a. Lug Material: Aluminum, suitable for terminating aluminum or copper conductors.
         4.   Thermal Magnetic Circuit Breakers: For each pole, furnish thermal inverse time tripping
              element for overload protection and magnetic instantaneous tripping element for short circuit
              protection.
         5.   Multi-Pole Circuit Breakers: Furnish with common trip for all poles.
2.06 TRANSIENT VOLTAGE SURGE SUPPRESSION.
    A.   Provide external Transient Voltage Surge Suppression (TVSS) devices where indicated on the
         Drawings. The surge current rating and clamping voltage for the TVSS device shall be as indicated.
         The TVSS device shall be UL listed and shall meet all criteria of UL 1449, current edition.
         Additionally, the device shall contain visual fault indication. The TVSS device shall be installed in
         accordance with manufacturer's recommendations, and shall be installed as close as possible to the
         incoming panel feeder using a spare circuit breaker (sized per manufacturer's recommendations).
         The TVSS device shall have a short circuit withstand rating equal to or greater than the AIC rating of
         the protective devices in the panelboard, switchboard, or motor control center it protects.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
    A.   Install products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
    B.   Install panelboards securely, in a neat and workmanlike manner in accordance with NECA 1 (general
         workmanship), NECA 407 (panelboards), and NEMA PB 1.1.
    C.   Arrange equipment to provide minimum clearances in accordance with manufacturer's instructions
         and NFPA 70.
    D.   Provide required supports in accordance with Section 16070.
    E.   Install panelboards plumb.
    F.   Install flush-mounted panelboards so that trims fit completely flush to wall with no gaps and rough
         opening completely covered.
    G. Mount panelboards such that the highest position of any operating handle for circuit breakers or
       switches does not exceed 79 inches above the floor or working platform.




PANELBOARDS                                                                                             16443 -5
ST. JOHNS COUNTY WORK RELEASE HOUSING FACILITY                                  ST. JOHNS COUNTY, FLORIDA
ST. JOHNS COUNTY                                                                      ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050


    H.   Provide minimum of six spare 1 inch trade size conduits out of each flush-mounted panelboard
         stubbed into accessible space above ceiling and below floor.
    I.   Provide grounding and bonding in accordance with Section 16060.
    J.   Install all field-installed branch devices, components, and accessories.
    K.   Install panelboards in accordance with NEMA PB 1.1 and NECA 1.
    L.   Install panelboards plumb. Install recessed panelboards flush with wall finishes.
    M. Provide computer-generated circuit directory for each lighting and appliance panelboard, and each
       power distribution panelboard provided with a door, clearly and specifically indicating the loads
       served. Identify spares and spaces.
    N.   Provide arc flash warning labels in accordance with NFPA 70.
    O. For panels installed flush in finished walls, provide spare conduits out of each recessed panelboard to
       an accessible location above ceiling. Identify each as SPARE.
    P.   Ground and bond panelboard enclosure according to NEC.
3.02 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
    A.   Perform inspection, testing, and adjusting in accordance with Section 01400.
    B.   Inspect each circuit breaker visually.
    C.   Perform serveral mechanical on-off operations for each circuit breaker.
    D.   Molded Case Circuit Breakers: Perform inspections and tests listed in NETA STD ATS, Section
         7.6.1.1 for all main circuit breakers and circuit breakers larger than _____ amperes. Tests listed as
         optional are not required.
    E.   Correct deficiencies and replace damaged or defective panelboards or associated components.

END OF SECTION




PANELBOARDS                                                                                              16443 -6
ST. JOHNS COUNTY WORK RELEASE HOUSING FACILITY                                 ST. JOHNS COUNTY, FLORIDA
ST. JOHNS COUNTY                                                                     ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050


SECTION 16510 - INTERIOR LUMINAIRES
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
    A.   Interior luminaires.
    B.   Emergency lighting units.
    C.   Exit signs.
    D.   Ballasts.
    E.   Lamps.
    F.   Luminaire accessories.
1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDS
    A.   ANSI C78.379 - American National Standard for Electric Lamps -- Reflector Lamps -- Classification of
         Beam Patterns; 2006.
    B.   ANSI C82.1 - American National Standard for Lamp Ballast - Line Frequency Fluorescent Lamp
         Ballast; 2004.
    C.   NECA 1 - Standard for Good Workmanship in Electrical Contracting; National Electrical Contractors
         Association; 2006.
    D.   NECA/IESNA 500 - Standard for Installing Indoor Commercial Lighting Systems; National Electrical
         Contractors Association; 2006.
    E.   NECA/IESNA 502 - Standard for Installing Industrial Lighting Systems; National Electrical Contractors
         Association; 2006.
    F.   NEMA WD 6 - Wiring Devices - Dimensional Requirements; National Electrical Manufacturers
         Association; 2002.
    G. NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code, National Fire Protection Association (1999).
    H.   NFPA 101 - Code for Safety to Life from Fire in Buildings and Structures; National Fire Protection
         Association; 2009.
    I.   UL 924 - Emergency Lighting and Power Equipment; Current Edition, Including All Revisions.
    J.   UL 1598 - Luminaires; Current Edition, Including All Revisions.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
    A.   Product Data (including ballasts and lighting contactors): Provide dimensions, ratings, and
         performance data.




INTERIOR LUMINAIRES                                                                                    16510 -1
ST. JOHNS COUNTY WORK RELEASE HOUSING FACILITY                                   ST. JOHNS COUNTY, FLORIDA
ST. JOHNS COUNTY                                                                       ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050


1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE
    A.   Conform to requirements of NFPA 70.
    B.   Conform to requirements of NFPA 70 and NFPA 101.
    C.   Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the products specified in this
         section with minimum three years documented experience.
1.05 EXTRA MATERIALS
    A.   Furnish one replacement lamp for each lamp type.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 LUMINAIRES
    A.   Provide products that comply with requirements of NFPA 70.
    B.   Provide products that are listed and labeled as complying with UL 1598, where applicable.
    C.   Provide products listed and classified by Underwriters Laboratories Inc. as suitable for the purpose
         specified and indicated.
    D.   Unless otherwise indicated, provide complete luminaires including lamp(s) and all sockets, ballasts,
         reflectors, lenses, housings and other components required to position, energize and protect the lamp
         and distribute the light.
    E.   Unless specifically indicated to be excluded, provide all required conduit, boxes, wiring, connectors,
         hardware, supports, trims, accessories, etc. as necessary for a complete operating system.
    F.   Provide products suitable to withstand normal handling, installation, and service without any damage,
         distortion, corrosion, fading, discoloring, etc.
2.02 EMERGENCY LIGHTING UNITS
    A.   Description: Emergency lighting units complying with NFPA 101 and all applicable state and local
         codes, and listed and labeled as complying with UL 924.
    B.   Operation: Upon interruption of normal power source or brownout condition exceeding 20 percent
         voltage drop from nominal, solid-state control automatically switches connected lamps to integral
         battery power for minimum of 90 minutes of rated emergency illumination, and automatically
         recharges battery upon restoration of normal power source.
    C.   Battery:
         1. Size battery to supply all connected lamps, including emergency remote heads where indicated.
    D.   Diagnostics: Provide power status indicator light and accessible integral test switch to manually
         activate emergency operation.




INTERIOR LUMINAIRES                                                                                      16510 -2
ST. JOHNS COUNTY WORK RELEASE HOUSING FACILITY                                    ST. JOHNS COUNTY, FLORIDA
ST. JOHNS COUNTY                                                                        ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050


    E.   Provide low-voltage disconnect to prevent battery damage from deep discharge.
2.03 LUMINAIRES
    A.   Furnish products as indicated in Schedule included on the Drawings. Confirm that the fixtures
         scheduled are the correct, voltage, wattage, size and mounting type and are listed for location used
         (i.e. damp or wet locations) before ordering fixtures, ballasts, and lamps. For substitutions, see
         section 16050.
    B.   Although not specifically shown or specified, all light fixtures shall be provided with all necessary
         optional accessories and mounting hardware for installation as indicated or required.
    C.   Provide insulated ceiling (i.c.) rated fixtures where recessed incandescent, compact fluorescent, or
         low voltage light fixtures come into direct contact with insulation.
2.04 EXIT SIGNS
    A.   All Exit Signs: Internally illuminated with LEDs unless otherwise indicated; complying with NFPA 101
         and all applicable state and local codes, and listed and labeled as complying with UL 924.
         1. Number of Faces: Single or double as indicated or as required for the installed location.
         2. Directional Arrows: As indicated or as required for the installed location.
    B.   Exit Signs: Exit sign fixture suitable for use as emergency lighting unit.
         1. Mounting: As indicated.
2.05 BALLASTS
    A.   All Ballasts:
         1. Provide ballasts containing no polychlorinated biphenyls (PCBs).
         2. Minimum Efficiency/Efficacy: Provide ballasts complying with all current applicable federal and
               state ballast efficiency/efficacy standards.
2.06 LAMPS
    A.   All Lamps:
         1. Unless explicitly excluded, provide new, compatible, operable lamps in each luminaire.
         2. Verify compatibility of specified lamps with luminaires to be installed. Where lamps are not
               specified, provide lamps per luminaire manufacturer's recommendations.
         3. Minimum Efficiency: Provide lamps complying with all current applicable federal and state lamp
               efficiency standards.
         4. Color Temperature Consistency: Unless otherwise indicated, for each type of lamp furnish
               products which are consistent in perceived color temperature. Replace lamps that are
               determined by the Architect to be inconsistent in perceived color temperature.
    B.   Reflector Lamps: Beam patterns in accordance with ANSI C78.379.
2.07 ACCESSORIES




INTERIOR LUMINAIRES                                                                                         16510 -3
ST. JOHNS COUNTY WORK RELEASE HOUSING FACILITY                                    ST. JOHNS COUNTY, FLORIDA
ST. JOHNS COUNTY                                                                        ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050


PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
    A.   Coordinate locations of outlet boxes provided under Section 16138 as required for installation of
         luminaires provided under this section.
    B.   Install products according to manufacturer's instructions.
    C.   Install luminaires securely, in a neat and workmanlike manner, as specified in NECA 1 (general
         workmanship), NECA 500 (commercial lighting), and NECA 502 (industrial lighting).
    D.   Install luminaires plumb and square and aligned with building lines and with adjacent luminaires.
    E.   Install fixtures securely, in a neat and workmanlike manner, as specified in NECA 500 (commercial
         lighting).
    F.   Install suspended luminaires and exit signs using pendants supported from swivel hangers. Provide
         pendant length required to suspend luminaire at indicated height.
    G. Support luminaires larger than 2 x 4 foot size independent of ceiling framing.
    H.   Locate recessed ceiling luminaires as indicated on reflected ceiling plan.
    I.   Install surface mounted luminaires and exit signs plumb and adjust to align with building lines and
         with each other. Secure to prevent movement.
    J.   Support fixtures (2 x 4 foot and smaller) to be recessed in readily removable tile ceilings (lay-in type)
         from the T-bar tile support and connect to remote mounted 4" square (minimum size, conform to
         NEC) junction boxes with approved six foot long, 3/8" flexible conduit "fixture whip" with grounding
         conductor bonded between conduit system and fixture.
    K.   Connect single-connected fixtures, surface or stem hung, with heat resistant fixture wire. Connect
         multiple-connected fluorescent fixtures, surface or stem hung, with type THHN heat resistant
         thermoplastic wire of a size indicated for branch circuit.
    L.   Install clips to secure recessed grid-supported luminaires in place.
    M. Provide sloped ceiling adaptors and all other required hardware as necessary to properly install
       ceiling mounted light fixtures in sloped ceilings.
    N.   Install wall mounted luminaires, emergency lighting units, and exit signs at height as indicated on
         Drawings.
    O. Install accessories furnished with each luminaire.
    P.   Connect luminaires and exit signs to branch circuit outlets provided under Section 16138 using
         flexible conduit.
    Q. Make wiring connections to branch circuit using building wire with insulation suitable for temperature




INTERIOR LUMINAIRES                                                                                        16510 -4
ST. JOHNS COUNTY WORK RELEASE HOUSING FACILITY                                    ST. JOHNS COUNTY, FLORIDA
ST. JOHNS COUNTY                                                                        ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050


         conditions within luminaire.
    R.   Bond products and metal accessories to branch circuit equipment grounding conductor.
    S.   Install specified lamps in each emergency lighting unit, exit sign, and luminaire.
    T.   Emergency Lighting Units:
    U.   Exit Signs:
    V.   Install lamps in each luminaire.
3.02 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
    A.   See Section 01400 - Quality Requirements, for additional requirements.
    B.   Inspect each product for damage and defects.
    C.   Operate each luminaire after installation and connection to verify proper operation.
    D.   Test self-powered exit signs, emergency lighting units, and fluorescent emergency power supply units
         to verify proper operation upon loss of normal power supply.
    E.   Correct wiring deficiencies and repair or replace damaged or defective products. Repair or replace
         excessively noisy ballasts as determined by Architect.
3.03 ADJUSTING
    A.   Aim and position adjustable luminaires to achieve desired illumination as indicated or as directed by
         Architect. Secure locking fittings in place.
    B.   Aim and position adjustable emergency lighting unit lamps to achieve optimum illumination of egress
         path as required or as directed by Architect or authority having jurisdiction.
    C.   Exit Signs with Field-Selectable Directional Arrows: Set as indicated or as required to properly
         designate egress path as directed by Architect or authority having jurisdiction.
    D.   Aim and adjust luminaires as indicated.
    E.   Position exit sign directional arrows as indicated.
3.04 CLEANING
    A.   Clean surfaces according to NECA 500 (commercial lighting), NECA 502 (industrial lighting), and
         manufacturer's instructions to remove dirt, fingerprints, paint, or other foreign material and restore
         finishes to match original factory finish.
    B.   Clean electrical parts to remove conductive and deleterious materials.
    C.   Remove dirt and debris from enclosures.
    D.   Clean photometric control surfaces as recommended by manufacturer.




INTERIOR LUMINAIRES                                                                                        16510 -5
ST. JOHNS COUNTY WORK RELEASE HOUSING FACILITY                                 ST. JOHNS COUNTY, FLORIDA
ST. JOHNS COUNTY                                                                     ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050


    E.   Clean finishes and touch up damage. Also remove all instruction tags.
3.05 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES
3.06 PROTECTION
    A.   Relamp luminaires that have failed lamps at Substantial Completion.
3.07 SCHEDULE - See Drawings

END OF SECTION




INTERIOR LUMINAIRES                                                                               16510 -6
ST. JOHNS COUNTY WORK RELEASE HOUSING FACILITY                                  ST. JOHNS COUNTY, FLORIDA
ST. JOHNS COUNTY                                                                      ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050


SECTION 16520 - EXTERIOR LUMINAIRES
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
    A.   Exterior luminaires.
    B.   Ballasts.
1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDS
    A.   ANSI C78.379 - American National Standard for Electric Lamps -- Reflector Lamps -- Classification of
         Beam Patterns; 2006.
    B.   ANSI C82.1 - American National Standard for Lamp Ballast - Line Frequency Fluorescent Lamp
         Ballast; 2004.
    C.   ANSI C82.4 - American National Standard for Ballasts for High-Intensity-Discharge and Low Pressure
         Sodium Lamps (Multiple-Supply Type); 2002.
    D.   NECA 1 - Standard for Good Workmanship in Electrical Contracting; National Electrical Contractors
         Association; 2006.
    E.   NECA/IESNA 501 - Recommended Practice for Installing Exterior Lighting Systems; 2006.
    F.   NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code, National Fire Protection Association (1999).
    G. UL 1598 - Luminaires; Current Edition, Including All Revisions.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
    A.   Product Data (including photocells, timers, and lighting contactors): Provide dimensions, ratings, and
         performance data.
1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE
    A.   Conform to requirements of NFPA 70.
    B.   Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the products specified in this
         section with minimum three years documented experience.
    C.   Electrical Components: Listed and classified by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. as suitable for the
         purpose specified and indicated.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 LUMINAIRE TYPES
    A.   Furnish products as indicated in Schedule included on the Drawings. For substitions, see Section
         16050. Confirm mounting, type, voltage and wattage is correct before ordering.




EXTERIOR LUMINAIRES                                                                                     16520 -1
ST. JOHNS COUNTY WORK RELEASE HOUSING FACILITY                                  ST. JOHNS COUNTY, FLORIDA
ST. JOHNS COUNTY                                                                      ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050


2.02 LUMINAIRES
    A.   Provide products that comply with requirements of NFPA 70.
    B.   Provide products that are listed and labeled as complying with UL 1598, where applicable.
    C.   Provide products listed and classified by Underwriters Laboratories Inc. as suitable for the purpose
         specified and indicated.
    D.   Unless otherwise indicated, provide complete luminaires including lamp(s) and all sockets, ballasts,
         reflectors, lenses, housings and other components required to position, energize and protect the lamp
         and distribute the light.
    E.   Unless specifically indicated to be excluded, provide all required conduit, boxes, wiring, connectors,
         hardware, poles, foundations, supports, trims, accessories, etc. as necessary for a complete operating
         system.
    F.   Provide products suitable to withstand normal handling, installation, and service without any damage,
         distortion, corrosion, fading, discoloring, etc.
2.03 BALLASTS
    A.   All Ballasts:
         1. Provide ballasts containing no polychlorinated biphenyls (PCBs).
         2. Minimum Efficiency/Efficacy: Provide ballasts complying with all current applicable federal and
               state ballast efficiency/efficacy standards.
    B.   Fluorescent Ballasts: ANSI C82.1, high power factor type electromagnetic ballast, suitable for lamps
         specified.
         1. Provide low-temperature ballast suitable for lamps specified.
         2. Voltage: Match luminaire voltage.
    C.   High Intensity Discharge (HID) Ballasts: ANSI C82.4, metal halide lamp ballast, suitable for lamp
         specified.
         1. Voltage: Match luminaire voltage.
2.04 TIME-SWITCHES AND OTHER LIGHTING CONTROL
    A.   Time switch controls shall be as noted on the Drawings and shall be multi-pole, single throw, rated 20
         amperes per pole (minimum), with astronomic dial properly selected for latitude of installation and 16
         hour (minimum) spring reserve carry-over in event of power failure. Time switch shall be in NEMA 3R
         surface mounted enclosure unless otherwise noted.
    B.   Lighting contactors shall be meet NEMA ICS and shall be electrically held. Contacts shall be rated as
         indicated.
    C.   Photocells shall be hermetically sealed cadmium-sulfide or silicon diode type cell rated for voltage of
         fixtures used with a minimum of 240 volts ac. Switch shall turn on at or below 3 footcandles and off at




EXTERIOR LUMINAIRES                                                                                      16520 -2
ST. JOHNS COUNTY WORK RELEASE HOUSING FACILITY                                      ST. JOHNS COUNTY, FLORIDA
ST. JOHNS COUNTY                                                                          ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050


         2 to 10 footcandles. A time delay shall prevent accidental switching from transient light sources.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
    A.   Coordinate locations of outlet boxes provided under Section 16138 as required for installation of
         luminaires provided under this section.
    B.   Install products according to manufacturer's instructions.
    C.   Install luminaires securely, in a neat and workmanlike manner, as specified in NECA 1 (general
         workmanship) and NECA/IESNA 501 (exterior lighting).
    D.   Install luminaires plumb and square and aligned with building lines and with adjacent luminaires.
    E.   Install accessories furnished with each luminaire.
    F.   Bond products and metal accessories to branch circuit equipment grounding conductor.
    G. Install lamps in each luminaire.
    H.   Bond luminaires, metal accessories, and metal poles to branch circuit equipment grounding
         conductor. Provide supplementary grounding electrode at each pole.
3.02 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
    A.   See Section 01400 - Quality Requirements, for additional requirements.
    B.   Inspect each product for damage and defects.
    C.   Operate each luminaire after installation and connection to verify proper operation.
    D.   Correct wiring deficiencies and repair or replace damaged or defective products. Repair or replace
         excessively noisy ballasts as determined by Architect.
3.03 CLEANING
    A.   Clean surfaces according to NECA/IESNA 501 and manufacturer's instructions to remove dirt,
         fingerprints, paint, or other foreign material and restore finishes to match original factory finish.
    B.   Clean electrical parts to remove conductive and deleterious materials.
    C.   Remove dirt and debris from enclosure.
    D.   Clean photometric control surfaces as recommended by manufacturer.
    E.   Clean finishes and touch up damage.
3.04 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES
3.05 SCHEDULE - See Drawings




EXTERIOR LUMINAIRES                                                                                          16520 -3
ST. JOHNS COUNTY WORK RELEASE HOUSING FACILITY   ST. JOHNS COUNTY, FLORIDA
ST. JOHNS COUNTY                                       ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050


END OF SECTION




EXTERIOR LUMINAIRES                                                 16520 -4
ST. JOHNS COUNTY WORK RELEASE HOUSING FACILITY                                     ST. JOHNS COUNTY, FLORIDA
ST. JOHNS COUNTY                                                                         ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050


SECTION 16642 - DIESEL GENERATOR, TRAILER WITH FUEL TANK, AND ACCESSORIES (ALTERNATIVE BID
ITEM)


PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1       REFERENCES AND STANDARDS

The generator covered by these specifications shall be designed, tested, rated, assembled and installed in strict
accordance with all applicable standards of ANSI, NEC, ISO, UL, IEEE and NEMA. The generator system design,
installation and on-site testing shall conform to the requirements of the following codes and standards (latest edition
or edition adopted by Authority Having Jurisdiction, if earlier):

          IEEE446 – Recommended Practice for Emergency and Standby Power Systems for Commercial and
          Industrial Applications
          NEMA MG1. Motors and Generators
          NFPA37 – Standard for the Installation and Use of Stationary Combustion Engines and Gas Turbines
          NFPA70 – National Electrical Code. Equipment shall be suitable for use in systems in compliance to
          Article 700, 701, and 702.
          NFPA110 – Emergency and Standby Power Systems. The generator set shall meet all requirements for
          Level 1 systems. Level 1 prototype tests required by this standard shall have been performed on a
          complete and functional unit, component level type tests will not substitute for this requirement.
          UL 1004-4 Standard for Electric Generators
          UL1236 – Battery Chargers
           UL2200. Stationary Engine Generator Assemblies. The generator set shall be listed to UL2200 or submit
to an independent third party certification process to verify compliance as installed.

1.2       NOT USED.

1.3       WORK INCLUDED

1.3.1    Installation. The work includes supplying and installing a complete integrated generator system. The
system consists of a diesel generator set with related component accessories.

1.3.2     Fuel System. The CONTRACTOR shall provide a full tank of diesel fuel for the completion of all testing.

1.3.3     System Test. A complete system load test shall be performed after all equipment is installed.

1.3.4     Requirements, Codes and Regulations. The equipment supplied and installed shall meet the
requirements of the NEC and all applicable local codes and regulations. All equipment shall be of new and current
production by a MANUFACTURER who has 25 years of experience building this type of equipment.

1.3.5. Provide all necessary construction and environmental permits, including all Florida Department of
Environmental Protection (DEP) permits.


DIESEL GENERATOR, TRAILER WITH FUEL TANK, AND ACCESSORIES                                                  16642- 1
ST. JOHNS COUNTY WORK RELEASE HOUSING FACILITY                                      ST. JOHNS COUNTY, FLORIDA
ST. JOHNS COUNTY                                                                          ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050


1.4        SUBSTITUTION

1.4.1       Substitution Responsibility. The power system has been designed to the specified manufacturer's
electrical and physical characteristics. The equipment sizing, spacing, amounts, electrical wiring, ventilation
equipment, fuel and exhaust components have all been sized and is based on BALDOR supplied equipment.
Should any substitutions be made, the CONTRACTOR shall bear responsibility for the installation (including
dimensional changes), coordination and operation of the system as well as any engineering and redesign costs,
which may result from such substitutions. Proposals must include a line by line compliance statement based on this
specification.

1.5        SUBMITTALS

Engine-generator submittals shall include the following information:
    1. Factory published specification sheet indicating standard and optional accessories, ratings, etc.
    2. Manufacturer's catalog cut sheets of all auxiliary components such as battery charger, control panel,
        enclosure, etc.
    3. Dimensional elevation and layout drawings of the generator set, enclosure and transfer switchgear and
        related accessories.
    4. Weights of all equipment.
    5. Concrete pad recommendation, layout and stub-up locations of electrical and fuel systems.
    6. Interconnect wiring diagram of complete emergency system, including generator, battery charger,
        remote alarm indications, and generator accessory circuits.
    7. Engine mechanical data, including heat rejection, exhaust gas flows, combustion air and ventilation air
        flows, fuel consumption, etc.
    8. Generator electrical data including temperature and insulation data, cooling requirements, excitation
        ratings, voltage regulation, voltage regulator, efficiencies, waveform distortion and telephone influence
        factor.
    9. Generator resistances, reactances and time constants.
    10. Generator locked rotor motor starting curves.
    11. Control panel schematics.
    12. Manufacturer's and dealer's written warranty.

1.7        SYSTEM RESPONSIBILITY

1.7.1     Generator Set Distributor. The completed engine generator set shall be supplied by the Manufacturer's
authorized distributor only.

1.7.2      Requirements, Codes and Regulations. The equipment supplied and installed shall meet the
requirements of NEC and all-applicable local codes and regulations. All equipment shall be new, of current
production. There shall be one source responsibility for warranty; parts and service through a local representative
with factory trained service personnel.

1.8        WARRANTY

1.8.1       Warranty. The manufacturer's warranty shall in no event be for a period of less than two (2) years from
date of initial start-up of the system and shall include repair parts, labor, reasonable travel expense necessary for
repairs at the job site, and expendables (lubricating oil, filters, antifreeze, and other service items made unusable by
the defect) used during the course of repair. Submittals received without written warranties as specified will be


DIESEL GENERATOR, TRAILER WITH FUEL TANK, AND ACCESSORIES                                                   16642- 2
ST. JOHNS COUNTY WORK RELEASE HOUSING FACILITY                                      ST. JOHNS COUNTY, FLORIDA
ST. JOHNS COUNTY                                                                          ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050

rejected in their entirety.

1.9        PARTS AND SERVICE QUALIFICATIONS

1.9.1     Service Facility. The engine-generator supplier shall maintain a parts and service capability that can
provide 24 hour maximum response time. The distributor shall stock parts as needed to support the generator set
package for this specific project.

PART 2 - PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS

2.1        GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

2.1.1     Genset Requirements. The generator set shall be Standby rated at 100 kW, 125kVA, 1800 RPM, 0.8
power factor, 208Y/120V, 3 phase, 4 wire, 60 hertz, including radiator fan and all parasitic loads. The generator
assembly shall be UL listed under UL 2200, Stationary Engine Generator Assemblies. The generator shall classified
as Level 1, Type 10, Class X per NFPA 110. The manufacturer shall be certified to ISO 9001 International Quality
Standard.

2.1.2      Material and Parts. All materials and parts comprising the unit shall be new and unused.

2.1.3       Engine. The engine shall be compression ignition type diesel fueled, four (4) cycle, water-cooled, vertical
in-line, operating with nominal speed not exceeding 1800 RPM. No two (2) cycle engines will be considered. The
generator shall meet EPA emissions standards. It shall be sized to deliver the required kW rating in an ambient
temperature of 117 F with all accessories in place. Full pressure lubrication shall be supplied by a positive
displacement lube oil pump. The engine shall have air cleaner, coolant, fuel and oil filters with replaceable elements;
lube oil cooler and a fuel lift pump. The engine shall have a 12-volt battery charging DC, alternator with a
transistorized voltage regulator. Starting shall be a 12 Volt, solenoid shaft, electric starter.

2.1.3.1 Engine Governing. The engine will be equipped with an isochronous electronic governor to maintain 0%
droop from no load to full load and +/- 0.2 Hertz steady state frequency variation that shall be compatible with the any
uninterruptable power supplies in the facility.

2.2        GENERATOR

2.2.1      Generator Specifications. The synchronous generator shall be a single bearing, self-ventilated, drip-proof
design in accordance with NEMA MG 1 and directly connected to the engine flywheel housing with a flex coupling.

2.2.2       Alternator. The alternator shall conform to NEMA MG1 and shall be a synchronous, four pole, 2/3 pitch,
revolving field, drip-proof construction, air cooled by a direct drive centrifugal blower fan, and a pre-lubricated sealed
bearing design with flexible drive disc coupling directly connected to the engine. All insulation system components
shall meet NEMA MG1 temperature limits for Class H insulation system and be impregnated in a polyester varnish or
vacuum impregnated with epoxy varnish to be fungus resistant. Actual temperature rise in accordance with NEMA
MG1, measured by resistance method at full load, shall not exceed a temperature of 125 °C. The alternator shall be
capable of delivering rated genset output kW at rated frequency and power factor, at not more than 5 percent above
or below rated voltage. At full load, the alternator efficiency shall be not less than 91 % Minimum

2,2,2,1 Separately Derived Excitation. The alternator shall be equipped with a brushless rotating exciter system and
designed for sustained operation at 125% of the RPM specified for the engine generator set without damage. The
brushless exciter shall be independent of main stator windings (permanent magnet) shall consist of a three-phase


DIESEL GENERATOR, TRAILER WITH FUEL TANK, AND ACCESSORIES                                                    16642- 3
ST. JOHNS COUNTY WORK RELEASE HOUSING FACILITY                                     ST. JOHNS COUNTY, FLORIDA
ST. JOHNS COUNTY                                                                         ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050

armature and a three-phase full wave bridge rectifier mounted on the rotor shaft. Surge suppressors shall be
included to protect the diodes from voltage spikes. Protection shall be rated IP22. Generator shall have the ability
to sustain short circuit current of 300% of rated current to allow protective devices to operate.

2.2.4       Voltage Regulator

2.2.4.1      Automatic Voltage Regulator. The digital automatic voltage regulator (AVR) shall maintain generator
output voltage within +/- 0.5% for any constant load between no load and full load. The regulator shall be a totally
solid state design, which includes electronic voltage buildup, volts per Hertz regulation, overexcitation protection,
shall limit voltage overshoot on startup, and shall be environmentally sealed.


2.3         CIRCUIT BREAKER

2.3.1       Circuit Breaker Specifications. The circuit breaker shall be an adjustable 350 Amp, 3 pole breaker with an
LSI electronic trip unit. The circuit breaker shall be molded case or insulated case construction, rated 22K AIC with
shunt trip. The breaker shall be unit mounted and housed in a steel NEMA 1 enclosure. Circuit breaker output shall
be wired to a surface mounted receptacle on the exterior of the generator enclosure. Confirm receptacle type with
County. Receptacle pins shall not be exposed when cover is opened.

2.4         CONTROL PANEL

2.4.1       Generator Mounted Control Panel. Provide a generator set mounted microprocessor based control panel
for complete control and monitoring of the engine and generator set functions. Panel shall include automatic
start/stop operation, cycle cranking, AC metering with phase selector switch, shutdown sensors and alarms with horn
and reset, adjustable cooldown timer, emergency stop push-button, and alarms with local horn, strobe and reset.

           Critical components shall be environmentally sealed to protect against failure from moisture and dirt.
Components shall be housed in a NEMA 1/IP22 enclosure with hinged door. Panel / breaker arrangements mounted
on the generator set in such a way that access to the AC Generator terminal box is restricted in any way whatsoever
are not acceptable.

2.4.2       Readouts

Provide the following readouts:

      1.   Engine oil pressure
      2.   Coolant temperature
      3.   Engine RPM
      4.   System DC Volts
      5.   Engine running hours
      6.   Generator AC Volts
      7.   Generator frequency
      8.   Generator AC Amps

2.4.3       Alarm NFPA 110. Provide the following indications for protection and diagnostics according to NFPA 110
level 1 (Alarms shall activate the local horn and strobe):

      1. Low oil pressure


DIESEL GENERATOR, TRAILER WITH FUEL TANK, AND ACCESSORIES                                                  16642- 4
ST. JOHNS COUNTY WORK RELEASE HOUSING FACILITY                                         ST. JOHNS COUNTY, FLORIDA
ST. JOHNS COUNTY                                                                             ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050

      2.    High water temperature
      3.    Low coolant level
      4.    Overspeed
      5.    Overcrank
      6.    Emergency stop depressed
      7.    Approaching high coolant temperature
      8.    Approaching low oil pressure
      9.    Low coolant temperature
      10.   Low battery voltage
      11.   Control switch not in auto position
      12.   Low fuel main tank
      13.   Battery charger failure
      14.   High battery voltage
      15.   High Fuel Level
      16.   Tank Rupture Alarm

2.4.4        Control Functions / Interfaces. Provide the following control functions

            1. Terminals located inside the control panel for REMOTE EMERGENCY STOP
            2. ON / OFF / AUTO control switch


2.5          COOLING SYSTEM

           The generator set shall be equipped with a rail-mounted, engine-driven radiator with blower fan and all
accessories. The cooling system shall be sized to operate at full load conditions and 110 F ambient air entering
the room or enclosure (If an enclosure is specified). The generator set supplier is responsible for providing a
properly sized cooling system based on the enclosure static pressure restriction.


2.6          FUEL SYSTEM

2.6.1      Fuel Piping. All fuel piping shall be flexible fuel hose rated for this service. All fuel lines shall be installed
at the time the enclosure and tank are integrated with the generator (not on the construction site).

2.6.2        Fuel Line Rating. Flexible fuel lines rated 300 degrees F and 100 PSI.

2.7          EXHAUST SYSTEM

2.7.1       Silencer. A critical grade silencer designed for use inside the enclosure, companion flanges, and flexible
exhaust fitting properly sized shall be furnished and installed according to the manufacturer's recommendation. The
silencer shall be mounted so that its weight is not supported by the engine nor will exhaust system growth due to
thermal expansion be imposed on the engine. Exhaust pipe size shall be sufficient to ensure that exhaust back
pressure does not exceed the maximum limitations specified by the engine manufacturer.

2.8          STARTING SYSTEM

2.8.1     Starting Motor. A DC electric starting system with positive engagement shall be furnished. The motor
voltage shall be as recommended by the engine manufacturer. Provide dual starting motors for redundancy.


DIESEL GENERATOR, TRAILER WITH FUEL TANK, AND ACCESSORIES                                                        16642- 5
ST. JOHNS COUNTY WORK RELEASE HOUSING FACILITY                                     ST. JOHNS COUNTY, FLORIDA
ST. JOHNS COUNTY                                                                         ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050


2.8.2     Jacket Water Heater. A unit mounted thermal circulation type water heater. The heater Watt rating shall
be sized by the manufacturer to maintain jacket water temperature at 90 deg. F, and shall be 120 Volt, single phase,
60 hertz.

2.8.3     Batteries. A lead-acid storage battery set of the heavy-duty diesel starting type shall be provided. Battery
voltage shall be compatible with the starting system. The battery set shall be rated no less than 75-ampere hours.
Necessary cables and clamps shall be provided.

2.8.4      Battery Charger. A current limiting battery charger shall be furnished to automatically recharge batteries.
The charger shall be dual charge rate with automatic switching to the boost rate when required. Output voltage
regulation shall not exceed 1% the charger shall include temperature compensation. It shall also include overload
protection, silicon diode full wave rectifiers, voltage surge suppressor, DC ammeter, DC voltmeter, and fused AC
input. AC input voltage shall be 120 volts, single phase. On outdoor units the battery charger shall be mounted
inside the genset enclosure.

2.9 ENCLOSURE

2.9.1     Sound Attenuated Enclosure

A.       The complete diesel engine generator set, including generator control panel, engine starting batteries and
         fuel oil tank, shall be enclosed in a sound attenuated enclosure mounted on the trailer. Enclosure shall be
         designed for a minimum wind load rating of 80 mph.

           1.     A weather resistant, sound attenuated aluminum enclosure with electrostatically applied powder
                  coated baked polyester paint. The enclosure shall have a resulting sound level of 77 dBA at 23 feet
                  with the genset running under full load (note that this number assumes no reflectance from
                  buildings or other large objects). Acoustical foam shall be provided between all supports and
                  inside doors and sound baffles on air intake and air discharge. The enclosure shall consist of a
                  roof, side walls, and end walls. Fasteners shall be either zinc plated or stainless steel.

           2.     Number of doors on enclosure shall be as required so that all normal maintenance operations,
                  such as lube oil change, filter change, belt adjustment and replacements, hose replacements,
                  access to the control panels, etc., may be accomplished without disassembly of any enclosure
                  components. Access doors shall be fabricated of the same material as the enclosure walls and
                  shall be reinforced for rigidity. Handles shall be key lockable, all doors keyed alike, and hinges
                  shall be zinc die cast or stainless steel. Fasteners shall be zinc plated or stainless steel.


           3.     Air handling will be sized and designed by the manufacturer for 0.25 inches of water gauge static
                  pressure drop through enclosure to minimize water intrusion. Intake openings shall be screened to
                  prevent the entrance of rodents and birds. The system shall include a cooling and combustion air
                  inlet silencer system, an equipment enclosure section, and a cooling air discharge silencer section.
                  Important: An air scoop shall be provided that directs all exhaust air up to minimize noise and to
                  allow the generator to be installed behind a barrier wall without louvers. Air discharge hood shall
                  be mounted in front of the unit mounted radiator and includes an integral punched screen air
                  discharge barrier mounted in front of the normal radiator area to protect from birds and debris.
                  Discharge hood includes a rain gutter to channel water away from the genset interior. The



DIESEL GENERATOR, TRAILER WITH FUEL TANK, AND ACCESSORIES                                                  16642- 6
ST. JOHNS COUNTY WORK RELEASE HOUSING FACILITY                                    ST. JOHNS COUNTY, FLORIDA
ST. JOHNS COUNTY                                                                        ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050

                   discharge hood and air discharge barrier shall be made of the same enclosure material to
                   complement the genset exterior.

            4.     Lube oil and coolant drains shall be extended to the exterior of the enclosure and terminated with
                   drain valves and capped with pipe nipples on flanged connectors. Radiator access shall be through
                   a hinged, lockable cover on enclosure. Cooling fan and charging alternator shall be fully guarded
                   to prevent injury.

            5.     A 10,000lb GVWR tandem axle trailer with 72 hour (at full load) integral fuel tank. The tank shall
                   be pressure tested for leaks prior to shipment and have all necessary venting (standard and
                   emergency) per U.L. standards. A locking fill cap and a mechanical reading fuel level gauge will be
                   provided. FDOT wiring package, electric brakes with safety break-away, 7,000lb drop leg jack,
                   rear stabilizer jacks.


PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1        INSTALLATION

Install equipment in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations, the project drawings and specifications,
and all applicable codes.

3.2        START-UP AND TESTING

A. Coordinate all start-up and testing activities with the Engineer and Government.

B. After installation is complete and normal power is available, the manufacturer's local dealer shall perform the
   following:

1. Verify that the equipment is installed properly.
2. Check all auxiliary devices for proper operation, including battery charger, jacket water heater(s), generator
   space heater, control panel, etc.
3. Test all alarms and safety shutdown devices for proper operation and annunciation.
4. Check all fluid levels.
5. Start engine and check for exhaust, oil, fuel leaks, vibrations, etc.
6. Verify proper voltage and phase rotation at the transfer switch before connecting to the load.
7. Connect the generator to building load and verify that the generator will start and run all designated loads.
8. The system shall be tested under full load and monitor the following readings:

      Oil pressure
      Coolant temperature
      Battery charge rate
      AC volts
      AC Amperes- all phases
      Frequency
      Kilowatts
      Ambient Temperature

      Allow the system to run at least two hours and then demonstrate the automatic cool down and shutdown


DIESEL GENERATOR, TRAILER WITH FUEL TANK, AND ACCESSORIES                                                16642- 7
ST. JOHNS COUNTY WORK RELEASE HOUSING FACILITY                                   ST. JOHNS COUNTY, FLORIDA
ST. JOHNS COUNTY                                                                       ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050

sequence.

3.3         OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS

Provide two (2) sets of operation and maintenance manuals covering the generator, ATS, and auxiliary
components. Include final as-built wiring interconnect diagrams and recommended preventative maintenance
schedules.

3.4         TRAINING

3.4.1       On-Site Training

          Provide one day of on-site training to instruct the Government's personnel or support contractors in the
proper operation and maintenance of the equipment (including generator and automatic transfer switch). Review
operation and maintenance manuals, parts manuals, and emergency service procedures.


                                                 END OF SECTION




DIESEL GENERATOR, TRAILER WITH FUEL TANK, AND ACCESSORIES                                                16642- 8
ST. JOHNS COUNTY WORK RELEASE HOUSING FACILITY                             ST. JOHNS COUNTY, FLORIDA
ST. JOHNS COUNTY                                                                 ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050


SECTION 280500 – SECURITY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01    WORK INCLUDES

  A. This document includes a general description, functional requirements, operational characteristics, and
     criteria for the Security Management System (SMS).

  B. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions
     and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

  C. Provide coordination to ensure that control rooms or areas for work stations are completed as early as
     possible to facilitate installation of control wiring. Control rooms and electronic security equipment
     rooms shall be free of airborne contaminants from cutting, grindings, painting, etc. prior to the
     installation of any Security Electronics equipment.

  D. Coordinate the installation of the Electronics Security Systems with the Electronics Security Contractor
     (ESC), the Electrical Contractor (EC) and the Division 8 Door Hardware Supplier / Installer.

  E. Coordinate with Division 8 Door Hardware Supplier / Installer for proper Molex type connectors to
     insure no field splices. Division 8 Door Hardware Supplier shall provide hardware specified with Molex
     connectors and cables for ESC installation.

  F. Electrical Contractor (EC) to provide all electrical power requirements for the Electronic Security
     Systems as required.

  G. Coordination of Division 26 electrical devices, circuitry, and wiring requirements of the Electronic
     Security Systems with the General Contractor and the ESC.

  H. Furnish and install a complete conduit raceway system including back boxes, junction boxes, mortar
     boxes outlets and cover plates for all Electronic Security Systems. Comply with the Division 26
     electrical specification for this equipment and all connections.

  I.   Provide complete system test and written operational certification to the Architect and Owner prior to
       substantial completion.

  J. Unless otherwise provided in the Drawings and Specifications, the ESC shall provide and pay for all
     labor, materials, equipment, tools, utilities, construction equipment and machinery, transportation and
     other facilities and services necessary for the proper execution, operation and completion of a
     complete Security Management System and Video Management System with all associated integrated
     devices.

  K. Provide all conduits, raceways, cabling, wiring, back boxes, connectors, racks, cabinets and equipment
     mounting boards required to meet the requirements of a SMS system.

  L. Provide Owner training by factory trained personnel as specified.

SECURITY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM                                                                        28 05 00 - 1
ST. JOHNS COUNTY WORK RELEASE HOUSING FACILITY                           ST. JOHNS COUNTY, FLORIDA
ST. JOHNS COUNTY                                                               ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050

1.02   RELATED WORK

       A.    All drawings, Security drawings and general provisions of the contract, including General and
             Supplementary Conditions and all applicable specifications sections related to the Electronic
             Security Systems.

       B.    Related Work Specified Elsewhere:

               1. Division 1 – General Requirements

               2. Division 2 – Site Construction

               3. Division 3 – Concrete

               4. Division 4 – Masonry

               5. Division 6 – Wood and Plastic

               6. Division 8 – Doors, Hardware and Windows

               7. Division 11 – Equipment

               8. Division 14 – Conveying Equipment / Elevator Controls

               9. Division 16 – Electrical

               10. Division 27 - Communications

               11. Division 28 – Security

1.03   REFERENCES

  A. The Codes and Regulations listed below form a part of this specification to the extent referenced. Work
     shall be performed in accordance with the applicable international, federal, state, and local codes or
     standards current at the commencement of installation. The following list summarizes applicable
     standards:

               1. UL 294, UL 1076, ULC

               2. CE

               3. FCC – Part 15, Part 68

               4. NFPA 70, NEC

               5. IEEE, RS 170 variable standard

               6. IEEE, NTSC (color camera broadcast)



SECURITY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM                                                                     28 05 00 - 2
ST. JOHNS COUNTY WORK RELEASE HOUSING FACILITY                             ST. JOHNS COUNTY, FLORIDA
ST. JOHNS COUNTY                                                                 ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050

               7. PAL (color camera broadcast, Europe)

               8. CCIR (monochrome standard, Europe)

               9. Microsoft® Open Database Connectivity (ODBC) interface)

               10. ISO Software Coding Standards for C++ and C##

               11. RoHS

  B. Where more than one code or regulation is applicable, the more stringent shall apply.

  C. Cable installation, identification and termination shall be performed in .addition to the applicable codes
     above.

1.04    DEFINITIONS

   A.    Authentication devices: Card readers, biometric readers, door actuating devices.

   B.    CCTV: Closed-circuit television.

   C.    CPU: Central processing unit.

   D.    Credential: Data assigned to an entity and used to identify that entity.

   E.    dpi: Dots per inch.

   F.    DPS: Door position switch.

   G.    DTS: Digital Termination Service.        A microwave-based, line-of-sight communication provided
         directly to the end user.

   H.    EC: Electrical Contractor

   I.    ESC: Electronic Security Contractor

   J.    GFI: Ground fault interrupter.

   K.    Identifier: A credential card; keypad personal identification number; or code, biometric characteristic,
         or other unique identification entered as data into the entry-control database for the purpose of
         identifying an individual. Where this term is presented with an initial capital letter, this definition
         applies.

   L.    I/O: Input/Output.

   M.    LAN: Local area network.




SECURITY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM                                                                        28 05 00 - 3
ST. JOHNS COUNTY WORK RELEASE HOUSING FACILITY                           ST. JOHNS COUNTY, FLORIDA
ST. JOHNS COUNTY                                                               ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050

  N.    Location: A Location on the network having a PC-to-controller communications link, with additional
        controllers at the Location connected to the PC-to-controller link with a TIA 485-A communications
        loop. Where this term is presented with an initial capital letter, this definition applies.

  O.    PC: Personal computer. Applies to the central station, workstations, and file servers.

  P.    PCI Bus: Peripheral Component Interconnect. A peripheral bus providing a high-speed data path
        between the CPU and the peripheral devices such as a monitor, disk drive, or network.

  Q.    PDF: Portable Document Format. The file format used by the Acrobat document-exchange-system
        software from Adobe.

  R.    PoE: Power over Ethernet

  S.    RAS: Remote access services.

  T.    RF: Radio frequency.

  U.    ROM: Read-only memory. ROM data are maintained through losses of power.

  V.    SMS: Security Management System

  W.    TCP/IP: Transport control protocol/Internet protocol incorporated into Microsoft Windows.

  X.    VMS: Video Management System

  Y.    TWAIN: Technology without an Interesting Name. A programming interface that lets a graphics
        application, such as an image editing program or desktop publishing program, activate a scanner,
        frame grabber, or other image-capturing device.

  Z.    UPS: Uninterruptible power supply.

  AA.   USB: Universal serial bus.

  BB.   WAN: Wide area network.

  CC. WAV: The digital audio format used in Microsoft Windows.

  DD. WMP: Windows media player.

  EE.   Wiegand: Patented magnetic principle that uses specially treated wires embedded in the credential
        card.

  FF.   Windows: Operating system by Microsoft Corporation.

  GG. Workstation: A PC with software that is configured for specific, limited security-system functions.

  HH. WYSIWYG: What You See Is What You Get. Text and graphics appear on the screen the same as
      they will in print.

SECURITY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM                                                                       28 05 00 - 4
ST. JOHNS COUNTY WORK RELEASE HOUSING FACILITY                              ST. JOHNS COUNTY, FLORIDA
ST. JOHNS COUNTY                                                                  ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050

1.05    SMS DESCRIPTION

  A. The Security Management System outlined in this section and detailed in Part 2 of this document is the
     key central component for managing physical security and the bridge between physical and logical
     security for this project. The system shall provide a variety of integral functions including the ability to
     regulate access and egress; provide identification credentials; monitor, track and interface alarms.

  B. The SMS shall seamlessly integrate to the existing Apollo Access Control and Surveillance system. The
     system installed shall be an extension of this already existing infrastructure.

  C. Upgrades or expansion of the SMS to a larger size system in scale shall not require installation of a
     different and or new SMS application or require the administrator/operator to learn a different and or
     new interface from the previous version.

  D. The SMS shall be written using Unicode format. Unicode enables a single software product to be
     targeted across multiple platforms and languages without re-engineering and allows for data to be
     transported through different systems without corruption. The SMS shall be available in a minimum of
     the following languages: Arabic, Chinese, English, French, German, Hebrew, Italian, Korean,
     Portuguese, Russian, Spanish and Swedish.

  E. The SMS software shall be written to Microsoft's published standards for User Interface Design, Secure
     Coding Practices and Database Implementation Guidelines (Microsoft® Open Database Connectivity
     (ODBC) interface).

  F. The SMS software shall be written to ISO Standards on Software Development.

  G. The SMS software developer shall be a Microsoft Gold Certified Partner.

  H. The SMS shall be able to seamlessly interface with and monitor intelligent system controllers, reader
     interface modules, I/O panels, burglar alarm panels, burglar alarm panel receivers, biometric devices,
     personal protection devices, intercom systems, fire alarm panels (secondary monitoring only), building
     management systems, elevator controls and digital video recorders / network video recorders approved
     for use by the SMS manufacturer.

  I.   The SMS shall be able to communicate with intelligent system controllers via RS-485, RS-232, TCP-
       IP/Ethernet and Dial-up via Modem.

  J. All tasks shall be accessible from any compatible client workstation on the network utilizing one or all of
     the following:

                1. Traditional client server architecture

                2. N-tier architecture where the SMS shall support the expansion of the system architecture
                    and allow for end-user deployment based upon their system architectural needs. The
                    SMS shall allow but not require the separation of the database, application server, web
                    server and client interface. The system shall require that all connections to the database
                    are performed through a trusted link from the client or internet browser interface.


SECURITY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM                                                                         28 05 00 - 5
ST. JOHNS COUNTY WORK RELEASE HOUSING FACILITY                             ST. JOHNS COUNTY, FLORIDA
ST. JOHNS COUNTY                                                                 ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050

               3. Centralized distribution (publishing) of applications using Windows Terminal Server and
                    Citrix on Windows, Unix, Linux or Apple Macintosh based systems through any
                    compatible internet browser application and/or by means of a mobile computing platform
                    using a wearable computer, Tablet PC or PDA device.

  K. The SMS shall utilize an open architecture where all data must reside on a single database and must
     be accessible in real time to every / any SMS workstation or web based client connected to the network.
     The system shall be configurable to support all of the following databases: Microsoft SQL Server 2005
     – Personal and Standard editions with SP3a, Microsoft SQL Server 2005 – Standard and Enterprise
     editions and Microsoft SQL Server 2005 Express, Oracle Server 9.i. and Oracle Server 10g. Oracle
     data may reside on Windows or UNIX platforms.

  L. The system architecture shall support Microsoft Windows Clustering, Hot-Standby, Fault Tolerant
     Servers and Fault Tolerant Hot Standby Servers.

  M. The SMS shall be able to connect to and interface bi-directionally with external data sources utilizing all
     of the following methods:

               1. ASCII with support for XML formatted text exchange of data activated both manually and
                    automatically.

               2. ASCII with support for XML formatted text exchange of data using a direct table interface
                    activated both manually and automatically.

               3. Real-time exchange of data via Active Directory/LDAP utilizing an API written by the SMS
                    manufacturer. The live exchange of data shall expose SMS events and transactions to
                    other data sources in real-time and allow for receipt of data into the SMS where this data
                    may be acted upon and trigger linked events in the SMS in real-time.

               4. Real-time exchange of information utilizing a IBM Web Sphere adapter.

  N. The SMS shall support:

               1. Unlimited number of Access Control Readers, Unlimited number of Inputs / Outputs,
                    Unlimited number of Client Workstations, and Unlimited number of Cardholders:

1.06   SUBMITTALS

  A. Shop Drawings: Provide 6 sets of complete shop drawings which include the following:

               1. Indicate all system device locations on architectural floor plans. No other system(s) shall
                    be included on these plans.

               2. Include full schematic wiring information on these drawings for all devices. Wiring
                    information shall include cable type, conductor routings, quantities, and connection details
                    at device

               3. Include a complete SMS one-line, block diagram.

SECURITY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM                                                                       28 05 00 - 6
ST. JOHNS COUNTY WORK RELEASE HOUSING FACILITY                           ST. JOHNS COUNTY, FLORIDA
ST. JOHNS COUNTY                                                               ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050

               4. Include a statement of the system sequence of operation.

  B. Product Data: Provide complete product data that includes the following:

               1. Manufacturer’s technical data for all material and equipment at the system and sub
                   system level to be provided as part of the SMS.

               2. A system description including analysis and calculations used in sizing equipment
                   required by the SMS. The description shall show how the equipment will operate as a
                   system to meet the performance requirements of the SMS. The following information shall
                   be supplied as a minimum:
                   a. Server(s) processor(s), disk space and memory size
                   b. Description of site equipment and its configuration
                   c.   Network bandwidth, latency and reliability requirements
                   d. Backup/archive system size and configuration
                   e. Start up operations
                   f.   System expansion capability and method of implementation
                   g. System power requirements and UPS sizing
                   h. Device / component environmental requirements (cooling and or heating parameters).
                   i.   A description of the operating system and application software.

               3. INCOMPLETE SHOP DRAWINGS WILL BE RETURNED AS REJECTED AND WILL BE
                   RETURNED WITHOUT REVIEW.

  C. Contract Close-Out Submittals: Provide 6 sets of hard copy manuals and 6 sets electronic format
     manuals including operating instructions, maintenance recommendations and parts list including wiring
     and connection diagrams modified to reflect as-built conditions.

  D. Manuals: Final copies of the manuals shall be delivered within 3 days after completing the installation
     test. Each manual’s contents shall be identified on the cover. The manual shall include names,
     addresses, and telephone numbers of the contractor responsible for the installation and maintenance of
     the system and the factory representatives for each item of equipment for each system. The manuals
     shall have a table of contents and labeled sections. The final copies delivered after completion of the
     installation test shall include all modifications made during installation, checkout, and acceptance
     testing. The manuals shall consist of the following:

               1. Functional Design Manual: The functional design manual shall identify the operational
                   requirements for the system and explain the theory of operation, design philosophy, and
                   specific functions. A description of hardware and software functions, interfaces, and
                   requirements shall be included.

               2. Hardware Manual: The manual shall describe all equipment furnished including:
                   a. General description and specifications

SECURITY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM                                                                    28 05 00 - 7
ST. JOHNS COUNTY WORK RELEASE HOUSING FACILITY                               ST. JOHNS COUNTY, FLORIDA
ST. JOHNS COUNTY                                                                   ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050

                   b. Installation and check out procedures
                   c.   Equipment layout and electrical schematics to the component level
                   d. System layout drawings and schematics
                   e. Alignment and calibration procedures
                   f.   Manufacturers repair parts list indicating sources of supply

               3. Software Manual: The software manual shall describe the functions of all software and
                   shall include all other information necessary to enable proper loading, testing, and
                   operation. The manual shall include:
                   a. Definition of terms and functions
                   b. System use and application software
                   c.   Initialization, start up, and shut down
                   d. Reports generation
                   e. Details on forms customization and field parameters

               4. Operators Manual: The operator’s manual shall fully explain all procedures and
                   instructions for the operation of the system including:
                   a. Computers and peripherals
                   b. System start up and shut down procedures
                   c.   Use of system, command, and applications software
                   d. Recovery and restart procedures
                   e. Graphic alarm presentation
                   f.   Use of report generator and generation of reports
                   g. Data entry
                   h. Operator commands
                   i.   Alarm messages and reprinting formats
                   j.   System permissions functions and requirements

               5. Maintenance Manual: The maintenance manual shall include descriptions of maintenance
                   for all equipment including inspection, periodic preventive maintenance, fault diagnosis,
                   and repair or replacement of defective components.

  E. As-Built Drawings: During system installation, the Contractor shall maintain a separate hard copy set of
     drawings, elementary diagrams, and wiring diagrams of the SMS to be used for record drawings. This
     set shall be accurately kept up to date by the Contractor with all changes and additions to the SMS.
     Copies of the final as-built drawings shall be provided to the end user in DXF format.

1.07   QUALITY ASSURANCE


SECURITY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM                                                                      28 05 00 - 8
ST. JOHNS COUNTY WORK RELEASE HOUSING FACILITY                            ST. JOHNS COUNTY, FLORIDA
ST. JOHNS COUNTY                                                                ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050

  A. Manufacturer Qualifications

              1. Manufacturer of the SMS shall be an established organization with referenced and
                  documented experience delivering and maintaining Security Management Systems of
                  equal or higher sophistication and complexity as compared to the system detailed in this
                  specification.

              2. SMS Manufacturer’s manufacturing facilities shall be certified ISO-9000:2000 operations,
                  utilize ISO-9000:2000 manufacturing procedures and maintain their ISO certifications.

              3. SMS Manufacturer shall employ at a minimum the following methods for QA of
                  component and assembly devices.
                  a. Visual inspection of devices shall be performed to verify assembly according to
                      defined procedures. End of line operational tests shall be performed to ensure
                      product functionality has been correctly configured. A system burn-in period shall be
                      utilized to screen for early life failures of electronic components.
                  b. Individual functionality and system level regression testing shall be performed to
                      ensure compliance with product specifications. Single and multiple unit system tests
                      shall be performed to mimic end-user installation configurations. Automated hardware
                      and software testing shall be utilized to evaluate system performance under published
                      operational loads and shall be compared to published system capabilities.

  B. Bidder (ESC) Qualifications

              1. At the time of the bid, the bidder shall have satisfactorily completed projects similar size,
                  scope and complexity as the system detailed in this specification. The bidder shall furnish
                  written proof of experience from three (3) references and proof of current
                  accreditation/certification by the manufacturer for required training for
                  sales/installation/service of the SMS and associated devices. Bidder shall furnish with
                  proposal a list of a minimum of 3 renovation projects recently performed of similar size
                  and requirements as references. List Owner, building type, contract amount and Owner
                  contact information.

              2. The bidder shall also be a direct factory authorized local service organization that shall
                  carry a complete stock of parts and provide maintenance for the SMS and related
                  systems under this contract. Local shall be defined as an area in a 50 mile radius of
                  installed location.

              3. The ESC shall have available 24 hour / 7 day per week service capability. ESC shall
                  provide owner with a minimum of 4 hour response to service calls requiring service on the
                  SMS.

  C. Installer Qualifications: An employer of workers trained and approved by manufacturer. ESC must be
     an authorized factory trained and certified dealer for the systems specified. ESC must be a direct
     factory dealer for the system specified for a minimum of 6 months prior to bid submission.


SECURITY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM                                                                       28 05 00 - 9
ST. JOHNS COUNTY WORK RELEASE HOUSING FACILITY                              ST. JOHNS COUNTY, FLORIDA
ST. JOHNS COUNTY                                                                  ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050

                1. Cable installer must have on staff a registered communication distribution designer
                    certified by Building Industry Consulting Service International.

                2. Provide references for at least 3 renovation projects of similar type and size. Include
                    Project names, description of work provided and owner contact information.

                3. Provide résumés of the principals, key personnel and project managers.

                4. Provide a technical description of the ESC’s approach to implementing each of the major
                    systems and the interfaces with other related contractors work.

  D. Source Limitations: Obtain central station, workstations, controllers, Identifier readers, and all software
     through one source from single manufacturer.

  E. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a
     qualified testing agency, and marked as UL 294 for intended location, system and application.

  F. Comply with NFPA 70, "National Electrical Code."

  G. See Editing Instruction No. 4 in the Evaluations for discussion of SIA standards.

  H. Comply with SIA DC-01 and SIA DC-03.

  I.   Furnish and install all materials for systems, resulting upon completion, in functioning systems
       incompliance with the performance requirements specified. The omission of express reference to any
       parts necessary for, or reasonably incidental to, a complete installation shall not be construed as a
       release from furnishing such parts and installation labor.

  J. The work to be done under this section of the specifications shall include the furnishing of labor,
     materials and tools required for the complete installation of the work indicated on the drawings or as
     specified herein.

  K. All materials as part of the electronic infrastructure and necessary to its operation, but not specifically
     specified or shown on the drawings, shall be furnished and installed without additional costs or charges.

  L. The drawings and specifications are complementary to each other and what is called for by one shall
     be as binding as if called for by both. If a discrepancy exists between the drawings and specifications,
     the higher cost shall be included, and the Architect shall be notified of the discrepancy.

  M. Drawings are generally diagrammatic and show the arrangement and location of pathways, outlets,
     support structures and equipment. The ECS shall carefully investigate the structural and finish
     conditions affecting their work accordingly. Should conditions on the project make it necessary to make
     adjustments to pathways or materials, the ESC shall so advise the Architect and secure approval prior
     to proceeding with such work.

  N. Where exact locations are required by equipment for stubbing up, wall penetration, and terminating
     conduit concealed in floor slabs, the ESC shall request required coordination and placement
     information prior to pouring of floor slab.

SECURITY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM                                                                      28 05 00 - 10
ST. JOHNS COUNTY WORK RELEASE HOUSING FACILITY                             ST. JOHNS COUNTY, FLORIDA
ST. JOHNS COUNTY                                                                 ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050

  O. Materials, equipment or labor not indicated but can be reasonably inferred to be necessary for a
     complete installation shall be provided at no additional cost.

  P. The location of equipment, support structures, outlets and similar devices shown on the drawings are
     approximate only. Do not scale drawings. Obtain layout dimensions for equipment from Architectural
     plans.

  Q. Verify the ceiling type, ceiling suspension systems, and clearance above hung ceilings prior to ordering
     cabling and associated hardware.

  R. Portions of the drawings and specifications are abbreviated and may include incomplete sentences.
     Omissions of words or phrases such as “Contractor shall”, “shall be”, “as indicated on the drawings”,
     “as required”, in accordance with”, and “intended” shall be supplied by inference.

  S. All equipment shall bear labels attesting to compliance with Underwriters Laboratories (UL) and shall
     fully comply with the requirements of a UL 294 tested assembly.

1.08   DELIVERY, STORAGE & HANDLING

  A. Controllers, Cameras, Housings, Authentication Devices:

               1. Store in temperature- and humidity-controlled environment in original manufacturer's
                   sealed containers. Maintain ambient temperature between 50 and 85 deg F (10 and 30
                   deg C), and not more than 80 percent relative humidity, noncondensing.

               2. Open each container; verify contents against packing list; and file copy of packing list,
                   complete with container identification, for inclusion in operation and maintenance data.

               3. Mark packing list with the same designations assigned to materials and equipment for
                   recording in the system labeling schedules that are generated by software specified in
                   "Cable and Asset Management Software" Article.

               4. Save original manufacturer's containers and packing materials and deliver as directed
                   under provisions covering extra materials.

1.09   PROJECT CONDITIONS

  A. Environmental Conditions: System shall be capable of withstanding the following environmental
     conditions without mechanical or electrical damage or degradation of operating capability:

               1. Retain and revise conditions in six subparagraphs below and specify features required to
                   provide satisfactory service. See Evaluations for discussion of service conditions.

               2. Control Station: Rated for continuous operation in ambient conditions of 60 to 85 deg F
                   (16 to 30 deg C) and a relative humidity of 20 to 80 percent, noncondensing.

               3. Indoor, Controlled Environment: NEMA 250, Type 1 enclosure. System components,
                   except the central-station control unit, installed in temperature-controlled indoor

SECURITY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM                                                                       28 05 00 - 11
ST. JOHNS COUNTY WORK RELEASE HOUSING FACILITY                           ST. JOHNS COUNTY, FLORIDA
ST. JOHNS COUNTY                                                               ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050

                   environments shall be rated for continuous operation in ambient conditions of 36 to 122
                   deg F (2 to 50 deg C) dry bulb and 20 to 90 percent relative humidity, noncondensing.

               4. Indoor, Uncontrolled Environment: NEMA 250, Type 4 enclosures. System components
                   installed in non-air-conditioned indoor environments shall be rated for continuous
                   operation in ambient conditions of 0 to 122 deg F (minus 18 to plus 50 deg C) dry bulb
                   and 20 to 90 percent relative humidity, noncondensing.

               5. Outdoor Environment: NEMA 250, NEMA 250, Type 4X enclosures. System components
                   installed in locations exposed to weather shall be rated for continuous operation in
                   ambient conditions of minus 30 to plus 122 deg F (minus 34 to plus 50 deg C) dry bulb
                   and 20 to 90 percent relative humidity, condensing. Rate for continuous operation where
                   exposed to rain as specified in NEMA 250, winds up to 120 mph (194 km/h) and snow
                   cover up to 24 inches (610 mm) thick.

               6. Hazardous Environment: System components located in areas where fire or explosion
                   hazards may exist because of flammable gases or vapors, flammable liquids, combustible
                   dust, or ignitable fibers shall be rated, listed, and installed according to NFPA 70.

               7. Corrosive Environment: For system components subjected to corrosive fumes, vapors,
                   and wind-driven salt spray in coastal zones, provide NEMA 250, Type 6P enclosures.

1.10   SEQUENCING

  A. Refer to General Contractors constructions schedule.

1.11   SCHEDULING

  A. Refer to the requirements of the General Contractors construction schedule.

  B. The General Contractor will meet with the designated representative of St. Johns County to determine
     the exact schedule for the installation of any and all equipment required for the overall SMS / VMS
     rough in and installation. No work will commence until the schedule and sequence of events has been
     approved in writing from the designated representative of St. Johns County.

1.12   WARRANTY

  A. SMS Software and Field Hardware Warranty

               1. SMS Software shall be warranted for a period of one (1) year from the date of shipment
                   from the manufacturer to be free of defects and will function in substantial accordance to
                   the published specification.

               2. SMS Field Hardware shall be warranted for a period of two (2) years from the date of
                   shipment from the manufacturer, will be free from defects and will function in general
                   accordance with the product specifications.



SECURITY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM                                                                     28 05 00 - 12
ST. JOHNS COUNTY WORK RELEASE HOUSING FACILITY                              ST. JOHNS COUNTY, FLORIDA
ST. JOHNS COUNTY                                                                  ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050

               3. SMS Third Party Device warranties are transferred from the manufacturer to the
                    contractor, which may then transfer third party warranties to the owner. Specific third party
                    warranty details, terms and conditions, remedies and procedures, are either expressly
                    stated on, or packaged with, or accompany such products. The warranty period may vary
                    from product to product. These products include but are not limited to devices that are
                    directly interconnected to the SMS field hardware or computers and are purchased
                    directly from the SMS manufacturer. Examples may include but not be limited to;
                    Credential Printers, Reader Heads, Biometric Devices, Computers etc.

  B. Contractor Installation Warranty

               1. Contractor shall warrant all equipment, not covered under Part 1 Section 1.11.A of this
                    specification and associated installation labor for a period of one (1) year from date of
                    beneficial use.

1.13   SMS STARTUP

  A. Refer to 1.10 - Sequencing and 1.11 – Scheduling.



1.14   MAINTENANCE SERVICES

  A. General Requirements: The Contractor shall provide all services required and equipment necessary to
     maintain the entire SMS in an operational state as specified for a period of 1 year(s) after formal written
     acceptance of the system, and shall provide all necessary material required for performing scheduled
     service or other unscheduled work.

  B. Description of Work: The service and repair of the SMS including all equipment provided under this
     specification supplied by the successful contractor. The contractor shall provide the manufacturer's
     required scheduled and unscheduled maintenance and all other work necessary to keep the SMS at its
     maximum performance.

  C. Personnel: Service personnel shall be factory certified in the maintenance and repair of the equipment
     installed under this section of the specification. The owner shall be advised in writing of the name of the
     designated service representative, and of any change in personnel.

  D. Schedule of Work: This work shall be performed during regular working hours, Monday through Friday,
     excluding federal holidays.

               1. Inspections: The Contractor shall perform two minor inspections at 6 month intervals (or
                    more often if required by the manufacturer), and two major inspections offset equally
                    between the minor inspections to effect quarterly inspection of alternating magnitude.

               2. Minor Inspections: These inspections shall include:
                    a. Visual checks and operational tests of all console equipment, peripheral equipment,
                        field hardware, sensors, and electrical and mechanical controls.

SECURITY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM                                                                       28 05 00 - 13
ST. JOHNS COUNTY WORK RELEASE HOUSING FACILITY                              ST. JOHNS COUNTY, FLORIDA
ST. JOHNS COUNTY                                                                  ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050

                    b. Mechanical adjustments if required on any mechanical or electromechanical devices.

                3. Major Inspections: These inspections shall include all work described under paragraph
                    Minor Inspections and the following work:
                    a. Clean all SMS equipment, including interior and exterior surfaces.
                    b. Perform diagnostics on all equipment.
                    c.   Check, walk test, and if required by the manufacturer’s maintenance procedures,
                         calibrate each sensor.
                    d. Run all system software diagnostics and correct all diagnosed problems.

  E. Operation: Performance of scheduled adjustments and repair shall verify operation of the SMS as
     demonstrated by the applicable tests of the performance verification test.

  F. Emergency Service: The owner will initiate service calls when the SMS is not functioning properly.
     Qualified personnel shall be available to provide service to the complete SMS. The owner shall be
     furnished with a telephone number where the service supervisor can be reached at all times. Service
     personnel shall be at site within 8 hours after receiving a request for service. The SMS shall be restored
     to proper operating condition within 4 hours after service personnel arrive on site.

  G. Records and Logs: The Contractor shall keep records and logs of each task, and shall organize
     cumulative records for each component, and for the complete system chronologically. A continuous log
     shall be maintained for all devices. The log shall contain all initial settings. Complete logs shall be kept
     and shall be available for inspection on site, demonstrating that planned and systematic adjustments
     and repairs have been accomplished for the SMS.

  H. Work Requests: The Contractor shall separately record each service call request on a service request
     form. The form shall include the model and serial number identifying the component involved, its
     location, date and time the call was received, specific nature of trouble, names of service personnel
     assigned to the task, instructions describing what has to be done, the amount and nature of the
     materials used, the time and date work started, and the time and date of completion. The Contractor
     shall deliver a record of the work performed within 5 days after work is accomplished.

  I.   System Modifications: The Contractor shall make any recommendations for system modification in
       writing to the Owner. No system modifications, shall be made without prior approval of the Owner. Any
       modifications made to the system shall be incorporated into the operations and maintenance manuals,
       and other documentation affected.

  J. Software: The Contractor shall provide all software updates during the period of the warranty and verify
     operation in the system. These updates shall be accomplished in a timely manner, fully coordinated
     with SMS operators, shall include training for the new changes / features enabled, and shall be
     incorporated into the operations and maintenance manuals, and software documentation.




SECURITY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM                                                                       28 05 00 - 14
ST. JOHNS COUNTY WORK RELEASE HOUSING FACILITY                          ST. JOHNS COUNTY, FLORIDA
ST. JOHNS COUNTY                                                              ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050




  PRODUCTS

1.15   MANUFACTURERS

  A. Cameras and field hardware will be connected to an existing surveillance and access control system.
     This existing system is:

               1. Apollo APACS 3.1 Software release or latest available. Coordinate with St. Johns County
                   Director of Facilities prior to procurement.

  B. Access Control Field Hardware Manufacturer will be Apollo Security Systems.

               1. Multi Door Network Door Controller

               2. Dual Reader Interface Module – (DRM)

               3. Input Modules – (ICM)

               4. Output Modules – (OCM)

  C. Access Control Authentication Hardware Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements,
     provide products by the following manufacturer:

               1. Fingerprint Biometric + Contactless Smart Card Reader
                   a. Bioscrypt Enterprise Access Solutions / L-1 Identity Solutions

               2. Card Reader
                   a. HID Global Inc.

               3. Multi-technology Reader
                   a. HID Global Inc.

  D. Surveillance Hardware

               1. IP Cameras Description
                   a. System shall provide high-quality delivery and processing of IP-based video, audio,
                        and control data using standard Ethernet-based networks.
                   b. System shall have seamless integration of all video surveillance and control functions.
                   c.   All camera signals shall be compressed, encoded, and delivered onto the network for
                        processing and control by the IP video-management software.

               2. IP Cameras Manufacturer will be by Axis, Panasonic, Sony or equal compatible camera.


SECURITY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM                                                                   28 05 00 - 15
ST. JOHNS COUNTY WORK RELEASE HOUSING FACILITY                             ST. JOHNS COUNTY, FLORIDA
ST. JOHNS COUNTY                                                                 ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050



                  a. Color Indoor Fixed, Drop Ceiling Mounted Camera
                  b. Color Indoor PTZ, Drop Ceiling Mounted Camera

              3. Lenses: Provide compatible with above camera subject to compliance with requirements
                  listed:
                  a. Description: Optical-quality coated lens, designed specifically for video-surveillance
                       applications and matched to specified camera. Provide color-corrected lenses.
                  b. Auto-Iris Lens (where required): Electrically controlled iris with circuit set to maintain
                       a constant video level in varying lighting conditions.
                  c.   Zoom Lens (where required): Motorized, remote-controlled unit, rated as "quiet
                       operating." Features include the following:
                       1. Electrical Leads: Filtered to minimize video signal interference.
                       2. Motor Speed: Variable.
                       3. Lens shall be available with preset positioning capability to recall the position of
                            specific scenes.

  E. Video Motion Sensors

              1. Manufacturers: Compatible with cameras listed under IP Cameras
                  a. Device Performance: Detect changes in video signal within a user-defined protected
                       zone. Video inputs shall be composite video as defined in SMPTE 170M. Provide an
                       alarm output for each video input. Upon detection of movement, the alarm output will
                       generate an alarm event to the security management system.
                  b. Detect movement within protected zone of intruders wearing clothing with a reflectivity
                       that differs from that of background scene by a factor of two. Reject all other changes
                       in video signal.
                  c.   Modular design that allows for expansion or modification of number of inputs.
                  d. Controls:
                       1. Size of detection zones.
                       2. Sensitivity of detection of each protected zone.

1.16   MANUFACTURED UNITS

  A. Multi-Door Network Door Controller

              1. Provide network door controller(s) as shown on the project plans. The network door
                  controller shall provide access control processing, host functionality and power for a
                  single door, including reader, lock, door status, request-to-exit device and auxiliary
                  sounder.

SECURITY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM                                                                      28 05 00 - 16
ST. JOHNS COUNTY WORK RELEASE HOUSING FACILITY                          ST. JOHNS COUNTY, FLORIDA
ST. JOHNS COUNTY                                                              ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050



                a. The controller shall be a Apollo AIM-4SL Four Door Controller.

            2. The network door controller shall accept Wiegand output card readers and card formats
                up to 128 bits in length.

            3. The network door controller shall provide a complete, fully featured access control
                hardware and firmware infrastructure for host-based access control software applications.

            4. The network door controller shall communicate with hosted access control software using
                TCP/IP protocol over Ethernet or Internet or RS-485 serial bus.

            5. The network door controller shall be capable of employing AES 256 with symmetrical key
                encryption for all communications between the controller and host(s) system(s).

            6. The network door controller shall provide full distributed processing of all access control
                functions. The unit shall provide fully functional off line operation when not actively
                communicating with the host access control software application; performing all access
                decisions and event logging. Upon connection with the host access control software
                application, the network door controller or network controller/reader shall upload all
                buffered off-line transactions (minimum of 5,000) to the host software.

            7. The network door controller shall incorporate a 32-bit 100 MHz RISC processor running
                the Linux operating system. The unit shall include a Windows® DLL, and the direct-
                communication OPIN® API for integration to host-based access control applications.

            8. The network door controller shall provide diagnostics and configuration operations
                through connection to a local laptop computer.

            9. The network door controller shall provide on-board Flash memory to allow program
                updates to be downloaded directly via the network. The network door controller or
                network controller/reader shall provide the following minimum memory:
                a. 8 MB on-board Flash memory
                b. 32 MB SDRAM
                c.   256k SRAM

            10. The network door controller shall provide the following certifications:
                a. UL 294 Listed Access Control System Units *
                b. CSA 205 (Canada)
                c.   FCC Class A Verification
                d. EMC for Canada, EU (CE Mark), Australia (C-Tick Mark), New Zealand, Japan
                e. EN 50130-4 Access Control Systems Immunity for the EU (CE Mark)


SECURITY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM                                                                  28 05 00 - 17
ST. JOHNS COUNTY WORK RELEASE HOUSING FACILITY                              ST. JOHNS COUNTY, FLORIDA
ST. JOHNS COUNTY                                                                  ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050



              11. The network door controller shall be warranted against defects in materials and
                  workmanship for 18 months.



1.17   SMS AUTHENTICATION HARDWARE

  A. Fingerprint Biometric + Contactless Card Reader

              1. Contactless biometric plus smart card reader shall securely read access control data from
                  iClass contactless smart cards. Reader shall be: V-Flex 4G (iClass / Smart) Biometric
                  Fingerprint + Smart Card Reader.

              2. Communications to access control system to be provided from device to security
                  management system via RS-485 or TCP/IP interface. Wiegand standard 26 bit format
                  compatibility required (in and out).

              3. Contactless smart card reader shall provide the following programmable audio/visual
                  indication:
                  a. An audio beeper shall provide various tone sequences to signify: access granted,
                      access denied, power up, and diagnostics.
                  b. A high-intensity light bar shall provide clear visual status (red/green/amber). The light
                      bar shall provide uniform distribution of light. This eliminating bright individual light
                      spots

              4. Provide same manufacturer supplied outdoor enclosure as required. (V-Flex 4G iClass /
                  Smart WR).

              5. Fingerprint Biometric + Contactless Card reader shall provide the ability to read fingerprint
                  templates from Smart Card.

              6. Provide enrollment reader as required by owner. Enrollment reader shall provide write
                  ability of fingerprint template to iClass Smart card.

              7. Fingerprint template information shall have the ability to be imported into the existing
                  security management system.

  B. Color Indoor Fixed, Drop Ceiling Mounted Camera

              1. Comply with UL 639.

              2. Pickup Device: CCD interline transfer, 380,000 771(H) by 492(V) pixels.

              3. Minimum Horizontal Resolution: 480 lines.



SECURITY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM                                                                        28 05 00 - 18
ST. JOHNS COUNTY WORK RELEASE HOUSING FACILITY                          ST. JOHNS COUNTY, FLORIDA
ST. JOHNS COUNTY                                                              ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050



              4. Signal-to-Noise Ratio: Not less than 50 dB, with camera AGC off.

              5. With AGC, manually selectable on or off.

              6. Sensitivity: Camera shall provide usable images in low-light conditions, delivering an
                  image at a scene illumination of 0.3 lux at F1.3, with camera AGC off.

              7. Manually selectable modes for backlight compensation or normal lighting.

              8. Scanning Synchronization: Determined by external synch over the coaxial cable.
                  Camera shall revert to internally generated synchronization on loss of external synch
                  signal.

              9. White Balance: Auto-tracing white balance, with manually settable fixed balance option.

              10. Motion Detector: Built-in digital.

              11. Provide temperature control devices where applicable.

              12. Provide interior camera mounting and supporting equipment as shown in security
                  drawings.

  C. Color Indoor PTZ, Drop Ceiling Mounted Camera

              1. Comply with UL 639.

              2. Pickup Device: CCD interline transfer, 380,000 771(H) by 492(V) pixels.

              3. Minimum Horizontal Resolution: 480 lines.

              4. Signal-to-Noise Ratio: Not less than 50 dB, with camera AGC off.

              5. With AGC, manually selectable on or off.

              6. Sensitivity: Camera shall provide usable images in low-light conditions, delivering an
                  image at a scene illumination of 0.3 lux at F1.3, with camera AGC off.

              7. Manually selectable modes for backlight compensation or normal lighting.

              8. Scanning Synchronization: Determined by external synch over the coaxial cable.
                  Camera shall revert to internally generated synchronization on loss of external synch
                  signal.

              9. White Balance: Auto-tracing white balance, with manually settable fixed balance option.

              10. Motion Detector: Built-in digital.


SECURITY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM                                                                   28 05 00 - 19
ST. JOHNS COUNTY WORK RELEASE HOUSING FACILITY                          ST. JOHNS COUNTY, FLORIDA
ST. JOHNS COUNTY                                                              ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050



            11. Provide temperature control devices where applicable.

            12. Provide exterior camera mounting and housing as shown in security drawings.

            13. Provide motorized units arranged to provide remote-controlled aiming of cameras with
                smooth and silent operation, and equipped with matching mounting brackets.
                a. Panning Rotation: 0 to 355 degrees, with adjustable stops.
                b. Tilt Movement: 90 degrees, plus or minus 5 degrees, with adjustable stops.
                c.   Speed: 12 degrees per second in both horizontal and vertical planes.
                d. Wiring: Factory prewired for camera and zoom lens functions and pan-and-tilt power
                     and control.
                e. Retain first subparagraph below to require displaying pan-and-tilt information at
                     control station. Delete optional text if heater is provided in camera enclosure.
                f.   Built-in encoders or potentiometers for position feedback
                g. Pan-and-tilt unit shall be available with preset positioning capability to recall the
                     position of a specific scene.




SECURITY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM                                                                     28 05 00 - 20
ST. JOHNS COUNTY WORK RELEASE HOUSING FACILITY                               ST. JOHNS COUNTY, FLORIDA
ST. JOHNS COUNTY                                                                   ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050




  PART 3 - EXECUTION


3.1      WIRING

  D. Comply with requirements in Division 16 Section "Raceway and Boxes for Electrical Systems."

                1. Wiring Method: Install cables in raceways unless otherwise indicated.

  E. Wiring within Enclosures: Bundle, lace, and train conductors to terminal points with no excess and
     without exceeding manufacturer's limitations on bending radii. Provide and use lacing bars and
     distribution spools.

  F. Splices, Taps, and Terminations: For power and control wiring, use numbered terminal strips in
     junction, pull, and outlet boxes; terminal cabinets; and equipment enclosures. Tighten electrical
     connectors and terminals according to manufacturer's published torque-tightening values. If
     manufacturer's torque values are not indicated, use those specified in UL 486A-486B.

  G. For LAN connection and fiber-optic and copper communication wiring, comply with Division 27 Sections
     "Communications Backbone Cabling" and "Communications Horizontal Cabling."

  H. Grounding: Provide independent-signal circuit grounding recommended in writing by manufacturer.


3.2      VIDEO SURVEILLANCE SYSTEM INSTALLATION

  A. Install cameras with 84-inch- (2134-mm-) minimum clear space below cameras and their mountings.
     Change type of mounting to achieve required clearance.

  B. Set pan-and-tilt unit stops to suit final camera position and to obtain the field of view required for
     camera. Connect all controls and alarms, and adjust.

  C. Avoid ground loops by making ground connections only at the control station.

                1. For 12- and 24-V dc cameras, connect the coaxial cable shields only at the monitor end.

  D. Identify system components, wiring, cabling, and terminals according to Division 26 Section
     "Identification for Electrical Systems."




SECURITY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM                                                                         28 05 00 - 21
ST. JOHNS COUNTY WORK RELEASE HOUSING FACILITY                              ST. JOHNS COUNTY, FLORIDA
ST. JOHNS COUNTY                                                                  ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050



3.3     FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

  A. Perform tests and inspections.

               1. Manufacturer's Field Service: Engage a factory-authorized service representative to
                   inspect components, assemblies, and equipment installations, including connections, and
                   to assist in testing.

  B. Tests and Inspections:

               1. Inspection: Verify that units and controls are properly installed, connected, and labeled,
                   and that interconnecting wires and terminals are identified.

               2. Pretesting: Align and adjust system and pretest components, wiring, and functions to
                   verify that they comply with specified requirements. Conduct tests at varying lighting
                   levels, including day and night scenes as applicable. Prepare video-surveillance
                   equipment for acceptance and operational testing as follows:
                   a. Verify operation of auto-iris lenses.
                   b. Set back-focus of fixed focal length lenses. At focus set to infinity, simulate nighttime
                        lighting conditions by using a dark glass filter of a density that produces a clear image.
                        Adjust until image is in focus with and without the filter.
                   c.   Set back-focus of zoom lenses. At focus set to infinity, simulate nighttime lighting
                        conditions by using a dark glass filter of a density that produces a clear image.
                        Additionally, set zoom to full wide angle and aim camera at an object 50 to 75 feet (17
                        to 23 m) away. Adjust until image is in focus from full wide angle to full telephoto, with
                        the filter in place.
                   d. Set and name all preset positions; consult Owner's personnel.
                   e. Set sensitivity of motion detection.
                   f.   Connect and verify responses to alarms.
                   g. Verify operation of control-station equipment.

               3. Test Schedule: Schedule tests after pretesting has been successfully completed and
                   system has been in normal functional operation for at least 14 days. Provide a minimum
                   of 10 days' notice of test schedule. Test results in report format shall be available to the
                   owner upon request.

               4. Operational Tests: Perform operational system tests to verify that system complies with
                   Specifications. Include all modes of system operation. Test results in report format shall
                   be available to the owner upon request.

  C. See Division 01 Section "Quality Requirements" for retesting and reinspecting requirements and
     Division 01 Section "Execution" for requirements for correcting the Work.

SECURITY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM                                                                       28 05 00 - 22
ST. JOHNS COUNTY WORK RELEASE HOUSING FACILITY                              ST. JOHNS COUNTY, FLORIDA
ST. JOHNS COUNTY                                                                  ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050



  D. Video surveillance system will be considered defective if it does not pass tests and inspections.


3.4      TRAINING AND DEMONSTRATION

  A. Security Management System (SMS) shall consist of a minimum of 5 days on site training for System
     Administrators and operating personnel. Coordinate all training sessions with the owner. Training shall
     not begin until all systems are operational as designed.

  B. Training shall cover all operating features of the system.

                1. Making and responding to call requests.

                2. Graphical User Interface (GUI) in SMS for making and responding to call requests.

                3. Other SMS integration features.

                4. Routine maintenance and adjustment procedures.

  C. Training sessions are to be held at Owner’s facility, and are to be scheduled at the convenience of
     Owner. Contractor shall provide written training outline and agenda for each training session prior to
     scheduling.

  D. Contractor shall provide written training materials for each of ten (10) people.

  E. Contractor shall provide complete operator training on the Security Management System. Two types of
     operator training shall be provided:

                1. System Administrator Training: One week comprehensive training course for system
                    managers and maintenance personnel. Provide two (2) separate on-site training sessions.

                2. Area Manager Training: One day session on basic operation. A minimum of five (5)
                    separate on-site training sessions shall be conducted. Training sessions will be held
                    approximately three weeks apart.

  F. Training sessions shall include the opportunity for each person to operate the system, and to practice
     each operation that an operator would be expected to perform.

  G. Contractor shall provide written training materials for each of ten (10) people at each training session.

  H. Training sessions are to be held at Owner’s facility, and are to be scheduled at the convenience of
     Owner. Some training sessions may be required to be held during evening hours and on weekends to
     accommodate users whose schedule does not permit attendance during regular hours.

  I.   Contractor shall provide written training outline and agenda for each training session prior to scheduling.


SECURITY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM                                                                       28 05 00 - 23
ST. JOHNS COUNTY WORK RELEASE HOUSING FACILITY                         ST. JOHNS COUNTY, FLORIDA
ST. JOHNS COUNTY                                                             ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050



  J. Provide an operators manual for each control console and work station. The operator’s manual shall be
     written in laymen’s terms illustrated and printed so as to become a permanent reference and training
     manual for the operator. Manuals shall be submitted to the Architect prior to commencement of training
     for approval of content.

                                       END OF SECTION 280500




SECURITY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM                                                                  28 05 00 - 24
ST. JOHNS COUNTY WORK RELEASE HOUSING FACILITY                                           ST. JOHNS COUNTY, FLORIDA
ST. JOHNS COUNTY                                                                               ARCH. PROJ. NO. 10050

SECTION 28 31 63 – ADDRESSABLE FIRE ALARM DETECTION SYSTEM – NEW SYSTEM
PART 1- GENERAL
1.1   GENERAL
      A.   The work described herein and on the drawings consists of all labor, materials, equipment, and services
           necessary and required to provide and test a new automatic fire detection and alarm system. Any material
           not specifically mentioned in this specification or not shown on the drawings but required for proper
           performance and operation shall be provided.
      B.   The drawings and specifications herein comply, to the best of the engineer's knowledge, with all applicable
           codes at the time of design. However, it is this contractor's responsibility to coordinate/verify (prior to bid)
           the requirements of the authority having jurisdi